Table of Contents
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 17, 2016
File Nos.     033-62470
811-07704


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Post-Effective Amendment No. 160      [X]
and
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
Amendment No. 161      [X]

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

211 Main Street
San Francisco, California 94105
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(800) 648-5300
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

Marie Chandoha
211 Main Street
San Francisco, California 94105
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copies of communications to:
Douglas P. Dick, Esq.
Dechert LLP
1900 K Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20006
John M. Loder, Esq.
Ropes & Gray LLP
800 Boylston Street
Boston, MA 02199-3600
David J. Lekich, Esq.
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
211 Main Street
SF211MN-05-491
San Francisco, CA 94105

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
[ ] Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
[X] On August 18, 2016 pursuant to paragraph (b)
[   ] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
[   ] On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
[   ] 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
[   ] On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
If appropriate, check the following box:
[   ] This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.



Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2060 Fund      SWPRX
Prospectus
August 18, 2016
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved these securities or passed on whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a federal crime.

 

Schwab Target 2060 Fund
Fund summary  

1

5
Fund details  

6

6

14

15

16

22

23

23

23

25

26

28

 

Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2060 Fund
Ticker Symbol: SWPRX
Investment objective
The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund fees and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.
Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase) 2.00
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees None
Distribution (12b-1) fees None
Other expenses 1 1.10
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 2 0.82
Total fund annual operating expenses 1.92
Less expense reduction (1.10)
Total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction 3 0.82
1 “Other expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
2 “Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE)” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
3 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.00% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees. This agreement is limited to the fund’s direct operating expenses and does not apply to AFFE.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction. The
expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 investment
1 year 3 years
$84 $262
Portfolio turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund's performance. The fund is new and therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal investment strategies
The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in a combination of other affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds. The fund may also invest in unaffiliated third party mutual funds (referred to herein as unaffiliated funds and, together with Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, the underlying funds). The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s
 
 
Schwab Target 2060 Fund 1

 

Table of Contents
allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation at inception is anticipated to be approximately 95.0% equity securities, 3.0% fixed income securities, and 2.0% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 54.0% fixed income securities, and 6.0% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 66.0% fixed income securities, and 9.0% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities, exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund's principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to asset allocation risk, which is the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments will cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated mutual funds may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist. For example, the investment adviser’s decisions to cause the fund to purchase or redeem shares of an affiliated
underlying fund could be influenced by its belief that an affiliated underlying fund may benefit from additional assets or that it is in the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund to limit purchases of shares of the underlying fund. In such cases, the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund or vice versa. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk.  Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
Direct Investment Risk. The fund may invest a portion of its assets directly in equity and fixed income securities, as well as other mutual funds or ETFs to maintain its asset allocations. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same security.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of your investment in the fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance and expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will be proportionate to the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
Management Risk.  Generally, the underlying funds are actively managed mutual funds. Any actively managed mutual fund is subject to the risk that its investment adviser (or sub-adviser(s)) will make poor security selections. An underlying fund’s adviser applies its own investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the underlying fund, but there can be no guarantee that they will produce the desired results.
2 Schwab Target 2060 Fund

 

Table of Contents
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. A change in a central bank's monetary policy or improving economic conditions, among other things, may result in an increase in interest rates.  A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund's share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-, Mid- and Small-Cap Risk.  Stocks of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. Historically, small- and mid-cap stocks tend to be more volatile than large-cap stocks, and small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. During a period when stocks of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments — bonds or stocks of another capitalization range, for instance — an underlying fund’s large-, mid- or small-cap holdings could reduce performance.
Money Market Fund Risk. The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund's liquidity falls below required minimums.
ETF Risk.  When an underlying fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. In addition, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF's shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities.
Foreign Investment Risk.  An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are
greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may be heightened in connection with investments in emerging markets.
Emerging Markets Risk.  Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the fund’s investments in emerging market countries and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund's use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund's performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
Schwab Target 2060 Fund 3

 

Table of Contents
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.
Performance
Because the fund is new, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund’s prospectus. Once available, the fund’s performance will be posted on the fund’s website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus.
Investment adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio manager
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Managing Director and Head of Asset Allocation Strategies, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. She has managed the fund since inception.
Purchase and sale of fund shares
The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures.
Eligible Investors (as determined by the fund and which generally are limited to institutional investors) may invest directly in the fund by placing purchase, exchange and redemption orders through the fund's transfer agent. Eligible Investors must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:
•by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
•by mail to Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.
The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100. The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors or in the fund’s sole discretion.
Tax information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to financial intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and
your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
4 Schwab Target 2060 Fund

 

Table of Contents
About the fund
The Schwab 2060 Target Fund (the fund) is designed to provide investors with investment management, asset allocation and ongoing reallocation over time. Because the fund invests in other mutual funds (the underlying funds), the fund is considered a “fund of funds.” A fund of funds bears its own direct expenses in addition to bearing a proportionate share of expenses charged to the underlying funds in which it invests.
The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. The fund will gradually decrease its equity holdings and increase fixed income holdings as the target date approaches and beyond, becoming more conservative over time. This rebalancing over time is often referred to as the glide path of the fund. The glide path is a pre-set investment schedule that reallocates risk based on an investor’s target date. Please see the fund’s glide path in the “Fund details” section.
The fund is managed based on the target date included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The target date included in the fund’s name does not necessarily represent the specific year you expect to need your assets. It is intended only as a general guide.
The fund is designed for long-term investors. Its performance will fluctuate over time and, as with all investments, future performance may differ from past performance.
Investor profile
The fund is designed to offer investors a professionally managed investment plan that simplifies the investment management of an investor’s assets prior to, and continuing after, the investor’s retirement. The main component of the investment program is the fund’s ongoing reallocation of the investor’s assets among various asset classes, including equities, fixed income securities and cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). In particular, the fund is designed for investors who are saving for retirement.
Who may want to invest in the fund?
The fund may be a suitable investment for investors
•seeking an investment whose asset allocation mix becomes more conservative over time
•seeking funds that combine the potential for capital appreciation and income
•seeking the convenience of funds that allocate their assets among both equity and fixed income investments
Who may not want to invest in the fund?
The fund may not be suitable for investors
•seeking to invest for a short period of time
•uncomfortable with fluctuations in the value of their investment
•seeking to use the funds for educational savings accounts
The fund is designed to be an integral part of an investor’s overall retirement investment strategy. However, it is not designed to provide investors with a complete solution to their retirement needs. Investors must consider many factors when choosing an investment strategy for their retirement. For example, factors such as an appropriate retirement date, your expected retirement needs and your sources of income all should be considered when you choose your overall retirement strategy.
About the fund 5

 

Table of Contents
Fund details
There can be no assurance that the fund will achieve its objective. Except as explicitly described otherwise, the strategies and policies of the fund may be changed without shareholder approval.
The principal investment strategies and the main risks associated with investing in the fund are summarized in the fund summary at the front of this prospectus. This section takes a more detailed look at some of the types of securities, the associated risks, and the various investment strategies that may be used in the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund, as described below.
Investment objective, strategies and risks
Schwab Target 2060 Fund
Ticker symbol: SWPRX  
Investment objective
The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Principal investment strategies of the fund
The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in a combination of other affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds. The fund may also invest in unaffiliated third party mutual funds (referred to herein as unaffiliated funds and, together with Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, the underlying funds). The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, money market and other securities in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. For the fund, the target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy, in accordance with a predetermined “glide path” illustrated below under the “Asset allocation and investment strategies” section. However, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target retirement date. At the stated target date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 54.0% fixed income securities, and 6.0% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date at which time the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 66.0% fixed income securities, and 9.0% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. The style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities, ETFs and cash and cash equivalents (including money market securities).
For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Asset allocation and investment strategies
The fund invests in a combination of underlying funds. The fund’s target allocation is intended to allocate investments among various asset classes such as equity, fixed income, and cash and cash equivalents (including money market securities). As set forth below, the fund has its own distinct target portfolio allocation and is designed to accommodate different investment goals and risk tolerances.
The following chart shows the fund’s target asset allocation among the various asset classes as of the date of the prospectus.
6 Fund details

 

Table of Contents
Target Asset Allocation*
Asset Class Schwab
Target
2060 Fund
Equity Securities 95.0%
Fixed-Income Securities 3.0%
Cash and Cash Equivalents (Including Money Market Funds) 2.0%
* Market appreciation or depreciation may cause the fund’s actual asset allocation to vary temporarily from the fund’s target asset allocation.
The target asset allocations of the fund have been developed with two general rules of investing in mind:
•Higher investment returns are generally accompanied by a higher risk of losing money. Put another way, the greater an investment’s potential return, the greater its potential loss. For example, equity securities generally provide long-term returns that are superior to fixed income securities, although their returns have tended to be more volatile in the short-term.
•Because their investments have more time to recover from losses, investors with longer time horizons generally have a higher risk tolerance.
For these reasons, the target asset allocation of the fund is expected to vary over time as your investment horizon changes.
Over time, the target allocation to asset classes will change according to a predetermined “glide path,” as illustrated in the following graph. As the glide path shows, the fund’s asset mix becomes more conservative as time elapses — both prior to and after the target retirement date. This reflects the need for reduced investment risk as retirement approaches and the need for greater certainty of income after retiring. The fund’s actual asset allocations may differ from the allocations shown in the illustration. Once the fund reaches its most conservative planned allocation, approximately 20 years after its target date, its allocation to equity securities will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% in equity securities, 66.0% in fixed income securities and 9.0% in cash and cash equivalents (including money market securities). The adviser reserves the right to modify the glide path from time to time should circumstances warrant.
Target Glide Path
Differences in the performance of underlying funds and the size and frequency of purchase and redemption orders may affect the fund’s actual allocations.
Fund details 7

 

Table of Contents
Principal risks of investing in the fund
The fund is intended for investors seeking an investment option whose asset mix becomes more conservative over time, and who are willing to accept the risks associated with the fund’s asset allocation strategies. In general, a fund with a later target date is expected to be more volatile than a fund with an earlier target date.
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. Principal risks of the fund include:
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated mutual funds may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist. For example, the investment adviser’s decisions to cause the fund to purchase or redeem shares of an affiliated underlying fund could be influenced by its belief that an affiliated underlying fund may benefit from additional assets or that it is in the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund to limit purchases of shares of the underlying fund. In such cases, the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund or vice versa. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
ETF Risk. ETFs generally are investment companies whose shares are bought and sold on a securities exchange. The fund may purchase shares of ETFs to gain exposure to a particular portion of the market while awaiting an opportunity to purchase securities directly. When the fund invests in an ETF, in addition to directly bearing the expenses associated with its own operations, it will bear a pro rata portion of the ETF’s expenses. Therefore, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to own the underlying securities directly. In addition, while the risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF is designed to track, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of your investment in the fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance and expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will be proportionate to the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. An investment in the underlying funds is not a bank deposit. The funds’ investments in the underlying funds are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
Market Risk. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of the funds’ investments in the underlying funds will fluctuate, which means that the funds could lose money on their investment.
Market Segment Risk. The underlying funds invest their assets in accordance with their own distinct investment objectives. As a result, the performance of an underlying fund will correlate directly with the performance of the particular segment of the stock or bond market that the fund invests in (e.g., large-cap securities, small-cap securities, foreign securities, fixed income securities or dividend-paying common stocks). This may cause the underlying fund to underperform funds that do not similarly restrict their investments to a particular market segment.
Management Risk. Generally, the underlying funds are actively managed mutual funds. Any actively managed mutual fund is subject to the risk that its investment adviser (or sub-adviser) will make poor security selections. An underlying fund’s adviser applies its own investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the fund, but there can be no guarantee that they will produce the desired results. In addition, with respect to certain of the underlying funds, the investment adviser makes investment decisions for the fund using a strategy based largely on historical information. There is no guarantee that a strategy based on historical information will produce the desired results in the future. In addition, if market dynamics change, the effectiveness of this strategy may be limited. Either of these risks may cause these underlying funds to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities in which the underlying funds invest rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time. Due to their fixed income features, preferred stocks provide higher income potential than issuers’ common stocks, but typically are more sensitive to interest rate changes than the underlying common stock. The rights of common stockholders are generally subordinate to the rights associated with an issuer’s preferred stocks and the rights of preferred stockholders are generally subordinate to the rights associated with an issuer’s debt securities on the distribution of an issuer’s assets in the event of a liquidation.
8 Fund details

 

Table of Contents
Large- and Mid-Cap Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in large- and mid-cap companies will reflect the risks associated with the large-cap and mid-cap segments of the stock market. Both large-cap and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments — small-cap stocks, for instance — the performance of an underlying fund that focuses its investments in large- and mid-cap securities will lag these investments.
Small-Cap Risk. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. Accordingly, underlying funds that invest in small-cap securities may be more volatile than underlying funds that invest in large- and mid-cap securities. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. In addition, smaller companies may have limited financial resources, product lines and markets, and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volumes than the securities of larger companies. Further, smaller companies may have less publicly available information and, when available, it may be inaccurate or incomplete. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments — large-cap stocks, for instance — the performance of an underlying fund that focuses its investments in small-cap securities will lag these investments.
ETF Risk. When an underlying fund invests in an ETF, in addition to directly bearing the expenses associated with its own operations, it will bear a pro rata portion of the ETF’s expenses. Therefore, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to own the underlying securities directly. In addition, while the risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF is designed to track, lack of liquidity in an ETF can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio securities.
Convertible Securities Risk. Certain of the underlying funds may invest in convertible securities, which are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stock or other securities that may be converted into or exercised for a prescribed amount of common stock at a specified time and price. Convertible securities provide an opportunity for equity participation, with the potential for a higher dividend or interest yield and lower price volatility compared to common stock. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline, and the credit standing of the issuer. The price of a convertible security will also normally vary in some proportion to changes in the price of the underlying common stock because of the conversion or exercise feature.
Growth Investing Risk. Certain of the underlying funds pursue a “growth style” of investing. Growth investing focuses on a company’s prospects for growth of revenue and earnings. If a company’s earnings or revenues fall short of expectations, its stock price may fall dramatically. Growth stocks also can perform differently from the market as a whole and other types of stocks and can be more volatile than other types of stocks. Since growth companies usually invest a high portion of earnings in their business, they may lack the dividends of value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market. Growth stocks may also be more expensive relative to their earnings or assets compared to value or other stocks.
Value Investing Risk. Certain of the underlying funds may pursue a “value style” of investing. Value investing focuses on companies whose stocks appear undervalued in light of factors such as the company’s earnings, book value, revenues or cash flow. If an underlying fund’s investment adviser’s (or sub-adviser’s) assessment of a company’s value or prospects for exceeding earnings expectations or market conditions is wrong, the underlying fund could suffer losses or produce poor performance relative to other funds. In addition, “value stocks” can continue to be undervalued by the market for long periods of time.
Interest Rate Risk . An underlying fund’s investments in fixed income securities are subject to the risk that interest rates may rise and fall over time. As with any investment whose yield reflects current interest rates, an underlying fund’s yield will change over time. During periods when interest rates are low, an underlying fund’s yield (and total return) also may be low. Changes in interest rates also may affect an underlying fund’s share price: a sharp rise in interest rates could cause the fund’s share price to fall. This risk is greater when the underlying fund holds bonds with longer maturities. An underlying fund may also lose money if interest rates rise sharply. The longer an underlying fund's portfolio duration, the more sensitive to interest rate movements its share price is likely to be. A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or improving economic conditions, among other things, may result in an increase in interest rates. Rising interest rates may decrease liquidity in the fixed income securities markets, making it more difficult for an underlying fund to sell its fixed income securities holdings at a time when the investment adviser might wish to sell such securities. In addition, decreased market liquidity also may make it more difficult to value some or all of an underlying fund’s fixed income securities holdings. To the extent that the investment adviser (or sub-adviser(s)) of an underlying fund anticipates interest rate trends imprecisely, the underlying fund could miss yield opportunities or its share price could fall. Inflation-protected securities may react differently to interest rate changes than other types of debt securities and, as discussed below, tend to react to changes in “real” interest rates.
Fund details 9

 

Table of Contents
Credit Risk. Certain of the underlying funds are subject to the risk that a decline in the credit quality of a portfolio investment could cause the fund’s share price to fall. The underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater risks of default or downgrade and are more volatile than investment-grade bonds. Below investment-grade bonds also involve greater risk of price declines than investment-grade securities due to actual or perceived changes in an issuer’s creditworthiness. In addition, issuers of below investment-grade bonds may be more susceptible than other issuers to economic downturns. Such bonds are subject to the risk that the issuer may not be able to pay interest or dividends and ultimately to repay principal upon maturity. Discontinuation of these payments could substantially adversely affect the market value of the bonds.
Prepayment and Extension Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in fixed income securities are subject to the risk that the securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause the underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. In addition, rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of certain fixed income securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, an underlying fund that holds these securities may exhibit additional volatility. This is known as extension risk. When interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their fixed income securities sooner than expected. This can reduce the returns of an underlying fund because the fund will have to reinvest that money at the lower prevailing interest rates. This is known as prepayment risk.
U.S. Government Securities Risk. Some of the U.S. government securities that the underlying funds invest in are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government, which means they are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. Issuers such as the Federal Home Loan Banks maintain limited access to credit lines from the U.S. Treasury. Others, such as obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation, are supported solely by the credit of the issuer. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government will provide financial support to securities of its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law. Also, any government guarantees on securities the underlying funds own do not extend to shares of the underlying funds themselves. On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, placing the two federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. Under the takeover, the U.S. Treasury agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and obtained warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality. Under this agreement, the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide up to $100 billion per instrumentality as needed, including the contribution of cash capital to the instrumentalities in the event their liabilities exceed their assets. This is intended to ensure that the instrumentalities maintain a positive net worth and meet their financial obligations, preventing mandatory triggering of receivership. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful.
Inflation-Protected Securities Risk. Certain of the underlying funds may invest in inflation-protected securities. The value of inflation-protected securities generally will fluctuate in response to changes in “real” interest rates. Real interest rates represent nominal (or stated) interest rates reduced by the expected impact of inflation. The value of an inflation-protected security generally decreases when real interest rates rise and generally increase when real interest rates fall. In addition, the principal value of an inflation-protected security is periodically adjusted up or down along with the rate of inflation. If the measure of inflation falls, the principal value of the inflation-protected security will be adjusted downwards, and consequently, the interest payable on the security will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed by the United States Treasury in the case of TIPS. For securities that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the security to be repaid at maturity is subject to credit risk.
Mortgage Dollar Rolls Risk. Mortgage dollar rolls are transactions in which an underlying fund sells mortgage-backed securities to a dealer and simultaneously agrees to repurchase similar securities in the future at a predetermined price. An underlying fund’s mortgage dollar rolls could lose money if the price of the mortgage-backed securities sold falls below the agreed upon repurchase price, or if the counterparty is unable to honor the agreement.
Money Market Fund Risk. In addition to the risks discussed under “Investment Risk” above, an investment by the fund in an underlying money market fund has additional risks. The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. In exchange for their emphasis on stability and liquidity, money market investments may offer lower long-term performance than stock or bond investments. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of share or may temporarily suspend the sale of shares if such fund's liquidity falls below required minimums.
10 Fund details

 

Table of Contents
Foreign Investment Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions, or changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States. The securities of some foreign companies may be less liquid and, at times, more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. An underlying fund with foreign investments may also experience more rapid or extreme changes in value as compared to a fund that invests solely in securities of U.S. companies because the securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. In addition, an underlying fund's investments in foreign securities may be subject to economic sanctions or other government restrictions.  These restrictions may negatively impact the value or liquidity of an underlying fund's investments, and could impair an underlying fund's ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. There also is the risk that the cost of buying, selling, and holding foreign securities, including brokerage, tax, and custody costs, may be higher than those involved in domestic transactions. During any period when foreign securities underperform other types of investments — U.S. securities, for instance — the performance of an underlying fund that focuses its investments in foreign securities will lag these investments. To the extent that an underlying fund invests a significant portion of its assets in any one country, the underlying fund will be subject to a greater risk of loss or volatility than if the underlying fund always maintained wide geographic diversity among the countries in which it invests. Investing in any one country makes an underlying fund more vulnerable to the risks of adverse securities markets, exchange rates and social, political, regulatory and economic events in that one country.
Emerging Markets Risk.  Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. It is sometimes difficult to obtain and enforce court judgments in such countries and there is often a greater potential for nationalization, expropriation, confiscatory taxation, government regulation, social instability or diplomatic developments (including war), which could adversely affect the economies of emerging market countries or investments in the securities of issuers located in such countries. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with an underlying fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Currency Risk.  As a result of certain underlying funds’ investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, these underlying funds will be subject to currency risk. This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar, or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an underlying fund’s investment would be adversely affected. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate in response to factors extrinsic to that country’s economy, which makes the forecasting of currency market movements difficult. Currency rates in non-U.S. countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention (or failure to intervene) by governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the United States or abroad. These can result in losses to an underlying fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transactions costs. Forward contracts on foreign currencies are not traded on exchanges; rather, a bank or dealer will act as agent or principal in order to make or take future delivery of a specified lot of a particular currency for the underlying fund’s account. An underlying fund is subject to the risk of a principal’s failure, inability or refusal to perform with respect to such contracts. 
Real Estate Investment Risk. Certain of the underlying funds have a policy of concentrating their investments in real estate companies and companies related to the real estate industry. Such an underlying fund is subject to risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate securities and a fund’s investment in such an underlying fund will be closely linked to the performance of the real estate markets. An investment by a fund in an underlying fund that invests, but does not concentrate, in real estate companies and companies related to the real estate industry will subject the fund to the risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate securities to a lesser extent. These risks include, among others, declines in the value of real estate; risks related to general and local economic conditions; possible lack of availability of mortgage funds; overbuilding; extended vacancies of properties; defaults by borrowers or tenants, particularly during an economic downturn; increasing competition; increases in property taxes and operating expenses; changes in zoning laws; losses due to costs resulting from the clean-up of environmental problems; liability to third parties for damages resulting from environmental problems; casualty or condemnation losses; limitations on rents; changes in market and sub-market values and the appeal of properties to tenants; and changes in interest rates.
Fund details 11

 

Table of Contents
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds invest in REITs. In addition to the risks associated with investing in securities of real estate companies and real estate related companies, REITs are subject to certain additional risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the trusts, and mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. Further, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills and may have their investments in relatively few properties, or in a small geographic area or a single property type. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and self-liquidation. In addition, REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax free pass-through of income under the Internal Revenue Code, or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The failure of a company to qualify as a REIT under federal tax law may have adverse consequences to an underlying fund that invests in that REIT. The above factors may also adversely affect a borrower’s or a lessee’s ability to meet its obligations to the REIT. In the event of a default by a borrower or lessee, the REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments. In addition, REITs have their own expenses, and an underlying fund that invests in REITs will bear a proportionate share of those expenses. 
Short Sales Risk. Certain underlying funds may engage in short sales, which are transactions in which the underlying fund sells a security it does not own. To complete a short sale, the underlying fund must borrow the security to deliver to the buyer. The underlying fund is then obligated to replace the borrowed security by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of replacement. This price may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the underlying fund and the underlying fund will incur a loss if the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the underlying fund replaces the borrowed security.
Derivatives Risk. An underlying fund may use derivatives to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. Examples of derivatives are options, futures, options on futures and swaps. An option is the right to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price before a specific date. A future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific day. A swap is an agreement whereby two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities and a predetermined amount. A credit default swap is an agreement in which the seller agrees to make a payment to the buyer in the event of a specified credit event in exchange for a fixed payment or series of fixed payments.
An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as credit risk, leverage risk, liquidity risk, market risk and management risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to lack of availability risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. An underlying fund's use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund's performance, increase its volatility, and could cause the fund to lose more than the initial amount invested.  The use of derivatives that are subject to regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) by an underlying fund could cause a fund to become a commodity pool, which would require the fund to comply with certain CFTC rules.
Leverage Risk. Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the underlying fund to greater risk. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the underlying fund would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date and price. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the underlying fund’s portfolio securities. The use of leverage may cause the underlying fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations.
Non-Diversification Risk. Certain of the underlying funds are non-diversified and, as such, may invest a greater percentage of their assets in the securities in a single issuer than an underlying fund that is diversified. A non-diversified underlying fund is more susceptible to risks associated with a single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than a diversified underlying fund.
Securities Lending Risk.  An underlying fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. When an underlying fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the underlying fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recovery of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. An underlying fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral. An underlying fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
12 Fund details

 

Table of Contents
Tracking Error Risk. Certain underlying funds seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices, although they may not be successful in doing so. The divergence between the performance of an underlying fund and its benchmark index, positive or negative, is called “tracking error.” Tracking error can be caused by many factors and it may be significant. For example, an underlying fund may not invest in certain securities in its benchmark index, or match the securities’ weighting to the benchmark, due to regulatory, operational, custodial or liquidity constraints, which may result in tracking error. An underlying fund may attempt to offset the effects of not being invested in certain index securities by making substitute investments, but these efforts may not be successful. In addition, cash flows into and out of an underlying fund, operating expenses and trading costs all affect the ability of the fund to match the performance of its benchmark index, because the benchmark index does not have to manage cash flows and does not incur any costs.
Investment Style Risk.  An underlying fund’s investment style may impact the performance of the fund. For example, an underlying fund may invest in accordance with an indexing investment style, causing the underlying fund to follow the performance of an index during upturns as well as downturns. In addition, an underlying fund may have an investment style that favors certain types of investments over others. As a result, such an underlying fund may underperform funds that do not limit their investments to the particular type of investment.
Portfolio Turnover Risk. Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.
Multi-Manager Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds utilize a multi-manager approach to investing. Although the investment adviser monitors and seeks to coordinate the overall management of these underlying funds, each investment manager makes investment decisions independently, and it is possible that the investment styles of the investment managers may not complement one another. As a result, the exposure of these underlying funds to a given region, country, stock, industry or investment style could unintentionally be smaller or larger than if the underlying funds had a single manager.
Liquidity Risk.  Liquidity risk exists when particular investments may be difficult to purchase, sell or value, especially during stressed market conditions. The market for certain investments may become illiquid due to specific adverse changes in the conditions of a particular issuer or under adverse market or economic conditions independent of the issuer. In addition, dealer inventories of certain securities – an indication of the ability of dealers to engage in “market making” – are at, or near, historic lows in relation to market size, which could potentially lead to decreased liquidity. In such cases, an underlying fund, due to limitations on investments in illiquid securities and the difficulty in readily purchasing and selling such securities at favorable times or prices, may decline in value, experience lower returns and/or be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain issuer or sector. Further, transactions in illiquid securities may entail transaction costs that are higher than those for transactions in liquid securities. Liquidity risk also includes the risk that market conditions or large shareholder redemptions may impact the ability of an underlying fund to meet redemption requests within the required time period. In order to meet such redemption requests, the underlying fund may be forced to sell securities at inopportune times or prices.
High-Yield Risk.   Underlying funds that invest in high-yield securities and unrated securities of similar credit quality (sometimes called junk bonds) may be subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risk than underlying funds that do not invest in such securities. These securities are considered predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. An economic downturn or period of rising interest rates could adversely affect the market for these securities and reduce an underlying fund’s ability to sell these securities (liquidity risk). If the issuer of a security is in default with respect to interest or principal payments, an underlying fund may lose its entire investment. Because of the risks involved in investing in high-yield securities, an investment in an underlying fund that invests in such securities should be considered speculative.
Repurchase Agreements Risk . When an underlying fund enters into a repurchase agreement, the underlying fund is exposed to the risk that the other party (i.e., the counterparty) will not fulfill its contractual obligation. In a repurchase agreement, there exists the risk that, when an underlying fund buys a security from a counterparty that agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price (usually higher) and time, the counterparty will not repurchase the security. These risks are magnified to the extent that a repurchase agreement is secured by collateral other than cash and government securities, such as debt securities, equity securities and high-yield securities that are rated below investment grade (“Alternative Collateral”). High-yield securities that are used as Alternative Collateral are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risk, and are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. Alternative Collateral may be subject to greater price volatility and may be more volatile or less liquid than other types of collateral, increasing the risk that an underlying fund will be unable to recover fully in the event of a counterparty’s default.
Risk spectrum
The Schwab Target Date Funds have different levels of risk and the amount of risk is relative to the time horizon included in each fund’s name. Each of the following funds (other than the Schwab Target 2060 Fund) is offered through another prospectus. Please see the
Fund details 13

 

Table of Contents
prospectus for those funds for additional information. Funds with earlier target retirement dates will tend to be less risky and have lower expected returns than the funds with later target retirement dates. The following risk spectrum is designed to provide investors with a general overview of the relative risk characteristics of each fund.
Portfolio holdings
The fund may make various types of portfolio securities information available to shareholders. The fund posts a detailed list of the securities held by the fund at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus (under “Portfolio Holdings”) as of the most recent calendar quarter-end. This list is generally updated approximately 15-20 days after the end of the calendar quarter remaining posted until at least the following calendar quarter. The fund also posts in the fund summary section of the website and on fund fact sheets certain summary portfolio attributes, including top ten holdings, approximately 5-25 days after the end of the calendar quarter. The fund may exclude any portion of these portfolio holdings from publication when deemed in the best interest of the fund. Further information regarding the fund's policy and procedures on the disclosure of portfolio holdings is available in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI).
14 Fund details

 

Table of Contents
Financial highlights
The fund is newly organized and therefore has not yet had any operations as of the date of this prospectus.
Financial highlights 15

 

Table of Contents
The fund’s investment in underlying funds
The following table shows which underlying funds may be used within each asset class and style class and the fund’s anticipated asset allocation to each underlying fund. The fund’s allocation to a specified asset class, style class and underlying fund will change over time. Included in the current universe of underlying funds are five unaffiliated funds: two within the domestic large-cap equity style class and three within the fixed income asset category. Similar to the Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds that serve as underlying funds, the investment objectives and principal investment strategies of these unaffiliated funds are described in the “Description of underlying funds” section of the prospectus under the sub-headings “Unaffiliated Large-Cap Value Fund I,” “Unaffiliated Large-Cap Value Fund II,” “Unaffiliated Fixed Income Fund II,” “Unaffiliated Fixed Income Fund III,” and “Unaffiliated Fixed Income Fund IV,” respectively.
The adviser may exclude one or more underlying funds from the fund’s asset allocation strategy at any given time. For additional details regarding how the adviser determines the fund’s underlying fund and style class allocations, please refer back to the “Principal Investment Strategies” section in the Fund Summary section and the section “Fund details: Investment objectives, strategies and risks” in this prospectus. The adviser reserves the right to substitute other underlying funds and add additional underlying funds from time to time should circumstances warrant a change.
The allocations may not add to 100% due to rounding.
Asset Class, Style Class and Underlying Funds Schwab
Target
2060
Fund
           
Equity Funds              
Large Cap              
Schwab Core Equity Fund 14.79%            
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund 12.10%            
Schwab Dividend Equity Fund 6.72%            
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund 13.45%            
Unaffiliated Large-Cap Value Fund I 5.38%            
Unaffiliated Large-Cap Value Fund II 1.34%            
Small Cap              
Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund 6.17%            
Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund 3.32%            
Global Real Estate              
Schwab Global Real Estate Fund 4.75%            
International              
Laudus International MarketMasters Fund 14.04%            
Laudus Mondrian Emerging Markets Fund 3.56%            
Schwab International Core Equity Fund 9.36%            
TOTAL EQUITY 95.0%            
Fixed Income Funds              
Intermediate-Term Bond              
Schwab Total Bond Market Fund 0.89%            
Schwab Intermediate-Term Bond Fund 0.38%            
Unaffiliated Fixed Income Fund II 0.05%            
Unaffiliated Fixed Income Fund III 0.70%            
Unaffiliated Fixed Income Fund IV 0.70%            
Short-Term Bond              
Schwab Short-Term Bond Market Fund 0.00%            
Inflation-Protected Bond              
Schwab Treasury Inflation Protected Securities Index Fund 0.00%            
International Bond              
Laudus Mondrian International Government Fixed Income fund 0.27%            
TOTAL FIXED INCOME 2.99%            
Cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds )              
Schwab Variable Share Price Money Fund/cash equivalents 2.00%            
16 The fund’s investment in underlying funds

 

Table of Contents
Description of underlying funds
The fund invests primarily in the underlying funds. Therefore, the fund’s investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of these underlying funds. The following chart provides a brief description of the investment objective and principal investment strategies of the fund’s current underlying funds. Additional information about the underlying funds is provided in each underlying fund’s prospectus.
Asset Class, Style Class (if Applicable) & Underlying Fund Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategy

Equity Funds—Domestic Large-Cap
Schwab Core Equity Fund Seeks long-term capital growth. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The fund expects to hold the common stocks of U.S. companies that have market capitalization of approximately $500 million or more. Through a portfolio optimization process, the fund seeks to assemble a portfolio with long-term performance that will exceed that of the S&P 500 ® Index.
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund Seeks to track the total return of the S&P 500 ® Index. Under normal circumstances, the fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in stocks that are included in the S&P 500 ® Index.
Schwab Dividend Equity Fund Seeks current income and capital appreciation. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in dividend paying common and preferred stock. The fund invests in securities of U.S. publicly-traded companies that tend to be either large- or mid-cap companies.
Laudus U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes, if any) in equity securities of U.S. large capitalization companies. The fund defines large capitalization companies as those with a market capitalization of at least $3 billion at the time of investment. In addition, up to 20% of the fund’s net assets may be invested in foreign equity securities. Investments in equity securities include common stock and preferred stock. The fund may, but is not required to, use derivative instruments for risk management purposes or as part of the fund’s investment strategies. When selecting securities for the fund, the fund’s subadviser considers earnings revision trends, expected earnings growth rates, sales acceleration, price earnings multiples and positive stock price momentum.
Unaffiliated Large-Cap Value Fund I Seeks capital appreciation, with a secondary goal of current income. The fund invests primarily in equity securities of large capitalization companies. Under normal circumstances, the fund will invest (except when maintaining a temporary defensive position) at least 80% of the value of its net assets in equity securities of companies with a market capitalization of greater than $1 billion at the time of purchase. The fund will invest mostly in companies the portfolio managers believe are “value” companies. The portfolio managers seek companies that they believe are neglected or out of favor and whose stock prices are low in relation to current earnings, cash flow, book value and sales and those companies that it believes have reasonable prospects for growth even though the expectations for these companies are low and their valuations are temporarily depressed.
Unaffiliated Large-Cap Value Fund II Seeks long-term growth of principal and income. A secondary objective is to achieve a reasonable current income. The fund invests primarily in a diversified portfolio of equity securities. Under normal circumstances, the fund will invest at least 80% of its total assets in equity securities, including common stocks, depositary receipts evidencing ownership of common stocks, preferred stocks, securities convertible into common stocks, and securities that carry the right to buy common stocks. The fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in U.S. dollar- denominated securities of non-U.S. issuers traded in the United States that are not in the S&P 500 Index. The fund may enter into forward currency contracts or currency futures contracts to hedge foreign currency exposure. The fund typically invests in medium-to-large well established companies based on standards of the applicable market. In selecting investments, the fund typically invests in companies that, in the fund advisor's opinion, appear to be temporarily undervalued by the stock market but have a favorable outlook for long-term growth.
The fund’s investment in underlying funds 17

 

Table of Contents
Asset Class, Style Class (if Applicable) & Underlying Fund Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategy

Equity Funds—Domestic Small-Cap
Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in small-cap equity securities. Small-cap equity securities generally are securities with market capitalizations within the universe of the Russell 2000 ® Index at the time of purchase by the fund. The market capitalization range of the Russell 2000 ® Index was $177 million to $4.3 billion, as of May 29, 2015 (the most recent index reconstitution date), and will change as market conditions change. The fund seeks to assemble a portfolio with long-term performance that will exceed that of the Russell 2000 ® Index.
Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of companies with small market capitalizations or investments with similar economic characteristics, such as futures. Companies with small market capitalizations generally are those with market capitalizations of $2.5 billion or less but may include companies with market capitalizations of up to $5 billion so long as the purchase of those securities would not cause the average weighted market capitalization of the fund to exceed $3 billion.

Equity Funds—Global Real Estate
Schwab Global Real Estate Fund Seeks capital growth and income consistent with prudent investment management. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in securities of real estate companies and companies related to the real estate industry. The fund may invest a significant portion of its total assets in real estate investment trusts (REITs) and other similar REIT-like structures. The fund does not invest directly in real estate.

Equity Funds—International
Laudus International MarketMasters Fund Seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund normally invests a substantial amount of its assets in equity securities of companies outside the United States and typically focuses on developed markets, but may invest in companies from emerging markets as well. The fund invests in companies across all market capitalization ranges.
Laudus Mondrian Emerging Markets Fund Seeks long-term capital appreciation. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in the securities of emerging markets issuers. The fund generally invests in large capitalization equity securities of emerging market companies that, in the subadviser’s opinion, are undervalued at the time of purchase based on fundamental value analysis employed by the subadviser. The fund considers an “emerging country” to be any country except the United States, Canada, and those in the MSCI EAFE Index. Although this is not an exclusive list, the subadviser considers an emerging country security to be one that is issued by a company that exhibits one or more of the following characteristics: (1) its principal securities trading market is in an emerging country, as defined above; (2) while traded in any market, alone or on a consolidated basis, the company derives 50% or more of its annual revenues or annual profits from either goods produced, sales made or services performed in emerging countries; (3) the company has 50% or more of its assets located in an emerging country; or (4) it is organized under the laws of, and has a principal office in, an emerging country. Companies with large market capitalizations generally are those with market capitalizations of $3.5 billion or more at the time of purchase. Typically the fund will invest in securities of approximately 45-55 companies.
18 The fund’s investment in underlying funds

 

Table of Contents
Asset Class, Style Class (if Applicable) & Underlying Fund Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategy
Schwab International Core Equity Fund Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities. The fund invests primarily in the stocks of publicly traded companies located in developed countries excluding the United States . Developed countries include, but are not limited to Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom. Though the fund invests primarily in securities issued by companies located in developed countries, it may also invest in securities issued by companies located in emerging markets. The fund considers any country that is not a developed country to be an emerging market country. The fund typically invests a majority of its assets in the stocks of large-cap and mid-cap companies, but may invest a portion of its assets in small-cap companies. In addition, the portfolio managers seek to allocate the fund’s investments across different countries and geographic regions in an effort to manage the economic and sociopolitical risks associated with investing in a single country or limited number of countries. The fund seeks to assemble a portfolio with long-term performance that will exceed that of the MSCI EAFE Index.

Fixed Income Funds—Intermediate-Term Bond
Schwab Total Bond Market Fund Seeks high current income by tracking the performance of the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (Barclays Index). The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt instruments of varying maturities. The fund primarily invests in investment grade instruments. The fund may invest in fixed-, variable- or floating rate debt instruments. The fund also may invest in debt instruments of domestic and foreign issuers, including mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities.
Schwab Intermediate-Term Bond Fund Seeks total return. Under normal circumstance, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in debt instruments. The fund invests primarily in fixed income instruments issued by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, and U.S. companies and entities. The fund may also invest in U.S. dollar denominated fixed income instruments issued by non-U.S. and emerging market governments, governmental agencies, companies and entities and supranational entities. Under normal circumstances, the dollar-weighted average maturity of the fund’s portfolio is expected to be between three years and ten years. The fund may invest in fixed-, variable- or floating-rate bonds of any kind, including, government and agency bonds, corporate bonds, commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, asset-backed securities, hybrid securities, and preferred securities. The fund invests at least 75% of its net assets in investment grade bonds as rated by independent rating agencies, or if unrated, determined by the investment adviser to be of comparable quality. The fund may also invest up to 10% of its net assets in bonds rated below investment grade (sometimes called junk bonds) or their unrated equivalents as determined by the investment adviser. The fund may invest in bonds having ultra-short, short-, intermediate- and long-term maturities.
Unaffiliated Fixed Income Fund II Seeks high total investment return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in investment-grade fixed-income securities. The fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in below investment-grade fixed-income securities and may invest in fixed-income securities of any maturity. The fund may also invest any portion of its assets in securities of Canadian issuers and up to 20% of its assets in securities of other foreign issuers, including emerging markets securities. The fund may also invest in obligations of supranational entities without limit (e.g., the World Bank), corporate securities, U.S. government securities, commercial paper, zero-coupon securities, mortgage-backed securities, including mortgage dollar rolls, stripped mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations and other asset-backed securities, when-issued securities, convertible securities, Rule 144A securities and structured notes. The fund may also engage in foreign currency hedging transactions and swap transactions (including credit default swaps) for hedging or investment purposes.
The fund’s investment in underlying funds 19

 

Table of Contents
Asset Class, Style Class (if Applicable) & Underlying Fund Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategy
Unaffiliated Fixed Income Fund III Seeks total return, consisting of income and capital appreciation. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in bonds and at least 80% of the fund’s total assets in investment-grade debt securities. The fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in asset-backed securities or, other than mortgage-backed securities; and up to 20% of its fund’s total assets in U.S. dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers. The fund is a gateway fund that invests substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially identical investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies. The fund may invest in additional master portfolios, in other affiliated funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities. The fund invests principally in investment-grade debt securities, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds and mortgage- and asset-backed securities. As part of its investment strategy, the fund may enter into mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements, as well as invest in U.S. dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers. The fund may also use futures, options or swap agreements to manage risk or to enhance return or as a substitute for purchasing the underlying security. While the fund may purchase securities of any maturity or duration, under normal circumstances, the fund expects to maintain an overall portfolio dollar-weighted average effective duration that is within 10% of that of the fund’s benchmark. The fund’s benchmark, the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index, had a duration of 5.62 years, as of August 31, 2015. “Dollar-Weighted Average Effective Duration” is an aggregate measure of the sensitivity of a fund’s fixed income portfolio securities to changes in interest rates.
Unaffiliated Fixed Income Fund IV Seeks to maximize long-term total return by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in investment grade fixed income securities or unrated securities that are determined by the fund’s investment adviser to be of similar quality. Up to 20% of the fund’s net assets may be invested in securities rated below investment grade. The fund also invests at least 80% of its net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes in fixed income securities it regards as bonds. Under normal conditions, the portfolio duration is two to eight years and the dollar-weighted average maturity ranges from two to fifteen years. The fund invests in the U.S. and abroad, including emerging markets, and may purchase securities of varying maturities issued by domestic and foreign corporations and governments. The fund’s investment adviser will focus the fund’s portfolio holdings in areas of the bond market (based on quality, sector, coupon or maturity) that the adviser believes to be relatively undervalued. Investments include various types of bonds and other securities, typically corporate bonds, notes, collateralized bond obligations, collateralized debt obligations, mortgage-related and asset-backed securities, bank loans, money-market securities, swaps, futures, municipal securities, options, credit default swaps, private placements and restricted securities. These investments may have interest rates that are fixed, variable or floating.

Fixed Income Funds—Short-Term Bond
Schwab Short-Term Bond Market Fund Seeks high current income by tracking the performance of the Barclays U.S. Government/Credit 1-5 Years Index. The fund primarily invests in a diversified portfolio of investment grade debt instruments of varying maturities and is designed to track the performance of the Barclays U.S. Government/Credit 1-5 Years Index. The fund is not required to invest any percentage of its assets in the securities represented in the index. The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt instruments of varying maturities. Under normal circumstances, the dollar-weighted average maturity of the fund’s portfolio is not expected to exceed three years.

Fixed Income Funds—Inflation-Protected Bond
Schwab Treasury Inflation Protected Securities Index Fund Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the price and yield performance of the Barclays U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (TIPS) Index (Series-L) SM . The Index includes all publicly-issued U.S. Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (TIPS) that have at least one year remaining to maturity, are rated investment grade and have $250 million or more of outstanding face value. Under normal circumstances, the fund will invest at least 90% of its net assets in securities included in the Index. The fund will generally give the same weight to a given security as the Index does.
20 The fund’s investment in underlying funds

 

Table of Contents
Asset Class, Style Class (if Applicable) & Underlying Fund Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategy

Fixed Income Funds—International Bond
Laudus Mondrian International Government Fixed Income Fund Seeks long-term total return consistent with its value-oriented investment approach. The fund invests primarily in fixed income securities that may also provide the potential for capital appreciation. The fund is an international fund that invests primarily in issuers that are organized, have a majority of their assets or derive most of their operating income outside of the United States. As such, it may invest primarily in securities issued in any currency and may hold foreign currency. Under normal circumstances, the fund intends to invest in securities which are denominated in foreign currencies. Securities of issuers within a given country may be denominated in the currency of such country, in the currency of another country or in multinational currency units, such as the euro. The fund will attempt to achieve its objective by investing in a broad range of fixed income securities, including debt obligations of governments, their agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions and companies. They will generally be rated, at the time of investment, BBB or better by S&P or Moody’s or, if unrated, are deemed to be of comparable quality by the subadviser. Under normal circumstances, the fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets (including, for this purpose, any borrowings for investment purposes) in fixed income securities issued by governments, government agencies or instrumentalities including government-sponsored entities and supra-national entities.

Money Market Funds
Schwab Variable Share Price Money Fund Seeks current income consistent with stability of capital and liquidity. The fund invests in high-quality short-term money market investments issued by U.S. and foreign issuers. Unlike a traditional stable share price money market fund, the fund will not use the amortized cost method of valuation or round the per share net asset value (NAV) to the nearest whole cent and does not seek to maintain a stable share price. As a result, the fund's share price, which is its NAV, will vary and reflect the effects of unrealized appreciation and depreciation and realized losses and gains.
The fund’s investment in underlying funds 21

 

Table of Contents
Fund management
The investment adviser for the fund is Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., (CSIM or the investment adviser), 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. CSIM was founded in 1989 and, as of July 31, 2016, managed approximately $290.6 billion in assets.
As the investment adviser, CSIM oversees the asset management and administration of the funds. The firm does not receive a fee for the services it performs for the fund. However, the firm is entitled to receive an annual management fee from each of the Schwab funds and Laudus funds that serve as underlying funds.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approval of the fund's investment advisory agreement will be available in the fund's semi-annual or annual report.
CSIM or its affiliates may invest “seed” capital in the fund. This investment is generally intended to enable the fund to commence investment operations and achieve sufficient economic scale. CSIM or its affiliates may hedge the exposure resulting from seed investments.
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Managing Director and Head of Asset Allocation Strategies, leads the portfolio management team and has overall responsibility for all aspects of the management of the fund. She has served as portfolio manager of the fund since its inception. Prior to joining CSIM in 2012, Ms. Tang was a product manager at Thomson Reuters and, from 1997 to 2009, worked as a portfolio manager at Barclays Global Investors, which was subsequently acquired by BlackRock.
Additional information about the portfolio manager's compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the portfolio manager's ownership of securities in the fund is available in the fund's SAI.
22 Fund management

 

Table of Contents
Investing in the fund
In this section, you will find information on buying, selling and exchanging shares. You may invest in the fund through an intermediary by placing orders through your brokerage account at Schwab or an account with another broker/dealer, investment adviser, 401(k) plan, employee benefit plan, administrator, bank, or other financial intermediary (intermediary) that is authorized to accept orders on behalf of the fund (intermediary orders). Eligible Investors (as defined herein) may invest directly in the fund by placing orders through the fund's transfer agent (direct orders). You also will see how to choose a distribution option for your investment. Helpful information on taxes is included as well.
Investing through a financial intermediary
Placing orders through your intermediary
When you place orders through Schwab or other intermediary, you are not placing your orders directly with the fund, and you must follow Schwab’s or the other intermediary’s transaction procedures. Your intermediary may impose different or additional conditions than the fund on purchases, redemptions and exchanges of fund shares. These differences may include initial, subsequent and maintenance investment requirements, exchange policies, fund choices, cut-off times for investment and trading restrictions. Your intermediary may independently establish and charge its customers transaction fees, account fees and other fees in addition to the fees charged by the fund. These additional fees may vary over time and would increase the cost of your investment and lower investment returns. You should consult your intermediary directly for information regarding these conditions and fees. The fund is not responsible for the failure of your intermediary to carry out its responsibilities.
Only certain intermediaries are authorized to accept orders on behalf of the fund. If your fund shares are no longer held by an authorized intermediary, the fund may impose restrictions on your ability to manage or maintain your shares. For example, you will not be able to place orders to purchase additional shares. To remove these restrictions, you have two options. First, you may move your shares to Schwab or another intermediary that is authorized to accept fund orders. Second, you may maintain a direct account with the fund if you meet the eligibility requirements for placing direct orders and your completed account application and supporting documentation is returned to and accepted by the fund’s transfer agent, Boston Financial Data Services (transfer agent). The eligibility requirements and instructions for submitting an account application are set forth in the “Investing directly with the funds” section of this prospectus. If you do not exercise one of these options within ninety days, the fund reserves the right to redeem your shares.
Buying, selling and exchanging shares through an intermediary
To purchase, redeem or exchange shares held in your Schwab account or in your account at another intermediary, you must place your orders with the intermediary that holds your shares. You may not purchase, redeem or exchange shares held in your intermediary account directly with the fund.
When selling or exchanging shares, you should be aware of the following fund policies:
•The fund may take up to seven days to pay sale proceeds.
•The fund reserves the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of the fund’s assets, whichever is less. You may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.
•Exchange orders are limited to other Schwab Funds ® that are not Sweep Investments ® or Laudus MarketMasters Funds ® and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class into which you are exchanging.
•You must obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.
Investing directly with the fund
Investor eligibility requirements for placing direct orders
Only Eligible Investors (as defined below) may purchase shares directly from the fund’s transfer agent, Boston Financial Data Services. Eligible Investors include, but are not limited to, qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans (including but not limited to defined benefit plans, defined contribution plans, 401(k) plans), foundations and endowments, banks, trusts, investment companies and corporate capital and cash management accounts. Eligible Investors may also be shareholders who receive shares of Schwab Funds as a result of a reorganization of a fund. The fund reserves the right to determine which potential investors qualify as Eligible Investors. Shares held by a non-Eligible Investor directly with the fund are subject to involuntary redemption by the fund.
Investing in the fund 23

 

Table of Contents
Opening an account to place direct orders
You must satisfy the investor eligibility requirements for direct order clients in order to place direct orders for the fund’s shares. Eligible Investors must open an account with the fund through the fund’s transfer agent prior to placing direct orders. You may obtain an account application by calling the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256. Your completed application and supporting documents must be returned to, and accepted by, the transfer agent before you can place direct orders. You cannot place direct orders through your Schwab account or through your account at another intermediary.
Initial and additional direct purchases by wire
Subject to acceptance by the fund, you may make your initial purchase and any additional purchases of shares by wiring federal funds to the transfer agent. If you have not yet opened an account with the fund, you must fax a signed, hard copy of the completed account application and all supporting documents to the transfer agent at 1-816-218-0490. You must call the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 prior to the close of the fund (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time or the close of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)) to place your order and to receive wire instructions. Orders received by the transfer agent in good order on or prior to the close of the fund will be processed at the net asset value per share of the fund for that day. Your wired funds must be received and accepted by the transfer agent prior to 6:00 p.m. Eastern time or the deadline for the Fedwire Funds Service for initiating third party transfers, whichever is earlier, on the day your purchase order is placed. Please call the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 if you have any questions or need additional information.
Initial and additional direct purchases by mail
Subject to acceptance by the fund, you may open an account and make your initial purchase and any additional purchases of the fund’s shares by mail. To open an account by mail, complete and sign the account application and mail the account application, all supporting documents and a check for the desired purchase amount to the transfer agent at Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, PO Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323. Additional investments may be made at any time by mailing a check (payable to Schwab Funds) to the transfer agent at the address above. Be sure to include your account number on your check.
Subject to acceptance by the fund, payment for the purchase of shares received by mail will be credited to a shareholder’s account at the net asset value per share of the fund next determined after receipt, even though the check may not yet have been converted into federal funds. For purposes of calculating the purchase price of fund shares, a purchase order is received by the fund on the day that it is in good order unless it is rejected by the fund’s transfer agent. For a cash purchase order of fund shares to be in good order on a particular day, a check must be received on or before the close of the fund (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time or the close of the NYSE) on that day. If the payment is received by the fund after the deadline, the purchase price of fund shares will be based upon the next determination of net asset value of fund shares. No currency, third party checks, foreign checks, starter checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or money orders will be accepted by the fund.
Direct redemptions and exchanges
When selling or exchanging shares directly, you should be aware of the following fund policies:
•The fund may take up to seven days to pay sale proceeds.
•The fund reserves the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of the fund’s assets, whichever is less. You may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.
•Exchange orders are limited to other Schwab Funds ® that are not Sweep Investments ® or Laudus MarketMasters Funds ® and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class into which you are exchanging.
•If you are selling shares that were recently purchased by check, the proceeds may be delayed until the check for purchase clears; this may take up to 15 days from the date of purchase.
•You must obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.
Direct redemptions by telephone
If you authorized the telephone redemption option in the account application, you may place a redemption order by calling the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 and requesting that the redemption proceeds be wired per the authorized instructions in the account application or mailed to the primary registration address. Your redemption order will be processed at the net asset value per share of the fund next determined after receipt of your telephone redemption order by the transfer agent. Please note that the transfer agent may only act on telephone instructions believed by the transfer agent to be genuine. The transfer agent’s records of such instructions are binding on the shareholder. The fund and its service providers (including the transfer agent, Schwab and CSIM) are not responsible for any losses or costs that may arise from following telephone instructions that the transfer agent reasonably believes to be genuine. The transfer agent will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated are genuine. These procedures include tape recording of telephone instructions and requiring some form of personal identification prior to acting upon instructions received by telephone.
24 Investing in the fund

 

Table of Contents
Direct redemptions by mail
You may redeem your fund shares by mail by sending a request letter to the fund's transfer agent at Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, PO Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323. Your redemption request will be processed by the fund at the net asset value per share of the fund next determined after the request is received in good order. To be in good order, the redemption request must include the name of the fund and the number of shares or the dollar amount to be redeemed, all required signatures and authorizations and any required signature guarantees.
Additional direct redemption information
To protect you, the funds and their service providers from fraud, signature guarantees may be required to enable the transfer agent to verify the identity of the person who has authorized a redemption from an account. Signature guarantees are required for (1) redemptions where the proceeds are to be sent to someone other than the registered shareholder(s) at the registered address, (2) redemptions if your account address has changed within the last 10 business days, (3) share transfer requests, and (4) redemptions where the proceeds are wired in connection with bank instructions not already on file with the transfer agent. Signature guarantees may be obtained from certain eligible financial institutions, including, but not limited to, the following: U.S. banks, trust companies, credit unions, securities brokers and dealers, savings and loan associations and participants in the Securities and Transfer Association Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP) or the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP). Signature guarantees from non-U.S. banks that do not include a stamp may require a U.S. consulate stamp. You may contact the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 for further details.
Direct exchange privileges
Upon request, and subject to certain limitations, shares of the fund may be exchanged into shares of any other Schwab Fund or Laudus MarketMasters Fund that is not a Sweep Investment. In order to exchange your shares to another fund, you must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class into which you are exchanging. Further, you must obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order. A new account opened by exchange must be established with the same name(s), address(es) and tax identification number(s) as the existing account. All exchanges will be made based on the respective net asset values next determined following receipt of the request by the fund containing the information indicated below.
The fund reserves the right to suspend or terminate the privilege of exchanging shares of the fund by mail or by telephone at any time.
Direct exchanges by telephone
If you authorized the telephone redemption option in the account application, you may exchange fund shares by telephone by calling the fund's transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256. Please be prepared to provide the following information: (a) the account number, tax identification number and account registration; (b) the class of shares to be exchanged, if applicable; (c) the name of the fund from which and the fund into which the exchange is to be made; and (d) the dollar or share amount to be exchanged. Please note that the transfer agent may act only on telephone instructions believed by the transfer agent to be genuine. Please see the section entitled “Direct redemptions by telephone” for more information regarding transacting with the funds’ transfer agent via telephone.
Direct exchanges by mail
To exchange fund shares by mail, simply send a letter of instruction to the fund's transfer agent at Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, PO Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323. The letter of instruction must include: (a) your account number; (b) the class of shares to be exchanged (if applicable); (c) the fund from and the fund into which the exchange is to be made; (d) the dollar or share amount to be exchanged; and (e) the signatures of all registered owners or authorized parties.
Share price
The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. The fund calculates its share price each business day as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time). If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. The fund’s share price is its net asset value per share, or NAV, which is the fund’s net assets divided by the number of its shares outstanding. Orders to buy, sell or exchange shares that are received by the fund in good order on or prior to the close of the fund (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time) will be executed at the next share price calculated that day.
If you place an order through your Schwab account or an account at another intermediary, please consult with your intermediary to determine when your order will be executed. Generally, you will receive the share price next calculated after the fund receives your order from your intermediary. However, some intermediaries, such as Schwab, may arrange with the fund for you to receive the share price next calculated after your intermediary has received your order. Some intermediaries may require that they receive orders prior to a specified cut-off time.
Investing in the fund 25

 

Table of Contents
In valuing underlying fund investments, the fund uses the NAVs reported by its underlying funds. In valuing other portfolio securities, the fund uses market quotes or official closing prices if they are readily available. In cases where quotes are not readily available or the adviser deems them unreliable, the fund may value securities based on fair values developed using methods approved by the fund's Board of Trustees.
Shareholders of the fund should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the fund is closed, the value of the fund’s portfolio may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund.
Additional policies affecting your investment
Minimum initial investment
$100
The minimum may be waived for certain retirement plans and plan participants, and for certain investment programs or in the fund’s sole discretion.
Choose an option for fund distributions. If you are an Eligible Investor placing direct orders with the fund, you will have one of the three options described below for fund distributions. If you don’t indicate a choice, you will receive the first option. If you are placing orders through an intermediary, you will select from the options for fund distributions provided by your intermediary, which may be different than those provided by the fund to Eligible Investors. You should consult with your financial intermediary to discuss available options.
Option Feature
Reinvestment All dividends and capital gain distributions are invested automatically in shares of your fund.
Cash/reinvestment mix You receive payment for dividends, while any capital gain distributions are invested in shares of your fund.
Cash You receive payment for all dividends and capital gain distributions.
The fund reserves certain rights, including the following:
•To materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.
•To change or waive the fund's investment minimums.
•To suspend the right to sell shares back to the fund, and delay sending proceeds, during times when trading on the NYSE is restricted or halted, or otherwise as permitted by the SEC.
•To withdraw or suspend any part of the offering made by this prospectus.
Payments by the investment adviser or its affiliates
The investment adviser or its affiliates may make cash payments out of their own resources, or provide products and services at a discount, to certain brokerage firms, banks, retirement plan service providers and other financial intermediaries that perform shareholder, recordkeeping, sub-accounting and other administrative services in connection with investments in fund shares. These payments or discounts are separate from, and may be in addition to, any shareholder service fees or other administrative fees the fund may pay to those intermediaries The investment adviser or its affiliates may also make cash payments out of their own resources, or provide products and services at a discount, to certain financial intermediaries that perform distribution, marketing, promotional or other distribution-related services. The payments or discounts described by this paragraph may be substantial; however, distribution-related services provided by such intermediaries are paid by the investment adviser or its affiliates, not by the funds or their shareholders.
Shareholder servicing plan
The Board of Trustees has adopted a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the Plan) on behalf of the fund. The Plan enables the fund to bear expenses relating to the provision by financial intermediaries, including Schwab (together, service providers), of certain account maintenance, customer liaison and shareholder services to the current shareholders of the fund. The fund is not subject to any fee under the Plan.
26 Investing in the fund

 

Table of Contents
Policy regarding short-term or excessive trading
The fund is intended for long-term investment and not for short-term or excessive trading (collectively, market timing). Market timing may adversely impact the fund's performance by disrupting the efficient management of the fund, increasing fund transaction costs and taxes, causing the fund to maintain higher cash balances, and diluting the value of the fund's shares.
In order to discourage market timing, the fund’s Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to reduce the risk of market timing by fund shareholders. The fund seeks to deter market timing through several methods. These methods may include: fair value pricing, imposition of redemption fees and trade activity monitoring. Fair value pricing and redemption fees are discussed more thoroughly in the subsequent pages of this prospectus and are considered to be key elements of the fund's policy regarding short term or excessive trading. Trade activity monitoring is risk based and seeks to identify patterns of activity in amounts that might be detrimental to the fund.
Although these methods are designed to discourage market timing, there can be no guarantee that the fund will be able to identify and restrict investors that engage in such activities. In addition, some of these methods are inherently subjective and involve judgment in their application. The fund and its service providers seek to make these judgments and applications uniformly and in a manner that they believe is consistent with interests of the fund’s long-term shareholders. The fund may amend these policies and procedures in response to changing regulatory requirements or to enhance the effectiveness of the program.
The fund or its service providers maintain risk-based surveillance procedures designed to detect market timing in fund shares in amounts that might be detrimental to the fund. Under these procedures, the fund has requested that service providers to the fund monitor transactional activity in amounts and frequency determined by the fund to be significant to the fund and in a pattern of activity that potentially could be detrimental to the fund. If the fund, in its sole discretion based on these or other factors, determines that a shareholder has engaged in market timing, it may refuse to process future purchases or exchanges into the fund by that shareholder. These procedures may be modified from time to time as appropriate to improve the detection of market timing and to comply with applicable laws.
If trades are effected through a financial intermediary, the fund or its service providers will work with the intermediary to monitor possible market timing activity. The fund reserves the right to contact the intermediary to provide certain shareholder transaction information and may require the intermediary to restrict the shareholder from future purchases or exchanges in the fund. Transactions by fund shareholders investing through intermediaries may also be subject to the restrictions of the intermediary’s own frequent trading policies, which may differ from those of the fund.
The fund may defer to an intermediary’s frequent trading policies with respect to those shareholders who invest in the fund through such intermediary. The fund will defer to an intermediary’s policies only after the fund determines that the intermediary’s frequent trading policies are reasonably designed to deter transactional activity in amounts and frequency that are deemed to be significant to the fund and in a pattern of activity that potentially could be detrimental to the fund. Shareholders should consult with their intermediary to determine if additional frequent trading restrictions apply to their fund transactions.
The fund reserves the right to restrict, reject or cancel within a reasonable time, without prior notice, any purchase or exchange order for any reason.
Fair value pricing
The Board of Trustees has adopted procedures to fair value the fund's securities when market prices are not “readily available” or are unreliable. For example, the fund may fair value a security when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security’s primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security’s primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security’s value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security’s primary trading market.
By fair valuing securities whose prices may have been affected by events occurring after the close of trading, the fund seeks to establish prices that investors might expect to realize upon the current sales of these securities. This methodology is designed to deter “arbitrage” market timers, who seek to exploit delays between the change in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings and the net asset value of the fund’s shares, and seeks to help ensure that the prices at which the fund’s shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do not result in dilution of shareholder interest or other harm to shareholders.
The fund makes fair value determinations in good faith in accordance with the fund’s valuation procedures. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, there can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the fair value assigned to the security upon the sale of such security. The respective prospectuses for the underlying funds in which the fund invests explain the circumstances in which those funds will use fair value pricing and the effect of fair value pricing.
Redemption fee
Shares redeemed or exchanged within 30 days of purchase, which shall be calculated to include the 30th day, will be subject to a fee of 2%, which is intended to limit short-term trading in the fund, or to the extent that short-term trading persists, to impose the costs of that type of activity on the shareholders who engage in it. The fund treats shares that have been held the longest as being redeemed first.The fund
Investing in the fund 27

 

Table of Contents
retains the redemption fees for the benefit of the remaining shareholders. Fund shares purchased with reinvested dividends are not subject to redemption fees. The fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to waive such fee when, in its judgment, such waiver would be in the best interests of the fund and its long-term shareholders. The fund may waive the redemption fee for retirement plans, wrap or fee-based programs, charitable giving funds, unregistered separate accounts, redemptions pursuant to rebalancing programs or systematic withdrawal plans established by the fund or financial intermediaries, and registered investment companies and redemptions initiated by the fund. In addition, certain financial intermediaries may use criteria and methods for tracking, applying and calculating the fees that are different from the fund’s but which the fund, in its discretion, may determine are in the best interests of the fund and its long-term shareholders. While the fund discourages mutual fund market timing and maintain procedures designed to provide reasonable assurances that such activity will be identified and terminated, including the imposition of the redemption fee described above, no policy or procedure can guarantee that all such activity will in fact be identified or that such activity can be completely eliminated. The fund reserves the right to modify or eliminate the redemption fees or waivers at any time.
Large shareholder redemptions
Certain accounts or Schwab affiliates may from time to time own (beneficially or of record) or control a significant percentage of  the fund’s shares. Redemptions by these shareholders of their holdings in  the fund may impact  the fund’s liquidity and NAV. These redemptions may also force  the fund to sell securities, which may negatively impact  the fund’s brokerage costs.
Customer identification and verification and anti-money laundering program
Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When you open your account, you will have to provide your name, address, date of birth, identification number and other information that will allow the fund or your financial intermediary to identify you. This information is subject to verification to ensure the identity of all persons opening an account.
The fund or your financial intermediary are required by law to reject your new account application if the required identifying information is not provided. The fund or your financial intermediary may contact you in an attempt to collect any missing information required on the application, and your application may be rejected if they are unable to obtain this information. In certain instances, the fund or your financial intermediary is required to collect documents, which will be used solely to establish and verify your identity.
The fund will accept investments and your order will be processed at the NAV next determined after receipt of your application in proper form (or upon receipt of all identifying information required on the application). The fund, however, reserves the right to close and/or liquidate your account at the then-current day’s price if the fund or your financial intermediary are unable to verify your identity. As a result, you may be subject to a gain or loss on fund shares and will be subject to corresponding tax consequences.
Customer identification and verification is part of the fund's overall obligation to deter money laundering under U.S. federal law. The fund has adopted an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program designed to prevent the fund from being used for money laundering or the financing of terrorist activities. In this regard, the fund reserves the right to (i) refuse, cancel or rescind any purchase or exchange order; (ii) freeze any account and/or suspend account services; or (iii) involuntarily close your account in cases of threatening conduct or suspected fraudulent or illegal activity. These actions will be taken when, in the sole discretion of fund management, they are deemed to be in the best interest of the fund or in cases when the fund is requested or compelled to do so by governmental or law enforcement authority. If your account is closed at the request of governmental or law enforcement authority, you may not receive proceeds of the redemption if the fund is required to withhold such proceeds.
Distributions and taxes
Any investment in the fund typically involves several tax considerations. The information below is meant as a general summary for U.S. citizens and residents. Please see the fund's SAI for additional information. Because each person’s tax situation is different, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of your investment in the fund. You also can visit the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) website at www.irs.gov.
As a shareholder, you are entitled to your share of the dividends and gains the fund earns. Every year, the fund distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains, if any. These distributions typically are paid in December to all shareholders of record. During the fourth quarter of the year, typically in early November, an estimate of the fund’s capital gain distribution, if any, may be made available on the fund's website: www.csimfunds.com.
Unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account, your fund distributions generally have tax consequences. The fund’s net investment income and short-term capital gains are distributed as dividends and will be taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. Other capital gain distributions are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the fund. The maximum individual rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” and long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Distributions generally are taxable in the tax year in which they are declared, whether you reinvest them or take them in cash.
28 Investing in the fund

 

Table of Contents
Generally, any sale or exchange of your shares is a taxable event. For tax purposes, an exchange of your shares for shares of another Schwab Fund or Laudus MarketMasters Fund is treated the same as a sale. A sale may result in a capital gain or loss for you. The gain or loss generally will be treated as short term if you held the shares for one year or less, long term if you held the shares longer. The maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed received) by you with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be disallowed if you purchase other substantially identical shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount.
Shareholders in the fund may have additional tax considerations as a result of foreign tax payments made by the fund. Typically, these payments will reduce the fund's dividends but, if eligible, the fund may elect for these payments to be included in your taxable income. In such event, you may be able to claim a tax credit or deduction for your portion of foreign taxes paid by the fund.
At the beginning of every year, the fund provides shareholders with information detailing the tax status of any distributions the fund paid during the previous calendar year. Schwab customers also receive information on distributions and transactions in their monthly account statements.
Prior to January 1, 2012 when shareholders sold fund shares from a taxable account, they typically received information on their tax forms that calculated their gain or loss using the average cost method. This information was not previously reported to the IRS, and shareholders had the option of calculating gains or losses using an alternative IRS permitted method. However, in accordance with legislation passed by Congress in 2008, the fund reports cost basis information to the IRS for shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012 and sold thereafter. Shareholders can elect their preferred cost basis method; however, in the absence of an election, the fund will use an average cost basis method. Please consult your tax adviser to determine the appropriate cost basis method for your particular tax situation and to learn more about how the new cost basis reporting laws apply to you and your investments, including investments made prior January 1, 2012 and sold thereafter.
The fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on all taxable distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders if they fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or if they have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against U.S. federal income tax liability.
Foreign shareholders may be subject to different U.S. federal income tax treatment, including withholding tax at the rate of 30% on amounts treated as ordinary dividends from the fund, as discussed in more detail in the SAI. Furthermore, the fund is required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of taxable dividends and (effective January 1, 2019) redemption proceeds and certain capital gain dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to the fund to enable the fund to determine whether withholding is required.
Investing in the fund 29

 

Table of Contents
To learn more
This prospectus contains important information on the fund and should be read and kept for reference. You also can obtain more information from the following sources:
Annual and semi-annual reports, which are mailed to current fund investors, contain more information about the fund's holdings and detailed financial information about the fund. Annual reports also contain information from the fund's managers about strategies, recent market conditions and trends and their impact on fund performance.
The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) includes a more detailed discussion of investment policies and the risks associated with various investments. The SAI is incorporated by reference into the prospectus, making it legally part of the prospectus.
For a free copy of any of these documents or to request other information or ask questions about the fund, call Schwab Funds ® at 1-800-435-4000. In addition, you may visit the Schwab Funds’ website at www.csimfunds.com/SchwabFunds_Prospectus for a free copy of a prospectus, SAI or an annual or semi-annual report (when available).
The SAI, the fund's annual and semi-annual reports (when available) and other related materials are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). You can obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending a request by e-mail to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520. You can also review and copy information about the fund, including the fund's SAI, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call 1-202-551-8090 for information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room.
SEC File Number
Schwab Capital Trust 811-7704
REG92710-00         00170360
Schwab Target 2060 Fund
Prospectus
August 18, 2016


Table of Contents
Schwab Target Index Funds
Prospectus
August 18, 2016
• Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXAX; Institutional Shares: SWYAX
• Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXBX; Institutional Shares: SWYBX
• Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXCX; Institutional Shares: SWYLX
• Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXDX; Institutional Shares: SWYDX
• Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXEX; Institutional Shares: SWYEX
• Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXFX; Institutional Shares: SWYFX
• Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXGX; Institutional Shares: SWYGX
• Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXHX; Institutional Shares: SWYHX
• Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXIX; Institutional Shares: SWYMX
• Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXJX; Institutional Shares: SWYJX
• Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXKX; Institutional Shares: SWYNX
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved these securities or passed on whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a federal crime.

 

Schwab Target Index Funds
Fund summaries  

1

5

9

13

17

21

25

29

33

37

41

45
Fund details  

46

46

55

56

57

61

62

62

62

64

65

67

 

Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund
Ticker Symbols: Investor Shares: SWXAX Institutional Shares: SWYAX
Investment objective
The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund fees and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.
Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  Investor Institutional
Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase) None None
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None None
Other expenses (including shareholder servicing fees) 1 0.05 None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 2 0.06 0.06
Total annual fund operating expenses 0.19 0.14
Less expense reduction (0.06) (0.06)
Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction 3 0.13 0.08
1 “Other expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
2 “Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE)” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
3 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.13% for Investor Shares and 0.08% for Institutional Shares for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund
operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 investment
  1 year 3 years
Investor Shares $13 $42
Institutional Shares $ 8 $26
Portfolio turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund's performance. The fund is new and therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal investment strategies
The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab and Laudus mutual funds and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days' prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As
 
 
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund 1

 

Table of Contents
described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation at inception is anticipated to be approximately 37.6% equity securities, 55.4% fixed income securities, and 7.0% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund's principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to asset allocation risk, which is the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments will cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In
addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund or vice versa. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
ETF Risk . When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. In addition, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk.  The fund may invest a portion of its assets directly in equity and fixed income securities, ETFs, and cash equivalents, including money market securities. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same security.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of your investment in the fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance and expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will be proportionate to the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
2 Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. Because interest rates in the United States and other countries are at, or near, historically low levels, a change in a central bank's monetary policy or improving economic conditions, among other things, may result in an increase in interest rates.  A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund's share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-, Mid- and Small-Cap Risk.  Stocks of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. Historically, small- and mid-cap stocks tend to be more volatile than large-cap stocks, and small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. During a period when stocks of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments — bonds or stocks of another capitalization range, for instance — an underlying fund’s large-, mid- or small-cap holdings could reduce performance.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk.  An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations
(including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the underlying fund's investments, and could impair the underlying fund's ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy.
Emerging Markets Risk.  Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the fund’s investments in emerging market countries and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund's use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund's performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund 3

 

Table of Contents
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.
Performance
Because the fund is new, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund’s prospectus. Once available, the fund’s performance will be posted on the fund’s website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus.
Investment adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio manager
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Managing Director and Head of Asset Allocation Strategies, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. She has managed the fund since its inception.
Purchase and sale of fund shares
The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures.
Eligible Investors (as determined by the fund and which generally are limited to institutional investors) may invest directly in the fund by placing purchase, exchange and redemption orders through the fund's transfer agent. Eligible Investors must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:
•by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
•by mail to Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.
The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100 for Investor Shares and $10,000,000 for Institutional Shares. There is no minimum investment requirement for employer-sponsored retirement plans (including, but not limited to, profit sharing, 401(k), 403(b), 457(b) and defined benefit plans). The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors or in the fund’s sole discretion.
Tax information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to financial intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
4 Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund
Ticker Symbols: Investor Shares: SWXBX Institutional Shares: SWYBX
Investment objective
The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund fees and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.
Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  Investor Institutional
Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase) None None
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None None
Other expenses (including shareholder servicing fees) 1 0.05 None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 2 0.06 0.06
Total annual fund operating expenses 0.19 0.14
Less expense reduction (0.06) (0.06)
Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction 3 0.13 0.08
1 “Other expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
2 “Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE)” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
3 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.13% for Investor Shares and 0.08% for Institutional Shares for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund
operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 investment
  1 year 3 years
Investor Shares $13 $42
Institutional Shares $ 8 $26
Portfolio turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund's performance. The fund is new and therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal investment strategies
The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab and Laudus mutual funds and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days' prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As
 
 
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund 5

 

Table of Contents
described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation at inception is anticipated to be approximately 39.7% equity securities, 53.7% fixed income securities, and 6.6% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund's principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to asset allocation risk, which is the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments will cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In
addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund or vice versa. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
ETF Risk . When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. In addition, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk.  The fund may invest a portion of its assets directly in equity and fixed income securities, ETFs, and cash equivalents, including money market securities. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same security.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of your investment in the fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance and expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will be proportionate to the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
6 Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. Because interest rates in the United States and other countries are at, or near, historically low levels, a change in a central bank's monetary policy or improving economic conditions, among other things, may result in an increase in interest rates.  A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund's share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-, Mid- and Small-Cap Risk.  Stocks of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. Historically, small- and mid-cap stocks tend to be more volatile than large-cap stocks, and small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. During a period when stocks of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments — bonds or stocks of another capitalization range, for instance — an underlying fund’s large-, mid- or small-cap holdings could reduce performance.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk.  An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations
(including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the underlying fund's investments, and could impair the underlying fund's ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy.
Emerging Markets Risk.  Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the fund’s investments in emerging market countries and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund's use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund's performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund 7

 

Table of Contents
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.
Performance
Because the fund is new, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund’s prospectus. Once available, the fund’s performance will be posted on the fund’s website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus.
Investment adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio manager
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Managing Director and Head of Asset Allocation Strategies, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. She has managed the fund since its inception.
Purchase and sale of fund shares
The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures.
Eligible Investors (as determined by the fund and which generally are limited to institutional investors) may invest directly in the fund by placing purchase, exchange and redemption orders through the fund's transfer agent. Eligible Investors must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:
•by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
•by mail to Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.
The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100 for Investor Shares and $10,000,000 for Institutional Shares. There is no minimum investment requirement for employer-sponsored retirement plans (including, but not limited to, profit sharing, 401(k), 403(b), 457(b) and defined benefit plans). The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors or in the fund’s sole discretion.
Tax information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to financial intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
8 Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund
Ticker Symbols: Investor Shares: SWXCX Institutional Shares: SWYLX
Investment objective
The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund fees and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.
Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  Investor Institutional
Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase) None None
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None None
Other expenses (including shareholder servicing fees) 1 0.05 None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 2 0.06 0.06
Total annual fund operating expenses 0.19 0.14
Less expense reduction (0.06) (0.06)
Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction 3 0.13 0.08
1 “Other expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
2 “Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE)” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
3 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.13% for Investor Shares and 0.08% for Institutional Shares for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund
operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 investment
  1 year 3 years
Investor Shares $13 $42
Institutional Shares $ 8 $26
Portfolio turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund's performance. The fund is new and therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal investment strategies
The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab and Laudus mutual funds and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days' prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As
 
 
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund 9

 

Table of Contents
described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation at inception is anticipated to be approximately 51.9% equity securities, 43.1% fixed income securities, and 5.0% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund's principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to asset allocation risk, which is the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments will cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The
investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund or vice versa. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
ETF Risk . When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. In addition, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk.  The fund may invest a portion of its assets directly in equity and fixed income securities, ETFs, and cash equivalents, including money market securities. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same security.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of your investment in the fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance and expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will be proportionate to the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
10 Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. Because interest rates in the United States and other countries are at, or near, historically low levels, a change in a central bank's monetary policy or improving economic conditions, among other things, may result in an increase in interest rates.  A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund's share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-, Mid- and Small-Cap Risk.  Stocks of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. Historically, small- and mid-cap stocks tend to be more volatile than large-cap stocks, and small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. During a period when stocks of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments — bonds or stocks of another capitalization range, for instance — an underlying fund’s large-, mid- or small-cap holdings could reduce performance.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk.  An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations
(including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the underlying fund's investments, and could impair the underlying fund's ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy.
Emerging Markets Risk.  Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the fund’s investments in emerging market countries and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund's use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund's performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund 11

 

Table of Contents
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.
Performance
Because the fund is new, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund’s prospectus. Once available, the fund’s performance will be posted on the fund’s website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus.
Investment adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio manager
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Managing Director and Head of Asset Allocation Strategies, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. She has managed the fund since its inception.
Purchase and sale of fund shares
The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures.
Eligible Investors (as determined by the fund and which generally are limited to institutional investors) may invest directly in the fund by placing purchase, exchange and redemption orders through the fund's transfer agent. Eligible Investors must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:
•by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
•by mail to Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.
The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100 for Investor Shares and $10,000,000 for Institutional Shares. There is no minimum investment requirement for employer-sponsored retirement plans (including, but not limited to, profit sharing, 401(k), 403(b), 457(b) and defined benefit plans). The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors or in the fund’s sole discretion.
Tax information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to financial intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
12 Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund
Ticker Symbols: Investor Shares: SWXDX Institutional Shares: SWYDX
Investment objective
The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund fees and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.
Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  Investor Institutional
Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase) None None
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None None
Other expenses (including shareholder servicing fees) 1 0.05 None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 2 0.06 0.06
Total annual fund operating expenses 0.19 0.14
Less expense reduction (0.06) (0.06)
Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction 3 0.13 0.08
1 “Other expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
2 “Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE)” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
3 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.13% for Investor Shares and 0.08% for Institutional Shares for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund
operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 investment
  1 year 3 years
Investor Shares $13 $42
Institutional Shares $ 8 $26
Portfolio turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund's performance. The fund is new and therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal investment strategies
The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab and Laudus mutual funds and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days' prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As
 
 
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund 13

 

Table of Contents
described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation at inception is anticipated to be approximately 63.1% equity securities, 33.1% fixed income securities, and 3.7% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund's principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to asset allocation risk, which is the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments will cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The
investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund or vice versa. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
ETF Risk . When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. In addition, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk.  The fund may invest a portion of its assets directly in equity and fixed income securities, ETFs, and cash equivalents, including money market securities. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same security.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of your investment in the fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance and expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will be proportionate to the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
14 Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. Because interest rates in the United States and other countries are at, or near, historically low levels, a change in a central bank's monetary policy or improving economic conditions, among other things, may result in an increase in interest rates.  A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund's share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-, Mid- and Small-Cap Risk.  Stocks of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. Historically, small- and mid-cap stocks tend to be more volatile than large-cap stocks, and small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. During a period when stocks of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments — bonds or stocks of another capitalization range, for instance — an underlying fund’s large-, mid- or small-cap holdings could reduce performance.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk.  An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations
(including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the underlying fund's investments, and could impair the underlying fund's ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy.
Emerging Markets Risk.  Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the fund’s investments in emerging market countries and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund's use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund's performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund 15

 

Table of Contents
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.
Performance
Because the fund is new, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund’s prospectus. Once available, the fund’s performance will be posted on the fund’s website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus.
Investment adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio manager
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Managing Director and Head of Asset Allocation Strategies, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. She has managed the fund since its inception.
Purchase and sale of fund shares
The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures.
Eligible Investors (as determined by the fund and which generally are limited to institutional investors) may invest directly in the fund by placing purchase, exchange and redemption orders through the fund's transfer agent. Eligible Investors must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:
•by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
•by mail to Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.
The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100 for Investor Shares and $10,000,000 for Institutional Shares. There is no minimum investment requirement for employer-sponsored retirement plans (including, but not limited to, profit sharing, 401(k), 403(b), 457(b) and defined benefit plans). The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors or in the fund’s sole discretion.
Tax information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to financial intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
16 Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund
Ticker Symbols: Investor Shares: SWXEX Institutional Shares: SWYEX
Investment objective
The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund fees and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.
Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  Investor Institutional
Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase) None None
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None None
Other expenses (including shareholder servicing fees) 1 0.05 None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 2 0.06 0.06
Total annual fund operating expenses 0.19 0.14
Less expense reduction (0.06) (0.06)
Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction 3 0.13 0.08
1 “Other expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
2 “Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE)” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
3 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.13% for Investor Shares and 0.08% for Institutional Shares for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund
operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 investment
  1 year 3 years
Investor Shares $13 $42
Institutional Shares $ 8 $26
Portfolio turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund's performance. The fund is new and therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal investment strategies
The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab and Laudus mutual funds and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days' prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As
 
 
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund 17

 

Table of Contents
described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation at inception is anticipated to be approximately 71.6% equity securities, 25.5% fixed income securities, and 2.8% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund's principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to asset allocation risk, which is the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments will cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The
investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund or vice versa. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
ETF Risk . When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. In addition, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk.  The fund may invest a portion of its assets directly in equity and fixed income securities, ETFs, and cash equivalents, including money market securities. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same security.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of your investment in the fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance and expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will be proportionate to the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
18 Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. Because interest rates in the United States and other countries are at, or near, historically low levels, a change in a central bank's monetary policy or improving economic conditions, among other things, may result in an increase in interest rates.  A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund's share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-, Mid- and Small-Cap Risk.  Stocks of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. Historically, small- and mid-cap stocks tend to be more volatile than large-cap stocks, and small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. During a period when stocks of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments — bonds or stocks of another capitalization range, for instance — an underlying fund’s large-, mid- or small-cap holdings could reduce performance.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk.  An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations
(including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the underlying fund's investments, and could impair the underlying fund's ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy.
Emerging Markets Risk.  Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the fund’s investments in emerging market countries and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund's use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund's performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund 19

 

Table of Contents
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.
Performance
Because the fund is new, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund’s prospectus. Once available, the fund’s performance will be posted on the fund’s website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus.
Investment adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio manager
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Managing Director and Head of Asset Allocation Strategies, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. She has managed the fund since its inception.
Purchase and sale of fund shares
The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures.
Eligible Investors (as determined by the fund and which generally are limited to institutional investors) may invest directly in the fund by placing purchase, exchange and redemption orders through the fund's transfer agent. Eligible Investors must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:
•by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
•by mail to Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.
The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100 for Investor Shares and $10,000,000 for Institutional Shares. There is no minimum investment requirement for employer-sponsored retirement plans (including, but not limited to, profit sharing, 401(k), 403(b), 457(b) and defined benefit plans). The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors or in the fund’s sole discretion.
Tax information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to financial intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
20 Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund
Ticker Symbols: Investor Shares: SWXFX Institutional Shares: SWYFX
Investment objective
The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund fees and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.
Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  Investor Institutional
Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase) None None
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None None
Other expenses (including shareholder servicing fees) 1 0.05 None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 2 0.05 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 0.18 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05) (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction 3 0.13 0.08
1 “Other expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
2 “Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE)” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
3 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.13% for Investor Shares and 0.08% for Institutional Shares for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund
operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 investment
  1 year 3 years
Investor Shares $13 $42
Institutional Shares $ 8 $26
Portfolio turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund's performance. The fund is new and therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal investment strategies
The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab and Laudus mutual funds and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days' prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As
 
 
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund 21

 

Table of Contents
described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation at inception is anticipated to be approximately 78.7% equity securities, 19.1% fixed income securities, and 2.1% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund's principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to asset allocation risk, which is the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments will cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The
investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund or vice versa. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
ETF Risk . When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. In addition, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk.  The fund may invest a portion of its assets directly in equity and fixed income securities, ETFs, and cash equivalents, including money market securities. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same security.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of your investment in the fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance and expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will be proportionate to the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
22 Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. Because interest rates in the United States and other countries are at, or near, historically low levels, a change in a central bank's monetary policy or improving economic conditions, among other things, may result in an increase in interest rates.  A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund's share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-, Mid- and Small-Cap Risk.  Stocks of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. Historically, small- and mid-cap stocks tend to be more volatile than large-cap stocks, and small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. During a period when stocks of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments — bonds or stocks of another capitalization range, for instance — an underlying fund’s large-, mid- or small-cap holdings could reduce performance.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk.  An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations
(including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the underlying fund's investments, and could impair the underlying fund's ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy.
Emerging Markets Risk.  Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the fund’s investments in emerging market countries and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund's use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund's performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund 23

 

Table of Contents
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.
Performance
Because the fund is new, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund’s prospectus. Once available, the fund’s performance will be posted on the fund’s website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus.
Investment adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio manager
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Managing Director and Head of Asset Allocation Strategies, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. She has managed the fund since its inception.
Purchase and sale of fund shares
The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures.
Eligible Investors (as determined by the fund and which generally are limited to institutional investors) may invest directly in the fund by placing purchase, exchange and redemption orders through the fund's transfer agent. Eligible Investors must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:
•by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
•by mail to Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.
The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100 for Investor Shares and $10,000,000 for Institutional Shares. There is no minimum investment requirement for employer-sponsored retirement plans (including, but not limited to, profit sharing, 401(k), 403(b), 457(b) and defined benefit plans). The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors or in the fund’s sole discretion.
Tax information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to financial intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
24 Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund
Ticker Symbols: Investor Shares: SWXGX Institutional Shares: SWYGX
Investment objective
The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund fees and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.
Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  Investor Institutional
Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase) None None
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None None
Other expenses (including shareholder servicing fees) 1 0.05 None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 2 0.05 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 0.18 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05) (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction 3 0.13 0.08
1 “Other expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
2 “Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE)” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
3 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.13% for Investor Shares and 0.08% for Institutional Shares for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund
operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 investment
  1 year 3 years
Investor Shares $13 $42
Institutional Shares $ 8 $26
Portfolio turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund's performance. The fund is new and therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal investment strategies
The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab and Laudus mutual funds and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days' prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As
 
 
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund 25

 

Table of Contents
described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation at inception is anticipated to be approximately 85.4% equity securities, 13.1% fixed income securities, and 1.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund's principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to asset allocation risk, which is the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments will cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The
investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund or vice versa. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
ETF Risk . When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. In addition, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk.  The fund may invest a portion of its assets directly in equity and fixed income securities, ETFs, and cash equivalents, including money market securities. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same security.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of your investment in the fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance and expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will be proportionate to the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
26 Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. Because interest rates in the United States and other countries are at, or near, historically low levels, a change in a central bank's monetary policy or improving economic conditions, among other things, may result in an increase in interest rates.  A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund's share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-, Mid- and Small-Cap Risk.  Stocks of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. Historically, small- and mid-cap stocks tend to be more volatile than large-cap stocks, and small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. During a period when stocks of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments — bonds or stocks of another capitalization range, for instance — an underlying fund’s large-, mid- or small-cap holdings could reduce performance.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk.  An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations
(including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the underlying fund's investments, and could impair the underlying fund's ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy.
Emerging Markets Risk.  Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the fund’s investments in emerging market countries and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund's use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund's performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund 27

 

Table of Contents
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.
Performance
Because the fund is new, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund’s prospectus. Once available, the fund’s performance will be posted on the fund’s website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus.
Investment adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio manager
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Managing Director and Head of Asset Allocation Strategies, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. She has managed the fund since its inception.
Purchase and sale of fund shares
The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures.
Eligible Investors (as determined by the fund and which generally are limited to institutional investors) may invest directly in the fund by placing purchase, exchange and redemption orders through the fund's transfer agent. Eligible Investors must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:
•by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
•by mail to Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.
The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100 for Investor Shares and $10,000,000 for Institutional Shares. There is no minimum investment requirement for employer-sponsored retirement plans (including, but not limited to, profit sharing, 401(k), 403(b), 457(b) and defined benefit plans). The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors or in the fund’s sole discretion.
Tax information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to financial intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
28 Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund
Ticker Symbols: Investor Shares: SWXHX Institutional Shares: SWYHX
Investment objective
The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund fees and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.
Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  Investor Institutional
Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase) None None
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None None
Other expenses (including shareholder servicing fees) 1 0.05 None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 2 0.05 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 0.18 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05) (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction 3 0.13 0.08
1 “Other expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
2 “Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE)” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
3 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.13% for Investor Shares and 0.08% for Institutional Shares for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund
operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 investment
  1 year 3 years
Investor Shares $13 $42
Institutional Shares $ 8 $26
Portfolio turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund's performance. The fund is new and therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal investment strategies
The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab and Laudus mutual funds and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days' prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As
 
 
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund 29

 

Table of Contents
described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation at inception is anticipated to be approximately 89.4% equity securities, 9.5% fixed income securities, and 1.1% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund's principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to asset allocation risk, which is the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments will cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The
investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund or vice versa. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
ETF Risk . When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. In addition, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk.  The fund may invest a portion of its assets directly in equity and fixed income securities, ETFs, and cash equivalents, including money market securities. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same security.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of your investment in the fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance and expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will be proportionate to the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
30 Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. Because interest rates in the United States and other countries are at, or near, historically low levels, a change in a central bank's monetary policy or improving economic conditions, among other things, may result in an increase in interest rates.  A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund's share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-, Mid- and Small-Cap Risk.  Stocks of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. Historically, small- and mid-cap stocks tend to be more volatile than large-cap stocks, and small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. During a period when stocks of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments — bonds or stocks of another capitalization range, for instance — an underlying fund’s large-, mid- or small-cap holdings could reduce performance.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk.  An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations
(including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the underlying fund's investments, and could impair the underlying fund's ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy.
Emerging Markets Risk.  Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the fund’s investments in emerging market countries and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund's use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund's performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund 31

 

Table of Contents
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.
Performance
Because the fund is new, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund’s prospectus. Once available, the fund’s performance will be posted on the fund’s website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus.
Investment adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio manager
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Managing Director and Head of Asset Allocation Strategies, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. She has managed the fund since its inception.
Purchase and sale of fund shares
The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures.
Eligible Investors (as determined by the fund and which generally are limited to institutional investors) may invest directly in the fund by placing purchase, exchange and redemption orders through the fund's transfer agent. Eligible Investors must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:
•by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
•by mail to Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.
The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100 for Investor Shares and $10,000,000 for Institutional Shares. There is no minimum investment requirement for employer-sponsored retirement plans (including, but not limited to, profit sharing, 401(k), 403(b), 457(b) and defined benefit plans). The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors or in the fund’s sole discretion.
Tax information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to financial intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
32 Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund
Ticker Symbols: Investor Shares: SWXIX Institutional Shares: SWYMX
Investment objective
The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund fees and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.
Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  Investor Institutional
Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase) None None
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None None
Other expenses (including shareholder servicing fees) 1 0.05 None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 2 0.05 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 0.18 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05) (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction 3 0.13 0.08
1 “Other expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
2 “Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE)” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
3 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.13% for Investor Shares and 0.08% for Institutional Shares for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund
operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 investment
  1 year 3 years
Investor Shares $13 $42
Institutional Shares $ 8 $26
Portfolio turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund's performance. The fund is new and therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal investment strategies
The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab and Laudus mutual funds and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days' prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As
 
 
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund 33

 

Table of Contents
described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation at inception is anticipated to be approximately 92.0% equity securities, 7.2% fixed income securities, and 0.8% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund's principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to asset allocation risk, which is the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments will cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The
investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund or vice versa. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
ETF Risk . When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. In addition, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk.  The fund may invest a portion of its assets directly in equity and fixed income securities, ETFs, and cash equivalents, including money market securities. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same security.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of your investment in the fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance and expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will be proportionate to the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
34 Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. Because interest rates in the United States and other countries are at, or near, historically low levels, a change in a central bank's monetary policy or improving economic conditions, among other things, may result in an increase in interest rates.  A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund's share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-, Mid- and Small-Cap Risk.  Stocks of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. Historically, small- and mid-cap stocks tend to be more volatile than large-cap stocks, and small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. During a period when stocks of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments — bonds or stocks of another capitalization range, for instance — an underlying fund’s large-, mid- or small-cap holdings could reduce performance.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk.  An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations
(including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the underlying fund's investments, and could impair the underlying fund's ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy.
Emerging Markets Risk.  Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the fund’s investments in emerging market countries and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund's use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund's performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund 35

 

Table of Contents
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.
Performance
Because the fund is new, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund’s prospectus. Once available, the fund’s performance will be posted on the fund’s website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus.
Investment adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio manager
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Managing Director and Head of Asset Allocation Strategies, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. She has managed the fund since its inception.
Purchase and sale of fund shares
The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures.
Eligible Investors (as determined by the fund and which generally are limited to institutional investors) may invest directly in the fund by placing purchase, exchange and redemption orders through the fund's transfer agent. Eligible Investors must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:
•by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
•by mail to Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.
The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100 for Investor Shares and $10,000,000 for Institutional Shares. There is no minimum investment requirement for employer-sponsored retirement plans (including, but not limited to, profit sharing, 401(k), 403(b), 457(b) and defined benefit plans). The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors or in the fund’s sole discretion.
Tax information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to financial intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
36 Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund
Ticker Symbols: Investor Shares: SWXJX Institutional Shares: SWYJX
Investment objective
The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund fees and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.
Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  Investor Institutional
Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase) None None
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None None
Other expenses (including shareholder servicing fees) 1 0.05 None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 2 0.05 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 0.18 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05) (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction 3 0.13 0.08
1 “Other expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
2 “Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE)” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
3 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.13% for Investor Shares and 0.08% for Institutional Shares for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund
operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 investment
  1 year 3 years
Investor Shares $13 $42
Institutional Shares $ 8 $26
Portfolio turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund's performance. The fund is new and therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal investment strategies
The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab and Laudus mutual funds and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days' prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As
 
 
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund 37

 

Table of Contents
described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation at inception is anticipated to be approximately 94.5% equity securities, 4.9% fixed income securities, and 0.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund's principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to asset allocation risk, which is the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments will cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The
investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund or vice versa. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
ETF Risk . When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. In addition, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk.  The fund may invest a portion of its assets directly in equity and fixed income securities, ETFs, and cash equivalents, including money market securities. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same security.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of your investment in the fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance and expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will be proportionate to the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
38 Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. Because interest rates in the United States and other countries are at, or near, historically low levels, a change in a central bank's monetary policy or improving economic conditions, among other things, may result in an increase in interest rates.  A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund's share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-, Mid- and Small-Cap Risk.  Stocks of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. Historically, small- and mid-cap stocks tend to be more volatile than large-cap stocks, and small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. During a period when stocks of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments — bonds or stocks of another capitalization range, for instance — an underlying fund’s large-, mid- or small-cap holdings could reduce performance.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk.  An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations
(including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the underlying fund's investments, and could impair the underlying fund's ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy.
Emerging Markets Risk.  Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the fund’s investments in emerging market countries and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund's use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund's performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund 39

 

Table of Contents
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.
Performance
Because the fund is new, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund’s prospectus. Once available, the fund’s performance will be posted on the fund’s website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus.
Investment adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio manager
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Managing Director and Head of Asset Allocation Strategies, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. She has managed the fund since its inception.
Purchase and sale of fund shares
The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures.
Eligible Investors (as determined by the fund and which generally are limited to institutional investors) may invest directly in the fund by placing purchase, exchange and redemption orders through the fund's transfer agent. Eligible Investors must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:
•by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
•by mail to Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.
The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100 for Investor Shares and $10,000,000 for Institutional Shares. There is no minimum investment requirement for employer-sponsored retirement plans (including, but not limited to, profit sharing, 401(k), 403(b), 457(b) and defined benefit plans). The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors or in the fund’s sole discretion.
Tax information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to financial intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
40 Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund
Ticker Symbols: Investor Shares: SWXKX Institutional Shares: SWYNX
Investment objective
The fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Fund fees and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.
Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
  Investor Institutional
Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase) None None
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees 0.08 0.08
Distribution (12b-1) fees None None
Other expenses (including shareholder servicing fees) 1 0.05 None
Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE) 2 0.05 0.05
Total annual fund operating expenses 0.18 0.13
Less expense reduction (0.05) (0.05)
Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction 3 0.13 0.08
1 “Other expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
2 “Acquired fund fees and expenses (AFFE)” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal period.
3 The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the total annual fund operating expenses (including AFFE, but excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund to 0.13% for Investor Shares and 0.08% for Institutional Shares for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund
operating expenses (including AFFE) after expense reduction. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on a $10,000 investment
  1 year 3 years
Investor Shares $13 $42
Institutional Shares $ 8 $26
Portfolio turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund's performance. The fund is new and therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal investment strategies
The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab and Laudus mutual funds and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). The fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. The fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days' prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. The fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund is managed based on the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in the fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the target date and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. As
 
 
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund 41

 

Table of Contents
described below, the adviser will continue to modify the fund’s target asset allocation for 20 years beyond the target date.
The fund’s target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy; however, the adviser reserves the right to modify the fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should circumstances warrant a change. In general, the fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target date. The fund’s asset allocation at inception is anticipated to be approximately 95.0% equity securities, 4.5% fixed income securities, and 0.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). At the stated target date, the fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. At such time, the fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of the fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust the fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations, including, but not limited to, market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, the fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. For example, the style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust the fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, the fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and money market securities. For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Principal risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund's principal risks include:
Asset Allocation Risk. The fund is subject to asset allocation risk, which is the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the fund’s assets among the various asset classes and market segments will cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The
investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist where the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund or vice versa. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Market Risk. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.
ETF Risk . When the fund invests in an ETF, it will bear a proportionate share of the ETF’s expenses. In addition, lack of liquidity in the market for an ETF’s shares can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Although ETFs are listed on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such ETF shares will develop or be maintained. If an active market is not maintained, the fund may experience difficulty in buying or selling ETF shares. In addition, the market price of ETF shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from net asset value, particularly during periods of market volatility. Certain ETFs that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index, which may not produce the intended results.
Direct Investment Risk.  The fund may invest a portion of its assets directly in equity and fixed income securities, ETFs, and cash equivalents, including money market securities. The fund’s direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as an underlying fund’s investment in the same security.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of your investment in the fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance and expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will be proportionate to the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
42 Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
Fixed Income Risk. Interest rates rise and fall over time, which will affect an underlying fund’s yield and share price. Because interest rates in the United States and other countries are at, or near, historically low levels, a change in a central bank's monetary policy or improving economic conditions, among other things, may result in an increase in interest rates.  A rise in interest rates could cause an underlying fund's share price to fall. The credit quality of a portfolio investment could also cause an underlying fund’s share price to fall. An underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Fixed income securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause an underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater credit risk, are more volatile, involve greater risk of price declines and may be more susceptible to economic downturns than investment-grade securities.
Equity Risk.  The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.
Large-, Mid- and Small-Cap Risk.  Stocks of different market capitalizations tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. Historically, small- and mid-cap stocks tend to be more volatile than large-cap stocks, and small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. During a period when stocks of a particular market capitalization fall behind other types of investments — bonds or stocks of another capitalization range, for instance — an underlying fund’s large-, mid- or small-cap holdings could reduce performance.
Money Market Fund Risk . The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk.  An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations
(including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. These risks may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the underlying fund's investments, and could impair the underlying fund's ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy.
Emerging Markets Risk.  Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the fund’s investments in emerging market countries and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Derivatives Risk.  An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. An underlying fund's use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund's performance, increase volatility, and could cause the underlying fund to lose more than the initial amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on an underlying fund. However, these risks are less severe when the underlying fund uses derivatives for hedging rather than to enhance the underlying fund’s returns or as a substitute for a position or security.
Leverage Risk.  Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose an underlying fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of an underlying fund’s portfolio securities, which means even a small amount of leverage can have a disproportionately large impact on the underlying fund.
Liquidity Risk.  An underlying fund may be unable to sell certain securities, such as illiquid securities, readily at a favorable time or price, or an underlying fund may have to sell them at a loss.
Portfolio Turnover Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.
You may experience losses in the fund, including losses before, at, or after the target date. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to achieve its objective or provide adequate income at and through your retirement.
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund 43

 

Table of Contents
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund and the underlying funds please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.
Performance
Because the fund is new, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund’s prospectus. Once available, the fund’s performance will be posted on the fund’s website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus.
Investment adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio manager
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Managing Director and Head of Asset Allocation Strategies, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. She has managed the fund since its inception.
Purchase and sale of fund shares
The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate its share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures.
Eligible Investors (as determined by the fund and which generally are limited to institutional investors) may invest directly in the fund by placing purchase, exchange and redemption orders through the fund's transfer agent. Eligible Investors must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:
•by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or
•by mail to Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.
The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100 for Investor Shares and $10,000,000 for Institutional Shares. There is no minimum investment requirement for employer-sponsored retirement plans (including, but not limited to, profit sharing, 401(k), 403(b), 457(b) and defined benefit plans). The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors or in the fund’s sole discretion.
Tax information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.
Payments to financial intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
44 Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund

 

Table of Contents
About the funds
The Schwab Target Index Funds (the funds) are designed to provide investors with investment management, asset allocation and ongoing reallocation over time. Because the funds invest in ETFs and other mutual funds (the underlying funds), each fund is considered a “fund of funds.” A fund of funds bears its own direct expenses in addition to bearing a proportionate share of expenses charged to the underlying funds in which it invests.
Each fund is designed for an investor who anticipates retiring at or about the specific retirement date (target date) included in its name and plans to withdraw the value of the investor’s account in the fund gradually after retirement. These funds gradually decrease their equity holdings and increase fixed income holdings as the target date approaches and beyond, becoming more conservative over time. This rebalancing over time is often referred to as the glide path of the fund. The glide path is a pre-set investment schedule that reallocates risk based on an investor’s target date. Please see the fund’s glide path in the “Fund details” section.
Each fund is managed based on the target date included in its name and assumes a retirement age of 65. The target date refers to the approximate year an investor in a fund would plan to retire and likely would stop making new investments in the fund. The target date included in a fund’s name does not necessarily represent the specific year you expect to need your assets. It is intended only as a general guide.
The funds are designed for long-term investors. Their performance will fluctuate over time and, as with all investments, future performance may differ from past performance.
Investor profile
The funds are designed to offer investors a professionally managed investment plan that simplifies the investment management of an investor’s assets prior to, and continuing after, the investor’s retirement. The main component of the investment program is the funds’ ongoing reallocation of the investor’s assets among various asset classes, including equities, fixed income and cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). In particular, the funds are designed for investors who are saving for retirement.
Who may want to invest in the funds?
The funds may be a suitable investment for investors
•seeking an investment whose asset allocation mix becomes more conservative over time
•seeking funds that combine the potential for capital appreciation and income
•seeking the convenience of funds that allocate their assets among both equity and fixed income investments
Who may not want to invest in the funds?
The funds may not be suitable for investors
•seeking to invest for a short period of time
•uncomfortable with fluctuations in the value of their investment
•seeking to use the funds for educational savings accounts
The funds are designed to be an integral part of an investor’s overall retirement investment strategy. However, they are not designed to provide investors with a complete solution to their retirement needs. Investors must consider many factors when choosing an investment strategy for their retirement. For example, factors such as an appropriate retirement date, your expected retirement needs and your sources of income all should be considered when you choose your overall retirement strategy.
About the funds 45

 

Table of Contents
Fund details
There can be no assurance that the funds will achieve their objectives. Except as explicitly described otherwise, the investment objectives, investment strategies and policies of each fund may be changed without shareholder approval.
The principal investment strategies and the main risks associated with investing in each fund are summarized in the fund summaries at the front of this prospectus. This section takes a more detailed look at some of the types of securities, the associated risks, and the various investment strategies that may be used in the day-to-day portfolio management of the funds, as described below.
Investment objectives, strategies and risks
Schwab Target Index Funds
Ticker symbols: Target 2010 Index Fund   Investor Shares: SWXAX Institutional Shares: SWYAX
  Target 2015 Index Fund   Investor Shares: SWXBX Institutional Shares: SWYBX
  Target 2020 Index Fund   Investor Shares: SWXCX Institutional Shares: SWYLX
  Target 2025 Index Fund   Investor Shares: SWXDX Institutional Shares: SWYDX
  Target 2030 Index Fund   Investor Shares: SWXEX Institutional Shares: SWYEX
  Target 2035 Index Fund   Investor Shares: SWXFX Institutional Shares: SWYFX
  Target 2040 Index Fund   Investor Shares: SWXGX Institutional Shares: SWYGX
  Target 2045 Index Fund   Investor Shares: SWXHX Institutional Shares: SWYHX
  Target 2050 Index Fund   Investor Shares: SWXIX Institutional Shares: SWYMX
  Target 2055 Index Fund   Investor Shares: SWXJX Institutional Shares: SWYJX
  Target 2060 Index Fund   Investor Shares: SWXKX Institutional Shares: SWYNX
Investment objective
Each of the Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund and Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Principal investment strategies of the funds
Each of the funds seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab ETFs. Each fund may also invest in affiliated Schwab and Laudus mutual funds and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds referred to herein as, the “underlying funds”). Each fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, money market and other securities in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. For each of the funds, the target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy, in accordance with a predetermined “glide path” illustrated below under the “Asset allocation and investment strategies” section. However, the adviser reserves the right to modify a fund’s target asset allocations from time to time should, in the adviser’s discretion, circumstances warrant a change. In general, each fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target retirement date. At the stated target date, each fund’s allocation will be approximately 40.0% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities, and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). Each fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date at which time each fund’s asset allocation will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% equity securities, 65.6% fixed income securities, and 9.4% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds).
In addition to the strategic annual adjustment of each fund’s target asset allocation, the adviser may adjust each fund’s underlying fund allocations within a particular asset class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given market capitalization, and the underlying funds’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, a fund’s allocation to a particular underlying fund may increase or decrease throughout the year. Within the equity asset class, each fund will have exposure to one or more “style classes”. The style classes include domestic large-cap equity, domestic small-cap equity, and international equity. The adviser may adjust a fund’s allocation to a particular style class based on the following considerations: market trends, its outlook for a given style class, and the style classes’ performance in various market conditions. Accordingly, a fund’s allocation to a particular style class within the equity asset class may increase or decrease throughout the year.
46 Fund details

 

Table of Contents
Each fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, each fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities and cash and cash equivalents (including money market securities).
For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, each fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When a fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.
Asset allocation and investment strategies
Each fund invests in a combination of underlying funds. Each fund’s target allocation is intended to allocate investments among various asset classes such as equity, fixed income, and cash and cash equivalents (including money market securities). As set forth below, each fund has its own distinct target portfolio allocation and is designed to accommodate different investment goals and risk tolerances.
The following chart shows each fund’s target asset allocation among the various asset classes as of the date of this prospectus. The allocations may not add to 100% due to rounding.
Target Asset Allocation*
Asset Class   Schwab
Target
2010 Index Fund
Schwab
Target
2015 Index Fund
Schwab
Target
2020 Index Fund
Schwab
Target
2025 Index Fund
Schwab
Target
2030 Index Fund
Schwab
Target
2035 Index Fund
Equity ETFs   37.6% 39.7% 51.9% 63.1% 71.6% 78.7%
Fixed-Income ETFs   55.4% 53.7% 43.1% 33.1% 25.5% 19.1%
Cash and Cash Equivalents (Including Money Market Funds)   7.0% 6.6% 5.0% 3.7% 2.8% 2.1%
Target Asset Allocation*
Asset Class       Schwab
Target
2040 Index Fund
Schwab
Target
2045 Index Fund
Schwab
Target
2050 Index Fund
Schwab
Target
2055 Index Fund
Schwab
Target
2060 Index Fund
Equity ETFs       85.4% 89.4% 92.0% 94.5% 95.0%
Fixed-Income ETFs       13.1% 9.5% 7.2% 4.9% 4.5%
Cash and Cash Equivalents (Including Money Market Funds)       1.5% 1.1% 0.8% 0.5% 0.5%
* Market appreciation or depreciation may cause a fund’s actual asset allocation to vary temporarily from the fund’s target asset allocation.
As shown above, the portfolios of the funds with an earlier target retirement date are more heavily allocated to fixed income securities and money market funds; therefore these funds represent a more conservative approach. Funds with later target retirement dates take a more aggressive approach by allocating a greater amount of their assets to equity securities.
The target asset allocations of the funds have been developed with two general rules of investing in mind:
•Higher investment returns are generally accompanied by a higher risk of losing money. Put another way, the greater an investment’s potential return, the greater its potential loss. For example, equity securities generally provide long-term returns that are superior to fixed income securities, although their returns have tended to be more volatile in the short-term.
•Because their investments have more time to recover from losses, investors with longer time horizons generally have a higher risk tolerance.
For these reasons, the target asset allocations of the funds are expected to vary over time as your investment horizon changes.
Over time, the target allocation to asset classes will change according to a predetermined “glide path,” as illustrated in the following graph. As the glide path shows, each fund’s asset mix becomes more conservative as time elapses — both prior to and after the target retirement date. This reflects the need for reduced investment risk as retirement approaches and the need for greater certainty of income after retiring. The funds’ actual asset allocations may differ from the allocations shown in the illustration. Once a fund reaches its most conservative planned allocation, approximately 20 years after its target date, its allocation to equity securities will remain fixed at approximately 25.0% in equity securities, 65.6% in fixed income securities and 9.4% in cash and cash equivalents (including money market securities). The adviser reserves the right to modify the glide path from time to time should circumstances warrant.
Fund details 47

 

Table of Contents
Target Glide Path
Differences in the performance of underlying funds and the size and frequency of purchase and redemption orders may affect the fund’s actual allocations.
More information about principal risks of investing in the funds
The funds are intended for investors seeking an investment option whose asset mix becomes more conservative over time, and who are willing to accept the risks associated with the funds’ asset allocation strategies. In general, a fund with a later target date is expected to be more volatile than a fund with an earlier target date.
Each fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. Principal risks of the funds include:
Conflicts of Interest Risk. The investment adviser’s authority to select and substitute underlying funds from a variety of affiliated and unaffiliated ETFs and mutual funds may create a conflict of interest because the fees paid to it by some underlying funds are higher than the fees paid by other underlying funds. The investment adviser also may have an incentive to select an affiliated underlying fund for other reasons, including to increase assets under management or to support new investment strategies. In addition, other conflicts of interest may exist. For example, the investment adviser’s decisions to cause the fund to purchase or redeem shares of an affiliated underlying fund could be influenced by its belief that an affiliated underlying fund may benefit from additional assets or that it is in the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund to limit purchases of shares of the underlying fund. In such cases, the best interests of the affiliated underlying fund may not be aligned with those of the fund or vice versa. However, the investment adviser is a fiduciary to the fund and is legally obligated to act in the fund’s best interests when selecting underlying funds.
Underlying Fund Investment Risk. The value of your investment in the fund is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the fund purchases. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The fund is subject to the performance and expenses of the underlying funds in which it invests. Before investing in the fund, investors should assess the risks associated with the underlying funds in which the fund may invest and the types of investments made by those underlying funds. These risks include any combination of the risks described below, although the fund’s exposure to a particular risk will be proportionate to the fund’s overall asset allocation and underlying fund allocation.
Investment Risk. An investment in the underlying funds is not a bank deposit. The funds’ investments in the underlying funds are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. The fund may experience losses with respect to its investment in an underlying fund. Further, there is no guarantee that an underlying fund will be able to achieve its objective.
48 Fund details

 

Table of Contents
Market Risk. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of the funds’ investments in the underlying funds will fluctuate, which means that the funds could lose money on their investment.
Market Segment Risk. The underlying funds invest their assets in accordance with their own distinct investment objectives. As a result, the performance of an underlying fund will correlate directly with the performance of the particular segment of the stock or bond market that the fund invests in (e.g., large-cap securities, small-cap securities, foreign securities, fixed income securities or dividend-paying common stocks). This may cause the underlying fund to underperform funds that do not similarly restrict their investments to a particular market segment.
Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities in which the underlying funds invest rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time. Due to their fixed income features, preferred stocks provide higher income potential than issuers’ common stocks, but typically are more sensitive to interest rate changes than the underlying common stock. The rights of common stockholders are generally subordinate to the rights associated with an issuer’s preferred stocks and the rights of preferred stockholders are generally subordinate to the rights associated with an issuer’s debt securities on the distribution of an issuer’s assets in the event of a liquidation.
Large- and Mid-Cap Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in large- and mid-cap companies will reflect the risks associated with the large-cap and mid-cap segments of the stock market. Both large-cap and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments — small-cap stocks, for instance — the performance of an underlying fund that focuses its investments in large- and mid-cap securities will lag these investments.
Small-Cap Risk. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. Accordingly, underlying funds that invest in small-cap securities may be more volatile than underlying funds that invest in large- and mid-cap securities. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. In addition, smaller companies may have limited financial resources, product lines and markets, and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volumes than the securities of larger companies. Further, smaller companies may have less publicly available information and, when available, it may be inaccurate or incomplete. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments — large-cap stocks, for instance — the performance of an underlying fund that focuses its investments in small-cap securities will lag these investments.
Convertible Securities Risk. Certain of the underlying funds may invest in convertible securities, which are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stock or other securities that may be converted into or exercised for a prescribed amount of common stock at a specified time and price. Convertible securities provide an opportunity for equity participation, with the potential for a higher dividend or interest yield and lower price volatility compared to common stock. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline, and the credit standing of the issuer. The price of a convertible security will also normally vary in some proportion to changes in the price of the underlying common stock because of the conversion or exercise feature.
Growth Investing Risk. Certain of the underlying funds pursue a “growth style” of investing. Growth investing focuses on a company’s prospects for growth of revenue and earnings. If a company’s earnings or revenues fall short of expectations, its stock price may fall dramatically. Growth stocks also can perform differently from the market as a whole and other types of stocks and can be more volatile than other types of stocks. Since growth companies usually invest a high portion of earnings in their business, they may lack the dividends of value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market. Growth stocks may also be more expensive relative to their earnings or assets compared to value or other stocks.
Value Investing Risk. Certain of the underlying funds may pursue a “value style” of investing. Value investing focuses on companies whose stocks appear undervalued in light of factors such as the company’s earnings, book value, revenues or cash flow. If an underlying fund’s investment adviser’s (or sub-adviser’s) assessment of a company’s value or prospects for exceeding earnings expectations or market conditions is wrong, the underlying fund could suffer losses or produce poor performance relative to other funds. In addition, “value stocks” can continue to be undervalued by the market for long periods of time.
Fund details 49

 

Table of Contents
Interest Rate Risk . An underlying fund’s investments in fixed income securities are subject to the risk that interest rates may rise and fall over time. As with any investment whose yield reflects current interest rates, an underlying fund’s yield will change over time. During periods when interest rates are low, an underlying fund’s yield (and total return) also may be low. Changes in interest rates also may affect an underlying fund’s share price: a sharp rise in interest rates could cause the fund’s share price to fall. This risk is greater when the underlying fund holds bonds with longer maturities. An underlying fund may also lose money if interest rates rise sharply. The longer an underlying fund's portfolio duration, the more sensitive to interest rate movements its share price is likely to be. A change in a central bank’s monetary policy or improving economic conditions, among other things, may result in an increase in interest rates. Rising interest rates may decrease liquidity in the fixed income securities markets, making it more difficult for an underlying fund to sell its fixed income securities holdings at a time when the investment adviser might wish to sell such securities. In addition, decreased market liquidity also may make it more difficult to value some or all of an underlying fund’s fixed income securities holdings. To the extent that the investment adviser (or sub-adviser(s)) of an underlying fund anticipates interest rate trends imprecisely, the underlying fund could miss yield opportunities or its share price could fall. Inflation-protected securities may react differently to interest rate changes than other types of debt securities and, as discussed below, tend to react to changes in “real” interest rates.
Credit Risk. Certain of the underlying funds are subject to the risk that a decline in the credit quality of a portfolio investment could cause the fund’s share price to fall. The underlying fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment or the counterparty to a derivatives contract fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Below investment-grade bonds (junk bonds) involve greater risks of default or downgrade and are more volatile than investment-grade bonds. Below investment-grade bonds also involve greater risk of price declines than investment-grade securities due to actual or perceived changes in an issuer’s creditworthiness. In addition, issuers of below investment-grade bonds may be more susceptible than other issuers to economic downturns. Such bonds are subject to the risk that the issuer may not be able to pay interest or dividends and ultimately to repay principal upon maturity. Discontinuation of these payments could substantially adversely affect the market value of the bonds.
Prepayment and Extension Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in fixed income securities are subject to the risk that the securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause the underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund’s yield or share price. In addition, rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of certain fixed income securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, an underlying fund that holds these securities may exhibit additional volatility. This is known as extension risk. When interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their fixed income securities sooner than expected. This can reduce the returns of an underlying fund because the fund will have to reinvest that money at the lower prevailing interest rates. This is known as prepayment risk.
U.S. Government Securities Risk. Some of the U.S. government securities that the underlying funds invest in are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government, which means they are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. Issuers such as the Federal Home Loan Banks maintain limited access to credit lines from the U.S. Treasury. Others, such as obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation, are supported solely by the credit of the issuer. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government will provide financial support to securities of its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law. Also, any government guarantees on securities the underlying funds own do not extend to shares of the underlying funds themselves. On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, placing the two federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. Under the takeover, the U.S. Treasury agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and obtained warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality. Under this agreement, the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide up to $100 billion per instrumentality as needed, including the contribution of cash capital to the instrumentalities in the event their liabilities exceed their assets. This is intended to ensure that the instrumentalities maintain a positive net worth and meet their financial obligations, preventing mandatory triggering of receivership. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful.
Inflation-Protected Securities Risk. Certain of the underlying funds may invest in inflation-protected securities. The value of inflation-protected securities generally will fluctuate in response to changes in “real” interest rates. Real interest rates represent nominal (or stated) interest rates reduced by the expected impact of inflation. The value of an inflation-protected security generally decreases when real interest rates rise and generally increase when real interest rates fall. In addition, the principal value of an inflation-protected security is periodically adjusted up or down along with the rate of inflation. If the measure of inflation falls, the principal value of the inflation-protected security will be adjusted downwards, and consequently, the interest payable on the security will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed by the United States Treasury in the case of TIPS. For securities that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the security to be repaid at maturity is subject to credit risk.
50 Fund details

 

Table of Contents
Mortgage-Backed and Mortgage Pass-Through Securities Risk. Certain of the mortgage-backed securities in which an underlying fund may invest are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government and there can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support where it was not obligated to do so. Mortgage-backed securities tend to increase in value less than other debt securities when interest rates decline, but are subject to similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates. Transactions in mortgage pass-through securities often occur through TBA transactions. Default by or bankruptcy of a counterparty to a TBA transaction could expose the underlying fund to possible losses.
Mortgage Dollar Rolls Risk. Mortgage dollar rolls are transactions in which an underlying fund sells mortgage-backed securities to a dealer and simultaneously agrees to repurchase similar securities in the future at a predetermined price. An underlying fund’s mortgage dollar rolls could lose money if the price of the mortgage-backed securities sold falls below the agreed upon repurchase price, or if the counterparty is unable to honor the agreement.
Money Market Fund Risk. In addition to the risks discussed under “Investment Risk” above, an investment by the fund in an underlying money market fund has additional risks. The fund may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 net asset value (“stable share price money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable share price money market funds”). Although an underlying stable share price money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable share price money market fund will fluctuate, when the fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. In exchange for their emphasis on stability and liquidity, money market investments may offer lower long-term performance than stock or bond investments. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.
Foreign Investment Risk. An underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions, or changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); the imposition of economic sanctions or other government restrictions; differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs. In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States. The securities of some foreign companies may be less liquid and, at times, more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. An underlying fund with foreign investments may also experience more rapid or extreme changes in value as compared to a fund that invests solely in securities of U.S. companies because the securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. In addition, an underlying fund's investments in foreign securities may be subject to economic sanctions or other government restrictions.  These restrictions may negatively impact the value or liquidity of an underlying fund's investments, and could impair an underlying fund's ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. There also is the risk that the cost of buying, selling, and holding foreign securities, including brokerage, tax, and custody costs, may be higher than those involved in domestic transactions. During any period when foreign securities underperform other types of investments — U.S. securities, for instance — the performance of an underlying fund that focuses its investments in foreign securities will lag these investments. To the extent that an underlying fund invests a significant portion of its assets in any one country, the underlying fund will be subject to a greater risk of loss or volatility than if the underlying fund always maintained wide geographic diversity among the countries in which it invests. Investing in any one country makes an underlying fund more vulnerable to the risks of adverse securities markets, exchange rates and social, political, regulatory and economic events in that one country.
Emerging Markets Risk.  Emerging market countries may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and greater risk associated with the custody of securities. It is sometimes difficult to obtain and enforce court judgments in such countries and there is often a greater potential for nationalization, expropriation, confiscatory taxation, government regulation, social instability or diplomatic developments (including war), which could adversely affect the economies of emerging market countries or investments in the securities of issuers located in such countries. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with an underlying fund’s investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, and, at times, it may be difficult to value such investments.
Fund details 51

 

Table of Contents
Currency Risk.  As a result of certain underlying funds’ investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, these underlying funds will be subject to currency risk. This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar, or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an underlying fund’s investment would be adversely affected. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate in response to factors extrinsic to that country’s economy, which makes the forecasting of currency market movements difficult. Currency rates in non-U.S. countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention (or failure to intervene) by governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the United States or abroad. These can result in losses to an underlying fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transactions costs. Forward contracts on foreign currencies are not traded on exchanges; rather, a bank or dealer will act as agent or principal in order to make or take future delivery of a specified lot of a particular currency for the underlying fund’s account. An underlying fund is subject to the risk of a principal’s failure, inability or refusal to perform with respect to such contracts. 
Real Estate Investment Risk. Certain of the underlying funds have a policy of concentrating their investments in real estate companies and companies related to the real estate industry. Such an underlying fund is subject to risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate securities and a fund’s investment in such an underlying fund will be closely linked to the performance of the real estate markets. An investment by a fund in an underlying fund that invests, but does not concentrate, in real estate companies and companies related to the real estate industry will subject the fund to the risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate securities to a lesser extent. These risks include, among others, declines in the value of real estate; risks related to general and local economic conditions; possible lack of availability of mortgage funds; overbuilding; extended vacancies of properties; defaults by borrowers or tenants, particularly during an economic downturn; increasing competition; increases in property taxes and operating expenses; changes in zoning laws; losses due to costs resulting from the clean-up of environmental problems; liability to third parties for damages resulting from environmental problems; casualty or condemnation losses; limitations on rents; changes in market and sub-market values and the appeal of properties to tenants; and changes in interest rates.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) Risk.  Certain of the underlying funds invest in REITs. In addition to the risks associated with investing in securities of real estate companies and real estate related companies, REITs are subject to certain additional risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the trusts, and mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. Further, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills and may have their investments in relatively few properties, or in a small geographic area or a single property type. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and self-liquidation. In addition, REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax free pass-through of income under the Internal Revenue Code, or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The failure of a company to qualify as a REIT under federal tax law may have adverse consequences to an underlying fund that invests in that REIT. The above factors may also adversely affect a borrower’s or a lessee’s ability to meet its obligations to the REIT. In the event of a default by a borrower or lessee, the REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments. In addition, REITs have their own expenses, and an underlying fund that invests in REITs will bear a proportionate share of those expenses. 
Short Sales Risk. Certain underlying funds may engage in short sales, which are transactions in which the underlying fund sells a security it does not own. To complete a short sale, the underlying fund must borrow the security to deliver to the buyer. The underlying fund is then obligated to replace the borrowed security by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of replacement. This price may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the underlying fund and the underlying fund will incur a loss if the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the underlying fund replaces the borrowed security.
52 Fund details

 

Table of Contents
Derivatives Risk. An underlying fund may use derivatives to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. Examples of derivatives are options, futures, options on futures and swaps. An option is the right to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price before a specific date. A future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific day. A swap is an agreement whereby two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities and a predetermined amount. A credit default swap is an agreement in which the seller agrees to make a payment to the buyer in the event of a specified credit event in exchange for a fixed payment or series of fixed payments.
An underlying fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as credit risk, leverage risk, liquidity risk, market risk and management risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. An underlying fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to lack of availability risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. An underlying fund's use of derivatives could reduce the underlying fund's performance, increase its volatility, and could cause the fund to lose more than the initial amount invested.  The use of derivatives that are subject to regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) by an underlying fund could cause a fund to become a commodity pool, which would require the fund to comply with certain CFTC rules.
Leverage Risk. Certain underlying fund transactions, such as derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and mortgage dollar rolls, may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the underlying fund to greater risk. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the underlying fund would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date and price. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the underlying fund’s portfolio securities. The use of leverage may cause the underlying fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations.
Non-Diversification Risk. Certain of the underlying funds are non-diversified and, as such, may invest a greater percentage of their assets in the securities in a single issuer than an underlying fund that is diversified. A non-diversified underlying fund is more susceptible to risks associated with a single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than a diversified underlying fund.
Securities Lending Risk.  An underlying fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. When an underlying fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the underlying fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recovery of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. An underlying fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral. An underlying fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Tracking Error Risk. Certain underlying funds seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices, although they may not be successful in doing so. The divergence between the performance of an underlying fund and its benchmark index, positive or negative, is called “tracking error.” Tracking error can be caused by many factors and it may be significant. For example, an underlying fund may not invest in certain securities in its benchmark index, or match the securities’ weighting to the benchmark, due to regulatory, operational, custodial or liquidity constraints, which may result in tracking error. An underlying fund may attempt to offset the effects of not being invested in certain index securities by making substitute investments, but these efforts may not be successful. In addition, cash flows into and out of an underlying fund, operating expenses and trading costs all affect the ability of the fund to match the performance of its benchmark index, because the benchmark index does not have to manage cash flows and does not incur any costs.
Sampling Index Tracking Risk.  Certain underlying funds that seek to track the performance of their benchmark indices may not fully replicate their index and may hold securities not included in the index. As a result, such underlying funds are subject to the risk that their investment adviser’s investment management strategy, the implementation of which is subject to a number of constraints, may not produce the intended results. Because such an underlying fund utilizes a sampling approach it may not track the return of the index as well as it would if the underlying fund purchased all of the securities in the index.
Investment Style Risk.  An underlying fund’s investment style may impact the performance of the fund. For example, an underlying fund may invest in accordance with an indexing investment style, causing the underlying fund to follow the performance of an index during upturns as well as downturns. In addition, an underlying fund may have an investment style that favors certain types of investments over others. As a result, such an underlying fund may underperform funds that do not limit their investments to the particular type of investment.
Fund details 53

 

Table of Contents
Shares of Certain Underlying Funds May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV. Certain underlying fund shares may be bought and sold by the fund in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of the shares of an underlying fund will approximate that underlying fund’s net asset value (NAV), there may be times when the market price and the NAV vary significantly. The fund may pay more than NAV when it buys shares of the fund in the secondary market, and the fund may receive less than NAV when it sells those shares in the secondary market. The market price of underlying fund shares may deviate, sometimes significantly, from NAV during periods of market volatility.
Portfolio Turnover Risk. Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund’s performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.
Liquidity Risk.  Liquidity risk exists when particular investments may be difficult to purchase, sell or value, especially during stressed market conditions. The market for certain investments may become illiquid due to specific adverse changes in the conditions of a particular issuer or under adverse market or economic conditions independent of the issuer. In addition, dealer inventories of certain securities – an indication of the ability of dealers to engage in “market making” – are at, or near, historic lows in relation to market size, which could potentially lead to decreased liquidity. In such cases, an underlying fund, due to limitations on investments in illiquid securities and the difficulty in readily purchasing and selling such securities at favorable times or prices, may decline in value, experience lower returns and/or be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain issuer or sector. Further, transactions in illiquid securities may entail transaction costs that are higher than those for transactions in liquid securities. Liquidity risk also includes the risk that market conditions or large shareholder redemptions may impact the ability of an underlying fund to meet redemption requests within the required time period. In order to meet such redemption requests, the underlying fund may be forced to sell securities at inopportune times or prices.
High-Yield Risk.   Underlying funds that invest in high-yield securities and unrated securities of similar credit quality (sometimes called junk bonds) may be subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risk than underlying funds that do not invest in such securities. These securities are considered predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. An economic downturn or period of rising interest rates could adversely affect the market for these securities and reduce an underlying fund’s ability to sell these securities (liquidity risk). If the issuer of a security is in default with respect to interest or principal payments, an underlying fund may lose its entire investment. Because of the risks involved in investing in high-yield securities, an investment in an underlying fund that invests in such securities should be considered speculative.
Repurchase Agreements Risk . When an underlying fund enters into a repurchase agreement, the underlying fund is exposed to the risk that the other party (i.e., the counterparty) will not fulfill its contractual obligation. In a repurchase agreement, there exists the risk that, when an underlying fund buys a security from a counterparty that agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price (usually higher) and time, the counterparty will not repurchase the security. These risks are magnified to the extent that a repurchase agreement is secured by collateral other than cash and government securities, such as debt securities, equity securities and high-yield securities that are rated below investment grade (Alternative Collateral). High-yield securities that are used as Alternative Collateral are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risk, and are considered primarily speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make principal and interest payments. Alternative Collateral may be subject to greater price volatility and may be more volatile or less liquid than other types of collateral, increasing the risk that an underlying fund will be unable to recover fully in the event of a counterparty’s default.
54 Fund details

 

Table of Contents
Risk spectrum
Each fund has a different level of risk and the amount of risk is relative to the time horizon included in its name. Funds with earlier target retirement dates will tend to be less risky and have lower expected returns than the funds with later target retirement dates. The following risk spectrum is designed to provide investors with a general overview of the relative risk characteristics of each fund.
Portfolio holdings
The funds may make various types of portfolio securities information available to shareholders. The funds post a detailed list of the securities held by the funds at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus (under “Portfolio Holdings”) as of the most recent calendar quarter-end. This list is generally updated approximately 15-20 days after the end of the calendar quarter remaining posted until at least the following calendar quarter. The funds also post in the fund summary section of the website and on fund fact sheets certain summary portfolio attributes, including top ten holdings, approximately 5-25 days after the end of the calendar quarter. The funds may exclude any portion of these portfolio holdings from publication when deemed in the best interest of the fund. Further information regarding the funds' policy and procedures on the disclosure of portfolio holdings is available in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI).
Fund details 55

 

Table of Contents
Financial highlights
The funds are newly organized and therefore have not yet had any operations as of the date of this prospectus.
56 Financial highlights

 

Table of Contents
The funds’ investments in underlying funds
The following table shows which underlying funds may be used within each asset class and style class and each fund’s anticipated asset allocation to each underlying fund. Each fund’s allocation to a specified asset class, style class and underlying fund will change over time.
The adviser may exclude one or more underlying funds from a fund’s asset allocation strategy at any given time. For additional details regarding how the adviser determines the funds’ underlying fund and style class allocations, please refer back to the “Principal Investment Strategies” section in the Fund Summary sections and the section “Fund details: Investment objectives, strategies and risks” in this prospectus. The adviser reserves the right to substitute other underlying funds and add additional underlying funds from time to time should circumstances warrant a change.
The allocations may not add to 100% due to rounding.
Asset Class, Style Class and Underlying Funds Schwab
Target
2010 Index
Fund
Schwab
Target
2015 Index
Fund
Schwab
Target
2020 Index
Fund
Schwab
Target
2025 Index
Fund
Schwab
Target
2030 Index
Fund
Schwab
Target
2035 Index
Fund
Schwab
Target
2040 Index
Fund
Equity ETFs              
Domestic              
Schwab U.S. Large Cap ETF 25.24% 26.53% 33.20% 39.38% 43.44% 46.54% 49.28%
Schwab U.S. Small Cap ETF 1.64% 1.77% 2.53% 3.36% 4.23% 5.07% 5.92%
Schwab U.S. REIT ETF 1.09% 1.17% 1.49% 1.87% 2.30% 2.70% 3.11%
International              
Schwab International ETF 9.64% 10.22% 13.81% 17.03% 19.55% 21.70% 23.75%
Schwab Emerging Markets ETF 0.00% 0.00% 0.87% 1.50% 2.11% 2.70% 3.34%
TOTAL EQUITY 37.60% 39.70% 51.90% 63.10% 71.63% 78.70% 85.40%
Fixed Income ETFs              
Schwab U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF 40.78% 39.73% 35.36% 29.75% 23.95% 18.11% 12.52%
Schwab Short-Term U.S. Treasury ETF 8.41% 7.96% 4.84% 2.61% 1.58% 1.03% 0.61%
Schwab U.S. TIPS ETF 6.24% 6.03% 2.86% 0.79% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
TOTAL FIXED INCOME 55.40% 53.70% 43.10% 33.10% 25.50% 19.10% 13.10%
Cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds )              
Schwab Variable Share Price Money Fund/cash equivalents 6.96% 6.60% 5.04% 3.71% 2.84% 2.13% 1.46%
The funds’ investments in underlying funds 57

 

Table of Contents
Asset Class, Style Class and Underlying Funds       Schwab
Target
2045 Index
Fund
Schwab
Target
2050 Index
Fund
Schwab
Target
2055 Index
Fund
Schwab
Target
2060 Index
Fund
Equity ETFs              
Domestic              
Schwab U.S. Large Cap ETF       50.87% 51.85% 52.79% 52.98%
Schwab U.S. Small Cap ETF       6.45% 6.80% 7.15% 7.22%
Schwab U.S. REIT ETF       3.35% 3.50% 3.65% 3.68%
International              
Schwab International ETF       24.99% 25.80% 26.56% 26.72%
Schwab Emerging Markets ETF       3.76% 4.05% 4.34% 4.40%
TOTAL EQUITY       89.40% 92.00% 94.50% 95.00%
Fixed-Income ETFs              
Schwab U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF       9.10% 6.91% 4.76% 4.32%
Schwab Short-Term U.S. Treasury ETF       0.41% 0.29% 0.19% 0.18%
Schwab U.S. TIPS ETF       0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
TOTAL FIXED INCOME       9.50% 7.20% 4.90% 4.50%
Cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds )              
Schwab Variable Share Price Money Fund/cash equivalents       1.06% 0.80% 0.55% 0.50%
58 The funds’ investments in underlying funds

 

Table of Contents
Description of underlying funds
The funds invest primarily in the underlying funds. Therefore, each fund’s investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of these underlying funds. The following chart provides a brief description of the investment objective and principal investment strategies of the funds’ current underlying funds. Additional information about the underlying funds is provided in each underlying fund’s prospectus.
Asset Class, Style Class (if Applicable) & Underlying Fund Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategy

Equity ETFs—Domestic
Schwab U.S. Large Cap ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Total Stock Market Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets in stocks that are included in the large-cap portion of the Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Total Stock Market Index, which includes the components ranked 1-750 by full market capitalization.
Schwab U.S. Small Cap ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Small-Cap Total Stock Market Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets in stocks that are included in the small-cap portion of the Dow Jones U.S. Small-Cap Total Stock Market Index.
Schwab U.S. REIT ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets in securities that are included in the Dow Jones U.S. Select REIT Index, a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index comprised of real estate investment trusts (REITs).

Equity ETFs—International
Schwab International Equity ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the FTSE Developed ex U.S. Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets in stocks that are included in the FTSE Developed ex U.S. Index, comprised of large and mid-capitalization companies in developed countries outside the United States.
Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the FTSE Emerging Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets in stocks that are included in the FTSE Emerging Index, comprised of large and mid-capitalization companies in emerging market countries.

Fixed Income ETFs
Schwab U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the total return of the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets in securities that are included in the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index, a broad-based benchmark measuring the performance of the U.S. investment grade, taxable bond market, including U.S. Treasuries, government-related and corporate bonds, mortgage pass-through securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, and asset-backed securities that are publicly available for sale in the United States.
Schwab Short-Term U.S. Treasury ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the price and yield performance of the Barclays U.S. 1-3 Year Treasury Bond Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets in securities that are included in the Barclays U.S. 1-3 Year Treasury Bond Index, including all publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to one year and less than three years, are rated investment grade, and have $250 million or more of outstanding face value.
The funds’ investments in underlying funds 59

 

Table of Contents
Asset Class, Style Class (if Applicable) & Underlying Fund Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategy
Schwab U.S. TIPS ETF Seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the price and yield performance of the Barclays U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (TIPS) Index (Series L). The fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its net assets in securities that are included in the Barclays U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities Index (Series L), including all publicly-issued U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities that have at least one year remaining to maturity, are rated investment grade, and have $250 million or more of outstanding face value.

Money Market Funds
Schwab Variable Share Price Money Fund Seeks current income consistent with stability of capital and liquidity. The fund invests in high-quality short-term money market investments issued by U.S. and foreign issuers. Unlike a traditional stable share price money market fund, the fund will not use the amortized cost method of valuation or round the per share net asset value (NAV) to the nearest whole cent and does not seek to maintain a stable share price. As a result, the fund's share price, which is its NAV, will vary and reflect the effects of unrealized appreciation and depreciation and realized losses and gains.
60 The funds’ investments in underlying funds

 

Table of Contents
Fund management
The investment adviser for the funds is Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., (CSIM or the investment adviser), 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. CSIM was founded in 1989 and, as of July 31, 2016, managed approximately $290.6 billion in assets.
As the investment adviser, CSIM oversees the asset management and administration of the funds. As compensation for these services, the firm receives a management fee of 0.08% from each of the funds, expressed as a percentage of each fund’s average daily net assets.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approval of the funds' investment advisory agreement will be available in each fund's semi-annual or annual report.
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement between CSIM and each fund, CSIM will pay the operating expenses of the fund, excluding shareholder servicing fees, acquired fund fees and expenses, interest expense, taxes, any brokerage expenses, and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
CSIM or its affiliates may invest “seed” capital in the funds. These investments are generally intended to enable the funds to commence investment operations and achieve sufficient economic scale. CSIM or its affiliates may hedge the exposure resulting from seed investments.
Zifan Tang, Ph.D., CFA, Managing Director and Head of Asset Allocation Strategies, leads the portfolio management team and has overall responsibility for all aspects of the management of the funds. She has served as portfolio manager of the funds since their inception. Prior to joining CSIM in 2012, Ms. Tang was a product manager at Thomson Reuters and, from 1997 to 2009, worked as a portfolio manager at Barclays Global Investors, which was subsequently acquired by BlackRock.
Additional information about the portfolio manager's compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the portfolio manager's ownership of securities in each fund is available in the funds' SAI.
Fund management 61

 

Table of Contents
Investing in the funds
In this section, you will find information on buying, selling and exchanging shares. You may invest in a fund through an intermediary by placing orders through your brokerage account at Schwab or an account with another broker/dealer, investment adviser, 401(k) plan, employee benefit plan, administrator, bank, or other financial intermediary (intermediary) that is authorized to accept orders on behalf of the fund (intermediary orders). Eligible Investors (as defined herein) may invest directly in a fund by placing orders through the fund's transfer agent (direct orders). You also will see how to choose a distribution option for your investment. Helpful information on taxes is included as well.
Investing through a financial intermediary
Placing orders through your intermediary
When you place orders through Schwab or other intermediary, you are not placing your orders directly with a fund, and you must follow Schwab’s or the other intermediary’s transaction procedures. Your intermediary may impose different or additional conditions than the funds on purchases, redemptions and exchanges of fund shares. These differences may include initial, subsequent and maintenance investment requirements, exchange policies, fund choices, cut-off times for investment and trading restrictions. Your intermediary may independently establish and charge its customers transaction fees, account fees and other fees in addition to the fees charged by the funds. These additional fees may vary over time and would increase the cost of your investment and lower investment returns. You should consult your intermediary directly for information regarding these conditions and fees. The funds are not responsible for the failure of your intermediary to carry out its responsibilities.
Only certain intermediaries are authorized to accept orders on behalf of a fund. If your fund shares are no longer held by an authorized intermediary, the fund may impose restrictions on your ability to manage or maintain your shares. For example, you will not be able to place orders to purchase additional shares. To remove these restrictions, you have two options. First, you may move your shares to Schwab or another intermediary that is authorized to accept fund orders. Second, you may maintain a direct account with a fund if you meet the eligibility requirements for placing direct orders and your completed account application and supporting documentation is returned to and accepted by the fund’s transfer agent, Boston Financial Data Services (transfer agent). The eligibility requirements and instructions for submitting an account application are set forth in the “Investing directly with the funds” section of this prospectus. If you do not exercise one of these options within ninety days, the funds reserve the right to redeem your shares.
Buying, selling and exchanging shares through an intermediary
To purchase, redeem or exchange shares held in your Schwab account or in your account at another intermediary, you must place your orders with the intermediary that holds your shares. You may not purchase, redeem or exchange shares held in your intermediary account directly with a fund.
When selling or exchanging shares, you should be aware of the following fund policies:
•The funds may take up to seven days to pay sale proceeds.
•The funds reserve the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of a fund’s assets, whichever is less. You may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.
•Exchange orders are limited to other Schwab Funds ® that are not Sweep Investments ® or Laudus MarketMasters Funds ® and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class into which you are exchanging.
•You must obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.
Investing directly with the funds
Investor eligibility requirements for placing direct orders
Only Eligible Investors (as defined below) may purchase shares directly from a fund’s transfer agent, Boston Financial Data Services. Eligible Investors include, but are not limited to, qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans (including but not limited to defined benefit plans, defined contribution plans, 401(k) plans), foundations and endowments, banks, trusts, investment companies and corporate capital and cash management accounts. Eligible Investors may also be shareholders who receive shares of Schwab Funds as a result of a reorganization of a fund. The funds reserve the right to determine which potential investors qualify as Eligible Investors. Shares held by a non-Eligible Investor directly with a fund are subject to involuntary redemption by the fund.
62 Investing in the funds

 

Table of Contents
Opening an account to place direct orders
You must satisfy the investor eligibility requirements for direct order clients in order to place direct orders for a fund’s shares. Eligible Investors must open an account with a fund through the fund’s transfer agent prior to placing direct orders. You may obtain an account application by calling the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256. Your completed application and supporting documents must be returned to, and accepted by, the transfer agent before you can place direct orders. You cannot place direct orders through your Schwab account or through your account at another intermediary.
Initial and additional direct purchases by wire
Subject to acceptance by a fund, you may make your initial purchase and any additional purchases of shares by wiring federal funds to the transfer agent. If you have not yet opened an account with a fund, you must fax a signed, hard copy of the completed account application and all supporting documents to the transfer agent at 1-816-218-0490. You must call the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 prior to the close of a fund (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time or the close of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)) to place your order and to receive wire instructions. Orders received by the transfer agent in good order on or prior to the close of a fund will be processed at the net asset value per share of the fund for that day. Your wired funds must be received and accepted by the transfer agent prior to 6:00 p.m. Eastern time or the deadline for the Fedwire Funds Service for initiating third party transfers, whichever is earlier, on the day your purchase order is placed. Please call the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 if you have any questions or need additional information.
Initial and additional direct purchases by mail
Subject to acceptance by a fund, you may open an account and make your initial purchase and any additional purchases of the fund’s shares by mail. To open an account by mail, complete and sign the account application and mail the account application, all supporting documents and a check for the desired purchase amount to the transfer agent at Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, PO Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323. Additional investments may be made at any time by mailing a check (payable to Schwab Funds) to the transfer agent at the address above. Be sure to include your account number on your check.
Subject to acceptance by a fund, payment for the purchase of shares received by mail will be credited to a shareholder’s account at the net asset value per share of the fund next determined after receipt, even though the check may not yet have been converted into federal funds. For purposes of calculating the purchase price of fund shares, a purchase order is received by a fund on the day that it is in good order unless it is rejected by the fund’s transfer agent. For a cash purchase order of fund shares to be in good order on a particular day, a check must be received on or before the close of a fund (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time or the close of the NYSE) on that day. If the payment is received by a fund after the deadline, the purchase price of fund shares will be based upon the next determination of net asset value of fund shares. No currency, third party checks, foreign checks, starter checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or money orders will be accepted by the funds.
Direct redemptions and exchanges
When selling or exchanging shares directly, you should be aware of the following fund policies:
•The funds may take up to seven days to pay sale proceeds.
•The funds reserve the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of a fund’s assets, whichever is less. You may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.
•Exchange orders are limited to other Schwab Funds ® that are not Sweep Investments ® or Laudus MarketMasters Funds ® and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class into which you are exchanging.
•If you are selling shares that were recently purchased by check, the proceeds may be delayed until the check for purchase clears; this may take up to 15 days from the date of purchase.
•You must obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.
Direct redemptions by telephone
If you authorized the telephone redemption option in the account application, you may place a redemption order by calling the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 and requesting that the redemption proceeds be wired per the authorized instructions in the account application or mailed to the primary registration address. Your redemption order will be processed at the net asset value per share of a fund next determined after receipt of your telephone redemption order by the transfer agent. Please note that the transfer agent may only act on telephone instructions believed by the transfer agent to be genuine. The transfer agent’s records of such instructions are binding on the shareholder. The funds and their service providers (including the transfer agent, Schwab and CSIM) are not responsible for any losses or costs that may arise from following telephone instructions that the transfer agent reasonably believes to be genuine. The transfer agent will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated are genuine. These procedures include tape recording of telephone instructions and requiring some form of personal identification prior to acting upon instructions received by telephone.
Investing in the funds 63

 

Table of Contents
Direct redemptions by mail
You may redeem your fund shares by mail by sending a request letter to each fund's transfer agent at Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, PO Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323. Your redemption request will be processed by a fund at the net asset value per share of the fund next determined after the request is received in good order. To be in good order, the redemption request must include the name of the fund and the number of shares or the dollar amount to be redeemed, all required signatures and authorizations and any required signature guarantees.
Additional direct redemption information
To protect you, the funds and their service providers from fraud, signature guarantees may be required to enable the transfer agent to verify the identity of the person who has authorized a redemption from an account. Signature guarantees are required for (1) redemptions where the proceeds are to be sent to someone other than the registered shareholder(s) at the registered address, (2) redemptions if your account address has changed within the last 10 business days, (3) share transfer requests, and (4) redemptions where the proceeds are wired in connection with bank instructions not already on file with the transfer agent. Signature guarantees may be obtained from certain eligible financial institutions, including, but not limited to, the following: U.S. banks, trust companies, credit unions, securities brokers and dealers, savings and loan associations and participants in the Securities and Transfer Association Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP) or the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP). Signature guarantees from non-U.S. banks that do not include a stamp may require a U.S. consulate stamp. You may contact the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 for further details.
Direct exchange privileges
Upon request, and subject to certain limitations, shares of a fund may be exchanged into shares of any other Schwab Fund or Laudus MarketMasters Fund that is not a Sweep Investment. In order to exchange your shares to another fund, you must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class into which you are exchanging. Further, you must obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order. A new account opened by exchange must be established with the same name(s), address(es) and tax identification number(s) as the existing account. All exchanges will be made based on the respective net asset values next determined following receipt of the request by a fund containing the information indicated below.
The funds reserve the right to suspend or terminate the privilege of exchanging shares of the funds by mail or by telephone at any time.
Direct exchanges by telephone
If you authorized the telephone redemption option in the account application, you may exchange fund shares by telephone by calling each fund's transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256. Please be prepared to provide the following information: (a) the account number, tax identification number and account registration; (b) the class of shares to be exchanged, if applicable; (c) the name of the fund from which and the fund into which the exchange is to be made; and (d) the dollar or share amount to be exchanged. Please note that the transfer agent may act only on telephone instructions believed by the transfer agent to be genuine. Please see the section entitled “Direct redemptions by telephone” for more information regarding transacting with the funds’ transfer agent via telephone.
Direct exchanges by mail
To exchange fund shares by mail, simply send a letter of instruction to the funds’ transfer agent at Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, PO Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323. The letter of instruction must include: (a) your account number; (b) the class of shares to be exchanged (if applicable); (c) the fund from and the fund into which the exchange is to be made; (d) the dollar or share amount to be exchanged; and (e) the signatures of all registered owners or authorized parties.
Share price
The funds are open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. Each fund calculates its share price each business day as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time). If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the funds reserve the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate their share prices as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day. A fund’s share price is its net asset value per share, or NAV, which is the fund’s net assets divided by the number of its shares outstanding. Orders to buy, sell or exchange shares that are received by a fund in good order on or prior to the close of the fund (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time) will be executed at the next share price calculated that day.
If you place an order through your Schwab account or an account at another intermediary, please consult with your intermediary to determine when your order will be executed. Generally, you will receive the share price next calculated after a fund receives your order from
64 Investing in the funds

 

Table of Contents
your intermediary. However, some intermediaries, such as Schwab, may arrange with a fund for you to receive the share price next calculated after your intermediary has received your order. Some intermediaries may require that they receive orders prior to a specified cut-off time.
In valuing underlying fund investments, the funds use the NAVs reported by their underlying funds. In valuing other portfolio securities, the funds use market quotes or official closing prices if they are readily available. In cases where quotes are not readily available or the adviser deems them unreliable, a fund may value securities based on fair values developed using methods approved by the funds’ Board of Trustees.
Shareholders of a fund should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the fund is closed, the value of the fund’s portfolio may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund.
Additional policies affecting your investment
Minimum initial investment
Investor Shares may be purchased by institutions, certain individual retirement accounts and individuals. In order to be eligible to purchase Investor Shares, an investor must make an initial investment of at least $100 in the particular fund.
Institutional Shares may be purchased by institutions such as endowments and foundations, employer-sponsored retirement plans (including, but not limited to profit sharing, 401(k), 403(b), 457(b) and defined benefit plans) (Employer-Sponsored Retirement Plans) and individuals, including clients of investment advisers. In order to be eligible to purchase Institutional Shares, an investor, other than an Employer-Sponsored Retirement Plan, must make an initial investment of at least $10,000,000 in the particular fund. There is no minimum initial investment requirement for Employer-Sponsored Retirement Plans. Investment advisers may aggregate investments across client accounts in order to reach the minimum investment requirement in the particular fund.
The minimum may be waived for certain investment programs or in a fund’s sole discretion.
Choose an option for fund distributions. If you are an Eligible Investor placing direct orders with a fund, you will have one of the three options described below for fund distributions. If you don’t indicate a choice, you will receive the first option. If you are placing orders through an intermediary, you will select from the options for fund distributions provided by your intermediary, which may be different than those provided by the funds to Eligible Investors. You should consult with your financial intermediary to discuss available options.
Option Feature
Reinvestment All dividends and capital gain distributions are invested automatically in shares of your fund.
Cash/reinvestment mix You receive payment for dividends, while any capital gain distributions are invested in shares of your fund.
Cash You receive payment for all dividends and capital gain distributions.
Each fund reserves certain rights, including the following:
•To materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.
•To change or waive the fund's investment minimums.
•To suspend the right to sell shares back to the fund, and delay sending proceeds, during times when trading on the NYSE is restricted or halted, or otherwise as permitted by the SEC.
•To withdraw or suspend any part of the offering made by this prospectus.
Payments by the investment adviser or its affiliates
The investment adviser or its affiliates may make cash payments out of their own resources, or provide products and services at a discount, to certain brokerage firms, banks, retirement plan service providers and other financial intermediaries that perform shareholder, recordkeeping, sub-accounting and other administrative services in connection with investments in fund shares. These payments or discounts are separate from, and may be in addition to, any shareholder service fees or other administrative fees the funds may pay to those intermediaries The investment adviser or its affiliates may also make cash payments out of their own resources, or provide products and services at a discount, to certain financial intermediaries that perform distribution, marketing, promotional or other distribution-related services. The payments or discounts described by this paragraph may be substantial; however, distribution-related services provided by such intermediaries are paid by the investment adviser or its affiliates, not by the funds or their shareholders.
Investing in the funds 65

 

Table of Contents
Shareholder servicing plan
The Board of Trustees has adopted a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the Plan) on behalf of the funds. The Plan enables each fund to bear expenses relating to the provision by financial intermediaries, including Schwab (together, service providers), of certain account maintenance, customer liaison and shareholder services to the current shareholders of the funds.
Pursuant to the Plan, each fund’s Investor Shares are subject to an annual shareholder servicing fee up to 0.05%. Each fund's Institutional Shares are not subject to any fee under the Plan. The shareholder servicing fee paid to a particular service provider is made pursuant to its written agreement with Schwab, as distributor of the funds (or, in the case of payments made to Schwab acting as a service provider, pursuant to Schwab’s written agreement with the funds), and a fund will pay no more than 0.05% of the average annual daily net asset value of the fund's Investor Shares owned by shareholders holding shares through such service provider. Payments under the Plan are made as described above without regard to whether the fee is more or less than the service provider’s actual cost of providing the services, and if more, such excess may be retained as profit by the service provider.
Policy regarding short-term or excessive trading
The funds are intended for long-term investment and not for short-term or excessive trading (collectively, market timing). Market timing may adversely impact the funds’ performance by disrupting the efficient management of the fund, increasing fund transaction costs and taxes, causing the funds to maintain higher cash balances, and diluting the value of the funds’ shares.
In order to discourage market timing, each fund’s Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to reduce the risk of market timing by fund shareholders. Each fund seeks to deter market timing through several methods. These methods may include: fair value pricing and trade activity monitoring. Fair value pricing is discussed more thoroughly in the subsequent pages of this prospectus and is considered to be a key element of the funds’ policy regarding short term or excessive trading. Trade activity monitoring is risk based and seeks to identify patterns of activity in amounts that might be detrimental to a fund.
Although these methods are designed to discourage market timing, there can be no guarantee that the funds will be able to identify and restrict investors that engage in such activities. In addition, some of these methods are inherently subjective and involve judgment in their application. Each fund and its service providers seek to make these judgments and applications uniformly and in a manner that they believe is consistent with interests of the fund’s long-term shareholders. The funds may amend these policies and procedures in response to changing regulatory requirements or to enhance the effectiveness of the program.
The funds or their service providers maintain risk-based surveillance procedures designed to detect market timing in fund shares in amounts that might be detrimental to the funds. Under these procedures, the funds have requested that service providers to the funds monitor transactional activity in amounts and frequency determined by each fund to be significant to the fund and in a pattern of activity that potentially could be detrimental to the fund. If a fund, in its sole discretion based on these or other factors, determines that a shareholder has engaged in market timing, it may refuse to process future purchases or exchanges into the fund by that shareholder. These procedures may be modified from time to time as appropriate to improve the detection of market timing and to comply with applicable laws.
If trades are effected through a financial intermediary, each fund or its service providers will work with the intermediary to monitor possible market timing activity. The funds reserve the right to contact the intermediary to provide certain shareholder transaction information and may require the intermediary to restrict the shareholder from future purchases or exchanges in the funds. Transactions by fund shareholders investing through intermediaries may also be subject to the restrictions of the intermediary’s own frequent trading policies, which may differ from those of the funds.
The funds may defer to an intermediary’s frequent trading policies with respect to those shareholders who invest in the funds through such intermediary. The funds will defer to an intermediary’s policies only after the funds determine that the intermediary’s frequent trading policies are reasonably designed to deter transactional activity in amounts and frequency that are deemed to be significant to the funds and in a pattern of activity that potentially could be detrimental to the funds. Shareholders should consult with their intermediary to determine if additional frequent trading restrictions apply to their fund transactions.
The funds reserve the right to restrict, reject or cancel within a reasonable time, without prior notice, any purchase or exchange order for any reason.
Fair value pricing
The Board of Trustees has adopted procedures to fair value the funds' securities when market prices are not “readily available” or are unreliable. For example, a fund may fair value a security when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security’s primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security’s primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security’s value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security’s primary trading market.
By fair valuing securities whose prices may have been affected by events occurring after the close of trading, the funds seek to establish prices that investors might expect to realize upon the current sales of these securities. This methodology is designed to deter “arbitrage” market timers, who seek to exploit delays between the change in the value of a fund’s portfolio holdings and the net asset value of the
66 Investing in the funds

 

Table of Contents
fund’s shares, and seeks to help ensure that the prices at which the fund’s shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do not result in dilution of shareholder interest or other harm to shareholders.
Each fund makes fair value determinations in good faith in accordance with the fund’s valuation procedures. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, there can be no assurance that a fund could obtain the fair value assigned to the security upon the sale of such security. The respective prospectuses for the underlying funds in which the funds invest explain the circumstances in which those funds will use fair value pricing and the effect of fair value pricing.
Large shareholder redemptions
Certain accounts or Schwab affiliates may from time to time own (beneficially or of record) or control a significant percentage of  the fund’s shares. Redemptions by these shareholders of their holdings in  the fund may impact  the fund’s liquidity and NAV. These redemptions may also force  the fund to sell securities, which may negatively impact  the fund’s brokerage costs.
Customer identification and verification and anti-money laundering program
Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When you open your account, you will have to provide your name, address, date of birth, identification number and other information that will allow the funds or your financial intermediary to identify you. This information is subject to verification to ensure the identity of all persons opening an account.
The funds or your financial intermediary are required by law to reject your new account application if the required identifying information is not provided. A fund or your financial intermediary may contact you in an attempt to collect any missing information required on the application, and your application may be rejected if they are unable to obtain this information. In certain instances, a fund or your financial intermediary is required to collect documents, which will be used solely to establish and verify your identity.
The funds will accept investments and your order will be processed at the NAV next determined after receipt of your application in proper form (or upon receipt of all identifying information required on the application). The funds, however, reserve the right to close and/or liquidate your account at the then-current day’s price if the funds or your financial intermediary are unable to verify your identity. As a result, you may be subject to a gain or loss on fund shares and will be subject to corresponding tax consequences.
Customer identification and verification is part of a fund's overall obligation to deter money laundering under U.S. federal law. Each fund has adopted an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program designed to prevent the fund from being used for money laundering or the financing of terrorist activities. In this regard, the funds reserve the right to (i) refuse, cancel or rescind any purchase or exchange order; (ii) freeze any account and/or suspend account services; or (iii) involuntarily close your account in cases of threatening conduct or suspected fraudulent or illegal activity. These actions will be taken when, in the sole discretion of fund management, they are deemed to be in the best interest of a fund or in cases when a fund is requested or compelled to do so by governmental or law enforcement authority. If your account is closed at the request of governmental or law enforcement authority, you may not receive proceeds of the redemption if a fund is required to withhold such proceeds.
Distributions and taxes
Any investment in a fund typically involves several tax considerations. The information below is meant as a general summary for U.S. citizens and residents. Please see the funds’ SAI for additional information. Because each person’s tax situation is different, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of your investment in a fund. You also can visit the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) website at www.irs.gov.
As a shareholder, you are entitled to your share of the dividends and gains a fund earns. Every year, each fund distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains, if any. These distributions typically are paid in December to all shareholders of record. During the fourth quarter of the year, typically in early November, an estimate of each fund’s capital gain distribution, if any, may be made available on the funds’ website: www.csimfunds.com.
Unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account, your fund distributions generally have tax consequences. Each fund’s net investment income and short-term capital gains are distributed as dividends and will be taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. Other capital gain distributions are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your shares in a fund. The maximum individual rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” and long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Distributions generally are taxable in the tax year in which they are declared, whether you reinvest them or take them in cash.
Generally, any sale or exchange of your shares is a taxable event. For tax purposes, an exchange of your shares for shares of another Schwab Fund or Laudus MarketMasters Fund is treated the same as a sale. A sale may result in a capital gain or loss for you. The gain or loss generally will be treated as short term if you held the shares for one year or less, long term if you held the shares longer. The maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds
Investing in the funds 67

 

Table of Contents
certain threshold amounts. Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed received) by you with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be disallowed if you purchase other substantially identical shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount.
Shareholders in a fund may have additional tax considerations as a result of foreign tax payments made by the fund. Typically, these payments will reduce the fund's dividends but, if eligible, the fund may elect for these payments to be included in your taxable income. In such event, you may be able to claim a tax credit or deduction for your portion of foreign taxes paid by the fund.
At the beginning of every year, the funds provide shareholders with information detailing the tax status of any distributions a fund paid during the previous calendar year. Schwab customers also receive information on distributions and transactions in their monthly account statements.
Prior to January 1, 2012 when shareholders sold fund shares from a taxable account, they typically received information on their tax forms that calculated their gain or loss using the average cost method. This information was not previously reported to the IRS, and shareholders had the option of calculating gains or losses using an alternative IRS permitted method. However, in accordance with legislation passed by Congress in 2008, each fund began reporting cost basis information to the IRS for shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012 and sold thereafter. Shareholders can elect their preferred cost basis method; however, in the absence of an election, a fund will use an average cost basis method. Please consult your tax adviser to determine the appropriate cost basis method for your particular tax situation and to learn more about how the new cost basis reporting laws apply to you and your investments, including investments made prior January 1, 2012 and sold thereafter.
The funds may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on all taxable distributions payable to shareholders if they fail to provide the funds with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or if they have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against U.S. federal income tax liability.
Foreign shareholders may be subject to different U.S. federal income tax treatment, including withholding tax at the rate of 30% on amounts treated as ordinary dividends from the funds, as discussed in more detail in the funds’ SAI. Furthermore, each fund is required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of taxable dividends and (effective January 1, 2019) redemption proceeds and certain capital gain dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts.  Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to the funds to enable the funds to determine whether withholding is required.
68 Investing in the funds

 

Table of Contents
To learn more
This prospectus contains important information on the funds and should be read and kept for reference. You also can obtain more information from the following sources:
Annual and semi-annual reports, which are mailed to current fund investors, contain more information about the funds' holdings and detailed financial information about the funds. Annual reports also contain information from the funds' managers about strategies, recent market conditions and trends and their impact on fund performance.
The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) includes a more detailed discussion of investment policies and the risks associated with various investments. The SAI is incorporated by reference into the prospectus, making it legally part of the prospectus.
For a free copy of any of these documents or to request other information or ask questions about the funds, call Schwab Funds ® at 1-800-435-4000. In addition, you may visit the Schwab Funds’ website at www.csimfunds.com/SchwabFunds_Prospectus for a free copy of a prospectus, SAI or an annual or semi-annual report (when available).
The SAI, the funds' annual and semi-annual reports (when available) and other related materials are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). You can obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending a request by e-mail to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520. You can also review and copy information about the funds, including the funds' SAI, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call 1-202-551-8090 for information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room.
SEC File Number
Schwab Capital Trust 811-7704
REG92696-00         00170346
Schwab Target Index Funds
Prospectus
August 18, 2016


Table of Contents
Statement Of Additional Information
SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
SCHWAB TARGET 2060 FUND  
Schwab Target 2060 Fund  
August 18, 2016
The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the fund's prospectus dated August 18, 2016 (as amended from time to time).
For a free copy of the prospectus or to request other information or ask questions about the fund, call Schwab Funds ® at 1-800-435-4000. For TDD service call 1-800-345-2550. In addition, you may visit the Schwab Funds’ website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus for a free copy of a prospectus or SAI.
The fund is a series of Schwab Capital Trust (the Trust). The fund is part of the Schwab complex of funds (Schwab Funds).
REG92709-00 00170359

 

Table of Contents
  Page

1

1

2

23

24

32

33

36

39

40

42
APPENDIX – PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES  

 

Table of Contents
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
The Schwab Target 2060 Fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
Change of Investment Objective
The fund’s investment objective may be changed only by vote of a majority of its outstanding voting shares. A majority of the outstanding voting shares of the fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of: (a) 67% or more of the voting shares represented at the meeting, if more than 50% of the outstanding voting shares of the fund are represented at the meeting or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting shares of the fund. There is no guarantee that the fund will achieve its investment objective.
Investment Strategy
The Schwab Target 2060 Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in a combination of other affiliated Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds. The Schwab Target 2060 Fund may also invest in unaffiliated third party mutual funds. The Schwab Target 2060 Fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. For the target fund, the target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy. In general, the target fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target retirement date. At the stated target date, the target year fund’s allocation will be approximately 40% equity securities, 54% fixed income securities and 6% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). The Schwab Target 2060 Fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities, exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and money market securities. These investments and the risks normally associated with these investments are discussed below. These investments and the risks normally associated with these investments are discussed below.
Mutual Funds (open-end mutual funds) are registered investment companies that issue and redeem their shares on a continuous basis. Closed-end funds are registered investment companies that offer a fixed number of shares and are usually listed on an exchange. These funds generally offer investors the advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders’ money and investing it in various types of securities, such as stocks, bonds and money market securities. These funds also make various investments and use certain techniques to enhance their performance. These may include entering into delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions or swap agreements; buying and selling futures contracts, illiquid and restricted securities and repurchase agreements; and borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in these funds generally reflect the risks of the securities in which these funds invest and the investment techniques they may employ. Also, these funds charge fees and incur operating expenses.
Equity Funds typically seek growth of capital and invest primarily in equity securities. Other investments generally include debt securities, such as U.S. government securities, and some illiquid and restricted securities. Equity funds typically may enter into delayed-delivery or when-issued securities transactions, repurchase agreements, swap agreements and futures and options contracts. Some equity funds invest exclusively in equity securities and may focus on a specialized segment of the stock market, like stocks of small companies or foreign issuers, or may focus on a specific industry or group of industries. The greater the fund’s investment in stock, the greater exposure it will have to stock risk and stock market risk. Stock risk is the risk that a stock may decline in price over the short or long term. When a stock’s price declines, its market value is lowered even though the intrinsic value of the company may not have changed. Some stocks, like small company and international stocks, are more sensitive to stock risk than others. Diversifying investments across companies can help to lower the stock risk of a portfolio. Market risk is typically the result of a negative economic condition that affects the value of an entire class of securities, such as stocks or bonds. Diversification among various asset classes, such as stocks, bonds and cash, can help to lower the market risk of a portfolio. The underlying equity fund(s) that the Schwab Target 2060 Fund may currently invest in are listed in the fund’s prospectus. An equity fund’s other investments and use of investment techniques also will affect its performance and portfolio value.
Small-Cap Equity Funds typically seek capital growth and invest primarily in equity securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations. Small-cap equity funds generally make similar types of investments and employ similar types of techniques as other equity funds, except that they focus on stocks issued by companies at the lower end of the total capitalization of the U.S. stock market. These stocks tend to be more volatile than stocks of companies of larger capitalized companies. Small-cap equity funds, therefore, tend to be more volatile than equity funds that invest in mid- or large-cap stocks, and are normally recommended for long-term investors. The underlying small-cap equity fund(s) that the Schwab Target 2060 Fund may currently invest in are listed in the fund’s prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of small-cap stocks, please refer to “Equity Securities” later in the document.
International Equity Funds typically seek capital growth and invest primarily in equity securities of foreign issuers. Global equity funds invest primarily in equity securities of both domestic and foreign issuers. International and global equity funds generally make similar types of investments and employ similar types of investment techniques as other equity funds, except they
1

 

Table of Contents
focus on stocks of foreign issuers. Some international and global equity funds invest exclusively in foreign securities. Some of these funds may invest in securities of issuers located in emerging or developing securities markets. These funds have greater exposure to the risks associated with international investing. International and global equity funds also may invest in foreign currencies and depositary receipts and enter into futures and options contracts on foreign currencies and forward foreign currency exchange contracts. The underlying international equity fund(s) that the Schwab Target 2060 Fund may currently invest in are listed in the fund’s prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of international stocks, please refer to “Foreign Securities” later in the document.
Fixed Income Funds typically seek high current income by investing primarily in debt securities, including U.S. government securities, corporate bonds, stripped securities and mortgage- and asset-backed securities. Other investments may include some illiquid and restricted securities. Fixed income funds typically may enter into delayed-delivery or when-issued securities transactions, repurchase agreements, swap agreements and futures contracts. Fixed income funds are subject to interest rate and income risks as well as credit and prepayment risks. When interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities generally rise, which may affect the values of fixed income funds and their yields. For example, when interest rates fall, issuers tend to pre-pay their outstanding debts and issue new ones paying lower interest rates. A fixed income fund holding these securities would be forced to invest the principal received from the issuer in lower yielding debt securities. Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, prepayment on outstanding debt securities generally will not occur. This risk is known as extension risk and may affect the value of a fixed income fund if the value of its securities are depreciated as a result of the higher market interest rates. In addition, when interest rates rise, bond prices fall as a general rule. This means that the value of an investor’s shares in a fixed income fund could decline in response to a rise in interest rates. Fixed income funds also are subject to the risk that the issuers of the securities in their portfolios will not make timely interest and/or principal payments or fail to make them at all. The underlying bond fund(s) that the Schwab Target 2060 Fund may currently invest in are listed in the fund’s prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of bonds, please refer to “Debt Securities” later in the document.
Money Market Funds typically seek current income by investing in money market securities. Certain money market funds seek a stable share price of $1.00, while others have a share price that fluctuates. Money market securities include commercial paper and short-term U.S. government securities, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and repurchase agreements. Some money market securities may be illiquid or restricted securities or purchased on a delayed-delivery or when-issued basis. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums. The underlying money market fund(s) that the Schwab Target 2060 Fund may currently invest in is listed in the fund’s prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of money market securities, please refer to “Money Market Securities” later in the document.
Investments, Securities And Risks
The different types of investments that the underlying funds typically may invest in, the investment techniques they may use and the risks normally associated with these investments are also discussed below. The following investment strategies, risks and limitations supplement those set forth in the prospectus and may be changed without shareholder approval unless otherwise noted. Also, policies and limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard, shall be measured immediately after and as a result of the fund’s acquisition of such security or asset unless otherwise noted. Thus, any subsequent change in values, net assets or other circumstances does not require the fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment. Not all investment securities or techniques discussed below are eligible investments for the fund.
The Schwab Target 2060 Fund also may invest in securities other than shares of underlying funds, such as stocks, bonds, ETFs and money market securities, and engage in certain investment techniques, which are outlined below.
Borrowing. The fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes; for example, the fund may borrow at times to meet redemption requests rather than sell portfolio securities to raise the necessary cash. The fund’s borrowings will be subject to interest costs. Borrowing can also involve leveraging when securities are purchased with the borrowed money. Leveraging creates interest expenses that can exceed the income from the assets purchased with the borrowed money. In addition, leveraging may magnify changes in the net asset value of the fund’s shares and in its portfolio yield. The fund will earmark or segregate assets to cover such borrowings in accordance with positions of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). If assets used to secure a borrowing decrease in value, the fund may be required to pledge additional collateral to avoid liquidation of those assets.
The fund may establish lines-of-credit (lines) with certain banks by which it may borrow funds for temporary or emergency purposes. A borrowing is presumed to be for temporary or emergency purposes if it is repaid by the fund within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. The fund may use the lines to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force the fund to liquidate securities under circumstances which are unfavorable to the fund’s remaining shareholders. The fund will pay fees to the banks for using its lines.
Build America Bonds are taxable municipal bonds with federal subsidies for a portion of the issuer’s borrowing costs. Build America Bonds were issued through the Build America Bond program, which was created as part of the American Recovery and
2

 

Table of Contents
Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the Act). The objective of the program was to reduce the borrowing costs of state and local governments. Because the Act was not extended beyond its expiration date on December 31, 2010, tax subsidies will not apply to Build America Bonds issued following such date (if any). However, Build America Bonds outstanding and issued before such date remain eligible for the federal interest rate subsidy, which continues for the life of the Build America Bonds.
If the fund holds Build America Bonds, the fund may be eligible to receive a federal income tax credit; however, the issuer of a Build America Bond may instead elect to receive a cash payment directly from the federal government in lieu of holders such as the fund receiving a tax credit. The interest on Build America Bonds is taxable for federal income tax purposes and will be distributed to shareholders as taxable ordinary income. For any tax credit Build America Bond held by the fund, the fund may elect to pass through to its shareholders any tax credits from those bonds that otherwise would be allowed to the fund. These tax credits can generally be used to offset U.S. federal income taxes and the federal alternative minimum tax, but such credits are generally not refundable. Any unused credits may be carried forward to succeeding taxable years.
Concentration means that substantial amounts of assets are invested in a particular industry or group of industries. Concentration increases investment exposure to industry risk. For example, the automobile industry may have a greater exposure to a single factor, such as an increase in the price of oil, which may adversely affect the sale of automobiles and, as a result, the value of the industry’s securities. Certain underlying funds may concentrate their investments in a particular industry or group of industries.
Debt Securities are obligations issued by domestic and foreign entities, including governments and corporations, to raise money. They are basically “IOUs,” but are commonly referred to as bonds or money market securities. These securities normally require the issuer to pay a fixed-, variable- or floating-rate of interest on the amount of money borrowed (the principal) until it is paid back upon maturity.
Debt securities experience price changes when interest rates change. For example, when interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities generally rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the prices of debt securities generally fall.
Certain debt securities have call features that allow the issuer to redeem their outstanding debts prior to final maturity. Depending on the call feature, an issuer may pre-pay its outstanding debts and issue new ones paying lower interest rates. This is more likely to occur in a falling interest rate environment. In a rising interest rate environment, prepayment on outstanding debt securities is less likely to occur. This is known as extension risk and may cause the value of debt securities to depreciate as a result of the higher market interest rates. Typically, longer-maturity securities react to interest rate changes more severely than shorter-term securities (all things being equal), but generally offer greater rates of interest. If an issuer redeems its debt securities prior to final maturity, the fund may have to replace those securities with lower yielding securities, which could result in a lower return.
A change in the Federal Reserve's monetary policy (or that of other central banks) or improving economic conditions, among other things, may lead to an increase in interest rates, which could significantly impact the value of debt securities in which the fund invests. Some debt securities, such as bonds with longer durations, are more sensitive to interest rate changes than others and may experience an immediate and considerable reduction in value if interest rates rise. Longer duration securities tend to be more volatile than shorter duration securities. As the values of debt securities in the fund’s portfolio adjust to a rise in interest rates, the fund’s share price may fall. In the event that the fund holds a large portion of its portfolio in longer duration securities when interest rates increase, the share price of the fund may fall significantly.
Debt securities also are subject to the risk that the issuers will not make timely interest and/or principal payments or fail to make them at all. This is called credit risk. Corporate debt securities (bonds) tend to have higher credit risk generally than U.S. government debt securities. Debt securities also may be subject to price volatility due to market perception of future interest rates, the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (market risk). Investment-grade debt securities are considered medium- and/or high-quality securities, although some still possess varying degrees of speculative characteristics and risks. Debt securities rated below investment-grade are riskier, but may offer higher yields. These securities are sometimes referred to as high yield securities or “junk bonds.”
Corporate bonds are debt securities issued by corporations. Although a higher return is expected from corporate bonds, these securities, while subject to the same general risks as U.S. government securities, are subject to greater credit risk than U.S. government securities. Their prices may be affected by the perceived credit quality of their issuer.
Depositary Receipts include American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) as well as other “hybrid” forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. Depositary receipts may be sponsored or unsponsored. These certificates are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer’s home country. The depository bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.
Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may subject the fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments;
3

 

Table of Contents
withholding taxes on income, or possible imposition of withholding taxes on income; possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits; possible establishment of exchange controls; or taxation at the source or greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates. Foreign issuers of securities often engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities, and there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers. In addition, foreign issuers are, generally speaking, subject to less government supervision and regulation and different accounting treatment than are those in the United States. Please see the section titled “Foreign Securities” for more detail.
Although the two types of depositary receipt facilities (unsponsored or sponsored) are similar, there are differences regarding a holder’s rights and obligations and the practices of market participants. A depository may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or acquiescence of) the underlying issuer; typically, however, the depository requests a letter of non-objection from the underlying issuer prior to establishing the facility. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of the facility. The depository usually charges fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the underlying securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars or other currency, the disposition of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services. The depository of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the underlying issuer or to pass through voting rights to depositary receipt holders with respect to the underlying securities.
Sponsored depositary receipt facilities are created in generally the same manner as unsponsored facilities, except that sponsored depositary receipts are established jointly by a depository and the underlying issuer through a deposit agreement. The deposit agreement sets out the rights and responsibilities of the underlying issuer, the depository, and the depositary receipt holders. With sponsored facilities, the underlying issuer typically bears some of the costs of the depositary receipts (such as dividend payment fees of the depository), although most sponsored depositary receipts holders may bear costs such as deposit and withdrawal fees. Depositories of most sponsored depositary receipts agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings, voting instructions, and other shareholder communications and information to the depositary receipt holders at the underlying issuer’s request.
Derivative Instruments are commonly defined to include securities or contracts whose values depend on (or “derive” from) the value of one or more other assets such as securities, currencies, or commodities. These “other assets” are commonly referred to as “underlying assets.”
A derivative instrument generally consists of, is based upon, or exhibits characteristics similar to options or forward contracts. Options and forward contracts are considered to be the basic “building blocks” of derivatives. For example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts, as well as exchange-traded futures. Option-based derivatives include privately negotiated, over-the-counter OTC options (including caps, floors, collars, and options on forward and swap contracts) and exchange-traded options on futures. Diverse types of derivatives may be created by combining options or forward contracts in different ways, and applying these structures to a wide range of underlying assets.
Risk management strategies include investment techniques designed to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities, manage the average duration of the portfolio or create or alter exposure to certain asset classes, such as equity, other debt or foreign securities.
In addition to the derivative instruments and strategies described in this SAI, the investment adviser expects to discover additional derivative instruments and other investment, hedging or risk management techniques. The investment adviser may utilize these new derivative instruments and techniques to the extent that they are consistent with the fund’s investment objective and permitted by the fund’s investment limitations, operating policies, and applicable regulatory authorities.
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) regulates the trading of commodity interests, including certain futures contracts, options, and swaps in which the fund may invest. A fund that invests in commodity interests is subject to certain CFTC regulatory requirements, including certain limits on its trades in futures contracts, options and swaps to qualify for certain exclusions or exemptions from registration requirements. The trust, on behalf of the fund, has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” (CPO) under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (CEA), with respect to the fund’s operation. Therefore, the fund and its investment adviser are not subject to regulation as a commodity pool or CPO under the CEA and the investment adviser is not subject to registration as a CPO. If the fund were no longer able to claim the exclusion, the fund’s investment adviser may be required to register as a CPO and the fund and its investment adviser would be subject to regulation as a commodity pool or CPO under the CEA. If the fund or its investment adviser is subject to CFTC regulation, it may incur additional expenses and/or may choose to make changes to its investment strategies.
Forward Contracts are sales contracts between a buyer (holding the “long” position), and the seller (holding the “short” position) for an asset with delivery deferred to a future date. The buyer agrees to pay a fixed price at the agreed future date and the seller agrees to deliver the asset. The seller hopes that the market price on the delivery date is less than the agreed upon price, while the buyer hopes for the contrary. The change in value of a forward-based derivative generally is roughly proportional to the change in value of the underlying asset.
Futures Contracts are instruments that represent an agreement between two parties that obligates one party to buy, and the other party to sell, specific instruments at an agreed-upon price on a stipulated future date. In the case of futures contracts relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the close of the transaction, the parties usually agree to deliver the final
4

 

Table of Contents
cash settlement price of the contract. The fund may purchase and sell futures contracts based on securities, securities indices and foreign currencies, interest rates, or any other futures contracts traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that the CFTC licenses and regulates on foreign exchanges. Although positions are usually marked to market on a daily basis with an intermediary (executing broker), there remains a credit risk with the futures exchange.
The fund must maintain a small portion of its assets in cash to process shareholder transactions and to pay its expenses. To reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance, the fund may purchase futures contracts. Such transactions allow the fund’s cash balance to produce a return similar to that of the underlying security or index on which the futures contract is based. Also, the fund may purchase or sell futures contracts on a specified foreign currency to “fix” the price in U.S. dollars of the foreign security it has acquired or sold or expects to acquire or sell. The fund may enter into futures contracts for other reasons as well.
When buying or selling futures contracts, the fund must place a deposit with its broker equal to a fraction of the contract amount. This amount is known as “initial margin” and must be in the form of liquid debt instruments, including cash, cash-equivalents and U.S. government securities. Subsequent payments to and from the broker, known as “variation margin” may be made daily, if necessary, as the value of the futures contracts fluctuate. This process is known as “marking-to-market.” The margin amount will be returned to the fund upon termination of the futures contracts assuming all contractual obligations are satisfied. Because margin requirements are normally only a fraction of the amount of the futures contracts in a given transaction, futures trading can involve a great deal of leverage. In order to avoid this, the fund will earmark or segregate assets for any outstanding futures contracts as may be required under the federal securities laws.
While the fund may purchase and sell futures contracts in order to simulate full investment, there are risks associated with these transactions. Adverse market movements could cause the fund to experience substantial losses when buying and selling futures contracts. Of course, barring significant market distortions, similar results would have been expected if the fund had instead transacted in the underlying securities directly. There also is the risk of losing any margin payments held by a broker in the event of its bankruptcy. Additionally, the fund incurs transaction costs (i.e. brokerage fees) when engaging in futures trading. To the extent the fund also invests in futures in order to simulate full investment, these same risks apply.
When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, the fund may seek, through the sale of futures contracts, to offset a decline in the value of its current portfolio securities. When rates are falling or prices are rising, the fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, may attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when they effect anticipated purchases. Similarly, the fund may sell futures contracts on a specified currency to protect against a decline in the value of that currency and its portfolio securities that are denominated in that currency. The fund may purchase futures contracts on a foreign currency to fix the price in U.S. dollars of a security denominated in that currency that the fund has acquired or expects to acquire.
Futures contracts may require actual delivery or acquisition of an underlying security or cash value of an index on the expiration date of the contract. In most cases, however, the contractual obligation is fulfilled before the date of the contract by buying or selling, as the case may be, identical futures contracts. Such offsetting transactions terminate the original contracts and cancel the obligation to take or make delivery of the underlying securities or cash. There may not always be a liquid secondary market at the time the fund seeks to close out a futures position. If the fund is unable to close out its position and prices move adversely, the fund would have to continue to make daily cash payments to maintain its margin requirements. If the fund had insufficient cash to meet these requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities at a disadvantageous time or incur extra costs by borrowing the cash. Also, the fund may be required to make or take delivery and incur extra transaction costs buying or selling the underlying securities. The fund seeks to reduce the risks associated with futures transactions by buying and selling futures contracts that are traded on national exchanges or for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market.
With respect to futures contracts that are not legally required to “cash settle,” the fund may cover the open position by setting aside or earmarking liquid assets in an amount equal to the market value of the futures contracts. With respect to futures contracts that are required to “cash settle,” however, the fund is permitted to set aside or earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the fund’s daily marked to market (net) obligation, if any, (in other words, the fund’s daily net liability, if any) rather than the market value of the futures contracts. By setting aside assets or earmarking equal to only its net obligation under cash-settled futures, the fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the fund were required to set aside or earmark assets equal to the full market value of the futures contract.
Options Contracts generally provide the right to buy or sell a security, commodity, futures contract or foreign currency in exchange for an agreed upon price. If the right is not exercised after a specified period, the option expires and the option buyer forfeits the money paid to the option seller.
A call option gives the buyer the right to buy a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. For this right, the call option buyer pays the call option seller, commonly called the call option writer, a fee called a premium. Call option buyers are usually anticipating that the price of the underlying security will rise above the price fixed with the call writer, thereby allowing them to profit. If the price of the underlying security does not rise, the call option buyer’s losses are limited to the premium paid to the call option writer. For call option writers, a rise in the price of the
5

 

Table of Contents
underlying security will be offset, in part, by the premium received from the call option buyer. If the call option writer does not own the underlying security, however, the losses that may ensue if the price rises could be potentially unlimited. If the call option writer owns the underlying security or commodity, this is called writing a covered call. All call and put options written by the fund will be covered, which means that the fund will own the securities subject to the option so long as the option is outstanding or the fund will earmark or segregate assets for any outstanding option contracts.
A put option is the opposite of a call option. It gives the buyer the right to sell a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. Put option buyers are usually anticipating a decline in the price of the underlying security, and wish to offset those losses when selling the security at a later date. All put options the fund writes will be covered, which means that the fund will earmark or segregate cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option, or will otherwise “cover” its position as required by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act) (e.g., the fund will hold a put option on the same underlying security with the same or higher strike price). The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for the fund. However, in return for the option premium, the fund accepts the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.
The fund may purchase and write put and call options on any securities in which it may invest or any securities index or basket of securities based on securities in which it may invest. In addition, the fund may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options. The fund may purchase and write such options on securities that are listed on domestic or foreign securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market. Like futures contracts, option contracts are rarely exercised. Option buyers usually sell the option before it expires. Option writers may terminate their obligations under a written call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions.” The fund may enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options it has purchased or written.
An exchange-traded currency option position may be closed out only on an options exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although the fund generally will purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. If the fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to options it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets earmarked or held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if the fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.
Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (1) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (2) an exchange may impose restrictions on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (4) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (5) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (OCC) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (6) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, the fund will treat purchased over-the-counter options and all assets used to cover written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities, except that with respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S. government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to a formula the staff of the SEC approves.
Options trading involves additional risks because of the low margin deposits required and the extremely high degree of leverage that options trading may involve. There may be imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the securities held by the fund and the prices of the options, possible lack of a liquid secondary market, and the resulting inability to close such positions prior to their maturity dates.
The fund may write or purchase an option only when the market value of that option, when aggregated with the market value of all other options transactions made on behalf of the fund, does not exceed 5% of its net assets.
Puts are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or “put provider.” When the fund buys a security with a put feature, losses could occur if the put provider does not perform as agreed. If a put provider fails to honor its commitment upon the fund’s attempt to exercise the put, the fund may have to treat the security’s final maturity as its effective maturity. If that occurs, the security’s price may be negatively impacted, and its sensitivity to interest rate changes may be increased, possibly contributing to increased share price volatility for the fund. This also could lengthen the fund’s overall average effective maturity. Standby commitments are types of puts.
6

 

Table of Contents
Diversification involves investing in a wide range of securities and thereby spreading and reducing the risks of investment. The fund is a series of an open-end investment management company. The fund is a diversified mutual fund.
Emerging or Developing Markets exist in countries that are considered to be in the initial stages of industrialization. The risks of investing in these markets are similar to the risks of international investing in general, although the risks are greater in emerging and developing markets. Countries with emerging or developing securities markets tend to have economic structures that are less stable than countries with developed securities markets. This is because their economies may be based on only a few industries and their securities markets may trade a small number of securities. Prices on these exchanges tend to be volatile, and securities in these countries historically have offered greater potential for gain (as well as loss) than securities of companies located in developed countries.
The fund’s investments in emerging markets can be considered speculative, and therefore may offer higher potential for gains and losses than investments in developed markets of the world. With respect to an emerging country, there may be a greater potential for nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political changes, government regulation, social instability or diplomatic developments (including war) which could affect adversely the economies of such countries or investments in such countries. The economies of developing countries generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange or currency controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.
In addition to the risks of investing in emerging market country debt securities, the fund’s investment in government or government-related securities of emerging market countries and restructured debt instruments in emerging markets are subject to special risks, including the inability or unwillingness to repay principal and interest, requests to reschedule or restructure outstanding debt, and requests to extend additional loan amounts. The fund may have limited recourse in the event of default on such debt instruments.
Equity Securities represent ownership interests in a company, and are commonly called “stocks.” Equity securities historically have outperformed most other securities, although their prices can fluctuate based on changes in a company’s financial condition, market conditions and political, economic or even company-specific news. When a stock’s price declines, its market value is lowered even though the intrinsic value of the company may not have changed. Sometimes factors, such as economic conditions or political events, affect the value of stocks of companies of the same or similar industry or group of industries, and may affect the entire stock market.
Types of equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants, ADRs, GDRs, EDRs, interests in real estate investment trusts and business development companies (for more information on real estate investment trusts (REITs), see the section entitled “Real Estate Investment Trusts”).
Common stocks , which are probably the most recognized type of equity security, represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer and usually entitle the owner to voting rights in the election of the corporation’s directors and any other matters submitted to the corporation’s shareholders for voting, as well as to receive dividends on such stock. The market value of common stock can fluctuate widely, as it reflects increases and decreases in an issuer’s earnings. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners, other debt holders and owners of preferred stock take precedence over the claims of common stock owners.
Common stocks are typically categorized by their market capitalization as large-, mid- or small-cap. Small-cap stocks include common stocks issued by operating companies with market capitalizations that place them at the lower end of the stock market, as well as the stocks of companies that are determined to be small based on several factors, including the capitalization of the company and the amount of revenues. Historically, small-cap company stocks have been riskier than stocks issued by large- or mid-cap companies for a variety of reasons. Small-cap companies may have less certain growth prospects and are typically less diversified and less able to withstand changing economic conditions than larger capitalized companies. Small-cap companies also may have more limited product lines, markets or financial resources than companies with larger capitalizations, and may be more dependent on a relatively small management group. In addition, small-cap companies may not be well known to the investing public, may not have institutional ownership and may have only cyclical, static or moderate growth prospects. Most small-cap company stocks pay low or no dividends.
These factors and others may cause sharp changes in the value of a small-cap company’s stock, and even cause some small-cap companies to fail. Additionally, small-cap stocks may not be as broadly traded as large- or mid-cap stocks, and the fund’s positions in securities of such companies may be substantial in relation to the market for such securities. Accordingly, it may be difficult for the fund to dispose of securities of these small-cap companies at prevailing market prices in order to meet redemptions. This lower degree of liquidity can adversely affect the value of these securities. For these reasons and others, the value of the fund’s investments in small-cap stocks is expected to be more volatile than other types of investments, including other types of stock investments. While small-cap stocks are generally considered to offer greater growth opportunities for investors, they involve greater risks and the share price of the fund that invests in small-cap stocks may change sharply during the short term and long term.
7

 

Table of Contents
Preferred stocks represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer but do not ordinarily carry voting rights, though they may carry limited voting rights. Preferred stocks normally have preference over the corporation’s assets and earnings, however. For example, preferred stocks have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends. Preferred stocks normally pay dividends at a specified rate. However, preferred stock may be purchased where the issuer has omitted, or is in danger of omitting, payment of its dividend. Such investments would be made primarily for their capital appreciation potential. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners take precedence over the claims of preferred and common stock owners. Certain classes of preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock of the issuer. By holding convertible preferred stock, the fund can receive a steady stream of dividends and still have the option to convert the preferred stock to common stock. Preferred stock is subject to many of the same risks as common stock and debt securities.
Convertible securities are typically preferred stocks or bonds that are exchangeable for a specific number of another form of security (usually the issuer’s common stock) at a specified price or ratio. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on bonds or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. A corporation may issue a convertible security that is subject to redemption after a specified date, and usually under certain circumstances. A holder of a convertible security that is called for redemption would be required to tender it for redemption to the issuer, convert it to the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. The convertible structure allows the holder of the convertible bond to participate in share price movements in the company’s common stock. The actual return on a convertible bond may exceed its stated yield if the company’s common stock appreciates in value and the option to convert to common stocks becomes more valuable.
Convertible securities typically pay a lower interest rate than nonconvertible bonds of the same quality and maturity because of the conversion feature. Convertible securities are also rated below investment grade (high yield) or are not rated, and are subject to credit risk.
Prior to conversion, convertible securities have characteristics and risks similar to nonconvertible debt and equity securities. In addition, convertible securities are often concentrated in economic sectors, which, like the stock market in general, may experience unpredictable declines in value, as well as periods of poor performance, which may last for several years. There may be a small trading market for a particular convertible security at any given time, which may adversely impact market price and the fund’s ability to liquidate a particular security or respond to an economic event, including deterioration of an issuer’s creditworthiness.
Convertible preferred stocks are nonvoting equity securities that pay a fixed dividend. These securities have a conversion feature similar to convertible bonds, but do not have a maturity date. Due to their fixed income features, convertible securities provide higher income potential than the issuer’s common stock, but typically are more sensitive to interest rate changes than the underlying common stock. In the event of a company’s liquidation, bondholders have claims on company assets senior to those of shareholders; preferred shareholders have claims senior to those of common shareholders.
Convertible securities typically trade at prices above their conversion value, which is the current market value of the common stock received upon conversion, because of their higher yield potential than the underlying common stock. The difference between the conversion value and the price of a convertible security will vary depending on the value of the underlying common stock and interest rates. When the underlying value of the common stocks declines, the price of the issuer’s convertible securities will tend not to fall as much because the convertible security’s income potential will act as a price support. While the value of a convertible security also tends to rise when the underlying common stock value rises, it will not rise as much because its conversion value is more narrow. The value of convertible securities also is affected by changes in interest rates. For example, when interest rates fall, the value of convertible securities may rise because of their fixed income component.
Initial Public Offering (IPO). The fund may purchase shares issued as part of, or a short period after, a company's IPO, and may at times dispose of those shares shortly after their acquisition. The fund’s purchase of shares issued in IPOs exposes it to the risks associated with companies that have little operating history as public companies, as well as to the risks inherent in those sectors of the market where these new issuers operate. The market for IPO issuers has been volatile, and share prices of newly-public companies have fluctuated significantly over short periods of time.
Master Limited Partnerships (MLPs). MLPs are limited partnerships in which the common units are publicly traded. MLP common units are freely traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market and are generally registered with the SEC. MLPs often own several properties or businesses (or own interests) that are related to real estate development and oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners. The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an up to 2% equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a limited role, if any, in the partnership’s operations and management.
MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (minimum quarterly distributions). Common and general partner interests also
8

 

Table of Contents
accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the minimum quarterly distribution is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the minimum quarterly distribution; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis. The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner which results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions are intended to encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results are intended to benefit all security holders of the MLP, however, such incentive distribution payments give rise to potential conflicts of interest between the common unit holders and the general partner.
MLP common units represent a limited partnership interest in the MLP. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges or over-the-counter, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. The fund may purchase common units in market transactions as well as directly from the MLP or other parties in private placements. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability to annually elect directors. MLPs generally distribute all available cash flow (cash flow from operations less maintenance capital expenditures) in the form of quarterly distributions. Common units along with general partner units, have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution and have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.
MLP subordinated units are typically issued by MLPs to their original sponsors, such as their founders, corporate general partners of MLPs, entities that sell assets to the MLP, and investors. Subordinated units may be purchased directly from these persons as well as newly-issued subordinated units from MLPs themselves. Subordinated units have similar voting rights as common units and are generally not publicly traded. Once the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units, including any arrearages, has been paid, subordinated units receive cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution prior to any incentive payments to the MLP’s general partner. Unlike common units, subordinated units do not have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units and general partner interests have priority over subordinated units. Subordinated units are typically converted into common units on a one-to-one basis after certain time periods and/or performance targets have been satisfied. The purchase or sale price of subordinated units is generally tied to the common unit price less a discount. The size of the discount varies depending on the likelihood of conversion, the length of time remaining to conversion, the size of the block purchased relative to trading volumes, and other factors, including smaller capitalization partnerships or companies potentially having limited product lines, markets or financial resources, lacking management depth or experience, and being more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic development than larger more established companies.
General partner interests of MLPs are typically retained by an MLP’s original sponsors, such as its founders, corporate partners, entities that sell assets to the MLP and investors. A holder of general partner interests can be liable under certain circumstances for amounts greater than the amount of the holder’s investment in the general partner interest. General partner interests often confer direct board participation rights and in many cases, operating control, over the MLP. These interests themselves are not publicly traded, although they may be owned by publicly traded entities. General partner interests receive cash distributions, typically 2% of the MLP’s aggregate cash distributions, which are contractually defined in the partnership agreement. In addition, holders of general partner interests typically hold incentive distribution rights, which provide them with a larger share of the aggregate MLP cash distributions as the distributions to limited partner unit holders are increased to prescribed levels. General partner interests generally cannot be converted into common units. The general partner interest can be redeemed by the MLP if the MLP unitholders choose to remove the general partner, typically with a supermajority vote by limited partner unitholders.
Additional risks involved with investing in an MLP are risks associated with the specific industry or industries in which the partnership invests, such as the risks of investing in real estate, or oil and gas industries.
Certain MLPs are dependent on their parent companies or sponsors for a majority of their revenues. Any failure by an MLP’s parents or sponsors to satisfy their payments or obligations would impact the MLP’s revenues and cash flows and ability to make distributions.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) are pooled investment vehicles, which invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests and, in some cases, manage real estate. REITs are sometimes referred to as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. An equity REIT invests primarily in properties and generates income from rental and lease properties and, in some cases, from the management of real estate. Equity REITs also offer the potential for growth as a result of property appreciation and from the sale of appreciated property. Mortgage REITs invest primarily in real estate mortgages, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and derive income for the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs may combine the features of equity REITs and mortgage REITs. REITs are generally organized as corporations or business trusts, but are not taxed as a corporation if they meet certain requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
9

 

Table of Contents
amended (the Code). To qualify, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including other REITs), cash and government securities, distribute at least 90% of its taxable income to its shareholders and receive at least 75% of that income from rents, mortgages and sales of property.
Like any investment in real estate, a REIT’s performance depends on many factors, such as its ability to find tenants for its properties, to renew leases, and to finance property purchases and renovations. In general, REITs may be affected by changes in underlying real estate values, which may have an exaggerated effect to the extent a REIT concentrates its investment in certain regions or property types. For example, rental income could decline because of extended vacancies, increased competition from nearby properties, tenants’ failure to pay rent, or incompetent management. Property values could decrease because of overbuilding, environmental liabilities, uninsured damages caused by natural disasters, a general decline in the neighborhood, losses due to casualty or condemnation, increases in property taxes, or changes in zoning laws. Ultimately, a REIT’s performance depends on the types of properties it owns and how well the REIT manages its properties. Additionally, declines in the market value of a REIT may reflect not only depressed real estate prices, but may also reflect the degree of leverage utilized by the REIT.
In general, during periods of rising interest rates, REITs may lose some of their appeal for investors who may be able to obtain higher yields from other income-producing investments, such as long-term bonds. Higher interest rates also mean that financing for property purchases and improvements is more costly and difficult to obtain. During periods of declining interest rates, certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that mortgagors elect to prepay, which can reduce the yield on securities issued by mortgage REITs. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the ability of borrowers to repay debts to the REIT when due and equity REITs may be affected by the ability of tenants to pay rent.
Like small-cap stocks in general, certain REITs have relatively small market capitalizations and their securities can be more volatile than and at times will perform differently from large-cap stocks. In addition, because small-cap stocks are typically less liquid than large-cap stocks, REIT stocks may sometimes experience greater share-price fluctuations than the stocks of larger companies. Further, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited diversification, and are therefore subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. By investing in REITs indirectly through the fund, a shareholder will bear indirectly a proportionate share of the REIT’s expenses in addition to their proportionate share of the fund’s expenses. Finally, REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act and CFTC regulations.
Rights and Warrants. Rights and warrants are types of securities that entitle the holder to purchase a proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price for a specific period of time. Rights allow a shareholder to buy more shares directly from the company, usually at a price somewhat lower than the current market price of the outstanding shares. Warrants are usually issued with bonds and preferred stock. Rights and warrants can trade on the market separately from the company’s stock. The prices of rights and warrants do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying common stock. Rights usually expire within a few weeks of issuance, while warrants may not expire for several years. If a right or warrant is not exercised within the specified time period, it will become worthless and the fund will lose the purchase price it paid for the right or warrant and the right to purchase the underlying security.
Stock Substitution Strategy is a strategy, whereby certain underlying index funds may, in certain circumstances, substitute a similar stock for a security in their indexes.
Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs) such as Standard and Poor’s Depositary Receipts (SPDRs) Trust, are investment companies that typically are registered under the 1940 Act as open-end funds or unit investment trusts (UITs). ETFs are actively traded on national securities exchanges and are generally based on specific domestic and foreign market indices. Shares of an ETF may be bought and sold throughout the day at market prices, which may be higher or lower than the shares’ net asset value. An “index-based ETF” seeks to track the performance of an index holding in its portfolio either the contents of the index or a representative sample of the securities in the index. Because ETFs are based on an underlying basket of stocks or an index, they are subject to the same market fluctuations as these types of securities in volatile market swings. ETFs, like mutual funds, have expenses associated with their operation, including advisory fees. When the fund invests in an ETF, in addition to directly bearing expenses associated with its own operations, it will bear a pro rata portion of the ETF’s expenses. As with any exchange listed security, ETF shares purchased in the secondary market are subject to customary brokerage charges.
Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC to iShares and procedures approved by the fund's Board of Trustees (the “Board”), the fund may invest in iShares beyond the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act but not to exceed 25% of the fund’s total assets, provided that the fund has described ETF investments in its prospectus and otherwise complies with the conditions of the exemptive order and other applicable investment limitations.
Business Development Companies (BDCs) are closed-end investment companies that have elected to be BDCs under the 1940 Act and are taxed as regulated investment companies (RICs) under the Internal Revenue Code. BDCs operate as venture capital companies and typically invest in, lend capital to, and provide significant managerial assistance to developing private companies or thinly-traded public companies. Under the 1940 Act, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of privately-held U.S. companies or thinly-traded U.S. public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government
10

 

Table of Contents
securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. In addition, a BDC may only incur indebtedness in amounts such that the BDC’s coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities equals at least 200% after such incurrence.
BDCs generally invest in debt securities that are not rated by a credit rating agency and are considered below investment grade quality (junk bonds). Little public information generally exists for the type of companies in which a BDC may invest and, therefore, there is a risk that investors may not be able to make a fully informed evaluation of the BDC and its portfolio of investments. In addition, investments made by BDCs are typically illiquid and are difficult to value for purposes of determining a BDC’s net asset value (for more information on BDCs, see the section titled “Securities of Other Investment Companies”).
High-Yield Securities, also called lower quality bonds (junk bonds), are frequently issued by companies without long track records of sales and earnings, or by those of questionable credit strength, and are more speculative and volatile (though typically higher yielding) than investment grade bonds. Adverse economic developments could disrupt the market for high-yield securities, and severely affect the ability of issuers, especially highly-leveraged issuers, to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity.
Also, the secondary market for high-yield securities at times may not be as liquid as the secondary market for higher-quality debt securities. As a result, the investment adviser could find it difficult to sell these securities or experience difficulty in valuing certain high-yield securities at certain times. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower rated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices at which the fund purchased them.
Thus, high-yield securities are more likely to react to developments affecting interest rates and market and credit risk than are more highly rated securities, which primarily react to movements in the general level of interest rates. When economic conditions appear to be deteriorating, medium- to lower-quality debt securities may decline in value more than higher-quality debt securities due to heightened concern over credit quality, regardless of prevailing interest rates. Prices for high-yield securities also could be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect the fund’s net asset value and investment practices, the secondary market value for high-yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high-yield securities.
Inflation Protected Securities are fixed income securities whose value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers utilize a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index (CPI) accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.
Inflation protected securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of approximately five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semi-annual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation adjusted principal amount.
If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation protected bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation protected bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. An underlying fund may also invest in other inflation related bonds, which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond to be repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal amount and, therefore, is subject to credit risk.
The value of inflation protected bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the expected rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation protected bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation protected bonds.
While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.
The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation protected bonds is tied to the non-seasonally adjusted U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U), published monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation protected bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.
Any increase in principal for an inflation protected security resulting from inflation adjustments is considered by the IRS to be taxable income in the year it occurs. The underlying fund’s distributions to shareholders may include interest income and the income attributable to principal adjustments, both of which will be taxable to shareholders. The tax treatment of the income
11

 

Table of Contents
attributable to principal adjustments may result in the situation where the underlying fund needs to make its required annual distributions to shareholders in amounts that exceed the cash received. As a result, the underlying fund may need to liquidate certain investments when it is not advantageous to do so. Also, if the principal value of an inflation protected security is adjusted downward due to deflation, amounts previously distributed in the taxable year may be characterized in some circumstances as a return of capital.
International Bonds are certain obligations or securities of foreign issuers, including Eurodollar Bonds, which are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued by foreign issuers payable in Eurodollars (U.S. dollars held in banks located outside the United States, primarily Europe), Yankee Bonds, which are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued in the U.S. by foreign banks and corporations, and EuroBonds, which are bonds denominated in U.S. dollars and usually issued by large underwriting groups composed of banks and issuing houses from many countries. Investments in securities issued by foreign issuers, including American Depositary Receipts and securities purchased on foreign securities exchanges, may subject the fund to additional investment risks, such as adverse political and economic developments, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign investments, less stringent disclosure requirements, non-U.S. withholding taxes and the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions.
Additional risks include less publicly available information, the risk that companies may not be subject to the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements of U.S. companies, the risk that foreign securities markets may have less volume and therefore may be less liquid and their prices more volatile than U.S. securities, and the risk that custodian and transaction costs may be higher. Foreign issuers of securities or obligations are often subject to accounting requirements and engage in business practices different from those respecting domestic issuers of similar securities or obligations. Foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.
Quality of Fixed Income Investments will be principally investment-grade for the fund’s assets. Investment-grade quality securities are rated by at least one NRSRO in one of the four highest rating categories (within which there may be sub-categories or gradations indicating relative standing) or have been determined to be of equivalent quality by the investment adviser or sub-adviser. Sometimes an investment-grade quality security may be downgraded to a below investment-grade quality rating. If a security no longer has at least one investment-quality rating from an NRSRO, the investment adviser would reanalyze the security in light of the downgrade and determine whether the fund should continue to hold the security. However, such downgrade would not require the investment adviser or sub-advisers to sell the security on behalf of the fund. Sometimes lower-quality securities may be downgraded to an even lower quality. The investment adviser may also elect to purchase high-yield securities that are rated (at the time of purchase) B or higher or the equivalent by Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (S&P) or Fitch, Inc. or are determined to be of similar investment quality by the investment manager.
Foreign Currency Transactions. The fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options and may engage in foreign currency transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at the rate prevailing in the currency exchange market at the time or through forward currency contracts (forwards) with terms generally of less than one year. The fund may engage in these transactions in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities.
The fund may also use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. The fund will earmark or segregate assets for any open positions in forwards used for non-hedging purposes and mark to market daily as may be required under the federal securities laws.
A forward involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts may be bought or sold to protect the fund against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. Many foreign securities markets do not settle trades within a time frame that would be considered customary in the U.S. stock market. Therefore, the fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to secure exchange rates for fund securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions do not seek to eliminate any fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities involved. Instead, the transactions simply establish a rate of exchange that can be expected when the fund settles its securities transactions in the future. Forwards involve certain risks. For example, if the counterparties to the contracts are unable to meet the terms of the contracts or if the value of the foreign currency changes unfavorably, the fund could sustain a loss.
The fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange options and contracts to protect the value of specific portfolio positions, which is called “position hedging.” When engaging in position hedging, the fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange transactions to protect against a decline in the values of the foreign currencies in which portfolio securities are denominated (or against an increase in the value of currency for securities the fund expects to purchase).
Buying and selling foreign currency exchange options and contracts involves costs and may result in losses. The ability of the fund to engage in these transactions may be limited by tax considerations. Although these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to declines in the value of the hedged currency, they tend to limit any potential gain that might result from an increase in
12

 

Table of Contents
the value of such currency. Transactions in these contracts involve certain other risks. Unanticipated fluctuations in currency prices may result in a poorer overall performance for the fund than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. Moreover, there may be imperfect correlation between the fund’s holdings of securities denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts into which the fund enters. Such imperfect correlation may cause the fund to sustain losses, which will prevent it from achieving a complete hedge or expose it to risk of foreign exchange loss.
Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time. Also, such transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for the fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies.
Forwards will be used primarily to adjust the foreign exchange exposure of the fund with a view to protecting the outlook, and the fund might be expected to enter into such contracts under the following circumstances:
Lock In . When the investment adviser desires to lock in the U.S. dollar price on the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.
Cross Hedge . If a particular currency is expected to decrease against another currency, the fund may sell the currency expected to decrease and purchase a currency which is expected to increase against the currency sold in an amount approximately equal to some or all of the fund’s portfolio holdings denominated in the currency sold.
Direct Hedge . If the investment adviser wants to eliminate substantially all of the risk of owning a particular currency, and/or if the investment adviser thinks that the fund can benefit from price appreciation in a given country’s bonds but does not want to hold the currency, it may employ a direct hedge back into the U.S. dollar. In either case, the fund would enter into a forward contract to sell the currency in which a portfolio security is denominated and purchase U.S. dollars at an exchange rate established at the time it initiated the contract. The cost of the direct hedge transaction may offset most, if not all, of the yield advantage offered by the foreign security, but the fund would benefit from an increase in value of the bond.
Proxy Hedge . The investment adviser might choose to use a proxy hedge, which may be less costly than a direct hedge. In this case, the fund, having purchased a security, will sell a currency whose value is believed to be closely linked to the currency in which the security is denominated. Interest rates prevailing in the country whose currency was sold would be expected to be closer to those in the U.S. and lower than those of securities denominated in the currency of the original holding. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.
Costs of Hedging . When the fund purchases a foreign bond with a higher interest rate than is available on U.S. bonds of a similar maturity, the additional yield on the foreign bond could be substantially reduced or lost if the fund were to enter into a direct hedge by selling the foreign currency and purchasing the U.S. dollar. This is what is known as the “cost” of hedging. Proxy hedging attempts to reduce this cost through an indirect hedge back to the U.S. dollar. It is important to note that hedging costs are treated as capital transactions and are not, therefore, deducted from the fund’s dividend distribution and are not reflected in its yield. Instead such costs will, over time, be reflected in the fund’s net asset value per share.
Tax Consequences of Hedging . Under applicable tax law, the fund may be required to limit its gains from hedging in foreign currency forwards, futures, and options. Although the fund is expected to comply with such limits, the extent to which these limits apply is subject to tax regulations as yet unissued. Hedging may also result in the application of the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Those provisions could result in an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by the fund and could affect whether dividends paid by the fund are classified as capital gains or ordinary income.
Foreign Securities. Investments in foreign securities involve additional risks, including foreign currency exchange rate risks, because they are issued by foreign entities, including foreign governments, banks and corporations or because they are traded principally overseas. Foreign securities in which the fund may invest include those issued by foreign entities that are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. corporations. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about foreign entities. Foreign economic, political and legal developments, as well as fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates and withholding taxes, could have more dramatic effects on the value of foreign securities. For example, conditions within and around foreign countries, such as the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, diplomatic developments, the imposition of trade sanctions, change of government or war could affect the value of foreign investments. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.
Foreign securities typically have less volume and are generally less liquid and more volatile than securities of U.S. companies. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although the fund will endeavor to achieve the most favorable overall results on portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed companies than in the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. There may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign issuers as well. Bankruptcy laws in some foreign countries are
13

 

Table of Contents
sometimes biased to the borrowers and against the creditors. Bankruptcy laws in some foreign countries are sometimes biased to the borrowers and against the creditors. These factors and others may increase the risks with respect to the liquidity of a fund, and its ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.
In addition, the fund’s investments in foreign securities may be subject to economic sanctions or other government restrictions. These restrictions may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the fund’s investments, and could impair the fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. For example, the fund may be prohibited from investing in securities issued by companies subject to such restrictions. In addition, these restrictions may require the fund to freeze its existing investments in certain foreign securities, which would prohibit the fund from buying, selling, receiving or delivering those securities or other financial instruments. As a result, such restrictions may limit the fund’s ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.
Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures and, in certain markets, there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a fund is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Losses to the fund arising out of the inability to fulfill a contract to sell such securities also could result in potential liability for the fund.
Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may be made and held in foreign currencies. In addition, the fund may hold cash investments in foreign currencies. These investments may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations, and may cause the fund to incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange market as well as by political and economic factors. Changes in the foreign currency exchange rates also may affect the value of dividends and interest earned, gains and losses realized on the sale of securities, and net investment income and gains, if any, to be distributed to shareholders by the fund.
During the recent global financial crisis, financial markets in Europe experienced significant volatility due, in part, to concerns about rising levels of government debt and the prevalence of increased budget deficits. As a result, many economies in the region suffered through prolonged economic downturns. Although some European economies have shown signs of recovery, any recovery may be slow as the region continues to face difficult challenges including high unemployment rates, significant levels of government debt, continuing trade deficits, significant austerity measures and lack of access to capital. Furthermore, due to the economic integration of the region, another economic downturn in one European country may have a negative impact on the economies of other European countries. As the fund may hold investments in issuers that are located in Europe or that depend on revenues generated from operations in Europe, any material negative developments in Europe could have a negative impact on the value and liquidity of these investments, which could harm the fund’s performance.
In a recent referendum, citizens of the United Kingdom (the “UK”) voted to withdraw from the European Union (the “EU”), which caused significant volatility in global financial markets. It is expected that the UK will withdraw from the EU (commonly referred to as “Brexit”) within two years after the UK formally notifies the European Council of its intention to withdraw. However, there is significant uncertainty regarding the potential consequences and precise timeframe for Brexit. During this period of uncertainty, the UK and European economies and the broader global economy may experience increased volatility and illiquidity, and companies that conduct a significant amount of business in the UK or Europe may experience lower revenue and/or profit growth, all of which may adversely affect the value of the fund’s investments. The Brexit also may cause additional member states to contemplate departing the EU, which would likely perpetuate political and economic instability in the region and cause additional market disruption in global financial markets.
Foreign Institutions involve additional risks. The fund may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated securities issued by foreign institutions or securities that are subject to credit or liquidity enhancements provided by foreign institutions. Foreign institutions may not be subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements that are comparable to those applicable to U.S. corporations. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about foreign entities. Foreign economic, political and legal developments could have effects on the value of securities issued or supported by foreign institutions. For example, conditions within and around foreign countries, such as the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, diplomatic developments, change of government or war could affect the value of these securities. In addition, there may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign institutions that issue or support securities in which the fund may invest. These factors and others may increase the risks with respect to the liquidity of the fund, and its ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.
Hybrid Instruments ​ are a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional stock, bond, or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a benchmark). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An
14

 

Table of Contents
example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil.
Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes the fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the fund. The fund will not invest more than 5% of its total assets in hybrid instruments.
Certain hybrid instruments may provide exposure to the commodities markets. These are derivative securities with one or more commodity-linked components that have payment features similar to commodity futures contracts, commodity options, or similar instruments. Commodity-linked hybrid instruments may be either equity or debt securities, and are considered hybrid instruments because they have both security and commodity-like characteristics. A portion of the value of these instruments may be derived from the value of a commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable. The fund will only invest in commodity-linked hybrid instruments that qualify under applicable rules of the CFTC for an exemption from the provisions of the CEA.
Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, the fund's investments in these products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.
Illiquid Securities generally are any securities that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which the fund has valued the instruments. The liquidity of the fund’s investments is monitored under the supervision and direction of the Board. Investments currently not considered liquid include repurchase agreements not maturing within seven days that are not subject to a demand feature of seven days or less and certain restricted securities.
Interfund Borrowing and Lending. The SEC has granted an exemption to the fund that permits the fund to borrow money from and/or lend money to other funds in the Fund Complex as defined under “Management of the Fund.” All loans are for temporary or emergency purposes and the interest rates to be charged will be the average of the overnight repurchase agreement rate and the short term bank loan rate. All loans are subject to numerous conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of all participating funds/portfolios. The interfund lending facility is subject to the oversight and periodic review of the Board.
Money Market Securities are high-quality, short term debt securities that may be issued by entities such as the U.S. government, corporations and financial institutions (like banks). Money market securities include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, notes and time deposits. Certificates of deposit and time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing a bank’s obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. Commercial paper consists of short term, unsecured promissory notes issued to finance short term credit needs.
Money market securities pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest and are generally subject to credit and interest rate risks. The maturity date or price of and financial assets collateralizing a security may be structured in order to make it qualify as or act like a money market security. These securities may be subject to greater credit and interest rate risks than other money market securities because of their structure. Money market securities may be issued with puts or sold separately; these puts, which are sometimes called demand features or guarantees, which are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or “put provider.” When the fund buys a put, losses could occur as a result of the costs of the put or if it exercises its rights under the put and the put provider does not perform as agreed. Standby commitments are types of puts.
The fund may keep a portion of its assets in cash for business operations. The fund may invest in money market securities to reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance. The fund may also invest in money market securities to the extent it is consistent with its investment objective.
Bankers’ Acceptances or Notes are credit instruments evidencing a bank’s obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. The fund will invest only in bankers’ acceptances of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in the aggregate in excess of $100 million.
Certificates of Deposit or Time Deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. The fund will invest only in certificates of deposit of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in the aggregate in excess of $100 million.
15

 

Table of Contents
Commercial Paper consists of short-term, promissory notes issued by banks, corporations and other institutions to finance short-term credit needs. These securities generally are discounted but sometimes may be interest bearing. Commercial paper, which also may be unsecured, is subject to credit risk.
Fixed Time Deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties, which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. The fund will not invest in fixed time deposits, which (1) are not subject to prepayment or (2) provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits) if, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in such deposits, repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days and other illiquid assets.
Promissory Notes are written agreements committing the maker or issuer to pay the payee a specified amount either on demand or at a fixed date in the future, with or without interest. These are sometimes called negotiable notes or instruments and are subject to credit risk. Bank notes are notes used to represent obligations issued by banks in large denominations.
Repurchase Agreements are instruments under which a buyer acquires ownership of certain securities (usually U.S. government securities) from a seller who agrees to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the buyer’s holding period. Any repurchase agreements the fund enters into will involve the fund as the buyer and banks or broker-dealers as sellers. The period of repurchase agreements is usually short, from overnight to one week, although the securities collateralizing a repurchase agreement may have longer maturity dates. Default by the seller might cause the fund to experience a loss or delay in the liquidation of the collateral securing the repurchase agreement. The fund also may incur disposition costs in liquidating the collateral. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a repurchase agreement’s seller, the fund might incur expenses in enforcing its rights, and could experience losses, including a decline in the value of the underlying securities and loss of income. The fund will make payment under a repurchase agreement only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer of the collateral to the account of its custodian bank.
Mortgage-Backed Securities (MBS) and other Asset-Backed Securities (ABS) may be purchased by the fund. MBS represent participations in mortgage loans, and include pass-through securities, adjustable rate mortgages, collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped mortgage-backed securities. MBS may be issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA or Ginnie Mae) and the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA or Fannie Mae) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC or Freddie Mac).
The National Housing Act authorized GNMA to guarantee the timely payment of principal and interest on securities backed by a pool of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. The GNMA guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. The GNMA is also empowered to borrow without limitation from the U.S. Treasury if necessary to make any payments required under its guarantee.
GNMA Certificates are mortgage securities which evidence an undivided interest in a pool or pools of mortgages. GNMA Certificates that the fund may purchase are the “modified pass-through” type, which entitle the holder to receive timely payment of all interest and principal payments due on the mortgage pool, net of fees paid to the “issuer” and GNMA, regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.
The average life of a GNMA Certificate is likely to be substantially shorter than the original maturity of the mortgages underlying the securities. Prepayments of principal by mortgagors and mortgage foreclosures will usually result in the return of the greater part of principal investment long before the maturity of the mortgages in the pool. Foreclosures impose no risk to principal investment because of the GNMA guarantee, except to the extent that the fund has purchased the certificates above par in the secondary market.
Freddie Mac was created in 1970 to promote development of a nationwide secondary market in conventional residential mortgages. Freddie Mac issues two types of mortgage pass-through securities (Freddie Mac Certificates): mortgage participation certificates (PCs) and guaranteed mortgage certificates (GMCs). PCs resemble GNMA Certificates in that each PC represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool. Freddie Mac guarantees timely monthly payment of interest on PCs and the ultimate payment of principal, but its issues are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
GMCs also represent a pro rata interest in a pool of mortgages. However, these instruments pay interest semi-annually and return principal once a year in guaranteed minimum payments. The expected average life of these securities is approximately 10 years. Freddie Mac’s guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
Fannie Mae was established in 1938 to create a secondary market in mortgages the FHA insures. Fannie Mae issues guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates (Fannie Mae Certificates). Fannie Mae Certificates resemble GNMA Certificates in that each Fannie Mae Certificate represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool. Fannie Mae guarantees timely payment of interest and principal on Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae’s guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
16

 

Table of Contents
For more information on securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, see “U.S. Government Securities.”
MBS may also be issued by private issuers, generally originators and investors in mortgage loans, including savings associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, and special purpose entities (collectively, private lenders). MBS are based on different types of mortgages including those on commercial real estate and residential property. MBS issued by private lenders may be supported by pools of mortgage loans or other MBS that are guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of credit enhancement.
The investment adviser will consider the creditworthiness of the guarantee providers and/or credit enhancement providers in determining whether a MBS issued by a private lender meets the fund’s investment quality standards. There can be no guarantee that the enhancement provider or guarantor of a MBS can meet their obligations under the enhancement or guarantee arrangements.
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. The market for commercial mortgage-backed securities developed more recently and in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family MBS. Many of the risks of investing in commercial MBS reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial MBS may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.
Collateralized Debt Obligations . The fund may invest in collateralized debt obligations (CDOs), which include collateralized bond obligations (CBOs), collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust that is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.
For both CBOs and CLOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class.
The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which the fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the fund as illiquid securities, however an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and the fund’s prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results ; and (v) credit ratings by major credit rating agencies may be no indication of the creditworthiness of the security.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligation (CMO) is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, on a monthly basis. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, and their income streams, as well as private issuers.
CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. An investor is partially guarded against a sooner than desired return of principal because of the sequential payments.
In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation (issuer) issues multiple series (e.g., A, B, C, Z) of CMO bonds (Bonds). Proceeds of the Bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates (Collateral). The Collateral is pledged to a third party trustee as security for the Bonds. Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to pay principal on the Bonds in the order A, B, C, Z. The Series A, B, and C Bonds all bear current interest. Interest on the Series Z Bond is accrued
17

 

Table of Contents
and added to principal and a like amount is paid as principal on the Series A, B, or C Bond currently being paid off. When the Series A, B, and C Bonds are paid in full, interest and principal on the Series Z Bond begins to be paid currently. With some CMOs, the issuer serves as a conduit to allow loan originators (primarily builders or savings and loan associations) to borrow against their loan portfolios.
The rate of principal payment on MBS and ABS generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying assets which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other factors. As a result, the price and yield on any MBS or ABS is difficult to predict with precision and price and yield to maturity may be more or less than the anticipated yield to maturity. If the fund purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing the yield to maturity. Conversely, if the fund purchases these securities at a discount, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will increase yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will reduce yield to maturity. Amounts available for reinvestment by the fund are likely to be greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising interest rates.
While many MBS and ABS are issued with only one class of security, many are issued in more than one class, each with different payment terms. Multiple class MBS and ABS are issued as a method of providing credit support, typically through creation of one or more classes whose right to payments on the security is made subordinate to the right to such payments of the remaining class or classes. In addition, multiple classes may permit the issuance of securities with payment terms, interest rates, or other characteristics differing both from those of each other and from those of the underlying assets. Examples include stripped securities, which are MBS and ABS entitling the holder to disproportionate interest or principal compared with the assets backing the security, and securities with classes having characteristics different from the assets backing the securities, such as a security with floating interest rates with assets backing the securities having fixed interest rates. The market value of such securities and CMO’s generally is more or less sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates than is the case with traditional MBS and ABS, and in some cases such market value may be extremely volatile.
CMO Residuals . CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest-only (IO) class of stripped mortgage-backed securities. See “Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.” In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances the fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual.
CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. The CMO residual market has only very recently developed and CMO residuals currently may not have the liquidity of other more established securities trading in other markets. Transactions in CMO residuals are generally completed only after careful review of the characteristics of the securities in question. In addition, CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act). CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the 1933 Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, and may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to the fund’s limitations on investment in illiquid securities.
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (SMBS) are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the IO class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated
18

 

Table of Contents
prepayments of principal, the fund may fail to recoup some or all of its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories.
Under certain circumstances these securities may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to the fund’s limitations on investment in illiquid securities.
Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. The term “U.S. agency mortgage pass-through security” refers to a category of pass-through securities backed by pools of mortgages and issued by one of several U.S. government-sponsored entities, such as GNMA, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. In the basic mortgage pass-through structure, mortgages with similar issuer, term and coupon characteristics are collected and aggregated into a “pool” consisting of multiple mortgage loans. The pool is assigned a CUSIP number and undivided interests in the pool are traded and sold as pass-through securities. The holder of the security is entitles to a pro rata share of principal and interest payments (including unscheduled prepayments) from the pool of mortgage loans.
An investment in a specific pool of pass-through securities requires an analysis of the specific prepayment risk of mortgages within the covered pool (since mortgagors typically have the option to prepay their loans). The level of prepayments on a pool of mortgage securities is difficult to predict and can impact the subsequent cash flows, value and yield of the mortgage pool. In addition, when trading specific mortgage pools, precise execution, delivery and settlement arrangements must be negotiated for each transaction. These factors combine to make trading in mortgage pools somewhat cumbersome relative to other fund investments.
For these reasons, the fund may seek to obtain exposure to U.S. agency mortgage pass-through securities, in part or in full, through the use of “to-be-announced” or “TBA” transactions. TBA refers to a commonly used mechanism for the forward settlement of U.S. agency mortgage pass-through securities, and not to a separate type of mortgage-backed security. Most transactions in the fixed-rate mortgage pass-through securities occur through the use of TBA transactions. TBA transactions are generally conducted in accordance with widely-accepted guidelines that establish commonly observed terms and conditions for execution, settlement and delivery. In a TBA transaction, the buyer and seller decided on general trade parameters, such as agency, settlement date, par amount and price. The actual pools delivered generally are determined two days prior to settlement date. The fund may use TBA transactions in several ways. For example, the fund anticipates that it will regularly enter into TBA agreements and “roll over” such agreements prior to the settlement date stipulated in such agreements. This type of TBA transaction is sometimes known as a “TBA roll.” In a TBA roll, the fund generally will sell the obligation to purchase the pools stipulated in the TBA agreement prior to the stipulated settlement date and will enter into a new TBA agreement for future delivery of pools of mortgage pass-through securities. In addition, the fund may enter into TBA agreements and settle such transactions on the stipulated settlement date by accepting actual receipt or delivery of the pools of mortgage pass-through securities stipulated in the TBA agreement.
Default by or bankruptcy of a counterparty to a TBA transaction would expose the fund to possible loss because of adverse market action, expenses or delays in connection with the purchase or sale of the pools of mortgage pass-through securities specified in the TBA transaction. To help minimize this risk, the fund will enter into TBA transactions only with established counterparties (such as major broker-dealers) and the fund’s investment adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of such counterparties. The fund may also acquire interests in mortgage pools through means other than TBA transactions.
The fund’s use of “TBA rolls” may cause the fund to experience higher portfolio turnover, higher transaction costs and to pay higher capital gain distributions to shareholders, which may be taxable, than if it acquired exposure to mortgage pools through means other than TBA transactions.
The fund intends to invest cash pending settlement of any TBA transactions in U.S. Treasury securities, money market instruments, repurchase agreements, or other high-quality, liquid short-term instruments, including money market funds.
Non-Publicly Traded Securities and Private Placements. The fund may invest in securities that are neither listed on a stock exchange nor traded over-the-counter, including privately placed securities. Such unlisted securities may involve a higher degree of business and financial risk that can result in substantial losses. As a result of the absence of a public trading market for these securities, they may be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Although these securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from these sales could be less than those originally paid by the fund or less than what may be considered the fair value of such securities. Furthermore, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements which might be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If such securities are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being sold, the fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration.
Restricted Securities are securities that are subject to legal restrictions on their sale. Difficulty in selling restricted securities may result in a loss or be costly to the fund. Restricted securities generally can be sold in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, or in a registered public offering. Where registration is required, the holder of a registered security may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expense and a considerable period may elapse between the time it decides to seek registration and the time it may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the holder might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed
19

 

Table of Contents
when it decided to seek registration of the security. Certain restricted securities, such as 4(a)(2) commercial paper and Rule 144A securities, may be considered to be liquid if they meet the criteria for liquidity established by the Board. To the extent the fund invests in restricted securities that are deemed liquid, the general level of illiquidity in the fund’s portfolio may be increased if such securities become illiquid.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Mortgage Dollar Rolls may be used by the fund. The fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate portfolio liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for arbitrage transactions as discussed below. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the fund would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date and price. The fund generally retains the right to interest and principal payments on the security. If the fund uses the cash it obtains to invest in other securities, this may be considered a form of leverage and may expose the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value on the fund’s portfolio securities. Because the fund receives cash upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a borrowing. When required by guidelines of the SEC, the fund will set aside permissible liquid assets earmarked or in a segregated account to secure its obligations to repurchase the security.
The fund also may enter into mortgage dollar rolls, in which the fund would sell MBS for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. While the fund would forego principal and interest paid on the MBS during the roll period, the fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds of the initial sale. The fund also could be compensated through the receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. At the time the fund would enter into a mortgage dollar roll, it would set aside permissible liquid assets earmarked or in a segregated account to secure its obligation for the forward commitment to buy MBS. This transaction allows the fund to have the same price and duration exposure in the mortgage security while having the cash for the bonds for the given time period. Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be considered a borrowing by the fund.
The mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements entered into by the fund may be used as arbitrage transactions in which the fund will maintain an offsetting position in short duration investment-grade debt obligations. Since the fund will receive interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it invests the transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage. However, since such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality and short duration, the investment adviser believes that such arbitrage transactions present lower risks to the fund than those associated with other types of leverage. There can be no assurance that the fund’s use of the cash it receives from a mortgage dollar roll will provide a positive return.
The fund also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale-buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty who purchases the security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the fund’s repurchase of the underlying security. The fund’s obligations under a sale-buyback typically would be offset by liquid assets equal in value to the amount of the fund’s forward commitment to repurchase the subject security.
Securities Lending of portfolio securities is a common practice in the securities industry. The fund may engage in security lending arrangements. For example, the fund may receive cash collateral and may invest it in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, but will do so only to the extent that it will not lose the tax treatment available to regulated investment companies. Lending portfolio securities involves risks that the borrower may fail to return the securities or provide additional collateral. Also, voting rights with respect to loaned securities may pass with the lending of the securities and efforts to call such securities promptly may be unsuccessful, especially for foreign securities. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recovery of the collateral, if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral.
The fund may loan portfolio securities to qualified broker-dealers or other institutional investors provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of U.S. government securities, letters of credit, cash or cash equivalents or other appropriate instruments maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned; (2) the fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned; (3) the fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed one-third of the total assets of the fund, including collateral received from the loan (at market value computed at the time of the loan).
Although voting rights with respect to loaned securities pass to the borrower, the lender retains the right to recall a security (or terminate a loan) for the purpose of exercising the security’s voting rights. Efforts to recall such securities promptly may be unsuccessful, especially for foreign securities or thinly traded securities such as small-cap stocks. In addition, because recalling a security may involve expenses to the fund, it is expected that the fund will do so only where the items being voted upon are, in the judgment of the investment adviser, either material to the economic value of the security or threaten to materially impact the issuer’s corporate governance policies or structure.
To the extent the fund participates in securities lending under the current securities lending agreements with the unaffiliated lending agents, costs and expenses, including agent fees, associated with securities lending activities under the securities lending
20

 

Table of Contents
program paid to the lending agent are approximately 15% of the gross lending revenues. All remaining revenue is retained by the fund, as applicable. No portion of the lending revenue is paid to or retained by the investment adviser or its affiliates.
Securities of Other Investment Companies. Investment companies generally offer investors the advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders’ money and investing it in securities such as stocks, bonds and money market instruments. Investment companies include: (1) open-end funds (commonly called mutual funds) that issue and redeem their shares on a continuous basis; (2) business development companies that generally invest in, and provide services to, privately-held companies or thinly-traded public companies (see the sub-section titled “Business Development Companies” for more information); (3) closed-end funds that offer a fixed number of shares, and are usually listed on an exchange; and (4) unit investment trusts that generally offer a fixed number of redeemable shares. Certain open-end funds, closed-end funds and unit investment trusts are traded on exchanges (see the section titled “Exchange-Traded Funds” for more information).
To the extent the fund invests, or has invested, in shares of other investment companies, including BDCs, during its prior fiscal year, the fund, pursuant to SEC rules, must disclose any material fees and expenses indirectly incurred by the fund as a result of such investments. These indirect fees and expenses, to the extent incurred, will appear in the fee table of the fund’s prospectus as a separate line item captioned “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses.”
Investment companies may make investments and use techniques designed to enhance their performance. These may include delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions; swap agreements; buying and selling futures contracts, illiquid, and/or restricted securities and repurchase agreements; and borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in a particular investment company will generally reflect the risks of the securities in which it invests and the investment techniques it employs. Also, investment companies charge fees and incur expenses.
The fund may buy securities of other investment companies, including those of foreign issuers, in compliance with the requirements of federal law or any SEC exemptive order. The fund may invest in investment companies that are not registered with the SEC or in privately placed securities of investment companies (which may or may not be registered), such as hedge funds and offshore funds. Unregistered funds are largely exempt from the regulatory requirements that apply to registered investment companies. As a result, unregistered funds may have a greater ability to make investments, or use investment techniques, that offer a higher potential investment return (for example, leveraging), but which may carry high risk. Unregistered funds, while not regulated by the SEC like registered funds, may be indirectly supervised by the financial institutions (e.g., commercial and investment banks) that may provide them with loans or other sources of capital. Investments in unregistered funds may be difficult to sell, which could cause the fund selling an interest in an unregistered fund to lose money. For example, many hedge funds require their investors to hold their investments for at least one year.
Federal law restricts the ability of one registered investment company to invest in another. As a result, the extent to which the fund may invest in another investment company may be limited. With respect to investments in other mutual funds, the SEC has granted the fund an exemption from the limitations of the 1940 Act that restrict the amount of securities of underlying mutual funds the fund may hold, provided that certain conditions are met. The conditions requested by the SEC were designed to address certain abuses perceived to be associated with funds of funds, including unnecessary costs (such as sales loads, advisory fees and administrative costs), and undue influence by the fund of funds over the underlying fund. The conditions apply only when the fund and its affiliates in the aggregate own more than 3% of the outstanding shares of any one underlying fund.
Under the terms of the exemptive order, the fund and its affiliates may not control a non-affiliated underlying fund. Under the 1940 Act, any person who owns beneficially, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is assumed to control that company. This limitation is measured at the time the investment is made.
Short Sales may be used by the fund as part of its overall portfolio management strategies or to offset (hedge) a potential decline in the value of a security. The fund may engage in short sales that are either “against the box” or “uncovered.” A short sale is “against the box” if at all times during which the short position is open, the fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or has the right to acquire, at no added cost, the securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short. A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to the fund with respect to the securities that are sold short. “Uncovered” short sales are transactions under which the fund sells a security it does not own. To complete such transaction, the fund may borrow the security through a broker to make delivery to the buyer and, in doing so, the fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of the replacement. The fund also may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities, which would increase the cost of the security. In addition, the fund is often obligated to pay any accrued interest and dividends on the securities until they are replaced. The proceeds of the short sale position will be retained by the broker until the fund replaces the borrowed securities.
The fund will incur a loss if the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security and, conversely, the fund will realize a gain if the price declines. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. A short sale creates the risk of an unlimited loss, as the price of the underlying securities could theoretically increase without limit, thus increasing the cost of buying those securities to cover the short position. If the fund sells securities short “against the box,” it may protect unrealized gains, but will lose the opportunity to
21

 

Table of Contents
profit on such securities if the price rises. The successful use of short selling as a hedging strategy may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.
The fund’s obligation to replace the securities borrowed in connection with a short sale will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker that consists of cash or other liquid securities. In addition, the fund will earmark cash or liquid assets or place in a segregated account an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal to the difference, if any, between (1) the market value of the securities sold short, marked-to-market daily, and (2) any cash or other liquid securities deposited as collateral with the broker in connection with the short sale.
Temporary Defensive Investments . During unusual economic or market conditions or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, the Schwab Target 2060 Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations.
U.S. Government Securities are issued by the U.S. Treasury or issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities. Not all U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Some U.S. government securities, such as those issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the Student Loan Marketing Association (Sallie Mae), and the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB), are supported by a line of credit the issuing entity has with the U.S. Treasury. Securities issued by other issuers are supported solely by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality such as obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation (FFCB). There can be no assurance that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government securities of its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law. U.S. government securities, including U.S. Treasury securities, are among the safest securities, however, not unlike other debt securities, they are still sensitive to interest rate changes, which will cause their yields and prices to fluctuate.
On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, placing the two federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. Under the takeover, the U.S. Treasury agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and obtained warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality. Under these Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements (SPAs), the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide up to $100 billion per instrumentality as needed, including the contribution of cash capital to the instrumentalities in the event their liabilities exceed their assets. On May 6, 2009, the U.S. Treasury increased its maximum commitment to each instrumentality under the SPAs to $200 billion per instrumentality. On December 24, 2009, the U.S. Treasury further amended the SPAs to allow the cap on the U.S. Treasury’s funding commitment to increase as necessary to accommodate any cumulative reduction in Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s net worth through the end of 2012. On August 17, 2012, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was again amending the SPAs to terminate the requirement that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac each pay a 10% dividend annually on all amounts received under the funding commitment. Instead, they will transfer to the U.S. Treasury on a quarterly basis all profits earned during a quarter that exceed a capital reserve amount of $3 billion. It is anticipated that the new amendment would put Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in a better position to service their debt. At the start of 2013, the unlimited support of the U.S. Treasury extended to the two companies expired. Fannie Mae’s bailout is capped at $125 billion and Freddie Mac has a limit of $149 billion.
The actions of the U.S. Treasury are intended to ensure that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac maintain a positive net worth and meet their financial obligations preventing mandatory triggering of receivership. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful. In addition, the future for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac remains uncertain. The U.S. Congress has recently considered proposals to reduce the U.S. government’s role in the mortgage market and to wind down or restructure the operations of both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Should the federal government adopt any such proposal, the value of the fund’s investments in securities issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac would be impacted.
Although the risk of default with the U.S. government securities is considered unlikely, any default on the part of a portfolio investment could cause a portfolio's share price or yield to fall.
Wrap Agreements may be entered into by the fund with insurance companies, banks or other financial institutions (wrapper providers). A wrap agreement typically obligates the wrapper provider to maintain the value of the assets covered under the agreement (covered assets) up to a specified maximum dollar amount upon the occurrence of certain specified events. The value is pre-determined using the purchase price of the securities plus interest at a specified rate minus an adjustment for any defaulted securities. The specified interest rate may be adjusted periodically under the terms of the agreement. While the rate typically will reflect movements in the market rates of interest, it may at times be less or more than the actual rate of income earned on the covered assets. The rate also can be impacted by defaulted securities and by purchase and redemption levels in the fund. The fund also pays a fee under the agreement, which reduces the rate as well.
Wrap agreements may be used as a risk management technique intended to help minimize fluctuations in the fund’s NAV. However, the fund’s NAV will typically fluctuate at least minimally, and may fluctuate more at times when interest rates are fluctuating. Additionally, wrap agreements do not protect against losses the fund may incur if the issuers of portfolio securities do not make timely payments of interest and/or principal. A wrap agreement provider also could default on its obligations under the agreement. Therefore, the fund will only invest in a wrap provider with an investment-grade credit rating. There is no active trading market for wrap agreements and none is expected to develop. Therefore, wrap agreements are considered illiquid investments. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to purchase any wrap agreements or replace ones that defaulted.
22

 

Table of Contents
Wrap agreements are valued using procedures adopted by the Board. There are risks that the value of a wrap agreement may not be sufficient to minimize the fluctuations in the fund’s NAV. All of these factors might result in a decline in the value of the fund’s shares.
Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon, and Pay-in-Kind Securities are debt securities that do not make cash interest payments throughout the period prior to maturity. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount to their face value. A zero-coupon security pays no interest to its holders during its life. Step-coupon securities are debt securities that, instead of having a fixed coupon for the life of the security, have coupon or interest payments that may increase or decrease to predetermined rates at future dates. Some step-coupon securities are issued with no coupon payments at all during an initial period, and only become interest-bearing at a future date; these securities are sold at a deep discount to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance of additional securities. Because such securities do not pay current cash income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates fluctuate. While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal income tax law requires the holders of zero-coupon, step-coupon, and pay-in-kind securities to include in income each year the portion of the original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such securities accruing that year. To continue to qualify as a “regulated investment company” or “RIC” under the Code and avoid a certain excise tax, the fund may be required to distribute a portion of such discount and income and may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which may occur in periods of adverse market prices, to generate cash to meet these distribution requirements.
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS
Schwab Target 2060 Fund
The following investment policies and restrictions may be changed only by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting shares:
The fund may not:
(1) Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(2) Purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(3) Make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(4) Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(5) Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(6) Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(7) Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
The following investment policies and restrictions are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees.
The fund may not:
(1) Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.
(2) Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).
(3) Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.
(4) Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (1) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs); (2) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts; and (3) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.
23

 

Table of Contents
(5) Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).
(6) Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).
(7) Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries.
The following descriptions of the 1940 Act may assist investors in understanding the above policies and restrictions.
Borrowing . The 1940 Act restricts an investment company from borrowing (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in excess of 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets). Transactions that are fully collateralized in a manner that does not involve the prohibited issuance of a “senior security” within the meaning of Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act, shall not be regarded as borrowings for the purposes of the fund’s investment restriction.
Concentration. The SEC has defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment company’s total assets in an industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions.
Diversification. Under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder, a “diversified company,” as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer (other than obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government or its agencies, or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuer’s voting securities would be held by the fund.
Lending . Under the 1940 Act, an investment company may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies.
Real Estate. The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company’s ability to invest in real estate, but does require that every investment company have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments. The fund has adopted a fundamental policy that would permit direct investment in real estate. However, the fund has a non-fundamental investment limitation that prohibits it from investing directly in real estate. This non-fundamental policy may be changed only by vote of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by an investment company evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits the fund from issuing senior securities, although it provides allowances for certain borrowings and certain other investments, such as short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, when such investments are “covered” or with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligations.
Underwriting. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves an investment company purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets. The foregoing restriction does not apply to non-diversified funds.
Policies and investment limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard shall be measured immediately after and as a result of the fund’s acquisition of such security or asset, unless otherwise noted. Except with respect to limitations on borrowing and futures and option contracts, any subsequent change in total assets or net assets or other circumstances does not require the fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment. With respect to the limitation on illiquid securities, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances cause the fund to exceed its limitation, the fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid instruments back within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable.
Management of the FUND
The fund is overseen by a Board. The trustees are responsible for protecting shareholder interests. The trustees regularly meet to review the investment activities, contractual arrangements and the investment performance of the fund. The fund is new, and therefore, trustees did not meet with respect to the fund during the most recent fiscal year.
Certain trustees are “interested persons.” A trustee is considered an interested person of the Trust under the 1940 Act if he or she is an officer, director, or an employee of CSIM or the “investment adviser” or, with respect to Schwab Funds (as defined below) only, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab). A trustee also may be considered an interested person of the Trust under the 1940 Act
24

 

Table of Contents
if he or she owns stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation, a publicly traded company and the parent company of the fund's investment adviser and the Schwab Funds' distributor.
As used herein, the terms “Fund Complex” and “Family of Investment Companies” each refer collectively to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust which, as of August 15, 2016, included 97 funds. As used herein, the term “Schwab Funds” refers collectively to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Schwab Capital Trust; the term “Laudus Funds” refers to Laudus Trust; and the term “Schwab ETFs” refers to Schwab Strategic Trust.
Each of the officers and/or trustees also serves in the same capacity, unless otherwise noted, for The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust. The tables below provide information about the trustees and officers for the Trust, which includes funds in this SAI. The address of each individual listed below is 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105.
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST
(TERM OF OFFICE AND
LENGTH OF TIME SERVED 1 )
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS
IN FUND
COMPLEX
OVERSEEN
BY THE
TRUSTEE
OTHER
DIRECTORSHIPS
DURING THE
PAST FIVE
YEARS
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
Robert W. Burns
1959
Trustee
(Trustee of Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009; The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2016)
Retired/Private Investor (Jan. 2009-present). Formerly, Managing Director, Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC (PIMCO) and President, PIMCO Funds. 108 Director, PS Business Parks, Inc. (2005-2012)
John F. Cogan
1947
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2008; Laudus Trust since 2010; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Senior Fellow, The Hoover Institution at Stanford University (Oct. 1979-present); Senior Fellow, Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research (2000-present); Professor of Public Policy, Stanford University (1994-2015). 108 Director, Gilead Sciences, Inc. (2005-present)
Stephen Timothy Kochis
1946
Trustee
(Trustee of Schwab Strategic Trust since 2012; The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2016)
CEO and Owner, Kochis Global (wealth management consulting) (May 2012-present); Chairman and CEO, Aspiriant, LLC (wealth management) (Jan. 2008-Apr. 2012). 108 None
David L. Mahoney
1954
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2011; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Private Investor. 108 Director, Symantec Corporation (2003-present)

Director, Corcept Therapeutics
Incorporated (2004-present)

Director, Adamas Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (2009-present)
25

 

Table of Contents
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST
(TERM OF OFFICE AND
LENGTH OF TIME SERVED 1 )
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS
IN FUND
COMPLEX
OVERSEEN
BY THE
TRUSTEE
OTHER
DIRECTORSHIPS
DURING THE
PAST FIVE
YEARS
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
Kiran M. Patel
1948
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2011; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Retired. Executive Vice President and General Manager of Small Business Group, Intuit, Inc. (financial software and services firm for consumers and small businesses) (Dec. 2008-Sept. 2013). 108 Director, KLA-Tencor Corporation (2008-present)
Kimberly S. Patmore
1956
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2016)
Consultant, Patmore Management Consulting (management consulting) (2008-present). 108 None
Charles A. Ruffel
1956
Trustee
(Trustee of Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009; The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2015)
Co-Chief Executive Officer, Kudu Investment Management, LLC (financial services) (Jan. 2015-present); Partner, Kudu Advisors, LLC (financial services) (June 2008-Jan. 2015); Advisor, Asset International, Inc. (publisher of financial services information) (Aug. 2008-Jan. 2015). 108 None
Gerald B. Smith
1950
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2000; Laudus Trust since 2010; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Founder of Smith Graham & Co. (investment advisors) (Mar. 1990-present). 108 Director, Eaton (2012-present)

Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee, Oneok Partners LP (2003-2013)

Director, Oneok, Inc. (2009-2013)

Lead Independent Director, Board of Cooper Industries (2002-2012)
Joseph H. Wender
1944
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2008; Laudus Trust since 2010; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Senior Consultant, Goldman Sachs & Co., Inc. (investment banking and securities firm) (Jan. 2008-present); Partner, Colgin Partners, LLC (vineyards) (Feb. 1998-present). 108 Board Member and Chairman of the Audit Committee, Ionis Pharmaceuticals (1994-present)

Lead Independent Director and Chair of Audit Committee, OUTFRONT Media Inc. (2014-present)
26

 

Table of Contents
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST
(TERM OF OFFICE AND
LENGTH OF TIME SERVED 1 )
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS
IN FUND
COMPLEX
OVERSEEN
BY THE
TRUSTEE
OTHER
DIRECTORSHIPS
DURING THE
PAST FIVE
YEARS
INTERESTED TRUSTEES​
Walter W. Bettinger II 2
1960
Chairman and Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2008; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009; Laudus Trust since 2010)
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer, The Charles Schwab Corporation (Oct. 2008-present); President and Chief Executive Officer (Oct. 2008-present), Director (May 2008-present), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Director, Charles Schwab Bank (Apr. 2006-present); and Director, Schwab Holdings, Inc. (May 2008-present). 108 Director, The Charles Schwab Corporation (2008-present)
Marie A. Chandoha 2
1961
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2016)
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Dec. 2010-present), Chief Investment Officer (Sept. 2010-Oct. 2011), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Trustee (Jan. 2016-present), President, Chief Executive Officer (Dec. 2010-present), and Chief Investment Officer (Sept. 2010-Oct. 2011), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Director, Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds plc and Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited (Jan. 2011-present); Global Head of Fixed Income Business Division, BlackRock, Inc. (formerly Barclays Global Investors) (Mar. 2007-Aug. 2010). 108 None
Joseph R. Martinetto 2
1962
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2016)
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, The Charles Schwab Corporation and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (July 2015-present); Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of The Charles Schwab Corporation and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (May 2007-July 2015); Director, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (May 2007-present); Director (Apr. 2010-present) and Chief Executive Officer (July 2013-Apr. 2015), Charles Schwab Bank; Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Schwab Holdings, Inc. (May 2007-present). 108 None
    
27

 

Table of Contents
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST
(TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME
SERVED 3 )
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING THE PAST
FIVE YEARS
OFFICERS
Marie A. Chandoha
1961
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2010)
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Dec. 2010-present), Chief Investment Officer (Sept. 2010-Oct. 2011), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Trustee (Jan. 2016-present), President, Chief Executive Officer (Dec. 2010-present), and Chief Investment Officer (Sept. 2010-Oct. 2011), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Director, Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds plc and Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited (Jan. 2011-present); Global Head of Fixed Income Business Division, BlackRock, Inc. (formerly Barclays Global Investors) (Mar. 2007-Aug. 2010).
Mark Fischer
1970
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2013)
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs (Jan. 2016-present); Assistant Treasurer, Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds (Dec. 2013-Dec. 2015), Schwab ETFs (Nov. 2013-Dec. 2015); Vice President, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (Oct. 2013-present); Executive Director, J.P. Morgan Investor Services (Apr. 2011-Sept. 2013); Assistant Treasurer, Massachusetts Financial Service Investment Management (May 2005-Mar. 2011).
George Pereira
1964
Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2004; Laudus Trust since 2006; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009)
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Nov. 2004-present), Chief Operating Officer (Jan. 2011-present), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (Jan. 2016-present), Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, Laudus Funds (June 2006-Dec. 2015); Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer, Schwab Funds (Nov. 2004-Dec. 2015) and Schwab ETFs (Oct. 2009-Dec. 2015); Director, Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds plc and Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited (Apr. 2005-present).
Omar Aguilar
1970
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer–Equities
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2011)
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer–Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (Apr. 2011-present); Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer–Equities, Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs (June 2011-present); Head of the Portfolio Management Group and Vice President of Portfolio Management, Financial Engines, Inc. (May 2009-Apr. 2011); Head of Quantitative Equity, ING Investment Management (July 2004-Jan. 2009).
Brett Wander
1961
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer–Fixed Income
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2011)
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer–Fixed Income, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (Apr. 2011-present); Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer–Fixed Income, Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs (June 2011-present); Senior Managing Director, Global Head of Active Fixed-Income Strategies, State Street Global Advisors (Jan. 2008-Oct. 2010); Director of Alpha Strategies Loomis, Sayles & Company (Apr. 2006-Jan. 2008).
David Lekich
1964
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, Schwab Funds and Schwab ETFs
Vice President and Assistant Clerk, Laudus Funds
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2011)
Senior Vice President (Sept. 2011-present), Vice President (Mar. 2004-Sept. 2011), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Counsel (Sept. 2011-present), Vice President (Jan. 2011-Sept. 2011), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Secretary (Apr. 2011-present) and Chief Legal Officer (Dec. 2011-present), Schwab Funds; Vice President and Assistant Clerk, Laudus Funds (Apr. 2011-present); Secretary (May 2011-present) and Chief Legal Officer (Nov. 2011-present), Schwab ETFs.
28

 

Table of Contents
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST
(TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME
SERVED 3 )
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING THE PAST
FIVE YEARS
OFFICERS
Catherine MacGregor
1964
Vice President and Assistant Secretary, Schwab Funds and Schwab ETFs
Chief Legal Officer, Vice President and Clerk, Laudus Funds

(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2005; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009)
Vice President, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (July 2005-present); Vice President (Dec. 2005-present), Chief Legal Officer and Clerk (Mar. 2007-present), Laudus Funds; Vice President (Nov. 2005-present) and Assistant Secretary (June 2007-present), Schwab Funds; Vice President and Assistant Secretary, Schwab ETFs (Oct. 2009-present).
1 Each Trustee shall hold office until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed. The retirement policy requires that each independent trustee retire by December 31 of the year in which the Trustee turns 74 or the Trustee’s twentieth year of service as an independent trustee on any trust in the Fund Complex, whichever occurs first.
2 Mr. Bettinger, Ms. Chandoha and Mr. Martinetto are Interested Trustees because they own stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation, the parent company of the investment adviser.
3 The President, Treasurer and Secretary/Clerk hold office until their respective successors are chosen and qualified or until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Each of the other officers serves at the pleasure of the Board.
Board Leadership Structure
The Chairman of the Board, Walter W. Bettinger II, is Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of The Charles Schwab Corporation and an interested person of the Trust as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Board is comprised of a super-majority (75 percent) of trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust (i.e., “independent trustees”). The Trust does not have a single lead independent trustee. There are three primary committees of the Board: the Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee; the Governance Committee; and the Investment Oversight Committee. Each of the Committees is chaired by an independent trustee, and each Committee is comprised solely of independent trustees. The Committee chairs preside at Committee meetings, participate in formulating agendas for those meetings, and coordinate with management to serve as a liaison between the independent trustees and management on matters within the scope of the responsibilities of each Committee as set forth in its Board-approved charter. The Board has determined that this leadership structure is appropriate given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the Trust. The Board made this determination in consideration of, among other things, the fact that the independent trustees of the trust constitute a super-majority of the Board, the fact that Committee chairs are independent trustees, the number of funds (and classes) overseen by the Board, and the total number of trustees on the Board.
Board Oversight of Risk Management
Like most mutual funds, fund management and its other service providers have responsibility for day-to-day risk management for the fund. The Board’s duties, as part of its risk oversight of the Trust consist of monitoring risks identified during regular and special reports to the Committees of the Board, as well as regular and special reports to the full Board. In addition to monitoring such risks, the Committees and the Board oversee efforts of fund management and service providers to manage risks to which the fund of the Trust may be exposed. For example, the Investment Oversight Committee meets with portfolio managers and receives regular reports regarding investment risk and credit risk of the fund’s portfolio. The Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee meets with the fund's Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Financial Officer and receives regular reports regarding compliance risks, operational risks and risks related to the valuation and liquidity of portfolio securities. From its review of these reports and discussions with management, each Committee receives information about the material risks of the funds of the Trust and about how management and service providers mitigate those risks, enabling the independent Committee chairs and other independent members of the Committees to discuss these risks with the full Board.
The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the fund can be identified nor can processes and controls be developed to eliminate or mitigate the occurrence or effects of certain risks; some risks are simply beyond the reasonable control of the fund, its management, and service providers. Although the risk oversight functions of the Board, and the risk management policies of fund management and fund service providers, are designed to be effective, there is no guarantee that they will eliminate or mitigate all risks. In addition, it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the fund’s investment objective. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the fund's ability to manage risk is subject to significant limitations.
29

 

Table of Contents
Individual Trustee Qualifications
The Board has concluded that each of the trustees should initially and continue to serve on the Board because of (i) his or her ability to review and understand information about the Trust provided to them by management, to identify and request other information they may deem relevant to the performance of their duties, to question management regarding material factors bearing on the management of the trust, and to exercise their business judgment in a manner that serves the best interests of the Trust's shareholders and (ii) the trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills as described below.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Bettinger should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained as president and chief executive officer of The Charles Schwab Corporation, his knowledge of and experience in the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds since 2008, the Schwab ETFs since 2009, and the Laudus Funds since 2010.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Burns should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained as managing director of Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC (PIMCO) and president of PIMCO Funds as well as the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab ETFs since 2009, and his experience serving as chair of the Schwab ETFs’ Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee until December 2015.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Chandoha should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience she gained as president and chief executive officer of Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., the Schwab Funds, Schwab ETFs and Laudus Funds, as well as her knowledge of and experience of financial and investment management services.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Cogan should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he has gained serving as a senior fellow and professor of public policy at a university and his former service in government, the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds since 2008 and Laudus Funds since 2010, and his service on other public company boards.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Kochis should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained serving as chair and chief executive officer of Aspiriant, LLC, an advisory firm, as well as his knowledge of and experience in wealth management consulting and the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab ETFs since 2012.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Mahoney should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds since 2011, as co-chief executive officer of a healthcare services company, and his service on other public company boards.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Martinetto should serve as trustee of the Trust because of his experience serving as senior executive vice president and chief financial officer of The Charles Schwab Corporation and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Patel should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds since 2011, as executive vice president, general manager and chief financial officer of a software company, his service on other public company boards, and his experience serving as chair of the Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds’ Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Patmore should serve as trustee of the Trust because of her experience serving as chief financial officer and executive vice president of First Data Payment Business and First Data Corporation, as well as her knowledge of and experience in management consulting.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Ruffel should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained as the founder and former chief executive officer of a publisher and information services firm specializing in the retirement plan industry, his experience in and knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab ETFs since 2009, and his experience serving as chair of the Schwab ETFs’ Investment Oversight Committee until December 2015.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Smith should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he has gained as managing partner of his own investment advisory firm, the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds since 2000, as trustee of the Laudus Funds since 2010, his service on other public company boards, and his experience serving as chair of the Schwab Funds’ and Laudus Funds’ Investment Oversight Committee.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Wender should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained serving as former partner and head of the financial institutions group of an investment bank, the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds since 2008, as trustee of the Laudus Funds since 2010, and his service on other public company boards.
Trustee Committees
The Board has established certain committees and adopted Committee charters with respect to those committees, each as described below:
•The Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee reviews the integrity of the Trust’s financial reporting processes and compliance policies, procedures and processes, and the Trust’s overall system of internal controls. The Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee also reviews and evaluates the qualifications, independence and performance of the Trust’s independent auditors, and the implementation and operation of the Trust's valuation policy and procedures. This Committee
30

 

Table of Contents
is comprised of at least three independent trustees and currently has the following members: Kiran M. Patel (Chairman), Robert W. Burns, John F. Cogan and Kimberly Patmore. The fund is new, and therefore, the Committee did not meet with respect to the fund during the most recent fiscal year.
•The Governance Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding Trust governance-related matters, including but not limited to Board compensation practices, retirement policies and term limits, Board self-evaluations, the effectiveness and allocation of assignments and functions by the Board, the composition of Committees of the Board, and the training of Trustees. The Governance Committee is responsible for selecting and nominating candidates to serve as Trustees. The Governance Committee does not have a written policy with respect to consideration of candidates for Trustee submitted by shareholders. However, if the Governance Committee determined that it would be in the best interests of the Trust to fill a vacancy on the Board of Trustees, and a shareholder submitted a candidate for consideration by the Board of Trustees to fill the vacancy, the Governance Committee would evaluate that candidate in the same manner as it evaluates nominees identified by the Governance Committee. Nominee recommendations may be submitted to the Secretary of the Trust at the Trust’s principal business address. This Committee is comprised of at least three independent trustees and currently has the following members: John F. Cogan (Chairman), Stephen Timothy Kochis, David L. Mahoney and Joseph H. Wender. The fund is new, and therefore, the Committee did not meet with respect to the fund during the most recent fiscal year.
•The Investment Oversight Committee reviews the investment activities of the Trust and the performance of the Funds’ investment advisers. This Committee is comprised of at least three Trustees (at least two-thirds of whom shall be independent trustees) and currently has the following members: Gerald B. Smith (Chairman), Stephen Timothy Kochis, David L. Mahoney, Charles A. Ruffel and Joseph H. Wender. The fund is new, and therefore, the Committee did not meet with respect to the fund during the most recent fiscal year.
Trustee Compensation
The following table provides estimated trustee compensation for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016 earned with respect to the Fund in this SAI and the Fund Complex. Trustee compensation for the Trust is paid by CSIM.
Name of Trustee Estimated Aggregate
Compensation from the
Fund 1
Pension or Retirement
Benefits
Accrued as Part of Fund
Expenses
Total Compensation from the
Fund and Fund Complex Paid to Trustees 2
Interested Trustees
Walter W. Bettinger II None N/A None
Marie A. Chandoha 3 None N/A None
Joseph R. Martinetto 3 None N/A None
Independent Trustees
Robert W. Burns 3 $185 N/A $134,000
John F. Cogan $200 N/A $286,000
Stephen Timothy Kochis 3 $185 N/A $124,000
David L. Mahoney $185 N/A $286,000
Kiran M. Patel $200 N/A $300,000
Kimberly S. Patmore 3 $185 N/A None
Charles A. Ruffel 4 $185 N/A $389,959
Gerald B. Smith $200 N/A $300,000
Joseph H. Wender $185 N/A $286,000
1 Estimated aggregate compensation received from the fund for the period from the fund's commencement of operations to October 31, 2016.
2 Actual total compensation from the fund complex for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2015.
3 Trustee joined the Schwab Capital Trust Board effective January 1, 2016.
4 Mr. Ruffel joined the Board effective February 6, 2015.
Securities Beneficially Owned by Each Trustee
The following tables provide each trustee’s equity ownership of the fund and ownership of all registered investment companies overseen by each trustee in the Family of Investment Companies as of December 31, 2015.
31

 

Table of Contents
Name of Trustee Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of the Fund
Included in the SAI
Aggregate Dollar
Range of Trustee
Ownership in the
Family of Investment Companies
Interested Trustees
Walter W. Bettinger II Schwab Target 2060 Fund None Over $100,000
Marie A. Chandoha 1 Schwab Target 2060 Fund None Over $100,000
Joseph R. Martinetto 1 Schwab Target 2060 Fund None Over $100,000
Independent Trustees
Robert W. Burns 1 Schwab Target 2060 Fund None Over $100,000
John F. Cogan Schwab Target 2060 Fund None Over $100,000
Stephen Timothy Kochis 1 Schwab Target 2060 Fund None Over $100,000
David L. Mahoney Schwab Target 2060 Fund None Over $100,000
Kiran M. Patel Schwab Target 2060 Fund None Over $100,000
Kimberly S. Patmore 1 Schwab Target 2060 Fund None Over $100,000
Charles A. Ruffel Schwab Target 2060 Fund None Over $100,000
Gerald B. Smith Schwab Target 2060 Fund None Over $100,000
Joseph H. Wender Schwab Target 2060 Fund None Over $100,000
1 Trustee joined the Board effective January 1, 2016.
As of December 31, 2015, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of CSIM or Schwab, or in a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with CSIM or Schwab, except as follows: Kimberly S. Patmore may have been deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities issued by The Charles Schwab Corporation (CSC) as a result of beneficial ownership of common stock of CSC by an immediate family member and an estate planning entity. As of December 31, 2015, the holdings of CSC common stock had a market value of $6,274.56 and represented substantially less than one percent of the common stock of CSC. The securities were disposed of after December 31, 2015 and prior to the date of this SAI. CSC is the parent company of CSIM and Schwab.
Deferred Compensation Plan
Independent trustees may enter into a fee deferral plan. Under this plan, deferred fees will be credited to an account established by the Trust as of the date that such fees would have been paid to the trustee. The value of this account will equal the value that the account would have if the fees credited to the account had been invested in the shares of Schwab Funds ® selected by the trustee. Currently, none of the Independent Trustees has elected to participate in this plan.
Code of Ethics
The fund, the investment adviser and Schwab have adopted a Code of Ethics as required under the 1940 Act. Subject to certain conditions or restrictions, the Code of Ethics permits the trustees, directors, officers or advisory representatives of the fund or the investment adviser or the directors or officers of Schwab to buy or sell directly or indirectly securities for their own accounts. This includes securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. Securities transactions by some of these individuals may be subject to prior approval of the investment adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer or alternate. Most securities transactions are subject to quarterly reporting and review requirements.
Control Persons And Principal Holders Of Securities
As of August 1, 2016, the officers and trustees of the Trust, as a group owned of record, directly or beneficially, none of the outstanding voting securities of the fund.
As of August 1, 2016, no persons or entities owned, of record or beneficially, 5% or more of the outstanding voting securities of any class of the fund.
Persons who own of record or beneficially more than 25% of the fund’s outstanding shares may be deemed to control the fund within the meaning of the 1940 Act. Shareholders controlling the fund could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the fund on any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the fund.
32

 

Table of Contents
Investment Advisory and Other Services
Investment Adviser
CSIM, a wholly owned subsidiary of CSC, 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, serves as the fund's investment adviser and administrator pursuant to an Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement (Advisory Agreement) between it and the Trust. Schwab is an affiliate of the investment adviser and is the Trust's distributor. Charles R. Schwab is the founder, Chairman and Director of CSC. As a result of his ownership of and interests in CSC, Mr. Schwab may be deemed to be a controlling person of the investment adviser and Schwab.
Advisory Agreement
The continuation of the fund’s Advisory Agreement must be specifically approved at least annually (1) by the vote of the trustees or by a vote of the shareholders of the fund, and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the investment advisory agreement or “interested persons” of any party (independent trustees), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
Each year, the Board of Trustees calls and holds a meeting to decide whether to renew the Advisory Agreement between the Trust and CSIM with respect to existing funds in the Trust. In preparation for the meeting, the Board requests and reviews a wide variety of materials provided by the fund's investment adviser, as well as extensive data provided by third parties, and the independent trustees receive advice from counsel to the independent trustees.
The investment adviser does not receive a fee for the services it performs for the fund. However, the investment adviser is entitled to receive an annual management fee from each of the underlying Schwab and Laudus funds.
The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to maintain the “net operating expenses” of the fund (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) at 0.00% for so long as the investment adviser serves as adviser to the fund. This agreement is limited to the fund’s direct operating expenses and, therefore, does not apply to acquired fund fees and expenses, which are indirect expenses incurred by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds. This net operating expense agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.
Distributor
Pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement between Schwab and the Trust, Schwab, located at 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the principal underwriter for shares of the fund and is the Trust’s agent for the purpose of the continuous offering of the fund's shares. The fund pays for prospectuses and shareholder reports to be prepared and delivered to existing shareholders. Schwab pays such costs when the described materials are used in connection with the offering of shares to prospective investors and for supplemental sales literature and advertising. Schwab receives no fee under the Distribution Agreement.
Shareholder Servicing Plan
The Trust’s Board has adopted a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the Plan) on behalf of the fund. The Plan enables the fund to bear expenses relating to the provision by financial intermediaries, including Schwab (together, service providers), of certain shareholder services to the current shareholders of the fund. Currently, the fund is not subject to any fee under the Plan.
Pursuant to the Plan, the fund may pay service providers (including Schwab) that, pursuant to written agreements with Schwab or the Trust, provide certain account maintenance, customer liaison and shareholder services to fund shareholders. The service providers may provide fund shareholders with the following shareholder services, among other shareholder services: (i) maintaining records for shareholders that hold shares of the fund; (ii) communicating with shareholders, including the mailing of regular statements and confirmation statements, distributing fund-related materials, mailing prospectuses and reports to shareholders, and responding to shareholder inquiries; (iii) communicating and processing shareholder purchase, redemption and exchange orders; (iv) communicating mergers, splits or other reorganization activities to fund shareholders; and (v) preparing and filing tax information, returns and reports.
The shareholder servicing fee paid to a particular service provider is calculated at an annual rate and is based on the average daily net asset value of the fund shares owned by shareholders holding shares through such service provider. Payments under the Plan are made as described above without regard to whether the fee is more or less than the service provider’s actual cost of providing the services, and if more, such excess may be retained as profit by the service provider.
The Plan shall continue in effect for the fund for so long as its continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of the majority of both (i) the Board of the Trust and (ii) the Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or any agreements related to it (the Qualified Trustees). The Plan requires that Schwab or any person authorized to direct the disposition of monies paid or payable by the fund pursuant to the Plan furnish quarterly written reports of amounts spent under the Plan and the purposes of such expenditures to the
33

 

Table of Contents
Board of the Trust for review. All material amendments to the Plan must be approved by votes of the majority of both (i) the Board and (ii) the Qualified Trustees.
Transfer Agent
Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (BFDS), 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169-0953, serves as the fund's transfer agent. As part of these services, the firm maintains records pertaining to the sale, redemption and transfer of the fund's shares.
Custodians and Fund Accountant
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (BBH), 50 Post Office Square, Boston, MA, 02110, serves as custodian for the Schwab Target 2060 Fund.
State Street Bank and Trust Company (State Street), One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA, 02111, serves as fund accountant for the fund.
The custodian is responsible for the daily safekeeping of securities and cash held or sold by the fund. The fund accountant maintains all books and records related to the fund’s transactions.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), Three Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, California 94111-4004, audits and reports on the annual financial statements of the fund and reviews certain regulatory reports and the fund's federal income tax return. PwC also performs other professional, accounting, auditing, tax and advisory services, when engaged to do so by the trust.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Other Accounts. The portfolio manager is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain accounts, as listed below. The accounts listed below are not subject to a performance-based advisory fee. The information below is provided as of June 30, 2016.
Name Registered Investment
Companies
(this amount does not include the
fund in this SAI)
Other Pooled
Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts
Number
of
Accounts
Total Assets Number
of
Accounts
Total
Assets
Number of
Accounts
Total Assets
Zifan Tang
22
$6,127,568,298.58
0 $0
0 $0
Conflicts of Interest. The portfolio manager’s management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with its management of the fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. These other accounts include separate accounts and other mutual funds advised by CSIM (collectively, the Other Managed Accounts). The Other Managed Accounts might have similar investment objectives as a fund, track the same index the fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased, or sold by the fund. While the portfolio manager’s management of Other Managed Accounts may give rise to the potential conflicts of interest listed below, CSIM does not believe that the conflicts, if any, are material or, to the extent any such conflicts are material, CSIM believes it has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to manage those conflicts in an appropriate way.
Knowledge of the Timing and Size of Fund Trades . A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s day-to-day management of the fund. Because of her position with the fund, the portfolio manager knows the size, timing, and possible market impact of fund trades. It is theoretically possible that the portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of the Other Managed Accounts she manages and to the possible detriment of the fund. However, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time. Moreover, with respect to index funds, which seek to track their benchmark index, much of this information is publicly available. When it is determined to be in the best interest of both accounts, the portfolio manager may aggregate trade orders for the Other Managed Accounts, excluding separate accounts, with those of the fund. All aggregated orders are subject to CSIM’s aggregation and allocation policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that (i) the portfolio manager will not aggregate orders unless she believes such aggregation is consistent with her duty to seek best execution; (ii) no account will be favored over any other account; (iii) each account that participates in an aggregated order will participate at the average security price with all
34

 

Table of Contents
transaction costs shared on a pro-rata basis; and (iv) if the aggregated order cannot be executed in full, the partial execution is allocated pro-rata among the participating accounts in accordance with the size of each account’s order.
Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s management of the fund and Other Managed Accounts which, in theory, may allow her to allocate investment opportunities in a way that favors the Other Managed Accounts over the fund, which conflict of interest may be exacerbated to the extent that CSIM or the portfolio manager receives, or expects to receive, greater compensation from her management of the Other Managed Accounts than the fund. Notwithstanding this theoretical conflict of interest, it is CSIM’s policy to manage each account based on its investment objectives and related restrictions and, as discussed above, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time and in a manner consistent with each account’s investment objectives and related restrictions. For example, while the portfolio manager may buy for an Other Managed Account securities that differ in identity or quantity from securities bought for the fund or refrain from purchasing securities for an Other Managed Account that they are otherwise buying for the fund in an effort to outperform its specific benchmark, such an approach might not be suitable for the fund given its investment objectives and related restrictions.
Fund of Funds Information Barrier . The portfolio manager for any Schwab fund that invests in other Schwab or Laudus Funds (Underlying Affiliated Funds) must make investment decisions without taking into consideration, or being in possession of, material non-public information about the Underlying Affiliated Funds. Despite the portfolio manager’s intention to not receive material, non-public information, CSIM has established procedures to prevent portfolio managers from having access to and trading on material, non-public information regarding Underlying Affiliated Funds. Under these procedures, the adviser monitors Schwab fund of funds' trading activity in Underlying Affiliated Funds, escalates breaches of information barriers and develops enhancements to information barriers as necessary. In the event that the portfolio manager comes into possession of material, non-public information about an Underlying Affiliated Fund, the portfolio manager’s ability to initiate transactions in that Underlying Affiliated Fund could potentially be restricted as a result of the portfolio manager’s possession of such information. The trading restriction could have an adverse effect on the ability of a fund managed by the portfolio manager to participate in any potential gains or avoid any potential losses in the restricted Underlying Affiliated Fund. In some instances, these trading restrictions could continue in effect for a substantial period of time.
Compensation. During the most recent fiscal year, the portfolio manager’s compensation consisted of a fixed annual (base) salary and a discretionary bonus. The base salary is determined considering compensation payable for a similar position across the investment management industry and an evaluation of the individual portfolio manager’s overall performance such as the portfolio manager’s contribution to the investment process, good corporate citizenship, risk management and mitigation, and functioning as an active contributor to the firm’s success. The discretionary bonus is determined in accordance with the CSIM Equity and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager Incentive Plan (the Plan) as follows:
There are two independent funding components for the Plan:
•75% of the funding is based on equal weighting of Investment Fund Performance and Risk Management and Mitigation
•25% of the funding is based on Corporate results
Investment Fund Performance and Risk Management and Mitigation (75% weight)
Investment Fund Performance:
At the close of the year, the fund's performance will be determined by its 1-year, 1- and 2-year, or 1- and 3-year percentile standing (based on pre-tax return before expenses) within its designated benchmark, peer group, or category, depending on the strategy of the fund (i.e., whether the fund is passively or actively managed) using standard statistical methods approved by CSIM senior management. Investment Fund Performance measurements may be changed or modified at the discretion of the CSIM President and CSIM Chief Operating Officer. As each participant may manage and/or support a number of funds, there may be several funds considered in arriving at the incentive compensation funding.
Risk Management and Mitigation:
Risk Management and Mitigation will be rated by CSIM’s Chief Investment Officer, CSIM’s Head of Investment Risk, CSIM’s Chief Legal Officer, CSIM’s Chief Compliance Officer and CSIM’s Head of Operations Risk (or individuals with comparable responsibilities). Factors they will consider will include, but are not limited to:
•Balancing safety of fund principal with appropriate limits that provide investment flexibility given existing market conditions
•Making timely sell recommendations to avoid significant deterioration of value resulting from the weakening condition of the issuer
•Escalating operating events and errors for prompt resolution
•Identifying largest risks and actively discussing with management
35

 

Table of Contents
•Accurately validating fund information disseminated to the public (e.g., Annual and Semi-Annual reports, fund fact sheets, fund prospectus)
•Executing transactions timely and without material trade errors that result in losses to the fund
•Ensuring ongoing compliance with prospectus and investment policy guidelines
•Minimizing fund compliance exceptions
•Actively following up and resolving compliance exceptions
Corporate Performance (25% weight)
The Corporate Bonus Plan is an annual bonus plan that provides discretionary awards based on the financial performance of CSC during the annual performance period. Quarterly advances may be paid for the first three quarters. Allocations are discretionary and aligned with CSC and individual performance. Funding for the Plan is determined at the conclusion of the calendar year. Funding will be capped at 200% of target.
At year-end, the full-year funding for both components of the Plan will be pooled together. The total pool is allocated to Plan participants by CSIM senior management based on their assessment of a variety of performance factors.
Factors considered in CSIM senior management’s allocation process will include objective and subjective factors that will take into consideration total performance and will include, but are not limited to:
•Fund performance relative to performance measure;
•Risk management and mitigation;
•Individual performance against key objectives;
•Contribution to overall group results;
•Functioning as an active contributor to the firm’s success;
•Team work;
•Collaboration between Analysts and portfolio managers
•Regulatory/Compliance management.
The portfolio manager's compensation is not based on the value of the assets held in the fund’s portfolio.
Ownership of Fund Shares. The following table shows the dollar amount range of the portfolio manager’s “beneficial ownership” of shares of the funds she managed as of August 18, 2016. Dollar amount ranges disclosed are established by the SEC. “Beneficial ownership” is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act).
Portfolio Manager Fund Dollar Range of
Fund Shares
Zifan Tang Schwab Target 2060 Fund None
Brokerage Allocation And Other Practices
Portfolio Turnover
Because securities with maturities of less than one year are excluded from required portfolio turnover rate calculations, the fund's portfolio turnover rate for reporting purposes is expected to be near zero.
Portfolio Holdings Disclosure
The Trust’s Board has approved policies and procedures that govern the timing and circumstances regarding the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings information to shareholders and third parties. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the fund's portfolio securities is in the best interests of fund shareholders, and include procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the fund's shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the fund's investment adviser, principal underwriter or any affiliated person of the fund, its investment adviser or its principal underwriter, on the other. Pursuant to such procedures, the Board has authorized the President of the Trust to authorize the release of the fund's portfolio holdings prior to regular public disclosure (as outlined in the prospectus) or regular public filings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles.
The Board exercises on-going oversight of the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings by overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the fund's policies and procedures by the Chief Compliance Officer and by considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning any material compliance matters. The Board will receive periodic
36

 

Table of Contents
updates, at least annually, regarding entities which were authorized to be provided “early disclosure” (as defined below) of the fund's portfolio holdings information and will periodically review any agreements that the Trust has entered into to selectively disclose portfolio holdings.
A complete list of the fund's portfolio holdings is published on the fund's website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus, under “Portfolio Holdings”, as discussed in the fund's prospectus, generally 15-20 days from the calendar quarter end for bond and equity funds. In addition, a list of the fund's portfolio holdings as included in its semi-annual report filings is published on the website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus, under “Prospectuses & Reports”, typically 60-80 days after the end of the fund's fiscal quarter. On the website, the fund also provides on a monthly or quarterly basis information regarding certain attributes of the fund's portfolio, such as the fund's top ten holdings, sector weightings, composition, credit quality and duration and maturity, as applicable. This information is generally updated within 5-25 days after the end of the period. This information on the website is publicly available to all categories of persons.
The fund may disclose portfolio holdings information to certain persons and entities prior to and more frequently than the public disclosure of such information (early disclosure). The President of the Trust may authorize early disclosure of portfolio holdings information to such parties at differing times and/or with different lag times provided that (a) the President of the Trust determines that the disclosure is in the best interests of the fund and that there are no conflicts of interest between the fund's shareholders and fund's adviser and distributor; and (b) the recipient is, either by contractual agreement or otherwise by law, required to maintain the confidentiality of the information.
Portfolio holdings may be made available on a selective basis to ratings agencies, certain industry organizations, consultants and other qualified financial professionals when the President of the Trust determines such disclosure meets the requirements noted above and serves a legitimate business purpose. Agreements entered into with such entities will describe the permitted use of portfolio holdings and provide that, among other customary confidentiality provisions: (i) the portfolio holdings will be kept confidential; (ii) the person will not trade on the basis of any material non-public information; and (iii) the information will be used only for the purpose described in the agreement.
The fund's service providers including, without limitation, the investment adviser, the distributor, the custodian, fund accountant, transfer agent, counsel, auditor, proxy voting service provider, pricing information vendors, trade execution measurement vendors, securities lending agents, publisher, printer and mailing agent may receive disclosure of portfolio holdings information as frequently as daily in connection with the services they perform for the fund. The names of those service providers to whom the fund selectively disclose portfolio holdings information will be disclosed in this SAI. CSIM, Glass Lewis & Co., State Street Bank and/or BBH, as service providers to the fund, are currently receiving this information on a daily basis. RR Donnelley, as a service provider to the fund, is currently receiving this information on a quarterly basis. PricewaterhouseCoopers, Boston Financial Services Inc. and Schwab, as service providers to the fund, receive this information on an as-needed basis. Service providers are subject to a duty of confidentiality with respect to any portfolio holdings information they receive whether imposed by the confidentiality provisions of the service providers’ agreements with the Trust or by the nature of its relationship with the Trust. Although certain of the service providers are not under formal confidentiality obligations in connection with disclosure of portfolio holdings, the fund will not continue to conduct business with a service provider who the fund believes is misusing the disclosed information.
To the extent that the fund invests in an ETF, the Trust will, in accordance with exemptive orders issued by the SEC to ETF sponsors and the procedures adopted by the Board, promptly notify the ETF in writing of any purchase or acquisition of shares of the ETF that causes the fund to hold (i) 5% or more of such ETF’s total outstanding voting securities, and (ii) 10% or more of such ETF’s total outstanding voting securities. In addition, CSIM will, upon causing the fund to acquire more than 3% of an open-end ETF’s outstanding shares, notify the open-end ETF of the investment.
The fund's policies and procedures prohibit the fund, the fund's investment adviser or any related party from receiving any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information.
The fund may disclose non-material information including commentary and aggregate information about the characteristics of the fund in connection with or relating to the fund or its portfolio securities to any person if such disclosure is for a legitimate business purpose, such disclosure does not effectively result in the disclosure of the complete portfolio securities of the fund (which can only be disclosed in accordance with the above requirements), and such information does not constitute material non-public information. Such disclosure does not fall within the portfolio securities disclosure requirements outlined above.
Whether the information constitutes material non-public information will be made on a good faith determination, which involves an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. In most cases commentary or analysis would be immaterial and would not convey any advantage to a recipient in making a decision concerning the fund. Commentary and analysis include, but are not limited to, the allocation of the fund’s portfolio securities and other investments among various asset classes, sectors, industries and countries, the characteristics of the stock components and other investments of the fund, the attribution of fund returns by asset class, sector, industry and country, and the volatility characteristics of the fund.
37

 

Table of Contents
Portfolio Transactions
The investment adviser makes decisions with respect to the purchase and sale of portfolio securities on behalf of the fund. The investment adviser is responsible for implementing these decisions, including the negotiation of commissions and the allocation of principal business and portfolio brokerage. Purchases and sales of securities on a stock exchange or certain riskless principal transactions placed on NASDAQ are typically effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. Purchases and sales of fixed income securities may be transacted with the issuer, the issuer’s underwriter, or a dealer. The fund does not usually pay brokerage commissions on purchases and sales of fixed income securities, although the price of the securities generally includes compensation, in the form of a spread or a mark-up or mark-down, which is not disclosed separately. The prices the fund pays to underwriters of newly-issued securities usually include a commission paid by the issuer to the underwriter. Transactions placed through dealers who are serving as primary market makers reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices. The money market securities in which the fund may invest are traded primarily in the over-the-counter market on a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes. It is expected that the cost of executing portfolio securities transactions of the fund will primarily consist of dealer spreads and brokerage commissions.
The investment adviser seeks to obtain the best execution for the fund's portfolio transactions. The investment adviser may take a number of factors into account in selecting brokers or dealers to execute these transactions. Such factors may include, without limitation, the following: execution price; brokerage commission or dealer spread; size or type of the transaction; nature or character of the markets; clearance or settlement capability; reputation; financial strength and stability of the broker or dealer; efficiency of execution and error resolution; block trading capabilities; willingness to execute related or unrelated difficult transactions in the future; order of call; ability to facilitate short selling; provision of additional brokerage or research services or products; whether a broker guarantees that the fund will receive, on aggregate, prices at least as favorable as the closing prices on a given day when adherence to “market-on-close” pricing aligns with fund objectives; or whether a broker guarantees that the fund will receive the volume-weighted average price (VWAP) for a security for a given trading day (or portion thereof) when the investment adviser or the sub-advisers believe that VWAP execution is in the fund’s best interest. In addition, the investment adviser may have incentive sharing arrangements with certain unaffiliated brokers who guarantee market-on-close pricing: on a day when such a broker executes transactions at prices better, on aggregate, than market-on-close prices, that broker may receive, in addition to his or her standard commission, a portion of the net difference between the actual execution prices and corresponding market-on-close prices for that day.
The investment adviser may cause the fund to pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable from other brokers or dealers in return for brokerage or research services or products if the investment adviser believes that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided. In addition to agency transactions, the investment adviser may receive brokerage and research services or products in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC and other regulatory guidelines. In both instances, these services or products may include: company financial data and economic data (e.g., unemployment, inflation rates and GDP figures), stock quotes, last sale prices and trading volumes, research reports analyzing the performance of a particular company or stock, narrowly distributed trade magazines or technical journals covering specific industries, products, or issuers, seminars or conferences registration fees which provide substantive content relating to eligible research, quantitative analytical software and software that provides analyses of securities portfolios, trading strategies and pre/post trade analytics, discussions with research analysts or meetings with corporate executives which provide a means of obtaining oral advice on securities, markets or particular issuers, short-term custody related to effecting particular transactions and clearance and settlement of those trades, lines between the broker-dealer and order management systems operated by a third party vendor, dedicated lines between the broker-dealer and the investment adviser’s order management system, dedicated lines providing direct dial-up service between the investment adviser and the trading desk at the broker-dealer, message services used to transmit orders to broker-dealers for execution, electronic communication of allocation instructions between institutions and broker-dealers, comparison services required by the SEC or another regulator (e.g., use of electronic confirmation and affirmation of institutional trades), exchange of messages among broker-dealers, custodians, and institutions related to a trade, post-trade matching of trade information, routing settlement instructions to custodian banks and broker-dealers’ clearing agents, software that provides algorithmic trading strategies, and trading software operated by a broker-dealer to route orders to market centers or direct market access systems. The investment adviser may use research services furnished by brokers or dealers in servicing all client accounts, and not all services may necessarily be used in connection with the account that paid commissions or spreads to the broker or dealer providing such services.
The investment adviser may receive a service from a broker or dealer that has both a “research” and a “non-research” use. When this occurs, the investment adviser will make a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with client commissions or spreads, while the investment adviser will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the investment adviser faces a potential conflict of interest, but the investment adviser and sub-advisers believe that the costs of such services may be appropriately allocated to their anticipated research and non-research uses.
38

 

Table of Contents
The investment adviser may purchase for the fund new issues of securities in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the investment adviser with research services, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations permitting these types of arrangements. Generally, the seller will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act.
The investment adviser may place orders directly with electronic communications networks or other alternative trading systems. Placing orders with electronic communications networks or other alternative trading systems may enable funds to trade directly with other institutional holders. At times, this may allow funds to trade larger blocks than would be possible trading through a single market maker.
The investment adviser and sub-advisers may aggregate securities sales or purchases among two or more funds. The investment adviser and sub-advisers will not aggregate transactions unless it believes such aggregation is consistent with its duty to seek best execution for each affected fund and is consistent with the terms of the investment advisory agreement for such fund. In any single transaction in which purchases and/or sales of securities of any issuer for the account of the fund are aggregated with other accounts managed by the investment adviser, the actual prices applicable to the transaction will be averaged among the accounts for which the transaction is effected, including the account of the fund.
In determining when and to what extent to use Schwab or any other affiliated broker-dealer as its broker for executing orders for the fund on securities exchanges, the investment adviser follows procedures, adopted by the fund's Board, that are designed to ensure that affiliated brokerage commissions (if relevant) are reasonable and fair in comparison to unaffiliated brokerage commissions for comparable transactions. The Board reviews the procedures annually and approves and reviews transactions involving affiliated brokers quarterly.
PROXY VOTING
The Board of Trustees of the Trust has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM. The trustees have adopted CSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various Schwab Funds portfolios. A description of CSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures is included in Appendix - Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures.
The Trust is required to disclose annually the fund’s complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX. The fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12 month period ended June 30th is available by visiting the Schwab website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus. The fund’s Form N-PX will also be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Description Of The TRUST
The fund is a series of Schwab Capital Trust, an open-end investment management company organized as a Massachusetts business trust on May 7, 1993. The fund may hold special shareholder meetings, which may cause the fund to incur non-routine expenses. These meetings may be called for purposes such as electing trustees, changing fundamental policies and amending management contracts. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each share owned and may vote by proxy or in person. Proxy materials will be mailed to shareholders prior to any meetings, and will include a voting card and information explaining the matters to be voted upon.
The bylaws of the Trust provide that a majority of shares entitled to vote shall be a quorum for the transaction of business at a shareholders’ meeting, except that where any provision of law, or of the Declaration of Trust or of the bylaws permits or requires that (1) holders of any series shall vote as a series, then a majority of the aggregate number of shares of that series entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that series, or (2) holders of any class shall vote as a class, then a majority of the aggregate number of shares of that class entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that class. Any lesser number shall be sufficient for adjournments. Any adjourned session or sessions may be held, within a reasonable time after the date set for the original meeting, without the necessity of further notice. The Declaration of Trust specifically authorizes the Board to terminate the Trust (or any of its funds) by notice to the shareholders without shareholder approval.
Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the Trust’s obligations. The Declaration of Trust, however, disclaims shareholder liability for the Trust’s acts or obligations and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or the trustees. In addition, the Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of the property of an investment portfolio in which a shareholder owns or owned shares for all losses and expenses of such shareholder or former shareholder if he or she is held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder. Moreover, the Trust will be covered by insurance, which the trustees consider adequate to cover foreseeable tort claims. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is considered remote, because it is limited to circumstances in which a disclaimer is inoperative and the Trust itself is unable to meet its obligations. There is a remote possibility that the fund could become liable for a misstatement in the prospectus or SAI about another fund.
39

 

Table of Contents
As more fully described in the Declaration of Trust, the trustees may each year, or more frequently, distribute to the shareholders of each series accrued income less accrued expenses and any net realized capital gains less accrued expenses. Distributions of each year’s income of each series shall be distributed pro rata to shareholders in proportion to the number of shares of each series held by each of them. Distributions will be paid in cash or shares or a combination thereof as determined by the Trustees. Distributions paid in shares will be paid at the net asset value as determined in accordance with the bylaws.
Any series of the Trust may reorganize or merge with one or more other series of the Trust or of another investment company. Any such reorganization or merger shall be pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in an agreement and plan of reorganization authorized and approved by the Trustees and entered into by the relevant series in connection therewith. In addition, such reorganization or merger may be authorized by vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office and, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the Declaration of Trust, without the approval of shareholders of any series.
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION, DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS AND PRICING OF SHARES
Purchasing and Redeeming Shares of the Fund
The fund is open each day that the NYSE is open. The NYSE’s trading session is normally conducted from 9:30 a.m. until 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday, although some days, such as in advance of and following holidays, the NYSE’s trading session closes early. The following holiday closings are currently scheduled for 2016-2017: New Year’s Day (observed), Martin Luther King Jr.’s Birthday, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (observed). Only orders that are received in good order by the fund’s transfer agent no later than the time specified by the Trust will be executed that day at the fund’s share price calculated that day. On any day that the NYSE closes early, the fund reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase, redemption and exchange orders must be received by the fund's transfer agent that day in order to be executed that day at that day’s share price. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate their share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
The fund has authorized one or more brokers to accept on their behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such brokers have also been authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the fund’s behalf. The fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives such order. Such orders will be priced at the respective fund’s net asset value per share next determined after such orders are received by an authorized broker or the broker’s authorized designee.
As long as the fund or Schwab follow reasonable procedures to confirm that an investor’s telephone or internet order is genuine, they will not be liable for any losses the investor may experience due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. These procedures may include requiring a form of personal identification or other confirmation before acting upon any telephone or internet order, providing written confirmation of telephone or internet orders and tape recording all telephone orders.
Share certificates will not be issued in order to avoid additional administrative costs, however, share ownership records are maintained by Schwab.
The Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides that shares may be automatically redeemed if held by a shareholder in an amount less than the minimum required by the fund. The fund’s minimum initial investments and minimum balance requirements, if any, are set forth in the prospectus. The minimums may be changed without prior notice.
As explained in more detail in the fund’s prospectus, the fund that charges a redemption fee reserves the right to waive its early redemption fee for certain tax-advantaged retirement plans or charitable giving funds, certain fee-based or wrap programs, or in other circumstances when the fund’s officers determine that such a waiver is in the best interest of the fund and its shareholders.
The fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its net assets at the beginning of such period. This election is irrevocable without the SEC’s prior approval. Redemption requests in excess of these limits may be paid, in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board may deem advisable. Payment will be made wholly in cash unless the Board believes that economic or market conditions exist that would make such payment a detriment to the best interests of the fund. If redemption proceeds are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued as set forth in “Pricing of Shares.” A redeeming shareholder would normally incur transaction costs if he or she were to convert the securities to cash.
The fund is designed for long-term investing. Because short-term trading activities can disrupt the smooth management of the fund and increase its expenses, the fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to refuse any purchase or exchange order, or large purchase or exchange orders, including any purchase or exchange order which appears to be associated with short-term trading activities or “market timing.” Because market timing decisions to buy and sell securities typically are based on an individual investor’s market outlook, including such factors as the perceived strength of the economy or the anticipated direction of interest rates, it is difficult for the fund to determine in advance what purchase or exchange orders may be deemed to be associated with market timing or short-term trading activities. The fund and Schwab reserve the right to refuse any purchase or exchange order,
40

 

Table of Contents
including large orders that may negatively impact their operations. More information regarding the fund’s policies regarding “market timing” is included in the fund’s prospectus.
In certain circumstances, shares of the fund may be purchased “in kind” (i.e., in exchange for securities, rather than for cash). The securities tendered as part of an in-kind purchase must be liquid securities that are not restricted as to transfer and have a value that is readily ascertainable as evidenced by a listing on the American Stock Exchange, the NYSE, or NASDAQ. Securities accepted by the fund will be valued, as set forth in the fund’s prospectus, as of the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. The shares of the fund that are issued to the shareholder in exchange for the securities will be determined as of the same time. All dividend, subscription, or other rights that are reflected in the market price of accepted securities at the time of valuation become the property of the fund and must be delivered to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. The fund will not accept securities in exchange for its shares unless such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be held by the fund and satisfy such other conditions as may be imposed by the fund’s investment adviser.
Exchanging Shares of the Fund
Methods to purchase and redeem shares of the fund are set forth in the fund's prospectus. An exchange order involves the redemption of all or a portion of the shares of one Schwab Fund or Laudus MarketMasters Fund and the simultaneous purchase of shares of another Schwab Fund or Laudus MarketMasters Fund. Exchange orders must meet the minimum investment and any other requirements of the fund or class purchased. Exchange orders may not be executed between shares of Sweep Investments ® and shares of non-Sweep Investments. Shares of Sweep Investments may be bought and sold automatically pursuant to the terms and conditions of your Schwab account agreement or by direct order as long as you meet the minimums for direct investments. In addition, different exchange policies may apply to Schwab Funds ® that are bought and sold through third-party investment providers and the exchange privilege between Schwab Funds may not be available through third-party investment providers.
The fund and Schwab reserve certain rights with regard to exchanging shares of the fund. These rights include the right to: (i) refuse any purchase or exchange orders that may negatively impact the fund’s operations; (ii) refuse orders that appear to be associated with short-term trading activities; and (iii) materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.
Delivery of Shareholder Documents
Typically once a year, an updated prospectus will be mailed to shareholders describing the fund’s investment strategies, risks and shareholder policies. Twice a year, financial reports will be mailed to shareholders describing the fund’s performance and investment holdings. To eliminate duplicate mailings of shareholder documents, each household may receive one copy of these documents, under certain conditions. This practice is commonly called “householding.” If you want to receive multiple copies, you may write or call your fund at the address or telephone number on the front of this SAI. Your instructions will be effective within 30 days of receipt by the fund or other date as communicated by the financial intermediary.
Pricing of Shares
Each business day, the fund calculates its share price, or NAV, as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time). This means that NAVs are calculated using the values of the fund’s portfolio securities as of the close of the NYSE. Such values are required to be determined in one of two ways: securities for which market quotations are readily available are required to be valued at current market value; and securities for which market quotations are not readily available or the investment adviser deems them to be unreliable are required to be valued at fair value using procedures approved by the Board. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the fund reserves the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate their share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
Shareholders of funds that invest in foreign securities should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the fund is closed, the value of some of an underlying fund’s securities may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund. The underlying funds use approved pricing sources to provide values for their portfolio securities. Current market values are generally determined by the approved pricing sources as follows: generally securities traded on exchanges, excluding the NASDAQ National Market System, are valued at the last-quoted sales price on the exchange on which such securities are primarily traded (closing values), or, lacking any sales, at the mean between the bid and ask prices; generally securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the last reported sales price that day, or, if no sales are reported that day, at the mean between the bid and ask prices. Generally, securities listed on the NASDAQ National Market System are valued in accordance with the NASDAQ Official Closing Price. In addition, securities that are primarily traded on foreign exchanges are generally valued at the official closing price or last sales price on the exchange where the securities are primarily traded with these values then translated into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate. Fixed income securities normally are valued based on valuations provided by approved pricing sources. Securities may be fair valued pursuant to procedures approved by the fund's Board of Trustees when a security is de listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when approved pricing
41

 

Table of Contents
sources do not provide a value for a security, a furnished price appears manifestly incorrect or events occur prior to the close of the NYSE that materially affect the furnished price. The Board of Trustees regularly reviews fair value determinations made by the fund pursuant to the procedures.
In accordance with the 1940 Act, the underlying funds in which the Schwab Target 2060 Fund invests are valued at their respective net asset values as determined by those funds. The underlying funds that are money market funds may value their portfolio securities based on the value or amortized cost method. The other underlying funds value their portfolio securities based on market quotes if they are readily available.
Taxation
This discussion of federal income tax consequences is based on the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. New legislation, as well as administrative changes or court decisions, may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.
Federal Tax Information for the Fund
It is the fund’s policy to qualify for taxation as a “regulated investment company” (RIC) by meeting the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code. By qualifying as a RIC, the fund expects to eliminate or reduce to a nominal amount the federal income tax to which it is subject. If the fund does not qualify as a RIC under the Code, it will be subject to federal income tax on its net investment income and any net realized capital gains. In addition, the fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a RIC.
The fund is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes and is not combined with the Trust's other funds. The fund intends to qualify as a RIC so that it will be relieved of federal income tax on that part of its income that is distributed to shareholders. In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC, the fund must, among other requirements, distribute annually to its shareholders an amount at least equal to the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (generally, net investment income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital losses) and 90% of its net tax exempt income. Among these requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of the fund’s gross income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock or securities or currencies and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership; (ii) at the close of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of a Fund's assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (iii) at the close of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses if the fund owns at least 20% of the voting power of such issuers, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.
Certain master limited partnerships may qualify as “qualified publicly traded partnerships” for purposes of the Subchapter M diversification rules described above. To do so, the master limited partnership must satisfy two requirements during the taxable year. First, the interests of such partnership either must be traded on an established securities market or must be readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof). Second, less than 90% of the partnership’s gross income can consist of dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, or gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock securities or currencies.
The Internal Revenue Code imposes a non-deductible excise tax on RICs that do not distribute in a calendar year (regardless of whether they otherwise have a non-calendar taxable year) an amount equal to 98% of their “ordinary income” (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) for the calendar year plus 98.2% of their net capital gain for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year, plus any undistributed amounts from prior years. The non-deductible excise tax is equal to 4% of the deficiency. For the foregoing purposes, the fund is treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year ending in such calendar year and certain amounts with respect to which estimated taxes are paid in such calendar year. The fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate fund investments to make sufficient distributions to avoid federal excise tax liability at a time when the investment adviser might not otherwise have chosen to do so, and liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the ability of the fund to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a RIC.
If the fund fails to qualify as a RIC for any taxable year, it will be taxable at regular corporate rates. In such an event, all distributions (including capital gains distributions) will be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, subject to the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders and the lower tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income distributed to individuals. The Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the fund as a regulated investment company if it determines such course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.
42

 

Table of Contents
Although the fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year, the fund will be subject to federal income tax to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. If the fund’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable but will reduce the shareholder’s cost basis and result in a higher capital gain or lower capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. To the extent that a return of capital distribution exceeds a shareholder's adjusted basis, the distribution will be treated as gain from the sale of shares.
The fund’s transactions in futures contracts, forward contracts, foreign currency exchange transactions, options and certain other investment and hedging activities may be restricted by the Code and are subject to special tax rules. In a given case, these rules may accelerate income to the fund, defer its losses, cause adjustments in the holding periods of the fund’s assets, convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses or otherwise affect the character of the fund’s income. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. The fund will endeavor to make any available elections pertaining to these transactions in a manner believed to be in the best interest of the fund and its shareholders.
The fund is required for federal income tax purposes to mark-to-market and recognize as income for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on certain futures contracts as of the end of the year as well as those actually realized during the year. Gain or loss from futures and options contracts on broad-based indexes required to be marked to market will be 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. Application of this rule may alter the timing and character of distributions to shareholders. The fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, options contracts and swaps to the extent of any unrecognized gains on offsetting positions held by the fund. It is anticipated that any net gain realized from the closing out of futures or options contracts will be considered gain from the sale of securities and therefore will be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% requirement described above. The fund distributes to shareholders at least annually any net capital gains which have been recognized for federal income tax purposes, including unrealized gains at the end of the fund’s fiscal year on futures or options transactions. Such distributions are combined with distributions of capital gains realized on the fund’s other investments and shareholders are advised on the nature of the distributions.
With respect to investments in zero coupon or other securities which are sold at original issue discount and thus do not make periodic cash interest payments, the fund will be required to include as part of its current income the imputed interest on such obligations even though the fund has not received any corresponding interest payments on such obligations during that period. Because the fund distributes all of its net investment income to its shareholders, the fund may have to sell fund securities to distribute such imputed income which may occur at a time when the adviser would not have chosen to sell such securities and which may result in taxable gain or loss.
Federal Income Tax Information for Shareholders
The discussion of federal income taxation presented below supplements the discussion in the fund’s prospectus and only summarizes some of the important federal tax considerations generally affecting shareholders of the fund. Accordingly, prospective investors (particularly those not residing or domiciled in the United States) should consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences of investing in the fund.
Any dividends declared by the fund in October, November or December and paid the following January are treated, for tax purposes, as if they were received by shareholders on December 31 of the year in which they were declared. In general, distributions by the fund of investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains), if any, whether received in cash or additional shares, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. A portion of these distributions may be treated as qualified dividend income (eligible for the reduced rates to individuals as described below) to the extent that the fund receives qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that (i) the shareholder has not held the shares of the fund on which the dividend was paid for more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the shares of the fund become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (and the fund must also satisfy those holding period requirements with respect to the securities it holds that paid the dividends distributed to the shareholder), (ii) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property, or (iii) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. Dividends received by the fund from a REIT or another RIC may be treated as qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are attributable to qualified dividend income received by such REIT or RIC. It is expected that dividends received by the fund from a REIT and distributed to a shareholder generally will be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income.
Distributions from net capital gain (if any) that are reported as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains without regard to the length of time the shareholder has held shares of the fund. However, if you receive a capital gains dividend with respect to fund shares held for six months or less, any loss on the sale or exchange of those shares shall, to the extent of the
43

 

Table of Contents
capital gains dividend, be treated as a long-term capital loss.
The maximum individual rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” and long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the taxpayer’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts.
Under the Regulated Investment Company Modernization Act of 2010, net capital losses incurred by the fund in the taxable years after the effective enactment date, December 22, 2010, will not expire. However, such losses must be utilized prior to the losses incurred in the year preceding enactment. As a result of this ordering rule, pre-enactment capital loss carryforwards may be more likely to expire unused. Post-enactment capital losses arise in fiscal years beginning after the enactment date exclude any elective post-October capital losses deferred during the period from November 1 to the end of the fund’s fiscal year. In addition, post-enactment capital losses that are carried forward will retain their character as either short-term or long-term losses rather than short-term as under previous law.
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount.
For corporate investors in the fund, dividend distributions the fund reports to be from dividends received from qualifying domestic corporations will be eligible for the 70% corporate dividends-received deduction to the extent they would qualify if the fund were a regular corporation. Distributions by the fund also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes, and their treatment under applicable tax laws may differ from the federal income tax treatment.
In general, a sale of shares results in capital gain or loss, and for individual shareholders, is taxable at a federal rate dependent upon the length of time the shares were held. A redemption of a shareholder’s fund shares is normally treated as a sale for tax purposes. Fund shares held for a period of one year or less at the time of such sale or redemption will, for tax purposes, generally result in short-term capital gains or losses, and those held for more than one year will generally result in long-term capital gains or losses.
The maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts.
Gain or loss on the sale or redemption of shares in the fund are measured by the difference between the amount received and the adjusted tax basis of the shares. Shareholders should keep records of investments made (including shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends and distribution) so they can compute the tax basis of their shares.
A loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of the fund may be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a sixty-one (61) day period beginning thirty (30) days before and ending thirty (30) days after the date that the shares are disposed of. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired must be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of shares held for six (6) months or less is treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received by the shareholders.
At the beginning of every year, the fund will provide shareholders with a tax reporting statement containing information detailing the estimated tax status of any distributions that the fund paid during the previous calendar year.
The fund will be required in certain cases to withhold at the applicable withholding rate and remit to the U.S. Treasury the withheld amount of taxable dividends and redemption proceeds paid to any shareholder who (1) fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number certified under penalty of perjury; (2) is subject to withholding by the Internal Revenue Service for failure to properly report all payments of interest or dividends; (3) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is not subject to “backup withholding;” or (4) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s ultimate U.S. tax liability.
Foreign shareholders (i.e., nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates) are generally subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower tax treaty rate) on distributions derived from net investment income and short-term capital gains; provided, however, that U.S. source interest related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally are not subject to U.S. withholding taxes if the fund elects to make reports with respect to such dividends. Distributions to foreign shareholders of such short-term capital gains and long-term capital gains, and any gains from the sale or other disposition of shares of the fund, generally are not subject to U.S. taxation, unless the recipient is an individual who either (1) meets the Code’s definition of “resident alien” or (2) is physically present in the U.S. for 183 days or more per year. Foreign shareholders may also be subject to U.S. estate taxes with respect to shares in the fund. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign shareholder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States. In addition, the tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of a tax treaty may be different than those described above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a portion of the income, if any, derived by the fund from investments in REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) may be classified as “excess inclusion income.” In respect of foreign shareholders, no exemption or reduction in withholding tax will apply to such excess inclusion income.
44

 

Table of Contents
The fund is required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of dividends and (effective January 1, 2019), redemption proceeds and certain capital gain dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to the fund to enable the fund to determine whether withholding is required.
Certain tax-exempt shareholders, including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, salary deferral arrangements, 401(k)s, and other tax-exempt entities, generally are exempt from federal income taxation except with respect to their unrelated business taxable income (UBTI). Under current law, the fund generally serves to block UBTI from being realized by their tax-exempt shareholders. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the fund where, for example, (i) the fund invests in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs, thereby causing the fund to derive “excess inclusion income,” or (ii) shares in the fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of section 514(b) of the Code. Charitable remainder trusts are subject to special rules and should consult their tax advisors. In addition, tax may be imposed on the fund on the portion of any excess inclusion income allocable to any shareholders that are classified as “disqualified organizations.” There are no restrictions preventing the fund from holding investments in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs, and the fund may do so. The Internal Revenue Service has issued recent guidance with respect to these issues and prospective shareholders, especially charitable remainder trusts, are strongly encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding these issues.
The fund can have income, gains or losses from any distributions or redemptions in the underlying funds. The fund cannot use gains distributed by one underlying fund to offset losses in another underlying fund. Redemptions of shares in an underlying fund, including those resulting from allocation changes, could also cause additional distributable gains to shareholders, a portion of which may be short-term capital gains distributable as ordinary income. Further, a portion of any losses on underlying fund share redemptions may be deferred under the “wash sale” rules. As a result of these factors, the fund’s “fund of funds” structure could affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
Income that the fund receives from sources within various foreign countries may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. If the fund has more than 50% of its assets invested in foreign securities at the end of its taxable year, it may elect to “pass through” to its shareholders the ability to take either the foreign tax credit or the deduction for foreign taxes. Pursuant to this election, U.S. shareholders must include in gross income, even though not actually received, their respective pro rata share of foreign taxes, and may either deduct their pro rata share of foreign taxes (but not for alternative minimum tax purposes) or credit the tax against U.S. income taxes, subject to certain limitations described in Code sections 901 and 904. A shareholder who does not itemize deductions may not claim a deduction for foreign taxes. It is expected that the fund will not have more than 50% of its assets invested in foreign securities at the close of its taxable year, and therefore will not be permitted to make this election. Each shareholder’s respective pro rata share of foreign taxes the Schwab Target 2060 Fund pays will, therefore, be netted against its share of the fund’s gross income. To the extent, however, the fund invests in an underlying mutual fund that elects to pass through foreign taxes, the fund will be able to pass through the taxes paid by the underlying mutual fund in a given year, provided that at least 50% of the value of the fund’s total assets is invested in underlying mutual funds at the end of each quarter of such taxable year.
The fund may invest in a non-U.S. corporation, which could be treated as a passive foreign investment company (PFIC) or become a PFIC under the Code. This could result in adverse tax consequences upon the disposition of, or the receipt of “excess distributions” with respect to, such equity investments. To the extent the fund does invest in PFICs, it may elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” or mark-to-market its investments in PFICs annually. In either case, the fund may be required to distribute amounts in excess of realized income and gains. To the extent the fund does invest in foreign securities which are determined to be PFIC securities and is required to pay a tax on such investments, a credit for this tax would not be allowed to be passed through to the fund’s shareholders. Therefore, the payment of this tax would reduce the fund’s economic return from its PFIC shares, and excess distributions received with respect to such shares are treated as ordinary income rather than capital gains.
Section 988 of the Code contains special tax rules applicable to certain foreign currency transactions and instruments that may affect the amount, timing and character of income, gain or loss recognized by the fund. Under these rules, foreign exchange gain or loss realized by the fund with respect to foreign currencies and certain futures and options thereon, foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, foreign currency forward contracts, and foreign currency-denominated payables and receivables will generally be treated as ordinary income or loss, although in some cases elections may be available that would alter this treatment. Foreign currency losses could result in distributions of ordinary income being reclassified as a return of capital for tax purposes.
Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC such as the fund are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not
45

 

Table of Contents
affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the state and local tax rules affecting investments in the fund.
46

 

Table of Contents
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
The Charles Schwab Family of Funds
Schwab Investments
Schwab Capital Trust
Schwab Annuity Portfolios
Laudus Trust
Schwab Strategic Trust

PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
AS OF MARCH, 2016

I. INTRODUCTION
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (“CSIM”), as an investment adviser, is generally responsible for voting proxies with respect to the securities held in accounts of investment companies and other clients for which it provides discretionary investment management services. CSIM’s Proxy Committee exercises and documents CSIM’s responsibility with regard to voting of client proxies (the “Proxy Committee”). The Proxy Committee is composed of representatives of CSIM’s Fund Administration, Portfolio Management, and Legal Departments, and chaired by CSIM’s Chief Investment Officer, Equities or his/her delegate. The Proxy Committee reviews and may amend periodically these policies. The policies stated in these Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures (the “Proxy Policies”) pertain to all of CSIM’s clients.
The Boards of Trustees (the “Board”) of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios (“Schwab Funds”), Laudus Trust (“Laudus Funds”) and Schwab Strategic Trust (“Schwab ETFs”; collectively with the Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, the “Funds”) have delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their respective investment advisory agreements. The Board has adopted these Proxy Policies with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various series of the Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds, and Schwab ETFs. CSIM will present amendments to the Board for approval. However, there may be circumstances where the Proxy Committee deems it advisable to amend these Proxy Policies between regular Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs Board meetings. In such cases, the Board will be asked to ratify any changes at the next regular meeting of the Board.
To assist CSIM in its responsibility for voting proxies and the overall proxy voting process, CSIM has retained Glass Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”) as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. The services provided by Glass Lewis include in-depth research, global issuer analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting and record keeping. CSIM may also retain additional experts in the proxy voting and corporate governance area.
The Proxy Committee has the ultimate responsibility for making the determination of how to vote the shares to seek to maximize the value of that particular holding.
II. PHILOSOPHY
CSIM believes that its role as a fiduciary is of utmost importance. In voting proxy ballots, CSIM’s ultimate objective is to maximize the value of our clients’ investments by protecting the long-term best interests of shareholders. CSIM believes that directors, as shareholders’ elected representatives, are best positioned to oversee the management of companies in which CSIM’s clients invest, thereby promoting and protecting its clients’ long-term interests. Therefore, CSIM will generally support a board of directors’ recommendations unless concerns arise, such as the board’s performance, accountability or management of conflicts of interests.
CSIM invests on behalf of its clients in companies domiciled all over the world. Since corporate governance standards and best practices differ by country and jurisdiction, the market context is taken into account in the analysis of proposals. Furthermore, there are instances where CSIM may determine that voting is not in the best interests of its clients (typically due to costs or to trading restrictions) and will refrain from submitting votes.

1

 

Table of Contents
III. PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
The Proxy Committee receives and reviews Glass Lewis’ written proxy voting policies and procedures (“Glass Lewis’ Proxy Policies”). Positions on proposals are evaluated by the Proxy Committee in the long-term best interests of shareholders. Below is a description of CSIM’s guidelines on key proposals for votes on U.S. and Canadian companies. In other circumstances, CSIM generally will utilize the Glass Lewis’ Proxy Policies (which are posted on the Funds’ website).
A. DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS
i. Directors
As a starting point, CSIM expects the board to be composed of a majority of independent directors and to be responsive to shareholders. CSIM also expects directors that serve on a company’s nominating, compensation or audit committee to be independent.
Factors that may result in a vote against one or more directors:
•   The board is not majority independent
•   Non-independent directors serve on the nominating, compensation or audit committees
•   Director recently failed to attend at least 75% of meetings or serves on an excessive number of publically traded company boards
•   Directors approved executive compensation schemes that appear misaligned with shareholders’ interests
•   Director recently acted in a manner inconsistent with these Proxy Policies or failed to be responsive to concerns of a majority of shareholders
ii. Auditors
CSIM typically supports the ratification of auditors unless CSIM believes that the auditors’ independence may have been compromised.
Factors that may result in a vote against the ratification of auditors:
•   Audit-related fees are less than half of the total fees paid by the company to the audit firm
•  A recent material restatement of annual financial statements
B. BOARD MATTERS
i. Classified Boards
CSIM generally defers to management’s recommendation for classified board proposals unless CSIM has particular concerns regarding the board’s accountability or responsiveness to shareholders.
Factors that may result in a vote supporting a shareholder proposal to de-classify a board:
•   The company did not implement a shareholder proposal that was passed by shareholders at two previous shareholder meetings
•   The company nominated directors for election that did not receive a majority of shareholder support at the previous shareholder meeting
•   The company had material financial statement restatements
•   The company’s board adopted a shareholder rights plan (also known as a “Poison Pill”) during the past year and did not submit it to shareholders for approval
ii. Majority Voting
CSIM generally supports majority voting proposals when they call for plurality voting standards in contested elections.

2

 

Table of Contents
iii. Cumulative Voting
CSIM typically supports the concept of voting rights being proportional to shareholders’ economic stake in the company. Therefore, CSIM will generally not support cumulative voting proposals unless the company has a controlling shareholder or shareholder group and has plurality voting standards.
iv. Proxy Access
CSIM typically does not support proxy access proposals unless CSIM has particular concerns regarding the board’s accountability or responsiveness to shareholders.
Factors that may result in a vote supporting proxy access:
•   The company did not implement a shareholder proposal that was passed by shareholders at two previous shareholder meetings
•   The company nominated directors for election that did not receive a majority of shareholder support at the previous shareholder meeting
•   The company had material financial statement restatements
•   The company’s board adopted a Poison Pill during the past year and did not submit it to shareholders for approval
v. Independent Chair
CSIM believes that the board is typically best positioned to determine its leadership structure. Therefore, CSIM will typically not support proposals requiring an independent chair unless CSIM has concerns regarding the board’s accountability or responsiveness to shareholders.
Factors that may result in a vote supporting a shareholder proposal requiring an independent chair:
•   The company did not implement a shareholder proposal that was passed by shareholders at two previous shareholder meetings
•   The company nominated directors for election that did not receive a majority of shareholder support at the previous shareholder meeting
•   The company had material financial statement restatements
•   The company’s board adopted a Poison Pill during the past year and did not submit it to shareholders for approval
C. COMPENSATION
i. Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation and Frequency
CSIM generally supports advisory votes on executive compensation (also known as “Say-On-Pay”) when the compensation scheme appears aligned with shareholder economic interests and lacks problematic features.
Factors that may result in a vote against Say-On-Pay:
•   Executive compensation is out of line with industry peers considering the company’s performance over time
•   Executive compensation plan includes significant guaranteed bonuses or has a low amount of compensation at risk
•   Executive compensation plan offers excessive perquisites, tax-gross up provisions, or golden parachutes
CSIM typically supports annual advisory votes on executive compensation.
ii. Equity Compensation Plans
CSIM generally supports stock-based compensation plans when they do not overly dilute shareholders by providing participants with excessive awards and lack problematic features.
Factors that may result in a vote against Equity Compensation Plans:

3

 

Table of Contents
•   Plan’s total potential dilution appears excessive
•   Plan’s burn rate appears excessive compared to industry peers
•   Plan allows for the re-pricing of options without shareholder approval
•   Plan has an evergreen feature
iii. Employee Stock Purchase Plans
CSIM supports the concept of broad employee participation in a company’s equity. Therefore, CSIM typically supports employee stock purchase plans when the shares can be purchased at 85% or more of the shares’ market value.
iv. Re-price/Exchange Option Plans
CSIM generally only supports management’s proposals to re-price options when the plan excludes senior management and directors, does not excessively dilute shareholders, and the company has not significantly underperformed its industry peers over time.
D. ANTI-TAKEOVER
i. Shareholder Rights Plans (“Poison Pills”)
Poison Pills constrain a potential acquirer’s ability to buy shares in a company above a certain threshold without the approval of the company’s board of directors. While a Poison Pill may help a company in achieving a higher bid, it may also entrench the incumbent management and board. CSIM believes that shareholders should have the right to approve a Poison Pill within a year of its adoption. CSIM generally votes against Poison Pills that do not have safeguards to protect shareholder interests.
Factors that may result in a vote against Poison Pills:
•   Plan does not expire in a relatively short time horizon
•   Plan does not have a well-crafted permitted bid or qualified offer feature that mandates shareholder votes in certain situations
•   Plan automatically renews without shareholder approval
•   Company’s corporate governance profile
ii. Right to Call Special Meeting
CSIM generally votes against the right of shareholders to call a special meeting unless the threshold to call a special meeting is 25% or more of shares outstanding to avoid wasting corporate resources.
iii. Right to Act by Written Consent
CSIM generally votes against the right of shareholders to act by written consent if the company already offers shareholders the right the call special meetings. CSIM expects appropriate mechanisms for implementation, including that the threshold to call a special meeting is 25% or more of shares outstanding.
iv. Supermajority Voting
CSIM generally supports the concept of simple majority standards to pass proposals.
E. CAPITAL STRUCTURE, MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS
i. Increase in Authorized Common Shares
CSIM typically supports proposals to increase the authorized shares unless the company does not sufficiently justify the need for the use of the proposed shares.

4

 

Table of Contents
ii. Preferred Shares
CSIM generally supports proposals to create a class of preferred shares with specific voting, dividend, conversion and other rights.
iii. Mergers and Acquisitions
CSIM generally supports transactions that appear to maximize shareholder value. In assessing the proposals, CSIM considers the proposed transaction’s strategic rationale, the offer premium, the board’s oversight of the sales process, and other pertinent factors.
F. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL PROPOSALS
Environmental and Social shareholder proposals typically request companies to change their business practices or to enhance their disclosures. CSIM believes that in most instances, the board is best positioned to evaluate the impact of these proposals on the company’s business. Therefore, CSIM generally defers to the board’s recommendation unless the proposal has successfully articulated a demonstrable tangible economic impact on shareholder value.
i. Political Contribution Proposals
CSIM expects the board of directors to have an oversight process for political contributions and lobbying proposals. CSIM generally votes against political contribution shareholder proposals unless there is no evidence of board oversight.
IV. ADMINISTRATION
A. CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS
With respect to proxies of an underlying affiliated Fund, the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of such Fund (i.e., “echo vote”), unless otherwise required by law. When required by law or applicable exemptive order, the Proxy Committee will also “echo vote” proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund or exchange traded fund (“ETF”). For example, certain exemptive orders issued to the Funds by the Securities and Exchange Commission and Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, require the Funds, under certain circumstances, to “echo vote” proxies of registered investment companies that serve as underlying investments of the Funds.
In addition, with respect to holdings of The Charles Schwab Corporation (“CSC”) (ticker symbol: SCHW), the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of CSC (i.e., “echo vote”), unless otherwise required by law.
Other than proxies that will be “echo voted”, proxy issues that present material conflicts of interest between CSIM, and/or any of its affiliates, and CSIM’s clients will be delegated to Glass Lewis to be voted in accordance with CSIM’s Proxy Voting Guidelines.
B. FOREIGN SECURITIES/SHAREBLOCKING
CSIM has arrangements with Glass Lewis for the execution of proxy votes. However, voting proxies with respect to shares of foreign securities may involve significantly greater effort and corresponding cost than voting proxies with respect to domestic securities, due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting. Problems voting foreign proxies may include the following:
•   proxy statements and ballots written in a foreign language;
•   untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings;
•   restrictions of foreigner’s ability to exercise votes;
•   requirements to vote proxies in person;
•   requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate CSIM’s voting instructions.

5

 

Table of Contents
In consideration of the foregoing issues, Glass Lewis uses its best efforts to vote foreign proxies. As part of its ongoing oversight, the Proxy Committee will monitor the voting of foreign proxies to determine whether all reasonable steps are taken to vote foreign proxies. If the Proxy Committee determines that the cost associated with the attempt to vote outweighs the potential benefits clients may derive from voting, the Proxy Committee may decide not to attempt to vote. In addition, certain foreign countries impose restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time before and/or after the shareholder meeting. To avoid these trading restrictions, the Proxy Committee instructs Glass Lewis not to vote such foreign proxies.
C. SECURITIES LENDING
Certain of the Funds enter into securities lending arrangements with lending agents to generate additional revenue for their portfolios. In securities lending arrangements, any voting rights that accompany the loaned securities generally pass to the borrower of the securities, but the lender retains the right to recall a security and may then exercise the security’s voting rights. In order to vote the proxies of securities out on loan, the securities must be recalled prior to the established record date. CSIM will use its best efforts to recall a Fund’s securities on loan and vote such securities’ proxies if (a) the proxy relates to a special meeting of shareholders of the issuer (as opposed to the issuer's annual meeting of shareholders), or (b) the Fund owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the issuer. Further, it is CSIM's policy to use its best efforts to recall securities on loan and vote such securities’ proxies if CSIM determines that the proxies involve a material event affecting the loaned securities. CSIM may utilize third-party service providers to assist it in identifying and evaluating whether an event is material. CSIM may also recall securities on loan and vote such securities’ proxies in its discretion.
D. SUB-ADVISORY RELATIONSHIPS
Where CSIM has delegated day-to-day investment management responsibilities to an investment sub-adviser, CSIM may (but generally does not) delegate proxy voting responsibility to such investment sub-adviser. Each sub-adviser to whom proxy voting responsibility has been delegated will be required to review all proxy solicitation material and to exercise the voting rights associated with the securities it has been allocated in the best interest of each investment company and its shareholders, or other client. Prior to delegating the proxy voting responsibility, CSIM will review each sub-adviser’s proxy voting policy to determine whether it believes that each sub-adviser’s proxy voting policy is generally consistent with the maximization of the value of CSIM’s clients’ investments by protecting the long-term best interest of shareholders.
E. REPORTING AND RECORD RETENTION
CSIM will maintain, or cause Glass Lewis to maintain, records that identify the manner in which proxies have been voted (or not voted) on behalf of CSIM clients. CSIM will comply with all applicable rules and regulations regarding disclosure of its or its clients’ proxy voting records and procedures.
CSIM will retain all proxy voting materials and supporting documentation as required under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

6


Table of Contents
Statement Of Additional Information
SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
SCHWAB TARGET INDEX FUNDS
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXAX; Institutional Shares: SWYAX
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXBX; Institutional Shares: SWYBX
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXCX; Institutional Shares: SWYLX
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXDX; Institutional Shares: SWYDX
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXEX; Institutional Shares: SWYEX
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXFX; Institutional Shares: SWYFX
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXGX; Institutional Shares: SWYGX
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXHX; Institutional Shares: SWYHX
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXIX; Institutional Shares: SWYMX
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXJX; Institutional Shares: SWYJX
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund Investor Shares: SWXKX; Institutional Shares: SWYNX
August 18, 2016
The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with each fund's prospectus dated August 18, 2016 (each as amended from time to time).
For a free copy of the prospectuses or to request other information or ask questions about the funds, call Schwab Funds ® at 1-800-435-4000. For TDD service call 1-800-345-2550. In addition, you may visit the Schwab Funds’ website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus for a free copy of a prospectus or SAI.
Each fund is a series of Schwab Capital Trust (the Trust). The funds are part of the Schwab complex of funds (Schwab Funds).
REG92697-00 00170347

 

Table of Contents
  Page

1

1

2

23

25

35

36

40

42

43

45
APPENDIX – PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES  

 

Table of Contents
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
The Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund and Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund each seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.
The Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund, Schwab 2050 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund and Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund are referred to collectively as the “ Schwab Target Index Funds .”
Change of Investment Objective
The investment objective for each fund is not fundamental and therefore may be changed by the funds’ Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.
Investment Strategies
Each Schwab Target Index Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in affiliated Schwab exchange-traded funds (ETFs). The funds may also invest in affiliated Schwab and Laudus mutual funds and unaffiliated third party ETFs and mutual funds (all such ETFs and mutual funds are referred to herein as the “underlying funds”). Each fund has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its assets (net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in underlying funds that are managed to seek investment returns that track particular market indices. Each fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days' prior written notice of any change in this investment policy. Each Schwab Target Index Fund invests in the underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds) in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. For each target index fund, the target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy. In general, each target index fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target retirement date. At the stated target date, each target year index fund’s allocation will be approximately 40% equity securities, 53.5% fixed income securities and 6.5% cash and cash equivalents (including money market funds). Each Schwab Target Index Fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated target date. Each fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, each fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities, and money market securities. These investments and the risks normally associated with these investments are discussed below.
Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs) are investment companies that typically are registered under the 1940 Act as open-end funds or unit investment trusts (UITs). ETFs are actively traded on national securities exchanges and are generally based on specific domestic and foreign market indices. Shares of an ETF may be bought and sold throughout the day at market prices, which may be higher or lower than the shares’ net asset value. An “index-based ETF” seeks to track the performance of an index holding in its portfolio either the contents of the index or a representative sample of the securities in the index. Because ETFs are based on an underlying basket of stocks or an index, they are subject to the same market fluctuations as these types of securities in volatile market swings. ETFs, like mutual funds, have expenses associated with their operation, including advisory fees. When a portfolio invests in an ETF, in addition to directly bearing expenses associated with its own operations, it will bear a pro rata portion of the ETF’s expenses. As with any exchange listed security, ETF shares purchased in the secondary market are subject to customary brokerage charges.
Mutual Funds (open-end mutual funds) are registered investment companies that issue and redeem their shares on a continuous basis. Closed-end funds are registered investment companies that offer a fixed number of shares and are usually listed on an exchange. These funds generally offer investors the advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders’ money and investing it in various types of securities, such as stocks, bonds and money market securities. These funds also make various investments and use certain techniques to enhance their performance. These may include entering into delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions or swap agreements; buying and selling futures contracts, illiquid and restricted securities and repurchase agreements; and borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in these funds generally reflect the risks of the securities in which these funds invest and the investment techniques they may employ. Also, these funds charge fees and incur operating expenses.
Equity Funds typically seek growth of capital and invest primarily in equity securities. Other investments generally include debt securities, such as U.S. government securities, and some illiquid and restricted securities. Equity funds typically may enter into delayed-delivery or when-issued securities transactions, repurchase agreements, swap agreements and futures and options contracts. Some equity funds invest exclusively in equity securities and may focus on a specialized segment of the stock market, like stocks of small companies or foreign issuers, or may focus on a specific industry or group of industries. The greater a fund’s investment in stock, the greater exposure it will have to stock risk and stock market risk. Stock risk is the risk that a stock may decline in
1

 

Table of Contents
price over the short or long term. When a stock’s price declines, its market value is lowered even though the intrinsic value of the company may not have changed. Some stocks, like small company and international stocks, are more sensitive to stock risk than others. Diversifying investments across companies can help to lower the stock risk of a portfolio. Market risk is typically the result of a negative economic condition that affects the value of an entire class of securities, such as stocks or bonds. Diversification among various asset classes, such as stocks, bonds and cash, can help to lower the market risk of a portfolio. The underlying equity fund(s) that the Schwab Target Index Funds may currently invest in are listed in each fund’s prospectus. An equity fund’s other investments and use of investment techniques also will affect its performance and portfolio value.
Small-Cap Equity Funds typically seek capital growth and invest primarily in equity securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations. Small-cap equity funds generally make similar types of investments and employ similar types of techniques as other equity funds, except that they focus on stocks issued by companies at the lower end of the total capitalization of the U.S. stock market. These stocks tend to be more volatile than stocks of companies of larger capitalized companies. Small-cap equity funds, therefore, tend to be more volatile than equity funds that invest in mid- or large-cap stocks, and are normally recommended for long-term investors. The underlying small-cap equity fund(s) that the Schwab Target Index Funds may currently invest in are listed in each fund’s prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of small-cap stocks, please refer to “Equity Securities” later in the document.
International Equity Funds typically seek capital growth and invest primarily in equity securities of foreign issuers. Global equity funds invest primarily in equity securities of both domestic and foreign issuers. International and global equity funds generally make similar types of investments and employ similar types of investment techniques as other equity funds, except they focus on stocks of foreign issuers. Some international and global equity funds invest exclusively in foreign securities. Some of these funds may invest in securities of issuers located in emerging or developing securities markets. These funds have greater exposure to the risks associated with international investing. International and global equity funds also may invest in foreign currencies and depositary receipts and enter into futures and options contracts on foreign currencies and forward foreign currency exchange contracts. The underlying international equity fund(s) that the Schwab Target Index Funds may currently invest in are listed in each fund’s prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of international stocks, please refer to “Foreign Securities” later in the document.
Fixed Income Funds typically seek high current income by investing primarily in debt securities, including U.S. government securities, corporate bonds, stripped securities and mortgage- and asset-backed securities. Other investments may include some illiquid and restricted securities. Fixed income funds typically may enter into delayed-delivery or when-issued securities transactions, repurchase agreements, swap agreements and futures contracts. Fixed income funds are subject to interest rate and income risks as well as credit and prepayment risks. When interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities generally rise, which may affect the values of fixed income funds and their yields. For example, when interest rates fall, issuers tend to pre-pay their outstanding debts and issue new ones paying lower interest rates. A fixed income fund holding these securities would be forced to invest the principal received from the issuer in lower yielding debt securities. Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, prepayment on outstanding debt securities generally will not occur. This risk is known as extension risk and may affect the value of a fixed income fund if the value of its securities are depreciated as a result of the higher market interest rates. In addition, when interest rates rise, bond prices fall as a general rule. This means that the value of an investor’s shares in a fixed income fund could decline in response to a rise in interest rates. Fixed income funds also are subject to the risk that the issuers of the securities in their portfolios will not make timely interest and/or principal payments or fail to make them at all. The underlying bond fund(s) that the Schwab Target Index Funds may currently invest in are listed in each fund’s prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of bonds, please refer to “Debt Securities” later in the document.
Money Market Funds typically seek current income by investing in money market securities. Certain money market funds seek a stable share price of $1.00, while others have a share price that fluctuates. Money market securities include commercial paper and short-term U.S. government securities, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and repurchase agreements. Some money market securities may be illiquid or restricted securities or purchased on a delayed-delivery or when-issued basis. Effective October 14, 2016, certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums. The underlying money market fund(s) that the Schwab Target Index Funds may currently invest in is listed in each fund’s prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of money market securities, please refer to “Money Market Securities” later in the document.
Investments, Securities And Risks
The different types of investments that the underlying funds typically may invest in, the investment techniques they may use and the risks normally associated with these investments are also discussed below. The following investment strategies, risks and limitations supplement those set forth in the prospectus and may be changed without shareholder approval unless otherwise noted. Also, policies and limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard, shall be measured immediately after and as a result of a fund’s acquisition of such security or asset unless otherwise noted. Thus, any subsequent change in values, net assets or other circumstances does not require a fund to sell an
2

 

Table of Contents
investment if it could not then make the same investment. Not all investment securities or techniques discussed below are eligible investments for each fund.
Each of the Schwab Target Index Funds also may invest in securities other than shares of underlying funds, such as stocks, bonds, and money market securities, and engage in certain investment techniques, which are outlined below. For purposes of the descriptions below, references to “a fund” or “the funds” include each fund of the Schwab Target Index Funds. Not all securities or techniques discussed below are eligible investments for each fund.
Borrowing. A fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes; for example, a fund may borrow at times to meet redemption requests rather than sell portfolio securities to raise the necessary cash. A fund’s borrowings will be subject to interest costs. Borrowing can also involve leveraging when securities are purchased with the borrowed money. Leveraging creates interest expenses that can exceed the income from the assets purchased with the borrowed money. In addition, leveraging may magnify changes in the net asset value of a fund’s shares and in its portfolio yield. A fund will earmark or segregate assets to cover such borrowings in accordance with positions of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). If assets used to secure a borrowing decrease in value, a fund may be required to pledge additional collateral to avoid liquidation of those assets.
A fund may establish lines-of-credit (lines) with certain banks by which it may borrow funds for temporary or emergency purposes. A borrowing is presumed to be for temporary or emergency purposes if it is repaid by a fund within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. Each fund may use the lines to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force a fund to liquidate securities under circumstances which are unfavorable to a fund’s remaining shareholders. Each fund will pay fees to the banks for using its lines.
Build America Bonds are taxable municipal bonds with federal subsidies for a portion of the issuer’s borrowing costs. Build America Bonds were issued through the Build America Bond program, which was created as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the Act). The objective of the program was to reduce the borrowing costs of state and local governments. Because the Act was not extended beyond its expiration date on December 31, 2010, tax subsidies will not apply to Build America Bonds issued following such date (if any). However, Build America Bonds outstanding and issued before such date remain eligible for the federal interest rate subsidy, which continues for the life of the Build America Bonds.
If a fund holds Build America Bonds, the fund may be eligible to receive a federal income tax credit; however, the issuer of a Build America Bond may instead elect to receive a cash payment directly from the federal government in lieu of holders such as the fund receiving a tax credit. The interest on Build America Bonds is taxable for federal income tax purposes and will be distributed to shareholders as taxable ordinary income. For any tax credit Build America Bond held by a fund, the fund may elect to pass through to its shareholders any tax credits from those bonds that otherwise would be allowed to the fund. These tax credits can generally be used to offset U.S. federal income taxes and the federal alternative minimum tax, but such credits are generally not refundable. Any unused credits may be carried forward to succeeding taxable years.
Concentration means that substantial amounts of assets are invested in a particular industry or group of industries. Concentration increases investment exposure to industry risk. For example, the automobile industry may have a greater exposure to a single factor, such as an increase in the price of oil, which may adversely affect the sale of automobiles and, as a result, the value of the industry’s securities. Certain underlying funds may concentrate their investments in a particular industry or group of industries.
Debt Securities are obligations issued by domestic and foreign entities, including governments and corporations, to raise money. They are basically “IOUs,” but are commonly referred to as bonds or money market securities. These securities normally require the issuer to pay a fixed-, variable- or floating-rate of interest on the amount of money borrowed (the principal) until it is paid back upon maturity.
Debt securities experience price changes when interest rates change. For example, when interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities generally rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the prices of debt securities generally fall.
Certain debt securities have call features that allow the issuer to redeem their outstanding debts prior to final maturity. Depending on the call feature, an issuer may pre-pay its outstanding debts and issue new ones paying lower interest rates. This is more likely to occur in a falling interest rate environment. In a rising interest rate environment, prepayment on outstanding debt securities is less likely to occur. This is known as extension risk and may cause the value of debt securities to depreciate as a result of the higher market interest rates. Typically, longer-maturity securities react to interest rate changes more severely than shorter-term securities (all things being equal), but generally offer greater rates of interest. If an issuer redeems its debt securities prior to final maturity, a fund may have to replace those securities with lower yielding securities, which could result in a lower return.
A change in the Federal Reserve's monetary policy (or that of other central banks) or improving economic conditions, among other things, may lead to an increase in interest rates, which could significantly impact the value of debt securities in which a fund invests. Some debt securities, such as bonds with longer durations, are more sensitive to interest rate changes than others and may experience an immediate and considerable reduction in value if interest rates rise. Longer duration securities tend to be more volatile than shorter duration securities. As the values of debt securities in a fund’s portfolio adjust to a rise in interest rates, a fund’s share price may fall. In the event that a fund holds a large portion of its portfolio in longer duration securities when interest rates increase, the share price of the fund may fall significantly.
3

 

Table of Contents
Debt securities also are subject to the risk that the issuers will not make timely interest and/or principal payments or fail to make them at all. This is called credit risk. Corporate debt securities (bonds) tend to have higher credit risk generally than U.S. government debt securities. Debt securities also may be subject to price volatility due to market perception of future interest rates, the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (market risk). Investment-grade debt securities are considered medium- and/or high-quality securities, although some still possess varying degrees of speculative characteristics and risks. Debt securities rated below investment-grade are riskier, but may offer higher yields. These securities are sometimes referred to as high yield securities or “junk bonds.”
Corporate bonds are debt securities issued by corporations. Although a higher return is expected from corporate bonds, these securities, while subject to the same general risks as U.S. government securities, are subject to greater credit risk than U.S. government securities. Their prices may be affected by the perceived credit quality of their issuer.
Depositary Receipts include American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) as well as other “hybrid” forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. Depositary receipts may be sponsored or unsponsored. These certificates are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer’s home country. The depository bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.
Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may subject a fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments; withholding taxes on income, or possible imposition of withholding taxes on income; possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits; possible establishment of exchange controls; or taxation at the source or greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates. Foreign issuers of securities often engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities, and there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers. In addition, foreign issuers are, generally speaking, subject to less government supervision and regulation and different accounting treatment than are those in the United States. Please see the section titled “Foreign Securities” for more detail.
Although the two types of depositary receipt facilities (unsponsored or sponsored) are similar, there are differences regarding a holder’s rights and obligations and the practices of market participants. A depository may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or acquiescence of) the underlying issuer; typically, however, the depository requests a letter of non-objection from the underlying issuer prior to establishing the facility. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of the facility. The depository usually charges fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the underlying securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars or other currency, the disposition of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services. The depository of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the underlying issuer or to pass through voting rights to depositary receipt holders with respect to the underlying securities.
Sponsored depositary receipt facilities are created in generally the same manner as unsponsored facilities, except that sponsored depositary receipts are established jointly by a depository and the underlying issuer through a deposit agreement. The deposit agreement sets out the rights and responsibilities of the underlying issuer, the depository, and the depositary receipt holders. With sponsored facilities, the underlying issuer typically bears some of the costs of the depositary receipts (such as dividend payment fees of the depository), although most sponsored depositary receipts holders may bear costs such as deposit and withdrawal fees. Depositories of most sponsored depositary receipts agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings, voting instructions, and other shareholder communications and information to the depositary receipt holders at the underlying issuer’s request.
Derivative Instruments are commonly defined to include securities or contracts whose values depend on (or “derive” from) the value of one or more other assets such as securities, currencies, or commodities. These “other assets” are commonly referred to as “underlying assets.”
A derivative instrument generally consists of, is based upon, or exhibits characteristics similar to options or forward contracts. Options and forward contracts are considered to be the basic “building blocks” of derivatives. For example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts, as well as exchange-traded futures. Option-based derivatives include privately negotiated, over-the-counter OTC options (including caps, floors, collars, and options on forward and swap contracts) and exchange-traded options on futures. Diverse types of derivatives may be created by combining options or forward contracts in different ways, and applying these structures to a wide range of underlying assets.
Risk management strategies include investment techniques designed to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities, manage the average duration of the portfolio or create or alter exposure to certain asset classes, such as equity, other debt or foreign securities.
In addition to the derivative instruments and strategies described in this SAI, the investment adviser expects to discover additional derivative instruments and other investment, hedging or risk management techniques. The investment adviser may utilize these
4

 

Table of Contents
new derivative instruments and techniques to the extent that they are consistent with a fund’s investment objective and permitted by a fund’s investment limitations, operating policies, and applicable regulatory authorities.
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) regulates the trading of commodity interests, including certain futures contracts, options, and swaps in which a fund may invest. A fund that invests in commodity interests is subject to certain CFTC regulatory requirements, including certain limits on its trades in futures contracts, options and swaps to qualify for certain exclusions or exemptions from registration requirements. The Trust, on behalf of each fund, has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” (CPO) under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (CEA), with respect to each fund’s operation. Therefore, each fund and its investment adviser are not subject to regulation as a commodity pool or CPO under the CEA and the investment adviser is not subject to registration as a CPO. If a fund were no longer able to claim the exclusion, the fund’s investment adviser may be required to register as a CPO and the fund and its investment adviser would be subject to regulation as a commodity pool or CPO under the CEA. If a fund or its investment adviser is subject to CFTC regulation, it may incur additional expenses and/or may choose to make changes to its investment startegies.
Forward Contracts are sales contracts between a buyer (holding the “long” position), and the seller (holding the “short” position) for an asset with delivery deferred to a future date. The buyer agrees to pay a fixed price at the agreed future date and the seller agrees to deliver the asset. The seller hopes that the market price on the delivery date is less than the agreed upon price, while the buyer hopes for the contrary. The change in value of a forward-based derivative generally is roughly proportional to the change in value of the underlying asset.
Futures Contracts are instruments that represent an agreement between two parties that obligates one party to buy, and the other party to sell, specific instruments at an agreed-upon price on a stipulated future date. In the case of futures contracts relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the close of the transaction, the parties usually agree to deliver the final cash settlement price of the contract. A fund may purchase and sell futures contracts based on securities, securities indices and foreign currencies, interest rates, or any other futures contracts traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that the CFTC licenses and regulates on foreign exchanges. Although positions are usually marked to market on a daily basis with an intermediary (executing broker), there remains a credit risk with the futures exchange.
A fund must maintain a small portion of its assets in cash to process shareholder transactions and to pay its expenses. To reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance, a fund may purchase futures contracts. Such transactions allow a fund’s cash balance to produce a return similar to that of the underlying security or index on which the futures contract is based. Also, a fund may purchase or sell futures contracts on a specified foreign currency to “fix” the price in U.S. dollars of the foreign security it has acquired or sold or expects to acquire or sell. A fund may enter into futures contracts for other reasons as well.
When buying or selling futures contracts, a fund must place a deposit with its broker equal to a fraction of the contract amount. This amount is known as “initial margin” and must be in the form of liquid debt instruments, including cash, cash-equivalents and U.S. government securities. Subsequent payments to and from the broker, known as “variation margin” may be made daily, if necessary, as the value of the futures contracts fluctuate. This process is known as “marking-to-market.” The margin amount will be returned to a fund upon termination of the futures contracts assuming all contractual obligations are satisfied. Because margin requirements are normally only a fraction of the amount of the futures contracts in a given transaction, futures trading can involve a great deal of leverage. In order to avoid this, a fund will earmark or segregate assets for any outstanding futures contracts as may be required under the federal securities laws.
While a fund may purchase and sell futures contracts in order to simulate full investment, there are risks associated with these transactions. Adverse market movements could cause a fund to experience substantial losses when buying and selling futures contracts. Of course, barring significant market distortions, similar results would have been expected if a fund had instead transacted in the underlying securities directly. There also is the risk of losing any margin payments held by a broker in the event of its bankruptcy. Additionally, a fund incurs transaction costs (i.e. brokerage fees) when engaging in futures trading. To the extent a fund also invests in futures in order to simulate full investment, these same risks apply.
When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, a fund may seek, through the sale of futures contracts, to offset a decline in the value of its current portfolio securities. When rates are falling or prices are rising, a fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, may attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when they effect anticipated purchases. Similarly, a fund may sell futures contracts on a specified currency to protect against a decline in the value of that currency and its portfolio securities that are denominated in that currency. A fund may purchase futures contracts on a foreign currency to fix the price in U.S. dollars of a security denominated in that currency that a fund has acquired or expects to acquire.
Futures contracts may require actual delivery or acquisition of an underlying security or cash value of an index on the expiration date of the contract. In most cases, however, the contractual obligation is fulfilled before the date of the contract by buying or selling, as the case may be, identical futures contracts. Such offsetting transactions terminate the original contracts and cancel the obligation to take or make delivery of the underlying securities or cash. There may not always be a liquid secondary market at the time a fund seeks to close out a futures position. If a fund is unable to close out its position and prices move adversely, a fund
5

 

Table of Contents
would have to continue to make daily cash payments to maintain its margin requirements. If a fund had insufficient cash to meet these requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities at a disadvantageous time or incur extra costs by borrowing the cash. Also, a fund may be required to make or take delivery and incur extra transaction costs buying or selling the underlying securities. A fund seeks to reduce the risks associated with futures transactions by buying and selling futures contracts that are traded on national exchanges or for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market.
With respect to futures contracts that are not legally required to “cash settle,” a fund may cover the open position by setting aside or earmarking liquid assets in an amount equal to the market value of the futures contracts. With respect to futures contracts that are required to “cash settle,” however, a fund is permitted to set aside or earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the fund’s daily marked to market (net) obligation, if any, (in other words, the fund’s daily net liability, if any) rather than the market value of the futures contracts. By setting aside assets or earmarking equal to only its net obligation under cash-settled futures, a fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the fund were required to set aside or earmark assets equal to the full market value of the futures contract.
Options Contracts generally provide the right to buy or sell a security, commodity, futures contract or foreign currency in exchange for an agreed upon price. If the right is not exercised after a specified period, the option expires and the option buyer forfeits the money paid to the option seller.
A call option gives the buyer the right to buy a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. For this right, the call option buyer pays the call option seller, commonly called the call option writer, a fee called a premium. Call option buyers are usually anticipating that the price of the underlying security will rise above the price fixed with the call writer, thereby allowing them to profit. If the price of the underlying security does not rise, the call option buyer’s losses are limited to the premium paid to the call option writer. For call option writers, a rise in the price of the underlying security will be offset, in part, by the premium received from the call option buyer. If the call option writer does not own the underlying security, however, the losses that may ensue if the price rises could be potentially unlimited. If the call option writer owns the underlying security or commodity, this is called writing a covered call. All call and put options written by a fund will be covered, which means that a fund will own the securities subject to the option so long as the option is outstanding or a fund will earmark or segregate assets for any outstanding option contracts.
A put option is the opposite of a call option. It gives the buyer the right to sell a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. Put option buyers are usually anticipating a decline in the price of the underlying security, and wish to offset those losses when selling the security at a later date. All put options a fund writes will be covered, which means that a fund will earmark or segregate cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option, or will otherwise “cover” its position as required by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act) (e.g., the fund will hold a put option on the same underlying security with the same or higher strike price). The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for a fund. However, in return for the option premium, a fund accepts the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.
A fund may purchase and write put and call options on any securities in which it may invest or any securities index or basket of securities based on securities in which it may invest. In addition, a fund may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options. A fund may purchase and write such options on securities that are listed on domestic or foreign securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market. Like futures contracts, option contracts are rarely exercised. Option buyers usually sell the option before it expires. Option writers may terminate their obligations under a written call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions.” A fund may enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options it has purchased or written.
An exchange-traded currency option position may be closed out only on an options exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although a fund generally will purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. If a fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to options it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets earmarked or held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if a fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.
Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (1) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (2) an exchange may impose restrictions on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (4) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (5) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (OCC) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (6) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a
6

 

Table of Contents
particular class or series of options), although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, a fund will treat purchased over-the-counter options and all assets used to cover written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities, except that with respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S. government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to a formula the staff of the SEC approves.
Options trading involves additional risks because of the low margin deposits required and the extremely high degree of leverage that options trading may involve. There may be imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the securities held by a fund and the prices of the options, possible lack of a liquid secondary market, and the resulting inability to close such positions prior to their maturity dates.
A fund may write or purchase an option only when the market value of that option, when aggregated with the market value of all other options transactions made on behalf of a fund, does not exceed 5% of its net assets.
Puts are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or “put provider.” When a fund buys a security with a put feature, losses could occur if the put provider does not perform as agreed. If a put provider fails to honor its commitment upon a fund’s attempt to exercise the put, a fund may have to treat the security’s final maturity as its effective maturity. If that occurs, the security’s price may be negatively impacted, and its sensitivity to interest rate changes may be increased, possibly contributing to increased share price volatility for a fund. This also could lengthen a fund’s overall average effective maturity. Standby commitments are types of puts.
Diversification involves investing in a wide range of securities and thereby spreading and reducing the risks of investment. Each fund is a series of an open-end investment management company. Each fund is a diversified mutual fund.
Emerging or Developing Markets exist in countries that are considered to be in the initial stages of industrialization. The risks of investing in these markets are similar to the risks of international investing in general, although the risks are greater in emerging and developing markets. Countries with emerging or developing securities markets tend to have economic structures that are less stable than countries with developed securities markets. This is because their economies may be based on only a few industries and their securities markets may trade a small number of securities. Prices on these exchanges tend to be volatile, and securities in these countries historically have offered greater potential for gain (as well as loss) than securities of companies located in developed countries.
A fund’s investments in emerging markets can be considered speculative, and therefore may offer higher potential for gains and losses than investments in developed markets of the world. With respect to an emerging country, there may be a greater potential for nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political changes, government regulation, social instability or diplomatic developments (including war) which could affect adversely the economies of such countries or investments in such countries. The economies of developing countries generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange or currency controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.
In addition to the risks of investing in emerging market country debt securities, a fund’s investment in government or government-related securities of emerging market countries and restructured debt instruments in emerging markets are subject to special risks, including the inability or unwillingness to repay principal and interest, requests to reschedule or restructure outstanding debt, and requests to extend additional loan amounts. A fund may have limited recourse in the event of default on such debt instruments.
Equity Securities represent ownership interests in a company, and are commonly called “stocks.” Equity securities historically have outperformed most other securities, although their prices can fluctuate based on changes in a company’s financial condition, market conditions and political, economic or even company-specific news. When a stock’s price declines, its market value is lowered even though the intrinsic value of the company may not have changed. Sometimes factors, such as economic conditions or political events, affect the value of stocks of companies of the same or similar industry or group of industries, and may affect the entire stock market.
Types of equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants, ADRs, GDRs, EDRs, interests in real estate investment trusts and business development companies (for more information on real estate investment trusts (REITs), see the section entitled “Real Estate Investment Trusts”).
Common stocks , which are probably the most recognized type of equity security, represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer and usually entitle the owner to voting rights in the election of the corporation’s directors and any other matters submitted to the corporation’s shareholders for voting, as well as to receive dividends on such stock. The market value of common stock can fluctuate widely, as it reflects increases and decreases in an issuer’s earnings. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners, other debt holders and owners of preferred stock take precedence over the claims of common stock owners.
7

 

Table of Contents
Common stocks are typically categorized by their market capitalization as large-, mid- or small-cap. Small-cap stocks include common stocks issued by operating companies with market capitalizations that place them at the lower end of the stock market, as well as the stocks of companies that are determined to be small based on several factors, including the capitalization of the company and the amount of revenues. Historically, small-cap company stocks have been riskier than stocks issued by large- or mid-cap companies for a variety of reasons. Small-cap companies may have less certain growth prospects and are typically less diversified and less able to withstand changing economic conditions than larger capitalized companies. Small-cap companies also may have more limited product lines, markets or financial resources than companies with larger capitalizations, and may be more dependent on a relatively small management group. In addition, small-cap companies may not be well known to the investing public, may not have institutional ownership and may have only cyclical, static or moderate growth prospects. Most small-cap company stocks pay low or no dividends.
These factors and others may cause sharp changes in the value of a small-cap company’s stock, and even cause some small-cap companies to fail. Additionally, small-cap stocks may not be as broadly traded as large- or mid-cap stocks, and a fund’s positions in securities of such companies may be substantial in relation to the market for such securities. Accordingly, it may be difficult for a fund to dispose of securities of these small-cap companies at prevailing market prices in order to meet redemptions. This lower degree of liquidity can adversely affect the value of these securities. For these reasons and others, the value of a fund’s investments in small-cap stocks is expected to be more volatile than other types of investments, including other types of stock investments. While small-cap stocks are generally considered to offer greater growth opportunities for investors, they involve greater risks and the share price of a fund that invests in small-cap stocks may change sharply during the short term and long term.
Preferred stocks represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer but do not ordinarily carry voting rights, though they may carry limited voting rights. Preferred stocks normally have preference over the corporation’s assets and earnings, however. For example, preferred stocks have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends. Preferred stocks normally pay dividends at a specified rate. However, preferred stock may be purchased where the issuer has omitted, or is in danger of omitting, payment of its dividend. Such investments would be made primarily for their capital appreciation potential. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners take precedence over the claims of preferred and common stock owners. Certain classes of preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock of the issuer. By holding convertible preferred stock, a fund can receive a steady stream of dividends and still have the option to convert the preferred stock to common stock. Preferred stock is subject to many of the same risks as common stock and debt securities.
Convertible securities are typically preferred stocks or bonds that are exchangeable for a specific number of another form of security (usually the issuer’s common stock) at a specified price or ratio. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on bonds or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. A corporation may issue a convertible security that is subject to redemption after a specified date, and usually under certain circumstances. A holder of a convertible security that is called for redemption would be required to tender it for redemption to the issuer, convert it to the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. The convertible structure allows the holder of the convertible bond to participate in share price movements in the company’s common stock. The actual return on a convertible bond may exceed its stated yield if the company’s common stock appreciates in value and the option to convert to common stocks becomes more valuable.
Convertible securities typically pay a lower interest rate than nonconvertible bonds of the same quality and maturity because of the conversion feature. Convertible securities are also rated below investment grade (high yield) or are not rated, and are subject to credit risk.
Prior to conversion, convertible securities have characteristics and risks similar to nonconvertible debt and equity securities. In addition, convertible securities are often concentrated in economic sectors, which, like the stock market in general, may experience unpredictable declines in value, as well as periods of poor performance, which may last for several years. There may be a small trading market for a particular convertible security at any given time, which may adversely impact market price and a fund’s ability to liquidate a particular security or respond to an economic event, including deterioration of an issuer’s creditworthiness.
Convertible preferred stocks are nonvoting equity securities that pay a fixed dividend. These securities have a conversion feature similar to convertible bonds, but do not have a maturity date. Due to their fixed income features, convertible securities provide higher income potential than the issuer’s common stock, but typically are more sensitive to interest rate changes than the underlying common stock. In the event of a company’s liquidation, bondholders have claims on company assets senior to those of shareholders; preferred shareholders have claims senior to those of common shareholders.
Convertible securities typically trade at prices above their conversion value, which is the current market value of the common stock received upon conversion, because of their higher yield potential than the underlying common stock. The difference between the conversion value and the price of a convertible security will vary depending on the value of the underlying common stock and interest rates. When the underlying value of the common stocks declines, the price of the issuer’s convertible securities will tend not to fall as much because the convertible security’s income potential will act as a price support. While the value of a convertible security also tends to rise when the underlying common stock value rises, it will not rise as much because its conversion value is
8

 

Table of Contents
more narrow. The value of convertible securities also is affected by changes in interest rates. For example, when interest rates fall, the value of convertible securities may rise because of their fixed income component.
Initial Public Offering (IPO). A fund may purchase shares issued as part of, or a short period after, a company's IPO, and may at times dispose of those shares shortly after their acquisition. A fund’s purchase of shares issued in IPOs exposes it to the risks associated with companies that have little operating history as public companies, as well as to the risks inherent in those sectors of the market where these new issuers operate. The market for IPO issuers has been volatile, and share prices of newly-public companies have fluctuated significantly over short periods of time.
Master Limited Partnerships (MLPs). MLPs are limited partnerships in which the common units are publicly traded. MLP common units are freely traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market and are generally registered with the SEC. MLPs often own several properties or businesses (or own interests) that are related to real estate development and oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners. The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an up to 2% equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a limited role, if any, in the partnership’s operations and management.
MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (minimum quarterly distributions). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the minimum quarterly distribution is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the minimum quarterly distribution; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis. The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner which results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions are intended to encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results are intended to benefit all security holders of the MLP, however, such incentive distribution payments give rise to potential conflicts of interest between the common unit holders and the general partner.
MLP common units represent a limited partnership interest in the MLP. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges or over-the-counter, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. The funds may purchase common units in market transactions as well as directly from the MLP or other parties in private placements. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability to annually elect directors. MLPs generally distribute all available cash flow (cash flow from operations less maintenance capital expenditures) in the form of quarterly distributions. Common units along with general partner units, have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution and have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.
MLP subordinated units are typically issued by MLPs to their original sponsors, such as their founders, corporate general partners of MLPs, entities that sell assets to the MLP, and investors. Subordinated units may be purchased directly from these persons as well as newly-issued subordinated units from MLPs themselves. Subordinated units have similar voting rights as common units and are generally not publicly traded. Once the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units, including any arrearages, has been paid, subordinated units receive cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution prior to any incentive payments to the MLP’s general partner. Unlike common units, subordinated units do not have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units and general partner interests have priority over subordinated units. Subordinated units are typically converted into common units on a one-to-one basis after certain time periods and/or performance targets have been satisfied. The purchase or sale price of subordinated units is generally tied to the common unit price less a discount. The size of the discount varies depending on the likelihood of conversion, the length of time remaining to conversion, the size of the block purchased relative to trading volumes, and other factors, including smaller capitalization partnerships or companies potentially having limited product lines, markets or financial resources, lacking management depth or experience, and being more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic development than larger more established companies.
General partner interests of MLPs are typically retained by an MLP’s original sponsors, such as its founders, corporate partners, entities that sell assets to the MLP and investors. A holder of general partner interests can be liable under certain circumstances for amounts greater than the amount of the holder’s investment in the general partner interest. General partner interests often confer
9

 

Table of Contents
direct board participation rights and in many cases, operating control, over the MLP. These interests themselves are not publicly traded, although they may be owned by publicly traded entities. General partner interests receive cash distributions, typically 2% of the MLP’s aggregate cash distributions, which are contractually defined in the partnership agreement. In addition, holders of general partner interests typically hold incentive distribution rights, which provide them with a larger share of the aggregate MLP cash distributions as the distributions to limited partner unit holders are increased to prescribed levels. General partner interests generally cannot be converted into common units. The general partner interest can be redeemed by the MLP if the MLP unitholders choose to remove the general partner, typically with a supermajority vote by limited partner unitholders.
Additional risks involved with investing in an MLP are risks associated with the specific industry or industries in which the partnership invests, such as the risks of investing in real estate, or oil and gas industries.
Certain MLPs are dependent on their parent companies or sponsors for a majority of their revenues. Any failure by an MLP’s parents or sponsors to satisfy their payments or obligations would impact the MLP’s revenues and cash flows and ability to make distributions.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) are pooled investment vehicles, which invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests and, in some cases, manage real estate. REITs are sometimes referred to as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. An equity REIT invests primarily in properties and generates income from rental and lease properties and, in some cases, from the management of real estate. Equity REITs also offer the potential for growth as a result of property appreciation and from the sale of appreciated property. Mortgage REITs invest primarily in real estate mortgages, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and derive income for the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs may combine the features of equity REITs and mortgage REITs. REITs are generally organized as corporations or business trusts, but are not taxed as a corporation if they meet certain requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). To qualify, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including other REITs), cash and government securities, distribute at least 90% of its taxable income to its shareholders and receive at least 75% of that income from rents, mortgages and sales of property.
Like any investment in real estate, a REIT’s performance depends on many factors, such as its ability to find tenants for its properties, to renew leases, and to finance property purchases and renovations. In general, REITs may be affected by changes in underlying real estate values, which may have an exaggerated effect to the extent a REIT concentrates its investment in certain regions or property types. For example, rental income could decline because of extended vacancies, increased competition from nearby properties, tenants’ failure to pay rent, or incompetent management. Property values could decrease because of overbuilding, environmental liabilities, uninsured damages caused by natural disasters, a general decline in the neighborhood, losses due to casualty or condemnation, increases in property taxes, or changes in zoning laws. Ultimately, a REIT’s performance depends on the types of properties it owns and how well the REIT manages its properties. Additionally, declines in the market value of a REIT may reflect not only depressed real estate prices, but may also reflect the degree of leverage utilized by the REIT.
In general, during periods of rising interest rates, REITs may lose some of their appeal for investors who may be able to obtain higher yields from other income-producing investments, such as long-term bonds. Higher interest rates also mean that financing for property purchases and improvements is more costly and difficult to obtain. During periods of declining interest rates, certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that mortgagors elect to prepay, which can reduce the yield on securities issued by mortgage REITs. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the ability of borrowers to repay debts to the REIT when due and equity REITs may be affected by the ability of tenants to pay rent.
Like small-cap stocks in general, certain REITs have relatively small market capitalizations and their securities can be more volatile than and at times will perform differently from large-cap stocks. In addition, because small-cap stocks are typically less liquid than large-cap stocks, REIT stocks may sometimes experience greater share-price fluctuations than the stocks of larger companies. Further, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited diversification, and are therefore subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. By investing in REITs indirectly through a fund, a shareholder will bear indirectly a proportionate share of the REIT’s expenses in addition to their proportionate share of a fund’s expenses. Finally, REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act and CFTC regulations.
Rights and Warrants. Rights and warrants are types of securities that entitle the holder to purchase a proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price for a specific period of time. Rights allow a shareholder to buy more shares directly from the company, usually at a price somewhat lower than the current market price of the outstanding shares. Warrants are usually issued with bonds and preferred stock. Rights and warrants can trade on the market separately from the company’s stock. The prices of rights and warrants do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying common stock. Rights usually expire within a few weeks of issuance, while warrants may not expire for several years. If a right or warrant is not exercised within the specified time period, it will become worthless and a fund will lose the purchase price it paid for the right or warrant and the right to purchase the underlying security.
Stock Substitution Strategy is a strategy, whereby certain underlying index funds may, in certain circumstances, substitute a similar stock for a security in their indexes.
10

 

Table of Contents
Business Development Companies (BDCs) are closed-end investment companies that have elected to be BDCs under the 1940 Act and are taxed as regulated investment companies (RICs) under the Internal Revenue Code. BDCs operate as venture capital companies and typically invest in, lend capital to, and provide significant managerial assistance to developing private companies or thinly-traded public companies. Under the 1940 Act, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of privately-held U.S. companies or thinly-traded U.S. public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. In addition, a BDC may only incur indebtedness in amounts such that the BDC’s coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities equals at least 200% after such incurrence.
BDCs generally invest in debt securities that are not rated by a credit rating agency and are considered below investment grade quality (junk bonds). Little public information generally exists for the type of companies in which a BDC may invest and, therefore, there is a risk that investors may not be able to make a fully informed evaluation of the BDC and its portfolio of investments. In addition, investments made by BDCs are typically illiquid and are difficult to value for purposes of determining a BDC’s net asset value (for more information on BDCs, see the section titled “Securities of Other Investment Companies”).
High-Yield Securities, also called lower quality bonds (junk bonds), are frequently issued by companies without long track records of sales and earnings, or by those of questionable credit strength, and are more speculative and volatile (though typically higher yielding) than investment grade bonds. Adverse economic developments could disrupt the market for high-yield securities, and severely affect the ability of issuers, especially highly-leveraged issuers, to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity.
Also, the secondary market for high-yield securities at times may not be as liquid as the secondary market for higher-quality debt securities. As a result, the investment adviser could find it difficult to sell these securities or experience difficulty in valuing certain high-yield securities at certain times. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower rated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices at which a fund purchased them.
Thus, high-yield securities are more likely to react to developments affecting interest rates and market and credit risk than are more highly rated securities, which primarily react to movements in the general level of interest rates. When economic conditions appear to be deteriorating, medium- to lower-quality debt securities may decline in value more than higher-quality debt securities due to heightened concern over credit quality, regardless of prevailing interest rates. Prices for high-yield securities also could be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect a fund’s net asset value and investment practices, the secondary market value for high-yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high-yield securities.
Inflation Protected Securities are fixed income securities whose value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers utilize a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index (CPI) accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.
Inflation protected securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of approximately five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semi-annual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation adjusted principal amount.
If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation protected bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation protected bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. An underlying fund may also invest in other inflation related bonds, which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond to be repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal amount and, therefore, is subject to credit risk.
The value of inflation protected bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the expected rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation protected bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation protected bonds.
While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.
The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation protected bonds is tied to the non-seasonally adjusted U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U), published monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation protected bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of
11

 

Table of Contents
inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.
Any increase in principal for an inflation protected security resulting from inflation adjustments is considered by the IRS to be taxable income in the year it occurs. The underlying fund’s distributions to shareholders may include interest income and the income attributable to principal adjustments, both of which will be taxable to shareholders. The tax treatment of the income attributable to principal adjustments may result in the situation where the underlying fund needs to make its required annual distributions to shareholders in amounts that exceed the cash received. As a result, the underlying fund may need to liquidate certain investments when it is not advantageous to do so. Also, if the principal value of an inflation protected security is adjusted downward due to deflation, amounts previously distributed in the taxable year may be characterized in some circumstances as a return of capital.
International Bonds are certain obligations or securities of foreign issuers, including Eurodollar Bonds, which are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued by foreign issuers payable in Eurodollars (U.S. dollars held in banks located outside the United States, primarily Europe), Yankee Bonds, which are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued in the U.S. by foreign banks and corporations, and EuroBonds, which are bonds denominated in U.S. dollars and usually issued by large underwriting groups composed of banks and issuing houses from many countries. Investments in securities issued by foreign issuers, including American Depositary Receipts and securities purchased on foreign securities exchanges, may subject a fund to additional investment risks, such as adverse political and economic developments, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign investments, less stringent disclosure requirements, non-U.S. withholding taxes and the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions.
Additional risks include less publicly available information, the risk that companies may not be subject to the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements of U.S. companies, the risk that foreign securities markets may have less volume and therefore may be less liquid and their prices more volatile than U.S. securities, and the risk that custodian and transaction costs may be higher. Foreign issuers of securities or obligations are often subject to accounting requirements and engage in business practices different from those respecting domestic issuers of similar securities or obligations. Foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.
Quality of Fixed Income Investments will be principally investment-grade for a fund’s assets. Investment-grade quality securities are rated by at least one NRSRO in one of the four highest rating categories (within which there may be sub-categories or gradations indicating relative standing) or have been determined to be of equivalent quality by the investment adviser or sub-adviser. Sometimes an investment-grade quality security may be downgraded to a below investment-grade quality rating. If a security no longer has at least one investment-quality rating from an NRSRO, the investment adviser would reanalyze the security in light of the downgrade and determine whether a fund should continue to hold the security. However, such downgrade would not require the investment adviser or sub-advisers to sell the security on behalf of a fund. Sometimes lower-quality securities may be downgraded to an even lower quality. The investment adviser may also elect to purchase high-yield securities that are rated (at the time of purchase) B or higher or the equivalent by Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (S&P) or Fitch, Inc. or are determined to be of similar investment quality by the investment manager.
Foreign Currency Transactions. A fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options and may engage in foreign currency transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at the rate prevailing in the currency exchange market at the time or through forward currency contracts (forwards) with terms generally of less than one year. A fund may engage in these transactions in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities.
A fund may also use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. A fund will earmark or segregate assets for any open positions in forwards used for non-hedging purposes and mark to market daily as may be required under the federal securities laws.
A forward involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts may be bought or sold to protect a fund against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. Many foreign securities markets do not settle trades within a time frame that would be considered customary in the U.S. stock market. Therefore, a fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to secure exchange rates for fund securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions do not seek to eliminate any fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities involved. Instead, the transactions simply establish a rate of exchange that can be expected when a fund settles its securities transactions in the future. Forwards involve certain risks. For example, if the counterparties to the contracts are unable to meet the terms of the contracts or if the value of the foreign currency changes unfavorably, a fund could sustain a loss.
A fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange options and contracts to protect the value of specific portfolio positions, which is called “position hedging.” When engaging in position hedging, a fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange
12

 

Table of Contents
transactions to protect against a decline in the values of the foreign currencies in which portfolio securities are denominated (or against an increase in the value of currency for securities that a fund expects to purchase).
Buying and selling foreign currency exchange options and contracts involves costs and may result in losses. The ability of a fund to engage in these transactions may be limited by tax considerations. Although these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to declines in the value of the hedged currency, they tend to limit any potential gain that might result from an increase in the value of such currency. Transactions in these contracts involve certain other risks. Unanticipated fluctuations in currency prices may result in a poorer overall performance for a fund than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. Moreover, there may be imperfect correlation between a fund’s holdings of securities denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts into which a fund enters. Such imperfect correlation may cause a fund to sustain losses, which will prevent it from achieving a complete hedge or expose it to risk of foreign exchange loss.
Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that a fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time. Also, such transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for a fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies.
Forwards will be used primarily to adjust the foreign exchange exposure of a fund with a view to protecting the outlook, and a fund might be expected to enter into such contracts under the following circumstances:
Lock In . When the investment adviser desires to lock in the U.S. dollar price on the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.
Cross Hedge . If a particular currency is expected to decrease against another currency, a fund may sell the currency expected to decrease and purchase a currency which is expected to increase against the currency sold in an amount approximately equal to some or all of a fund’s portfolio holdings denominated in the currency sold.
Direct Hedge . If the investment adviser wants to eliminate substantially all of the risk of owning a particular currency, and/or if the investment adviser thinks that a fund can benefit from price appreciation in a given country’s bonds but does not want to hold the currency, it may employ a direct hedge back into the U.S. dollar. In either case, a fund would enter into a forward contract to sell the currency in which a portfolio security is denominated and purchase U.S. dollars at an exchange rate established at the time it initiated the contract. The cost of the direct hedge transaction may offset most, if not all, of the yield advantage offered by the foreign security, but a fund would benefit from an increase in value of the bond.
Proxy Hedge . The investment adviser might choose to use a proxy hedge, which may be less costly than a direct hedge. In this case, a fund, having purchased a security, will sell a currency whose value is believed to be closely linked to the currency in which the security is denominated. Interest rates prevailing in the country whose currency was sold would be expected to be closer to those in the U.S. and lower than those of securities denominated in the currency of the original holding. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.
Costs of Hedging . When a fund purchases a foreign bond with a higher interest rate than is available on U.S. bonds of a similar maturity, the additional yield on the foreign bond could be substantially reduced or lost if a fund were to enter into a direct hedge by selling the foreign currency and purchasing the U.S. dollar. This is what is known as the “cost” of hedging. Proxy hedging attempts to reduce this cost through an indirect hedge back to the U.S. dollar. It is important to note that hedging costs are treated as capital transactions and are not, therefore, deducted from a fund’s dividend distribution and are not reflected in its yield. Instead such costs will, over time, be reflected in a fund’s net asset value per share.
Tax Consequences of Hedging . Under applicable tax law, a fund may be required to limit its gains from hedging in foreign currency forwards, futures, and options. Although a fund is expected to comply with such limits, the extent to which these limits apply is subject to tax regulations as yet unissued. Hedging may also result in the application of the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Those provisions could result in an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by a fund and could affect whether dividends paid by a fund are classified as capital gains or ordinary income.
Foreign Securities. Investments in foreign securities involve additional risks, including foreign currency exchange rate risks, because they are issued by foreign entities, including foreign governments, banks and corporations or because they are traded principally overseas. Foreign securities in which a fund may invest include those issued by foreign entities that are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. corporations. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about foreign entities. Foreign economic, political and legal developments, as well as fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates and withholding taxes, could have more dramatic effects on the value of foreign securities. For example, conditions within and around foreign countries, such as the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, diplomatic developments, the imposition of trade sanctions, change of government or war could affect the value of foreign investments. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.
13

 

Table of Contents
Foreign securities typically have less volume and are generally less liquid and more volatile than securities of U.S. companies. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although a fund will endeavor to achieve the most favorable overall results on portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed companies than in the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. There may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign issuers as well. Bankruptcy laws in some foreign countries are sometimes biased to the borrowers and against the creditors. Bankruptcy laws in some foreign countries are sometimes biased to the borrowers and against the creditors. These factors and others may increase the risks with respect to the liquidity of a fund, and its ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.
In addition, a fund’s investments in foreign securities may be subject to economic sanctions or other government restrictions. These restrictions may negatively impact the value or liquidity of a fund’s investments, and could impair a fund’s ability to meet its investment objective or invest in accordance with its investment strategy. For example, a fund may be prohibited from investing in securities issued by companies subject to such restrictions. In addition, these restrictions may require a fund to freeze its existing investments in certain foreign securities, which would prohibit the fund from buying, selling, receiving or delivering those securities or other financial instruments. As a result, such restrictions may limit a fund’s ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.
Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures and, in certain markets, there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a fund is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause a fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Losses to a fund arising out of the inability to fulfill a contract to sell such securities also could result in potential liability for a fund.
Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may be made and held in foreign currencies. In addition, a fund may hold cash investments in foreign currencies. These investments may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations, and may cause a fund to incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange market as well as by political and economic factors. Changes in the foreign currency exchange rates also may affect the value of dividends and interest earned, gains and losses realized on the sale of securities, and net investment income and gains, if any, to be distributed to shareholders by a fund.
During the recent global financial crisis, financial markets in Europe experienced significant volatility due, in part, to concerns about rising levels of government debt and the prevalence of increased budget deficits. As a result, many economies in the region suffered through prolonged economic downturns. Although some European economies have shown signs of recovery, any recovery may be slow as the region continues to face difficult challenges including high unemployment rates, significant levels of government debt, continuing trade deficits, significant austerity measures and lack of access to capital. Furthermore, due to the economic integration of the region, another economic downturn in one European country may have a negative impact on the economies of other European countries. As a fund may hold investments in issuers that are located in Europe or that depend on revenues generated from operations in Europe, any material negative developments in Europe could have a negative impact on the value and liquidity of these investments, which could harm a fund’s performance.
In a recent referendum, citizens of the United Kingdom (the “UK”) voted to withdraw from the European Union (the “EU”), which caused significant volatility in global financial markets. It is expected that the UK will withdraw from the EU (commonly referred to as “Brexit”) within two years after the UK formally notifies the European Council of its intention to withdraw. However, there is significant uncertainty regarding the potential consequences and precise timeframe for Brexit. During this period of uncertainty, the UK and European economies and the broader global economy may experience increased volatility and illiquidity, and companies that conduct a significant amount of business in the UK or Europe may experience lower revenue and/or profit growth, all of which may adversely affect the value of a fund’s investments. The Brexit also may cause additional member states to contemplate departing the EU, which would likely perpetuate political and economic instability in the region and cause additional market disruption in global financial markets.
Foreign Institutions involve additional risks. The funds may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated securities issued by foreign institutions or securities that are subject to credit or liquidity enhancements provided by foreign institutions. Foreign institutions may not be subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements that are comparable to those applicable to U.S. corporations. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about foreign entities. Foreign economic, political and legal developments could have effects on the value of securities issued or supported by foreign institutions. For example, conditions within and around foreign countries, such as the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, diplomatic developments, change of government or war could affect the value of these securities. In addition, there may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign institutions that issue
14

 

Table of Contents
or support securities in which a fund may invest. These factors and others may increase the risks with respect to the liquidity of a fund, and its ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.
Hybrid Instruments ​ are a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional stock, bond, or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a benchmark). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil.
Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes a fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of a fund. A fund will not invest more than 5% of its total assets in hybrid instruments.
Certain hybrid instruments may provide exposure to the commodities markets. These are derivative securities with one or more commodity-linked components that have payment features similar to commodity futures contracts, commodity options, or similar instruments. Commodity-linked hybrid instruments may be either equity or debt securities, and are considered hybrid instruments because they have both security and commodity-like characteristics. A portion of the value of these instruments may be derived from the value of a commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable. A fund will only invest in commodity-linked hybrid instruments that qualify under applicable rules of the CFTC for an exemption from the provisions of the CEA.
Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, a fund's investments in these products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.
Illiquid Securities generally are any securities that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which a fund has valued the instruments. The liquidity of a fund’s investments is monitored under the supervision and direction of the Board. Investments currently not considered liquid include repurchase agreements not maturing within seven days that are not subject to a demand feature of seven days or less and certain restricted securities.
Indexing Strategies involve tracking the securities represented in, and, therefore, the performance of, an index. Each of these index funds normally will primarily invest its assets in the securities of its index. Moreover, each of these index funds seeks to invest so that its portfolio performs similarly to that of its index. Each of these index funds tries to generally match its holdings in a particular security to its weight in the index. Each index fund will seek a correlation between its performance and that of its index of 0.90 or better over time. A perfect correlation of 1.0 is unlikely as the index funds incur operating and trading expenses unlike their indices. An index fund may rebalance its holdings in order to track its index more closely. In the event its intended correlation is not achieved, the Board will consider alternative arrangements for the portfolio or index fund.
There can be no guarantee that the performance of an underlying fund will achieve a high degree of correlation with that of its index. A number of factors may affect the underlying fund’s ability to achieve a high correlation with its index, including the degree to which the underlying fund utilizes a sampling technique. The correlation between the performance of an underlying fund and its index may also diverge due to transaction costs, asset valuations, corporate actions (such as mergers and spin-offs), timing variances, and differences between the underlying fund’s portfolio and the index resulting from legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that apply to the underlying fund but not to the index.
Interfund Borrowing and Lending. The SEC has granted an exemption to the funds that permits the funds to borrow money from and/or lend money to other funds in the Fund Complex as defined under “Management of the Funds.” All loans are for temporary or emergency purposes and the interest rates to be charged will be the average of the overnight repurchase agreement rate and the short term bank loan rate. All loans are subject to numerous conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of all participating funds/portfolios. The interfund lending facility is subject to the oversight and periodic review of the Board.
Money Market Securities are high-quality, short term debt securities that may be issued by entities such as the U.S. government, corporations and financial institutions (like banks). Money market securities include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, notes and time deposits. Certificates of deposit and time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing
15

 

Table of Contents
a bank’s obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. Commercial paper consists of short term, unsecured promissory notes issued to finance short term credit needs.
Money market securities pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest and are generally subject to credit and interest rate risks. The maturity date or price of and financial assets collateralizing a security may be structured in order to make it qualify as or act like a money market security. These securities may be subject to greater credit and interest rate risks than other money market securities because of their structure. Money market securities may be issued with puts or sold separately; these puts, which are sometimes called demand features or guarantees, which are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or “put provider.” When a fund buys a put, losses could occur as a result of the costs of the put or if it exercises its rights under the put and the put provider does not perform as agreed. Standby commitments are types of puts.
A fund may keep a portion of its assets in cash for business operations. A fund may invest in money market securities to reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance. A fund may also invest in money market securities to the extent it is consistent with its investment objective.
Bankers’ Acceptances or Notes are credit instruments evidencing a bank’s obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. A fund will invest only in bankers’ acceptances of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in the aggregate in excess of $100 million.
Certificates of Deposit or Time Deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. A fund will invest only in certificates of deposit of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in the aggregate in excess of $100 million.
Commercial Paper consists of short-term, promissory notes issued by banks, corporations and other institutions to finance short-term credit needs. These securities generally are discounted but sometimes may be interest bearing. Commercial paper, which also may be unsecured, is subject to credit risk.
Fixed Time Deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties, which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. A fund will not invest in fixed time deposits, which (1) are not subject to prepayment or (2) provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits) if, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in such deposits, repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days and other illiquid assets.
Promissory Notes are written agreements committing the maker or issuer to pay the payee a specified amount either on demand or at a fixed date in the future, with or without interest. These are sometimes called negotiable notes or instruments and are subject to credit risk. Bank notes are notes used to represent obligations issued by banks in large denominations.
Repurchase Agreements are instruments under which a buyer acquires ownership of certain securities (usually U.S. government securities) from a seller who agrees to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the buyer’s holding period. Any repurchase agreements a fund enters into will involve a fund as the buyer and banks or broker-dealers as sellers. The period of repurchase agreements is usually short, from overnight to one week, although the securities collateralizing a repurchase agreement may have longer maturity dates. Default by the seller might cause a fund to experience a loss or delay in the liquidation of the collateral securing the repurchase agreement. A fund also may incur disposition costs in liquidating the collateral. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a repurchase agreement’s seller, a fund might incur expenses in enforcing its rights, and could experience losses, including a decline in the value of the underlying securities and loss of income. A fund will make payment under a repurchase agreement only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer of the collateral to the account of its custodian bank.
Mortgage-Backed Securities (MBS) and other Asset-Backed Securities (ABS) may be purchased by a fund. MBS represent participations in mortgage loans, and include pass-through securities, adjustable rate mortgages, collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped mortgage-backed securities. MBS may be issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA or Ginnie Mae) and the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA or Fannie Mae) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC or Freddie Mac).
The National Housing Act authorized GNMA to guarantee the timely payment of principal and interest on securities backed by a pool of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. The GNMA guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. The GNMA is also empowered to borrow without limitation from the U.S. Treasury if necessary to make any payments required under its guarantee.
GNMA Certificates are mortgage securities which evidence an undivided interest in a pool or pools of mortgages. GNMA Certificates that a fund may purchase are the “modified pass-through” type, which entitle the holder to receive timely payment of
16

 

Table of Contents
all interest and principal payments due on the mortgage pool, net of fees paid to the “issuer” and GNMA, regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.
The average life of a GNMA Certificate is likely to be substantially shorter than the original maturity of the mortgages underlying the securities. Prepayments of principal by mortgagors and mortgage foreclosures will usually result in the return of the greater part of principal investment long before the maturity of the mortgages in the pool. Foreclosures impose no risk to principal investment because of the GNMA guarantee, except to the extent that a fund has purchased the certificates above par in the secondary market.
Freddie Mac was created in 1970 to promote development of a nationwide secondary market in conventional residential mortgages. Freddie Mac issues two types of mortgage pass-through securities (Freddie Mac Certificates): mortgage participation certificates (PCs) and guaranteed mortgage certificates (GMCs). PCs resemble GNMA Certificates in that each PC represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool. Freddie Mac guarantees timely monthly payment of interest on PCs and the ultimate payment of principal, but its issues are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
GMCs also represent a pro rata interest in a pool of mortgages. However, these instruments pay interest semi-annually and return principal once a year in guaranteed minimum payments. The expected average life of these securities is approximately 10 years. Freddie Mac’s guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
Fannie Mae was established in 1938 to create a secondary market in mortgages the FHA insures. Fannie Mae issues guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates (Fannie Mae Certificates). Fannie Mae Certificates resemble GNMA Certificates in that each Fannie Mae Certificate represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool. Fannie Mae guarantees timely payment of interest and principal on Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae’s guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
For more information on securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, see “U.S. Government Securities.”
MBS may also be issued by private issuers, generally originators and investors in mortgage loans, including savings associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, and special purpose entities (collectively, private lenders). MBS are based on different types of mortgages including those on commercial real estate and residential property. MBS issued by private lenders may be supported by pools of mortgage loans or other MBS that are guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of credit enhancement.
The investment adviser will consider the creditworthiness of the guarantee providers and/or credit enhancement providers in determining whether a MBS issued by a private lender meets a fund’s investment quality standards. There can be no guarantee that the enhancement provider or guarantor of a MBS can meet their obligations under the enhancement or guarantee arrangements.
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. The market for commercial mortgage-backed securities developed more recently and in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family MBS. Many of the risks of investing in commercial MBS reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial MBS may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.
Collateralized Debt Obligations . A fund may invest in collateralized debt obligations (CDOs), which include collateralized bond obligations (CBOs), collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust that is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.
For both CBOs and CLOs, the cash flows from the Trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the Trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class.
The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which a fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a fund as illiquid securities, however an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with
17

 

Table of Contents
fixed income securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and a fund’s prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) a fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results ; and (v) credit ratings by major credit rating agencies may be no indication of the creditworthiness of the security.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligation (CMO) is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, on a monthly basis. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, and their income streams, as well as private issuers.
CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. An investor is partially guarded against a sooner than desired return of principal because of the sequential payments.
In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation (issuer) issues multiple series (e.g., A, B, C, Z) of CMO bonds (Bonds). Proceeds of the Bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates (Collateral). The Collateral is pledged to a third party trustee as security for the Bonds. Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to pay principal on the Bonds in the order A, B, C, Z. The Series A, B, and C Bonds all bear current interest. Interest on the Series Z Bond is accrued and added to principal and a like amount is paid as principal on the Series A, B, or C Bond currently being paid off. When the Series A, B, and C Bonds are paid in full, interest and principal on the Series Z Bond begins to be paid currently. With some CMOs, the issuer serves as a conduit to allow loan originators (primarily builders or savings and loan associations) to borrow against their loan portfolios.
The rate of principal payment on MBS and ABS generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying assets which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other factors. As a result, the price and yield on any MBS or ABS is difficult to predict with precision and price and yield to maturity may be more or less than the anticipated yield to maturity. If a fund purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing the yield to maturity. Conversely, if a fund purchases these securities at a discount, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will increase yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will reduce yield to maturity. Amounts available for reinvestment by a fund are likely to be greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising interest rates.
While many MBS and ABS are issued with only one class of security, many are issued in more than one class, each with different payment terms. Multiple class MBS and ABS are issued as a method of providing credit support, typically through creation of one or more classes whose right to payments on the security is made subordinate to the right to such payments of the remaining class or classes. In addition, multiple classes may permit the issuance of securities with payment terms, interest rates, or other characteristics differing both from those of each other and from those of the underlying assets. Examples include stripped securities, which are MBS and ABS entitling the holder to disproportionate interest or principal compared with the assets backing the security, and securities with classes having characteristics different from the assets backing the securities, such as a security with floating interest rates with assets backing the securities having fixed interest rates. The market value of such securities and CMO’s generally is more or less sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates than is the case with traditional MBS and ABS, and in some cases such market value may be extremely volatile.
CMO Residuals . CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest-only (IO) class of stripped mortgage-backed securities. See “Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.” In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which
18

 

Table of Contents
interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances a fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual.
CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. The CMO residual market has only very recently developed and CMO residuals currently may not have the liquidity of other more established securities trading in other markets. Transactions in CMO residuals are generally completed only after careful review of the characteristics of the securities in question. In addition, CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act). CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the 1933 Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, and may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to a fund’s limitations on investment in illiquid securities.
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (SMBS) are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the IO class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a fund may fail to recoup some or all of its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories.
Under certain circumstances these securities may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to a fund’s limitations on investment in illiquid securities.
Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. The term “U.S. agency mortgage pass-through security” refers to a category of pass-through securities backed by pools of mortgages and issued by one of several U.S. government-sponsored entities, such as GNMA, Fannie Mae, or Freddie Mac. In the basic mortgage pass-through structure, mortgages with similar issuer, term and coupon characteristics are collected and aggregated into a “pool” consisting of multiple mortgage loans. The pool is assigned a CUSIP number and undivided interests in the pool are traded and sold as pass-through securities. The holder of the security is entitles to a pro rata share of principal and interest payments (including unscheduled prepayments) from the pool of mortgage loans.
An investment in a specific pool of pass-through securities requires an analysis of the specific prepayment risk of mortgages within the covered pool (since mortgagors typically have the option to prepay their loans). The level of prepayments on a pool of mortgage securities is difficult to predict and can impact the subsequent cash flows, value and yield of the mortgage pool. In addition, when trading specific mortgage pools, precise execution, delivery and settlement arrangements must be negotiated for each transaction. These factors combine to make trading in mortgage pools somewhat cumbersome relative to other fund investments.
For these reasons, a fund may seek to obtain exposure to U.S. agency mortgage pass-through securities, in part or in full, through the use of “to-be-announced” or “TBA” transactions. TBA refers to a commonly used mechanism for the forward settlement of U.S. agency mortgage pass-through securities, and not to a separate type of mortgage-backed security. Most transactions in the fixed-rate mortgage pass-through securities occur through the use of TBA transactions. TBA transactions are generally conducted in accordance with widely-accepted guidelines that establish commonly observed terms and conditions for execution, settlement and delivery. In a TBA transaction, the buyer and seller decided on general trade parameters, such as agency, settlement date, par amount and price. The actual pools delivered generally are determined two days prior to settlement date. A fund may use TBA transactions in several ways. For example, a fund anticipates that it will regularly enter into TBA agreements and “roll over” such agreements prior to the settlement date stipulated in such agreements. This type of TBA transaction is sometimes known as a “TBA roll.” In a TBA roll, the fund generally will sell the obligation to purchase the pools stipulated in the TBA agreement prior to the stipulated settlement date and will enter into a new TBA agreement for future delivery of pools of mortgage pass-through securities. In addition, a fund may enter into TBA agreements and settle such transactions on the stipulated settlement date by accepting actual receipt or delivery of the pools of mortgage pass-through securities stipulated in the TBA agreement.
Default by or bankruptcy of a counterparty to a TBA transaction would expose a fund to possible loss because of adverse market action, expenses or delays in connection with the purchase or sale of the pools of mortgage pass-through securities specified in the TBA transaction. To help minimize this risk, a fund will enter into TBA transactions only with established counterparties (such as major broker-dealers) and the fund’s investment adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of such counterparties. A fund may also acquire interests in mortgage pools through means other than TBA transactions.
19

 

Table of Contents
A fund’s use of “TBA rolls” may cause the fund to experience higher portfolio turnover, higher transaction costs and to pay higher capital gain distributions to shareholders, which may be taxable, than if it acquired exposure to mortgage pools through means other than TBA transactions.
The funds intend to invest cash pending settlement of any TBA transactions in U.S. Treasury securities, money market instruments, repurchase agreements, or other high-quality, liquid short-term instruments, including money market funds.
Non-Publicly Traded Securities and Private Placements. A fund may invest in securities that are neither listed on a stock exchange nor traded over-the-counter, including privately placed securities. Such unlisted securities may involve a higher degree of business and financial risk that can result in substantial losses. As a result of the absence of a public trading market for these securities, they may be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Although these securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from these sales could be less than those originally paid by a fund or less than what may be considered the fair value of such securities. Furthermore, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements which might be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If such securities are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being sold, a fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration.
Restricted Securities are securities that are subject to legal restrictions on their sale. Difficulty in selling restricted securities may result in a loss or be costly to a fund. Restricted securities generally can be sold in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, or in a registered public offering. Where registration is required, the holder of a registered security may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expense and a considerable period may elapse between the time it decides to seek registration and the time it may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the holder might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to seek registration of the security. Certain restricted securities, such as 4(a)(2) commercial paper and Rule 144A securities, may be considered to be liquid if they meet the criteria for liquidity established by the Board. To the extent a fund invests in restricted securities that are deemed liquid, the general level of illiquidity in a fund’s portfolio may be increased if such securities become illiquid.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Mortgage Dollar Rolls may be used by a fund. A fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate portfolio liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for arbitrage transactions as discussed below. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a fund would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date and price. A fund generally retains the right to interest and principal payments on the security. If a fund uses the cash it obtains to invest in other securities, this may be considered a form of leverage and may expose a fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value on a fund’s portfolio securities. Because a fund receives cash upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a borrowing. When required by guidelines of the SEC, a fund will set aside permissible liquid assets earmarked or in a segregated account to secure its obligations to repurchase the security.
A fund also may enter into mortgage dollar rolls, in which a fund would sell MBS for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. While a fund would forego principal and interest paid on the MBS during the roll period, a fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds of the initial sale. A fund also could be compensated through the receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. At the time a fund would enter into a mortgage dollar roll, it would set aside permissible liquid assets earmarked or in a segregated account to secure its obligation for the forward commitment to buy MBS. This transaction allows a fund to have the same price and duration exposure in the mortgage security while having the cash for the bonds for the given time period. Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be considered a borrowing by a fund.
The mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements entered into by a fund may be used as arbitrage transactions in which a fund will maintain an offsetting position in short duration investment-grade debt obligations. Since a fund will receive interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it invests the transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage. However, since such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality and short duration, the investment adviser believes that such arbitrage transactions present lower risks to a fund than those associated with other types of leverage. There can be no assurance that a fund’s use of the cash it receives from a mortgage dollar roll will provide a positive return.
A fund also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale-buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty who purchases the security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the fund’s repurchase of the underlying security. A fund’s obligations under a sale-buyback typically would be offset by liquid assets equal in value to the amount of the fund’s forward commitment to repurchase the subject security.
Securities Lending of portfolio securities is a common practice in the securities industry. A fund may engage in security lending arrangements. For example, a fund may receive cash collateral and may invest it in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, but will do so only to the extent that it will not lose the tax treatment available to regulated investment companies. Lending portfolio
20

 

Table of Contents
securities involves risks that the borrower may fail to return the securities or provide additional collateral. Also, voting rights with respect to loaned securities may pass with the lending of the securities and efforts to call such securities promptly may be unsuccessful, especially for foreign securities. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recovery of the collateral, if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. A fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral.
A fund may loan portfolio securities to qualified broker-dealers or other institutional investors provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of U.S. government securities, letters of credit, cash or cash equivalents or other appropriate instruments maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned; (2) a fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned; (3) a fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed one-third of the total assets of a fund, including collateral received from the loan (at market value computed at the time of the loan).
Although voting rights with respect to loaned securities pass to the borrower, the lender retains the right to recall a security (or terminate a loan) for the purpose of exercising the security’s voting rights. Efforts to recall such securities promptly may be unsuccessful, especially for foreign securities or thinly traded securities such as small-cap stocks. In addition, because recalling a security may involve expenses to a fund, it is expected that a fund will do so only where the items being voted upon are, in the judgment of the investment adviser, either material to the economic value of the security or threaten to materially impact the issuer’s corporate governance policies or structure.
To the extent any fund participates in securities lending under the current securities lending agreements with the unaffiliated lending agents, costs and expenses, including agent fees, associated with securities lending activities under the securities lending program paid to the lending agent are approximately 15% of the gross lending revenues. All remaining revenue is retained by a fund, as applicable. No portion of the lending revenue is paid to or retained by the investment adviser or its affiliates.
Securities of Other Investment Companies. Investment companies generally offer investors the advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders’ money and investing it in securities such as stocks, bonds and money market instruments. Investment companies include: (1) open-end funds (commonly called mutual funds) that issue and redeem their shares on a continuous basis; (2) business development companies that generally invest in, and provide services to, privately-held companies or thinly-traded public companies (see the sub-section titled “Business Development Companies” for more information); (3) closed-end funds that offer a fixed number of shares, and are usually listed on an exchange; and (4) unit investment trusts that generally offer a fixed number of redeemable shares. Certain open-end funds, closed-end funds and unit investment trusts are traded on exchanges (see the section titled “Exchange-Traded Funds” for more information).
To the extent a fund invests, or has invested, in shares of other investment companies, including BDCs, during its prior fiscal year, the fund, pursuant to SEC rules, must disclose any material fees and expenses indirectly incurred by the fund as a result of such investments. These indirect fees and expenses, to the extent incurred, will appear in the fee table of a fund’s prospectus as a separate line item captioned “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses.”
Investment companies may make investments and use techniques designed to enhance their performance. These may include delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions; swap agreements; buying and selling futures contracts, illiquid, and/or restricted securities and repurchase agreements; and borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in a particular investment company will generally reflect the risks of the securities in which it invests and the investment techniques it employs. Also, investment companies charge fees and incur expenses.
The funds may buy securities of other investment companies, including those of foreign issuers, in compliance with the requirements of federal law or any SEC exemptive order. A fund may invest in investment companies that are not registered with the SEC or in privately placed securities of investment companies (which may or may not be registered), such as hedge funds and offshore funds. Unregistered funds are largely exempt from the regulatory requirements that apply to registered investment companies. As a result, unregistered funds may have a greater ability to make investments, or use investment techniques, that offer a higher potential investment return (for example, leveraging), but which may carry high risk. Unregistered funds, while not regulated by the SEC like registered funds, may be indirectly supervised by the financial institutions (e.g., commercial and investment banks) that may provide them with loans or other sources of capital. Investments in unregistered funds may be difficult to sell, which could cause a fund selling an interest in an unregistered fund to lose money. For example, many hedge funds require their investors to hold their investments for at least one year.
Federal law restricts the ability of one registered investment company to invest in another. As a result, the extent to which a fund may invest in another investment company may be limited. With respect to investments in other mutual funds, the SEC has granted the funds an exemption from the limitations of the 1940 Act that restrict the amount of securities of underlying mutual funds a fund may hold, provided that certain conditions are met. The conditions requested by the SEC were designed to address certain abuses perceived to be associated with funds of funds, including unnecessary costs (such as sales loads, advisory fees and administrative costs), and undue influence by a fund of funds over the underlying fund. The conditions apply only when a fund and its affiliates in the aggregate own more than 3% of the outstanding shares of any one underlying fund.
21

 

Table of Contents
Under the terms of the exemptive order, each fund and its affiliates may not control a non-affiliated underlying fund. Under the 1940 Act, any person who owns beneficially, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is assumed to control that company. This limitation is measured at the time the investment is made.
Short Sales may be used by a fund as part of its overall portfolio management strategies or to offset (hedge) a potential decline in the value of a security. A fund may engage in short sales that are either “against the box” or “uncovered.” A short sale is “against the box” if at all times during which the short position is open, a fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or has the right to acquire, at no added cost, the securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short. A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to a fund with respect to the securities that are sold short. “Uncovered” short sales are transactions under which a fund sells a security it does not own. To complete such transaction, a fund may borrow the security through a broker to make delivery to the buyer and, in doing so, a fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of the replacement. A fund also may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities, which would increase the cost of the security. In addition, a fund is often obligated to pay any accrued interest and dividends on the securities until they are replaced. The proceeds of the short sale position will be retained by the broker until a fund replaces the borrowed securities.
A fund will incur a loss if the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security and, conversely, the fund will realize a gain if the price declines. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. A short sale creates the risk of an unlimited loss, as the price of the underlying securities could theoretically increase without limit, thus increasing the cost of buying those securities to cover the short position. If a fund sells securities short “against the box,” it may protect unrealized gains, but will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises. The successful use of short selling as a hedging strategy may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.
A fund’s obligation to replace the securities borrowed in connection with a short sale will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker that consists of cash or other liquid securities. In addition, a fund will earmark cash or liquid assets or place in a segregated account an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal to the difference, if any, between (1) the market value of the securities sold short, marked-to-market daily, and (2) any cash or other liquid securities deposited as collateral with the broker in connection with the short sale.
Temporary Defensive Investments . During unusual economic or market conditions or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, each of the Schwab Target Index Funds may invest up to 100% of their assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations.
U.S. Government Securities are issued by the U.S. Treasury or issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities. Not all U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Some U.S. government securities, such as those issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the Student Loan Marketing Association (Sallie Mae), and the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB), are supported by a line of credit the issuing entity has with the U.S. Treasury. Securities issued by other issuers are supported solely by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality such as obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation (FFCB). There can be no assurance that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government securities of its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law. U.S. government securities, including U.S. Treasury securities, are among the safest securities, however, not unlike other debt securities, they are still sensitive to interest rate changes, which will cause their yields and prices to fluctuate.
On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, placing the two federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. Under the takeover, the U.S. Treasury agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and obtained warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality. Under these Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements (SPAs), the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide up to $100 billion per instrumentality as needed, including the contribution of cash capital to the instrumentalities in the event their liabilities exceed their assets. On May 6, 2009, the U.S. Treasury increased its maximum commitment to each instrumentality under the SPAs to $200 billion per instrumentality. On December 24, 2009, the U.S. Treasury further amended the SPAs to allow the cap on the U.S. Treasury’s funding commitment to increase as necessary to accommodate any cumulative reduction in Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s net worth through the end of 2012. On August 17, 2012, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was again amending the SPAs to terminate the requirement that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac each pay a 10% dividend annually on all amounts received under the funding commitment. Instead, they will transfer to the U.S. Treasury on a quarterly basis all profits earned during a quarter that exceed a capital reserve amount of $3 billion. It is anticipated that the new amendment would put Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in a better position to service their debt. At the start of 2013, the unlimited support of the U.S. Treasury extended to the two companies expired. Fannie Mae’s bailout is capped at $125 billion and Freddie Mac has a limit of $149 billion.
The actions of the U.S. Treasury are intended to ensure that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac maintain a positive net worth and meet their financial obligations preventing mandatory triggering of receivership. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful. In addition, the future for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac remains uncertain. The U.S. Congress has recently considered proposals to reduce the U.S. government’s role in the mortgage market and to wind down or restructure the
22

 

Table of Contents
operations of both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Should the federal government adopt any such proposal, the value of the fund’s investments in securities issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac would be impacted.
Although the risk of default with the U.S. government securities is considered unlikely, any default on the part of a portfolio investment could cause a portfolio's share price or yield to fall.
Wrap Agreements may be entered into by a fund with insurance companies, banks or other financial institutions (wrapper providers). A wrap agreement typically obligates the wrapper provider to maintain the value of the assets covered under the agreement (covered assets) up to a specified maximum dollar amount upon the occurrence of certain specified events. The value is pre-determined using the purchase price of the securities plus interest at a specified rate minus an adjustment for any defaulted securities. The specified interest rate may be adjusted periodically under the terms of the agreement. While the rate typically will reflect movements in the market rates of interest, it may at times be less or more than the actual rate of income earned on the covered assets. The rate also can be impacted by defaulted securities and by purchase and redemption levels in a fund. A fund also pays a fee under the agreement, which reduces the rate as well.
Wrap agreements may be used as a risk management technique intended to help minimize fluctuations in a fund’s NAV. However, a fund’s NAV will typically fluctuate at least minimally, and may fluctuate more at times when interest rates are fluctuating. Additionally, wrap agreements do not protect against losses a fund may incur if the issuers of portfolio securities do not make timely payments of interest and/or principal. A wrap agreement provider also could default on its obligations under the agreement. Therefore, a fund will only invest in a wrap provider with an investment-grade credit rating. There is no active trading market for wrap agreements and none is expected to develop. Therefore, wrap agreements are considered illiquid investments. There is no guarantee that a fund will be able to purchase any wrap agreements or replace ones that defaulted. Wrap agreements are valued using procedures adopted by the Board. There are risks that the value of a wrap agreement may not be sufficient to minimize the fluctuations in a fund’s NAV. All of these factors might result in a decline in the value of a fund’s shares.
Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon, and Pay-in-Kind Securities are debt securities that do not make cash interest payments throughout the period prior to maturity. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount to their face value. A zero-coupon security pays no interest to its holders during its life. Step-coupon securities are debt securities that, instead of having a fixed coupon for the life of the security, have coupon or interest payments that may increase or decrease to predetermined rates at future dates. Some step-coupon securities are issued with no coupon payments at all during an initial period, and only become interest-bearing at a future date; these securities are sold at a deep discount to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance of additional securities. Because such securities do not pay current cash income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates fluctuate. While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal income tax law requires the holders of zero-coupon, step-coupon, and pay-in-kind securities to include in income each year the portion of the original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such securities accruing that year. To continue to qualify as a “regulated investment company” or “RIC” under the Code and avoid a certain excise tax, a fund may be required to distribute a portion of such discount and income and may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which may occur in periods of adverse market prices, to generate cash to meet these distribution requirements.
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS
Schwab Target Index Funds
The following investment policies and restrictions may be changed only by a vote of a majority of each fund’s outstanding voting shares:
Each fund may not:
(1) Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(2) Purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(3) Make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(4) Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(5) Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
23

 

Table of Contents
(6) Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
(7) Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
The following investment policies and restrictions are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees.
Each fund may not:
(1) Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.
(2) Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).
(3) Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.
(4) Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (1) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs); (2) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts; and (3) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.
(5) Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).
(6) Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).
(7) Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries.
The following descriptions of the 1940 Act may assist investors in understanding the above policies and restrictions.
Borrowing . The 1940 Act restricts an investment company from borrowing (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in excess of 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets). Transactions that are fully collateralized in a manner that does not involve the prohibited issuance of a “senior security” within the meaning of Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act, shall not be regarded as borrowings for the purposes of a fund’s investment restriction.
Concentration. The SEC has defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment company’s total assets in an industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions.
Diversification. Under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder, a “diversified company,” as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer (other than obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government or its agencies, or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuer’s voting securities would be held by the fund.
Lending . Under the 1940 Act, an investment company may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies.
Real Estate. The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company’s ability to invest in real estate, but does require that every investment company have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments. Each fund has adopted a fundamental policy that would permit direct investment in real estate. However, each fund has a non-fundamental investment limitation that prohibits it from investing directly in real estate. This non-fundamental policy may be changed only by vote of a fund’s Board of Trustees.
Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by an investment company evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits each fund from issuing senior securities, although it provides allowances for certain borrowings and certain other investments, such as short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, when such investments are “covered” or with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligations.
Underwriting. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves an investment company purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the
24

 

Table of Contents
1940 Act, a diversified fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets. The foregoing restriction does not apply to non-diversified funds.
Policies and investment limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard shall be measured immediately after and as a result of a fund’s acquisition of such security or asset, unless otherwise noted. Except with respect to limitations on borrowing and futures and option contracts, any subsequent change in total assets or net assets or other circumstances does not require a fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment. With respect to the limitation on illiquid securities, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances cause a fund to exceed its limitation, the fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid instruments back within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable.
Management of the FUNDS
The funds are overseen by a Board. The trustees are responsible for protecting shareholder interests. The trustees regularly meet to review the investment activities, contractual arrangements and the investment performance of each fund. The funds are new, and therefore, the trustees did not meet with respect to the funds during the most recent fiscal year.
Certain trustees are “interested persons.” A trustee is considered an interested person of the Trust under the 1940 Act if he or she is an officer, director, or an employee of CSIM or the “investment adviser” or, with respect to Schwab Funds (as defined below) only, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab). A trustee also may be considered an interested person of the Trust under the 1940 Act if he or she owns stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation, a publicly traded company and the parent company of the funds' investment adviser and the Schwab Funds' distributor.
As used herein, the terms “Fund Complex” and “Family of Investment Companies” each refer collectively to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust which, as of August 15, 2016, included 97 funds. As used herein, the term “Schwab Funds” refers collectively to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Schwab Capital Trust; the term “Laudus Funds” refers to Laudus Trust; and the term “Schwab ETFs” refers to Schwab Strategic Trust.
Each of the officers and/or trustees also serves in the same capacity, unless otherwise noted, for The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust. The tables below provide information about the trustees and officers for the Trust, which includes funds in this SAI. The address of each individual listed below is 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105.
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST
(TERM OF OFFICE AND
LENGTH OF TIME SERVED 1 )
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS
IN FUND
COMPLEX
OVERSEEN
BY THE
TRUSTEE
OTHER
DIRECTORSHIPS
DURING THE
PAST FIVE
YEARS
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
Robert W. Burns
1959
Trustee
(Trustee of Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009; The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2016)
Retired/Private Investor (Jan. 2009-present). Formerly, Managing Director, Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC (PIMCO) and President, PIMCO Funds. 108 Director, PS Business Parks, Inc. (2005-2012)
John F. Cogan
1947
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2008; Laudus Trust since 2010; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Senior Fellow, The Hoover Institution at Stanford University (Oct. 1979-present); Senior Fellow, Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research (2000-present); Professor of Public Policy, Stanford University (1994-2015). 108 Director, Gilead Sciences, Inc. (2005-present)
25

 

Table of Contents
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST
(TERM OF OFFICE AND
LENGTH OF TIME SERVED 1 )
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS
IN FUND
COMPLEX
OVERSEEN
BY THE
TRUSTEE
OTHER
DIRECTORSHIPS
DURING THE
PAST FIVE
YEARS
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
Stephen Timothy Kochis
1946
Trustee
(Trustee of Schwab Strategic Trust since 2012; The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2016)
CEO and Owner, Kochis Global (wealth management consulting) (May 2012-present); Chairman and CEO, Aspiriant, LLC (wealth management) (Jan. 2008-Apr. 2012). 108 None
David L. Mahoney
1954
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2011; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Private Investor. 108 Director, Symantec Corporation (2003-present)

Director, Corcept Therapeutics
Incorporated (2004-present)

Director, Adamas Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (2009-present)
Kiran M. Patel
1948
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2011; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Retired. Executive Vice President and General Manager of Small Business Group, Intuit, Inc. (financial software and services firm for consumers and small businesses) (Dec. 2008-Sept. 2013). 108 Director, KLA-Tencor Corporation (2008-present)
Kimberly S. Patmore
1956
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2016)
Consultant, Patmore Management Consulting (management consulting) (2008-present). 108 None
Charles A. Ruffel
1956
Trustee
(Trustee of Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009; The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2015)
Co-Chief Executive Officer, Kudu Investment Management, LLC (financial services) (Jan. 2015-present); Partner, Kudu Advisors, LLC (financial services) (June 2008-Jan. 2015); Advisor, Asset International, Inc. (publisher of financial services information) (Aug. 2008-Jan. 2015). 108 None
26

 

Table of Contents
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST
(TERM OF OFFICE AND
LENGTH OF TIME SERVED 1 )
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS
IN FUND
COMPLEX
OVERSEEN
BY THE
TRUSTEE
OTHER
DIRECTORSHIPS
DURING THE
PAST FIVE
YEARS
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
Gerald B. Smith
1950
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2000; Laudus Trust since 2010; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Founder of Smith Graham & Co. (investment advisors) (Mar. 1990-present). 108 Director, Eaton (2012-present)

Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee, Oneok Partners LP (2003-2013)

Director, Oneok, Inc. (2009-2013)

Lead Independent Director, Board of Cooper Industries (2002-2012)
Joseph H. Wender
1944
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2008; Laudus Trust since 2010; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2016)
Senior Consultant, Goldman Sachs & Co., Inc. (investment banking and securities firm) (Jan. 2008-present); Partner, Colgin Partners, LLC (vineyards) (Feb. 1998-present). 108 Board Member and Chairman of the Audit Committee, Ionis Pharmaceuticals (1994-present)

Lead Independent Director and Chair of Audit Committee, OUTFRONT Media Inc. (2014-present)
INTERESTED TRUSTEES​
Walter W. Bettinger II 2
1960
Chairman and Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2008; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009; Laudus Trust since 2010)
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer, The Charles Schwab Corporation (Oct. 2008-present); President and Chief Executive Officer (Oct. 2008-present), Director (May 2008-present), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Director, Charles Schwab Bank (Apr. 2006-present); and Director, Schwab Holdings, Inc. (May 2008-present). 108 Director, The Charles Schwab Corporation (2008-present)
27

 

Table of Contents
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST
(TERM OF OFFICE AND
LENGTH OF TIME SERVED 1 )
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS
IN FUND
COMPLEX
OVERSEEN
BY THE
TRUSTEE
OTHER
DIRECTORSHIPS
DURING THE
PAST FIVE
YEARS
INTERESTED TRUSTEES​
Marie A. Chandoha 2
1961
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2016)
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Dec. 2010-present), Chief Investment Officer (Sept. 2010-Oct. 2011), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Trustee (Jan. 2016-present), President, Chief Executive Officer (Dec. 2010-present), and Chief Investment Officer (Sept. 2010-Oct. 2011), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Director, Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds plc and Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited (Jan. 2011-present); Global Head of Fixed Income Business Division, BlackRock, Inc. (formerly Barclays Global Investors) (Mar. 2007-Aug. 2010). 108 None
Joseph R. Martinetto 2
1962
Trustee
(Trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2016)
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, The Charles Schwab Corporation and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (July 2015-present); Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of The Charles Schwab Corporation and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (May 2007-July 2015); Director, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (May 2007-present); Director (Apr. 2010-present) and Chief Executive Officer (July 2013-Apr. 2015), Charles Schwab Bank; Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Schwab Holdings, Inc. (May 2007-present). 108 None
    
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST
(TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME
SERVED 3 )
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING THE PAST
FIVE YEARS
OFFICERS
Marie A. Chandoha
1961
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2010)
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Dec. 2010-present), Chief Investment Officer (Sept. 2010-Oct. 2011), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Trustee (Jan. 2016-present), President, Chief Executive Officer (Dec. 2010-present), and Chief Investment Officer (Sept. 2010-Oct. 2011), Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs; Director, Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds plc and Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited (Jan. 2011-present); Global Head of Fixed Income Business Division, BlackRock, Inc. (formerly Barclays Global Investors) (Mar. 2007-Aug. 2010).
28

 

Table of Contents
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST
(TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME
SERVED 3 )
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING THE PAST
FIVE YEARS
OFFICERS
Mark Fischer
1970
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2013)
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs (Jan. 2016-present); Assistant Treasurer, Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds (Dec. 2013-Dec. 2015), Schwab ETFs (Nov. 2013-Dec. 2015); Vice President, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (Oct. 2013-present); Executive Director, J.P. Morgan Investor Services (Apr. 2011-Sept. 2013); Assistant Treasurer, Massachusetts Financial Service Investment Management (May 2005-Mar. 2011).
George Pereira
1964
Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Annuity Portfolios since 2004; Laudus Trust since 2006; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009)
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Nov. 2004-present), Chief Operating Officer (Jan. 2011-present), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (Jan. 2016-present), Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, Laudus Funds (June 2006-Dec. 2015); Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer, Schwab Funds (Nov. 2004-Dec. 2015) and Schwab ETFs (Oct. 2009-Dec. 2015); Director, Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds plc and Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited (Apr. 2005-present).
Omar Aguilar
1970
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer–Equities
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2011)
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer–Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (Apr. 2011-present); Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer–Equities, Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs (June 2011-present); Head of the Portfolio Management Group and Vice President of Portfolio Management, Financial Engines, Inc. (May 2009-Apr. 2011); Head of Quantitative Equity, ING Investment Management (July 2004-Jan. 2009).
Brett Wander
1961
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer–Fixed Income
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2011)
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer–Fixed Income, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (Apr. 2011-present); Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer–Fixed Income, Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs (June 2011-present); Senior Managing Director, Global Head of Active Fixed-Income Strategies, State Street Global Advisors (Jan. 2008-Oct. 2010); Director of Alpha Strategies Loomis, Sayles & Company (Apr. 2006-Jan. 2008).
David Lekich
1964
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, Schwab Funds and Schwab ETFs
Vice President and Assistant Clerk, Laudus Funds
(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust and Laudus Trust since 2011)
Senior Vice President (Sept. 2011-present), Vice President (Mar. 2004-Sept. 2011), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.; Senior Vice President and Chief Counsel (Sept. 2011-present), Vice President (Jan. 2011-Sept. 2011), Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.; Secretary (Apr. 2011-present) and Chief Legal Officer (Dec. 2011-present), Schwab Funds; Vice President and Assistant Clerk, Laudus Funds (Apr. 2011-present); Secretary (May 2011-present) and Chief Legal Officer (Nov. 2011-present), Schwab ETFs.
29

 

Table of Contents
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST
(TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME
SERVED 3 )
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING THE PAST
FIVE YEARS
OFFICERS
Catherine MacGregor
1964
Vice President and Assistant Secretary, Schwab Funds and Schwab ETFs
Chief Legal Officer, Vice President and Clerk, Laudus Funds

(Officer of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Laudus Trust since 2005; Schwab Strategic Trust since 2009)
Vice President, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (July 2005-present); Vice President (Dec. 2005-present), Chief Legal Officer and Clerk (Mar. 2007-present), Laudus Funds; Vice President (Nov. 2005-present) and Assistant Secretary (June 2007-present), Schwab Funds; Vice President and Assistant Secretary, Schwab ETFs (Oct. 2009-present).
1 Each Trustee shall hold office until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed. The retirement policy requires that each independent trustee retire by December 31 of the year in which the Trustee turns 74 or the Trustee’s twentieth year of service as an independent trustee on any trust in the Fund Complex, whichever occurs first.
2 Mr. Bettinger, Ms. Chandoha and Mr. Martinetto are Interested Trustees because they own stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation, the parent company of the investment adviser.
3 The President, Treasurer and Secretary/Clerk hold office until their respective successors are chosen and qualified or until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Each of the other officers serves at the pleasure of the Board.
Board Leadership Structure
The Chairman of the Board, Walter W. Bettinger II, is Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of The Charles Schwab Corporation and an interested person of the Trust as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Board is comprised of a super-majority (75 percent) of trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust (i.e., “independent trustees”). The Trust does not have a single lead independent trustee. There are three primary committees of the Board: the Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee; the Governance Committee; and the Investment Oversight Committee. Each of the Committees is chaired by an independent trustee, and each Committee is comprised solely of independent trustees. The Committee chairs preside at Committee meetings, participate in formulating agendas for those meetings, and coordinate with management to serve as a liaison between the independent trustees and management on matters within the scope of the responsibilities of each Committee as set forth in its Board-approved charter. The Board has determined that this leadership structure is appropriate given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the Trust. The Board made this determination in consideration of, among other things, the fact that the independent trustees of the Trust constitute a super-majority of the Board, the fact that Committee chairs are independent trustees, the number of funds (and classes) overseen by the Board, and the total number of trustees on the Board.
Board Oversight of Risk Management
Like most mutual funds, fund management and its other service providers have responsibility for day-to-day risk management for the funds. The Board’s duties, as part of its risk oversight of the Trust consist of monitoring risks identified during regular and special reports to the Committees of the Board, as well as regular and special reports to the full Board. In addition to monitoring such risks, the Committees and the Board oversee efforts of fund management and service providers to manage risks to which the funds of the Trust may be exposed. For example, the Investment Oversight Committee meets with portfolio managers and receives regular reports regarding investment risk and credit risk of a fund’s portfolio. The Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee meets with the funds’ Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Financial Officer and receives regular reports regarding compliance risks, operational risks and risks related to the valuation and liquidity of portfolio securities. From its review of these reports and discussions with management, each Committee receives information about the material risks of the funds of the Trust and about how management and service providers mitigate those risks, enabling the independent Committee chairs and other independent members of the Committees to discuss these risks with the full Board.
The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the funds can be identified nor can processes and controls be developed to eliminate or mitigate the occurrence or effects of certain risks; some risks are simply beyond the reasonable control of the funds, their management, and service providers. Although the risk oversight functions of the Board, and the risk management policies of fund management and fund service providers, are designed to be effective, there is no guarantee that they will eliminate or mitigate all risks. In addition, it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve each fund’s investment objective. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the funds’ ability to manage risk is subject to significant limitations.
30

 

Table of Contents
Individual Trustee Qualifications
The Board has concluded that each of the trustees should initially and continue to serve on the Board because of (i) his or her ability to review and understand information about the Trust provided to them by management, to identify and request other information they may deem relevant to the performance of their duties, to question management regarding material factors bearing on the management of the trust, and to exercise their business judgment in a manner that serves the best interests of the Trust's shareholders and (ii) the trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills as described below.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Bettinger should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained as president and chief executive officer of The Charles Schwab Corporation, his knowledge of and experience in the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds since 2008, the Schwab ETFs since 2009, and the Laudus Funds since 2010.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Burns should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained as managing director of Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC (PIMCO) and president of PIMCO Funds as well as the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab ETFs since 2009, and his experience serving as chair of the Schwab ETFs’ Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee until December 2015.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Chandoha should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience she gained as president and chief executive officer of Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., the Schwab Funds, Schwab ETFs and Laudus Funds, as well as her knowledge of and experience of financial and investment management services.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Cogan should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he has gained serving as a senior fellow and professor of public policy at a university and his former service in government, the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds since 2008 and Laudus Funds since 2010, and his service on other public company boards.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Kochis should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained serving as chair and chief executive officer of Aspiriant, LLC, an advisory firm, as well as his knowledge of and experience in wealth management consulting and the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab ETFs since 2012.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Mahoney should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds since 2011, as co-chief executive officer of a healthcare services company, and his service on other public company boards.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Martinetto should serve as trustee of the Trust because of his experience serving as senior executive vice president and chief financial officer of The Charles Schwab Corporation and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Patel should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds since 2011, as executive vice president, general manager and chief financial officer of a software company, his service on other public company boards, and his experience serving as chair of the Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds’ Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee.
The Board has concluded that Ms. Patmore should serve as trustee of the Trust because of her experience serving as chief financial officer and executive vice president of First Data Payment Business and First Data Corporation, as well as her knowledge of and experience in management consulting.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Ruffel should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained as the founder and former chief executive officer of a publisher and information services firm specializing in the retirement plan industry, his experience in and knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab ETFs since 2009, and his experience serving as chair of the Schwab ETFs’ Investment Oversight Committee until December 2015.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Smith should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he has gained as managing partner of his own investment advisory firm, the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds since 2000, as trustee of the Laudus Funds since 2010, his service on other public company boards, and his experience serving as chair of the Schwab Funds’ and Laudus Funds’ Investment Oversight Committee.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Wender should serve as trustee of the Trust because of the experience he gained serving as former partner and head of the financial institutions group of an investment bank, the experience he has gained serving as trustee of the Schwab Funds since 2008, as trustee of the Laudus Funds since 2010, and his service on other public company boards.
Trustee Committees
The Board of Trustees has established certain committees and adopted Committee charters with respect to those committees, each as described below:
•The Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee reviews the integrity of the Trust’s financial reporting processes and compliance policies, procedures and processes, and the Trust’s overall system of internal controls. The Audit, Compliance and Valuation Committee also reviews and evaluates the qualifications, independence and performance of the Trust’s independent auditors, and the implementation and operation of the Trust's valuation policy and procedures. This Committee
31

 

Table of Contents
is comprised of at least three independent trustees and currently has the following members: Kiran M. Patel (Chairman), Robert W. Burns, John F. Cogan and Kimberly Patmore. The funds are new, and therefore, the Committee did not meet with respect to the funds during the most recent fiscal year.
•The Governance Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding Trust governance-related matters, including but not limited to Board compensation practices, retirement policies and term limits, Board self-evaluations, the effectiveness and allocation of assignments and functions by the Board, the composition of Committees of the Board, and the training of Trustees. The Governance Committee is responsible for selecting and nominating candidates to serve as Trustees. The Governance Committee does not have a written policy with respect to consideration of candidates for Trustee submitted by shareholders. However, if the Governance Committee determined that it would be in the best interests of the Trust to fill a vacancy on the Board of Trustees, and a shareholder submitted a candidate for consideration by the Board of Trustees to fill the vacancy, the Governance Committee would evaluate that candidate in the same manner as it evaluates nominees identified by the Governance Committee. Nominee recommendations may be submitted to the Secretary of the Trust at the Trust’s principal business address. This Committee is comprised of at least three independent trustees and currently has the following members: John F. Cogan (Chairman), Stephen Timothy Kochis, David L. Mahoney and Joseph H. Wender. The funds are new, and therefore, the Committee did not meet with respect to the funds during the most recent fiscal year.
•The Investment Oversight Committee reviews the investment activities of the Trust and the performance of the funds’ investment advisers. This Committee is comprised of at least three Trustees (at least two-thirds of whom shall be independent trustees) and currently has the following members: Gerald B. Smith (Chairman), Stephen Timothy Kochis, David L. Mahoney, Charles A. Ruffel and Joseph H. Wender. The funds are new, and therefore, the Committee did not meet with respect to the funds during the most recent fiscal year.
Trustee Compensation
The following table provides estimated trustee compensation for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 earned with respect to the Funds in this SAI and the Fund Complex. Trustee compensation for the Trust is paid by CSIM.
Name of Trustee Estimated Aggregate
Compensation from the
Funds 1
Pension or Retirement
Benefits
Accrued as Part of Funds
Expenses
Total Compensation from the
Funds and Fund Complex Paid to Trustees 2
Interested Trustees
Walter W. Bettinger II None N/A None
Marie A. Chandoha 3 None N/A None
Joseph R. Martinetto 3 None N/A None
Independent Trustees
Robert W. Burns 3 $370 N/A $184,500
John F. Cogan $400 N/A $296,418
Stephen Timothy Kochis 3 $370 N/A $177,000
David L. Mahoney $370 N/A $286,000
Kiran M. Patel $400 N/A $298,418
Kimberly S. Patmore 3 $370 N/A $70,500
Charles A. Ruffel 4 $370 N/A $442,959
Gerald B. Smith $400 N/A $298,418
Joseph H. Wender $370 N/A $286,000
1 Estimated aggregate compensation received from the funds for the period from the funds' commencement of operations to March 31, 2017.
2 Actual total compensation from the fund complex for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016.
3 Trustee joined the Schwab Capital Trust Board effective January 1, 2016.
4 Mr. Ruffel joined the Board effective February 6, 2015.
Securities Beneficially Owned by Each Trustee
The following tables provide each trustee’s equity ownership of the funds and ownership of all registered investment companies overseen by each trustee in the Family of Investment Companies as of December 31, 2015.
32

 

Table of Contents
Name of Trustee Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of the Funds
Included in the SAI
Aggregate Dollar
Range of Trustee
Ownership in the
Family of Investment Companies
Interested Trustees
Walter W. Bettinger II Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Over $100,000
Marie A. Chandoha 1 Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Over $100,000
Joseph R. Martinetto 1 Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Over $100,000
Independent Trustees
Robert W. Burns 1 Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Over $100,000
John F. Cogan Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Over $100,000
33

 

Table of Contents
Name of Trustee Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of the Funds
Included in the SAI
Aggregate Dollar
Range of Trustee
Ownership in the
Family of Investment Companies
Independent Trustees
Stephen Timothy Kochis 1 Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Over $100,000
David L. Mahoney Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Over $100,000
Kiran M. Patel Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Over $100,000
Kimberly S. Patmore 1 Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Over $100,000
Charles A. Ruffel Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Over $100,000
34

 

Table of Contents
Name of Trustee Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of the Funds
Included in the SAI
Aggregate Dollar
Range of Trustee
Ownership in the
Family of Investment Companies
Independent Trustees
Gerald B. Smith Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Over $100,000
Joseph H. Wender Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
Over $100,000
1 Trustee joined the Board effective January 1, 2016.
As of December 31, 2015, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of CSIM or Schwab, or in a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with CSIM or Schwab, except as follows: Kimberly S. Patmore may have been deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities issued by The Charles Schwab Corporation (CSC) as a result of beneficial ownership of common stock of CSC by an immediate family member and an estate planning entity. As of December 31, 2015, the holdings of CSC common stock had a market value of $6,274.56 and represented substantially less than one percent of the common stock of CSC. The securities were disposed of after December 31, 2015 and prior to the date of this SAI. CSC is the parent company of CSIM and Schwab.
Deferred Compensation Plan
Independent trustees may enter into a fee deferral plan. Under this plan, deferred fees will be credited to an account established by the Trust as of the date that such fees would have been paid to the trustee. The value of this account will equal the value that the account would have if the fees credited to the account had been invested in the shares of Schwab Funds ® selected by the trustee. Currently, none of the Independent Trustees has elected to participate in this plan.
Code of Ethics
The funds, the investment adviser and Schwab have adopted a Code of Ethics as required under the 1940 Act. Subject to certain conditions or restrictions, the Code of Ethics permits the trustees, directors, officers or advisory representatives of the funds or the investment adviser or the directors or officers of Schwab to buy or sell directly or indirectly securities for their own accounts. This includes securities that may be purchased or held by the funds. Securities transactions by some of these individuals may be subject to prior approval of the investment adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer or alternate. Most securities transactions are subject to quarterly reporting and review requirements.
Control Persons And Principal Holders Of Securities
As of August 1, 2016, the officers and trustees of the Trust, as a group owned of record, directly or beneficially, none of the outstanding voting securities of the funds.
As of August 1, 2016, no persons or entities owned, of record or beneficially, 5% or more of the outstanding voting securities of any class of the funds.
35

 

Table of Contents
Persons who own of record or beneficially more than 25% of a fund’s outstanding shares may be deemed to control the fund within the meaning of the 1940 Act. Shareholders controlling a fund could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the fund on any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the fund.
Investment Advisory and Other Services
Investment Adviser
CSIM, a wholly owned subsidiary of CSC, 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, serves as the funds’ investment adviser and administrator pursuant to an Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement (Advisory Agreement) between it and the Trust. Schwab is an affiliate of the investment adviser and is the Trust's distributor. Charles R. Schwab is the founder, Chairman and Director of CSC. As a result of his ownership of and interests in CSC, Mr. Schwab may be deemed to be a controlling person of the investment adviser and Schwab.
Advisory Agreement
After an initial two-year term, the continuation of a fund’s Advisory Agreement must be specifically approved at least annually (1) by the vote of the trustees or by a vote of the shareholders of the fund, and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the investment advisory agreement or “interested persons” of any party (the “Independent Trustees”), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
Each year, the Board of Trustees calls and holds a meeting to decide whether to renew the Advisory Agreement between the Trust and CSIM with respect to existing funds in the Trust. In preparation for the meeting, the Board requests and reviews a wide variety of materials provided by the funds' investment adviser, as well as extensive data provided by third parties, and the Independent Trustees receive advice from counsel to the Independent Trustees.
The investment adviser is entitled to receive a fee from the funds, payable monthly, for its advisory and administrative services to the funds. As compensation for these services, the firm receives a management fee of 0.08% from each of the funds expressed as a percentage of each fund’s average daily net assets.
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for substantially all expenses of the funds, including the cost of transfer agency, custody, fund administration, legal, audit and other services, but excluding shareholder servicing fees, acquired fund fees and expenses, interest expense and taxes, brokerage expenses and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to maintain the “net operating expenses” of each of the funds (including shareholder servicing fees and acquired fund fees and expenses, but excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) at 0.13% for Investor Shares and 0.08% for Institutional Shares for so long as the investment adviser serves as adviser to the funds. Acquired fund fees and expenses are indirect expenses incurred by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds. This net operating expense agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of a fund’s Board of Trustees.
Distributor
Pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement between Schwab and the Trust, Schwab, located at 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the principal underwriter for shares of the funds and is the Trust’s agent for the purpose of the continuous offering of the funds' shares. The funds pay for prospectuses and shareholder reports to be prepared and delivered to existing shareholders. Schwab pays such costs when the described materials are used in connection with the offering of shares to prospective investors and for supplemental sales literature and advertising. Schwab receives no fee under the Distribution Agreement.
Shareholder Servicing Plan
The Trust’s Board has adopted a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the Plan) on behalf of the funds. The Plan enables the funds to bear expenses relating to the provision by financial intermediaries, including Schwab (together, service providers), of certain shareholder services to the current shareholders of the funds. Pursuant to the Plan, each fund’s Investor Shares are subject to an annual shareholder servicing fee up to 0.05%. Each fund's Institutional Shares are not subject to any fee under the Plan.
Pursuant to the Plan, the funds may pay service providers (including Schwab) that, pursuant to written agreements with Schwab or the Trust, provide certain account maintenance, customer liaison and shareholder services to fund shareholders. The service providers may provide fund shareholders with the following shareholder services, among other shareholder services: (i) maintaining records for shareholders that hold shares of a funds; (ii) communicating with shareholders, including the mailing of regular statements and confirmation statements, distributing fund-related materials, mailing prospectuses and reports to shareholders, and responding to shareholder inquiries; (iii) communicating and processing shareholder purchase, redemption and exchange orders; (iv) communicating mergers, splits or other reorganization activities to fund shareholders; and (v) preparing and filing tax information, returns and reports.
36

 

Table of Contents
The shareholder servicing fee paid to a particular service provider is calculated at the annual rate set forth in the chart above and is based on the average daily net asset value of the fund shares owned by shareholders holding shares through such service provider. Payments under the Plan are made as described above without regard to whether the fee is more or less than the service provider’s actual cost of providing the services, and if more, such excess may be retained as profit by the service provider.
The Plan shall continue in effect for a fund for so long as its continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of the majority of both (i) the Board of the Trust and (ii) the Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or any agreements related to it (the Qualified Trustees). The Plan requires that Schwab or any person authorized to direct the disposition of monies paid or payable by the funds pursuant to the Plan furnish quarterly written reports of amounts spent under the Plan and the purposes of such expenditures to the Board of the Trust for review. All material amendments to the Plan must be approved by votes of the majority of both (i) the Board and (ii) the Qualified Trustees.
Transfer Agent
Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (BFDS), 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169-0953, serves as the funds’ transfer agent. As part of these services, the firm maintains records pertaining to the sale, redemption and transfer of the funds’ shares.
Custodians and Fund Accountant
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (BBH), 50 Post Office Square, Boston, MA, 02110, serves as custodian for the Schwab Target Index Funds.
State Street Bank and Trust Company (State Street), One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA, 02111, serves as fund accountant for each of the funds.
The custodian is responsible for the daily safekeeping of securities and cash held or sold by the funds. The fund accountant maintains all books and records related to the funds’ transactions.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), Three Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, CA 94111-4004, audits and reports on the annual financial statements of the funds and reviews certain regulatory reports and each fund’s federal income tax return. PwC also performs other professional, accounting, auditing, tax and advisory services when engaged to do so by the Trust.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Other Accounts. The portfolio manager is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain accounts, as listed below. The accounts listed below are not subject to a performance-based advisory fee. The information below is provided as of June 30, 2016.
Name Registered Investment
Companies
(this amount does not include the
funds in this SAI)
Other Pooled
Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts
Number
of
Accounts
Total Assets Number
of
Accounts
Total
Assets
Number of
Accounts
Total Assets
Zifan Tang
22
$6,127,568,298.58
0 $0
0 $0
Conflicts of Interest. The portfolio manager’s management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with its management of a fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. These other accounts include separate accounts and other mutual funds advised by CSIM (collectively, the Other Managed Accounts). The Other Managed Accounts might have similar investment objectives as a fund, track the same index a fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased, or sold by a fund. While the portfolio manager’s management of Other Managed Accounts may give rise to the potential conflicts of interest listed below, CSIM does not believe that the conflicts, if any, are material or, to the extent any such conflicts are material, CSIM believes it has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to manage those conflicts in an appropriate way.
Knowledge of the Timing and Size of Fund Trades . A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s day-to-day management of a fund. Because of her position with a fund, the portfolio manager knows the size, timing, and possible market impact of fund trades. It is theoretically possible that the portfolio manager could use this information to the
37

 

Table of Contents
advantage of the Other Managed Accounts she manages and to the possible detriment of a fund. However, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time. Moreover, with respect to index funds, which seek to track their benchmark index, much of this information is publicly available. When it is determined to be in the best interest of both accounts, the portfolio manager may aggregate trade orders for the Other Managed Accounts, excluding separate accounts, with those of a fund. All aggregated orders are subject to CSIM’s aggregation and allocation policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that (i) the portfolio manager will not aggregate orders unless she believes such aggregation is consistent with her duty to seek best execution; (ii) no account will be favored over any other account; (iii) each account that participates in an aggregated order will participate at the average security price with all transaction costs shared on a pro-rata basis; and (iv) if the aggregated order cannot be executed in full, the partial execution is allocated pro-rata among the participating accounts in accordance with the size of each account’s order.
Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s management of a fund and Other Managed Accounts which, in theory, may allow her to allocate investment opportunities in a way that favors the Other Managed Accounts over a fund, which conflict of interest may be exacerbated to the extent that CSIM or the portfolio manager receives, or expects to receive, greater compensation from her management of the Other Managed Accounts than a fund. Notwithstanding this theoretical conflict of interest, it is CSIM’s policy to manage each account based on its investment objectives and related restrictions and, as discussed above, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time and in a manner consistent with each account’s investment objectives and related restrictions. For example, while the portfolio manager may buy for an Other Managed Account securities that differ in identity or quantity from securities bought for a fund or refrain from purchasing securities for an Other Managed Account that they are otherwise buying for a fund in an effort to outperform its specific benchmark, such an approach might not be suitable for a fund given its investment objectives and related restrictions.
Fund of Funds Information Barrier . The portfolio manager for any Schwab fund that invests in other Schwab or Laudus Funds (Underlying Affiliated Funds) must make investment decisions without taking into consideration, or being in possession of, material non-public information about the Underlying Affiliated Funds. Despite the portfolio manager’s intention to not receive material, non-public information, CSIM has established procedures to prevent portfolio managers from having access to and trading on material, non-public information regarding Underlying Affiliated Funds. Under these procedures, the adviser monitors Schwab fund of funds' trading activity in Underlying Affiliated Funds, escalates breaches of information barriers and develops enhancements to information barriers as necessary. In the event that the portfolio manager comes into possession of material, non-public information about an Underlying Affiliated Fund, the portfolio manager’s ability to initiate transactions in that Underlying Affiliated Fund could potentially be restricted as a result of the portfolio manager’s possession of such information. The trading restriction could have an adverse effect on the ability of a fund managed by the portfolio manager to participate in any potential gains or avoid any potential losses in the restricted Underlying Affiliated Fund. In some instances, these trading restrictions could continue in effect for a substantial period of time.
Compensation. During the most recent fiscal year, the portfolio manager’s compensation consisted of a fixed annual (base) salary and a discretionary bonus. The base salary is determined considering compensation payable for a similar position across the investment management industry and an evaluation of the individual portfolio manager’s overall performance such as the portfolio manager’s contribution to the investment process, good corporate citizenship, risk management and mitigation, and functioning as an active contributor to the firm’s success. The discretionary bonus is determined in accordance with the CSIM Equity and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager Incentive Plan (the Plan) as follows:
There are two independent funding components for the Plan:
•75% of the funding is based on equal weighting of Investment Fund Performance and Risk Management and Mitigation
•25% of the funding is based on Corporate results
Investment Fund Performance and Risk Management and Mitigation (75% weight)
Investment Fund Performance:
At the close of the year, each fund's performance will be determined by its 1-year, 1- and 2-year, or 1- and 3-year percentile standing (based on pre-tax return before expenses) within its designated benchmark, peer group, or category, depending on the strategy of the fund (i.e., whether the fund is passively or actively managed) using standard statistical methods approved by CSIM senior management. Investment Fund Performance measurements may be changed or modified at the discretion of the CSIM President and CSIM Chief Operating Officer. As each participant may manage and/or support a number of funds, there may be several funds considered in arriving at the incentive compensation funding.
Risk Management and Mitigation:
Risk Management and Mitigation will be rated by CSIM’s Chief Investment Officer, CSIM’s Head of Investment Risk, CSIM’s Chief Legal Officer, CSIM’s Chief Compliance Officer and CSIM’s Head of Operations Risk (or individuals with comparable responsibilities). Factors they will consider will include, but are not limited to:
38

 

Table of Contents
•Balancing safety of fund principal with appropriate limits that provide investment flexibility given existing market conditions
•Making timely sell recommendations to avoid significant deterioration of value resulting from the weakening condition of the issuer
•Escalating operating events and errors for prompt resolution
•Identifying largest risks and actively discussing with management
•Accurately validating fund information disseminated to the public (e.g., Annual and Semi-Annual reports, fund fact sheets, fund prospectus)
•Executing transactions timely and without material trade errors that result in losses to the funds
•Ensuring ongoing compliance with prospectus and investment policy guidelines
•Minimizing fund compliance exceptions
•Actively following up and resolving compliance exceptions
Corporate Performance (25% weight)
The Corporate Bonus Plan is an annual bonus plan that provides discretionary awards based on the financial performance of CSC during the annual performance period. Quarterly advances may be paid for the first three quarters. Allocations are discretionary and aligned with CSC and individual performance. Funding for the Plan is determined at the conclusion of the calendar year. Funding will be capped at 200% of target.
At year-end, the full-year funding for both components of the Plan will be pooled together. The total pool is allocated to Plan participants by CSIM senior management based on their assessment of a variety of performance factors.
Factors considered in CSIM senior management’s allocation process will include objective and subjective factors that will take into consideration total performance and will include, but are not limited to:
•Fund performance relative to performance measure
•Risk management and mitigation
•Individual performance against key objectives
•Contribution to overall group results
•Functioning as an active contributor to the firm’s success
•Team work
•Collaboration between Analysts and portfolio managers
•Regulatory/Compliance management.
The portfolio manager's compensation is not based on the value of the assets held in a fund’s portfolio.
Ownership of Fund Shares. The following table shows the dollar amount range of the portfolio manager’s “beneficial ownership” of shares of the funds she managed as of August 18, 2016. Dollar amount ranges disclosed are established by the SEC. “Beneficial ownership” is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act).
Portfolio Manager Fund Dollar Range of
Fund Shares
Zifan Tang Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund None
  Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund None
  Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund None
  Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund None
  Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund None
  Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund None
  Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund None
  Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund None
  Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund None
  Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund None
  Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund None
39

 

Table of Contents
Brokerage Allocation And Other Practices
Portfolio Turnover
Because securities with maturities of less than one year are excluded from required portfolio turnover rate calculations, the funds' portfolio turnover rate for reporting purposes is expected to be near zero.
Portfolio Holdings Disclosure
The Trust’s Board has approved policies and procedures that govern the timing and circumstances regarding the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings information to shareholders and third parties. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the funds’ portfolio securities is in the best interests of fund shareholders, and include procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the funds’ shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the funds’ investment adviser, principal underwriter or any affiliated person of a fund, its investment adviser or its principal underwriter, on the other. Pursuant to such procedures, the Board has authorized the President of the Trust to authorize the release of the funds’ portfolio holdings prior to regular public disclosure (as outlined in the prospectus) or regular public filings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles.
The Board exercises on-going oversight of the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings by overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the funds’ policies and procedures by the Chief Compliance Officer and by considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning any material compliance matters. The Board will receive periodic updates, at least annually, regarding entities which were authorized to be provided “early disclosure” (as defined below) of the funds’ portfolio holdings information and will periodically review any agreements that the Trust has entered into to selectively disclose portfolio holdings.
A complete list of the funds’ portfolio holdings is published on the funds' website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus, under “Portfolio Holdings”, as discussed in the fund's prospectus, generally 15-20 days from the calendar quarter end for bond and equity funds. In addition, a list of the funds' portfolio holdings as included in its semi-annual report filings is published on the website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus, under “Prospectuses & Reports”, typically 60-80 days after the end of a fund's fiscal quarter. On the website, the funds also provide on a monthly or quarterly basis information regarding certain attributes of a fund's portfolio, such as a fund's top ten holdings, sector weightings, composition, credit quality and duration and maturity, as applicable. This information is generally updated within 5-25 days after the end of the period. This information on the website is publicly available to all categories of persons.
Each fund may disclose portfolio holdings information to certain persons and entities prior to and more frequently than the public disclosure of such information (early disclosure). The President of the Trust may authorize early disclosure of portfolio holdings information to such parties at differing times and/or with different lag times provided that (a) the President of the Trust determines that the disclosure is in the best interests of the funds and that there are no conflicts of interest between the funds’ shareholders and funds’ adviser and distributor; and (b) the recipient is, either by contractual agreement or otherwise by law, required to maintain the confidentiality of the information.
Portfolio holdings may be made available on a selective basis to ratings agencies, certain industry organizations, consultants and other qualified financial professionals when the President of the Trust determines such disclosure meets the requirements noted above and serves a legitimate business purpose. Agreements entered into with such entities will describe the permitted use of portfolio holdings and provide that, among other customary confidentiality provisions: (i) the portfolio holdings will be kept confidential; (ii) the person will not trade on the basis of any material non-public information; and (iii) the information will be used only for the purpose described in the agreement.
The funds' service providers including, without limitation, the investment adviser, the distributor, the custodian, fund accountant, transfer agent, counsel, auditor, proxy voting service provider, pricing information vendors, trade execution measurement vendors, securities lending agents, publisher, printer and mailing agent may receive disclosure of portfolio holdings information as frequently as daily in connection with the services they perform for the funds. The names of those service providers to whom the funds selectively disclose portfolio holdings information will be disclosed in this SAI. CSIM, Glass Lewis & Co., State Street Bank and/or BBH, as service providers to the funds, are currently receiving this information on a daily basis. RR Donnelley, as a service provider to the funds, is currently receiving this information on a quarterly basis. PricewaterhouseCoopers, Boston Financial Services Inc. and Schwab, as service providers to the funds, receive this information on an as-needed basis. Service providers are subject to a duty of confidentiality with respect to any portfolio holdings information they receive whether imposed by the confidentiality provisions of the service providers’ agreements with the Trust or by the nature of its relationship with the Trust. Although certain of the service providers are not under formal confidentiality obligations in connection with disclosure of portfolio holdings, a fund will not continue to conduct business with a service provider who the fund believes is misusing the disclosed information.
To the extent that a fund invests in an ETF, the Trust will, in accordance with exemptive orders issued by the SEC to ETF sponsors and the procedures adopted by the Board, promptly notify the ETF in writing of any purchase or acquisition of shares of
40

 

Table of Contents
the ETF that causes the fund to hold (i) 5% or more of such ETF’s total outstanding voting securities, and (ii) 10% or more of such ETF’s total outstanding voting securities. In addition, CSIM will, upon causing a fund to acquire more than 3% of an open-end ETF’s outstanding shares, notify the open-end ETF of the investment.
The funds' policies and procedures prohibit the funds, the funds' investment adviser or any related party from receiving any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information.
The funds may disclose non-material information including commentary and aggregate information about the characteristics of a fund in connection with or relating to a fund or its portfolio securities to any person if such disclosure is for a legitimate business purpose, such disclosure does not effectively result in the disclosure of the complete portfolio securities of any fund (which can only be disclosed in accordance with the above requirements), and such information does not constitute material non-public information. Such disclosure does not fall within the portfolio securities disclosure requirements outlined above.
Whether the information constitutes material non-public information will be made on a good faith determination, which involves an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. In most cases commentary or analysis would be immaterial and would not convey any advantage to a recipient in making a decision concerning a fund. Commentary and analysis include, but are not limited to, the allocation of a fund’s portfolio securities and other investments among various asset classes, sectors, industries and countries, the characteristics of the stock components and other investments of a fund, the attribution of fund returns by asset class, sector, industry and country, and the volatility characteristics of a fund.
Portfolio Transactions
The investment adviser makes decisions with respect to the purchase and sale of portfolio securities on behalf of the funds. The investment adviser is responsible for implementing these decisions, including the negotiation of commissions and the allocation of principal business and portfolio brokerage. Purchases and sales of securities on a stock exchange or certain riskless principal transactions placed on NASDAQ are typically effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. Purchases and sales of fixed income securities may be transacted with the issuer, the issuer’s underwriter, or a dealer. The funds does not usually pay brokerage commissions on purchases and sales of fixed income securities, although the price of the securities generally includes compensation, in the form of a spread or a mark-up or mark-down, which is not disclosed separately. The prices the funds pay to underwriters of newly-issued securities usually include a commission paid by the issuer to the underwriter. Transactions placed through dealers who are serving as primary market makers reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices. The money market securities in which the funds may invest are traded primarily in the over-the-counter market on a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes. It is expected that the cost of executing portfolio securities transactions of the funds will primarily consist of dealer spreads and brokerage commissions.
The investment adviser seeks to obtain the best execution for the funds' portfolio transactions. The investment adviser may take a number of factors into account in selecting brokers or dealers to execute these transactions. Such factors may include, without limitation, the following: execution price; brokerage commission or dealer spread; size or type of the transaction; nature or character of the markets; clearance or settlement capability; reputation; financial strength and stability of the broker or dealer; efficiency of execution and error resolution; block trading capabilities; willingness to execute related or unrelated difficult transactions in the future; order of call; ability to facilitate short selling; provision of additional brokerage or research services or products; whether a broker guarantees that a fund will receive, on aggregate, prices at least as favorable as the closing prices on a given day when adherence to “market-on-close” pricing aligns with fund objectives; or whether a broker guarantees that a fund will receive the volume-weighted average price (VWAP) for a security for a given trading day (or portion thereof) when the investment adviser or the sub-advisers believe that VWAP execution is in a fund’s best interest. In addition, the investment adviser may have incentive sharing arrangements with certain unaffiliated brokers who guarantee market-on-close pricing: on a day when such a broker executes transactions at prices better, on aggregate, than market-on-close prices, that broker may receive, in addition to his or her standard commission, a portion of the net difference between the actual execution prices and corresponding market-on-close prices for that day.
The investment adviser may cause a fund to pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable from other brokers or dealers in return for brokerage or research services or products if the investment adviser believes that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided. In addition to agency transactions, the investment adviser may receive brokerage and research services or products in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC and other regulatory guidelines. In both instances, these services or products may include: company financial data and economic data (e.g., unemployment, inflation rates and GDP figures), stock quotes, last sale prices and trading volumes, research reports analyzing the performance of a particular company or stock, narrowly distributed trade magazines or technical journals covering specific industries, products, or issuers, seminars or conferences registration fees which provide substantive content relating to eligible research, quantitative analytical software and software that provides analyses of securities portfolios, trading strategies and pre/post trade analytics, discussions with research analysts or meetings with corporate executives which provide a means of obtaining oral advice on securities, markets or particular issuers, short-term custody related to effecting particular transactions and clearance and settlement of those trades, lines between the broker-dealer and order management systems operated by a third party vendor, dedicated lines between the broker-dealer and the investment adviser’s order management system, dedicated lines providing direct
41

 

Table of Contents
dial-up service between the investment adviser and the trading desk at the broker-dealer, message services used to transmit orders to broker-dealers for execution, electronic communication of allocation instructions between institutions and broker-dealers, comparison services required by the SEC or another regulator (e.g., use of electronic confirmation and affirmation of institutional trades), exchange of messages among broker-dealers, custodians, and institutions related to a trade, post-trade matching of trade information, routing settlement instructions to custodian banks and broker-dealers’ clearing agents, software that provides algorithmic trading strategies, and trading software operated by a broker-dealer to route orders to market centers or direct market access systems. The investment adviser may use research services furnished by brokers or dealers in servicing all client accounts, and not all services may necessarily be used in connection with the account that paid commissions or spreads to the broker or dealer providing such services.
The investment adviser may receive a service from a broker or dealer that has both a “research” and a “non-research” use. When this occurs, the investment adviser will make a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with client commissions or spreads, while the investment adviser will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the investment adviser faces a potential conflict of interest, but the investment adviser and sub-advisers believe that the costs of such services may be appropriately allocated to their anticipated research and non-research uses.
The investment adviser may purchase for the funds new issues of securities in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the investment adviser with research services, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations permitting these types of arrangements. Generally, the seller will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act.
The investment adviser may place orders directly with electronic communications networks or other alternative trading systems. Placing orders with electronic communications networks or other alternative trading systems may enable funds to trade directly with other institutional holders. At times, this may allow funds to trade larger blocks than would be possible trading through a single market maker.
The investment adviser and sub-advisers may aggregate securities sales or purchases among two or more funds. The investment adviser and sub-advisers will not aggregate transactions unless it believes such aggregation is consistent with its duty to seek best execution for each affected fund and is consistent with the terms of the investment advisory agreement for such fund. In any single transaction in which purchases and/or sales of securities of any issuer for the account of a fund are aggregated with other accounts managed by the investment adviser, the actual prices applicable to the transaction will be averaged among the accounts for which the transaction is effected, including the account of the fund.
In determining when and to what extent to use Schwab or any other affiliated broker-dealer as its broker for executing orders for the funds on securities exchanges, the investment adviser follows procedures, adopted by the funds' Board, that are designed to ensure that affiliated brokerage commissions (if relevant) are reasonable and fair in comparison to unaffiliated brokerage commissions for comparable transactions. The Board reviews the procedures annually and approves and reviews transactions involving affiliated brokers quarterly.
PROXY VOTING
The Board of Trustees of the Trust has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM. The trustees have adopted CSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various Schwab Funds portfolios. A description of CSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures is included in Appendix - Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures.
The Trust is required to disclose annually a fund’s complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX. A fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12 month period ended June 30th is available by visiting the Schwab website at www.csimfunds.com/schwabfunds_prospectus. A fund’s Form N-PX will also be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Description Of The TRUST
Each fund is a series of Schwab Capital Trust, an open-end investment management company organized as a Massachusetts business trust on May 7, 1993. The funds may hold special shareholder meetings, which may cause the funds to incur non-routine expenses. These meetings may be called for purposes such as electing trustees, changing fundamental policies and amending management contracts. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each share owned and may vote by proxy or in person. Proxy materials will be mailed to shareholders prior to any meetings, and will include a voting card and information explaining the matters to be voted upon.
The bylaws of the Trust provide that a majority of shares entitled to vote shall be a quorum for the transaction of business at a shareholders’ meeting, except that where any provision of law, or of the Declaration of Trust or of the bylaws permits or requires that (1) holders of any series shall vote as a series, then a majority of the aggregate number of shares of that series entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that series, or (2) holders of any class shall vote as a
42

 

Table of Contents
class, then a majority of the aggregate number of shares of that class entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that class. Any lesser number shall be sufficient for adjournments. Any adjourned session or sessions may be held, within a reasonable time after the date set for the original meeting, without the necessity of further notice. The Declaration of Trust specifically authorizes the Board of Trustees to terminate the Trust (or any of its funds) by notice to the shareholders without shareholder approval.
Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the Trust’s obligations. The Declaration of Trust, however, disclaims shareholder liability for the Trust’s acts or obligations and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or the trustees. In addition, the Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of the property of an investment portfolio in which a shareholder owns or owned shares for all losses and expenses of such shareholder or former shareholder if he or she is held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder. Moreover, the Trust will be covered by insurance, which the trustees consider adequate to cover foreseeable tort claims. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is considered remote, because it is limited to circumstances in which a disclaimer is inoperative and the Trust itself is unable to meet its obligations. There is a remote possibility that a fund could become liable for a misstatement in the prospectus or SAI about another fund.
As more fully described in the Declaration of Trust, the trustees may each year, or more frequently, distribute to the shareholders of each series accrued income less accrued expenses and any net realized capital gains less accrued expenses. Distributions of each year’s income of each series shall be distributed pro rata to shareholders in proportion to the number of shares of each series held by each of them. Distributions will be paid in cash or shares or a combination thereof as determined by the Trustees. Distributions paid in shares will be paid at the net asset value as determined in accordance with the bylaws.
Any series of the Trust may reorganize or merge with one or more other series of the Trust or of another investment company. Any such reorganization or merger shall be pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in an agreement and plan of reorganization authorized and approved by the Trustees and entered into by the relevant series in connection therewith. In addition, such reorganization or merger may be authorized by vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office and, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the Declaration of Trust, without the approval of shareholders of any series.
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION, DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS AND PRICING OF SHARES
Purchasing and Redeeming Shares of the Funds
The funds are open each day that the NYSE is open. The NYSE’s trading session is normally conducted from 9:30 a.m. until 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday, although some days, such as in advance of and following holidays, the NYSE’s trading session closes early. The following holiday closings are currently scheduled for 2016-2017: New Year’s Day (observed), Martin Luther King Jr.’s Birthday, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (observed). Only orders that are received in good order by a fund’s transfer agent no later than the time specified by the Trust will be executed that day at the fund’s share price calculated that day. On any day that the NYSE closes early, the funds reserve the right to advance the time by which purchase, redemption and exchange orders must be received by the funds’ transfer agent that day in order to be executed that day at that day’s share price. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the funds reserve the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate their share prices as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
The funds have authorized one or more brokers to accept on their behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such brokers have also been authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the funds’ behalf. The funds will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives such order. Such orders will be priced at the respective fund’s net asset value per share next determined after such orders are received by an authorized broker or the broker’s authorized designee.
As long as the funds or Schwab follow reasonable procedures to confirm that an investor’s telephone or internet order is genuine, they will not be liable for any losses the investor may experience due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. These procedures may include requiring a form of personal identification or other confirmation before acting upon any telephone or internet order, providing written confirmation of telephone or internet orders and tape recording all telephone orders.
Share certificates will not be issued in order to avoid additional administrative costs, however, share ownership records are maintained by Schwab.
The Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides that shares may be automatically redeemed if held by a shareholder in an amount less than the minimum required by each fund. Each fund’s minimum initial investments and minimum balance requirements, if any, are set forth in the prospectus. The minimums may be changed without prior notice.
43

 

Table of Contents
As explained in more detail in the funds’ prospectuses, each fund that charges a redemption fee reserves the right to waive its early redemption fee for certain tax-advantaged retirement plans or charitable giving funds, certain fee-based or wrap programs, or in other circumstances when the funds’ officers determine that such a waiver is in the best interest of a fund and its shareholders.
Each of the funds has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its net assets at the beginning of such period. This election is irrevocable without the SEC’s prior approval. Redemption requests in excess of these limits may be paid, in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board may deem advisable. Payment will be made wholly in cash unless the Board believes that economic or market conditions exist that would make such payment a detriment to the best interests of a fund. If redemption proceeds are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued as set forth in “Pricing of Shares.” A redeeming shareholder would normally incur transaction costs if he or she were to convert the securities to cash.
Each fund is designed for long-term investing. Because short-term trading activities can disrupt the smooth management of a fund and increase its expenses, each fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to refuse any purchase or exchange order, or large purchase or exchange orders, including any purchase or exchange order which appears to be associated with short-term trading activities or “market timing.” Because market timing decisions to buy and sell securities typically are based on an individual investor’s market outlook, including such factors as the perceived strength of the economy or the anticipated direction of interest rates, it is difficult for a fund to determine in advance what purchase or exchange orders may be deemed to be associated with market timing or short-term trading activities. The funds and Schwab reserve the right to refuse any purchase or exchange order, including large orders that may negatively impact their operations. More information regarding the funds’ policies regarding “market timing” is included in the funds’ prospectuses.
In certain circumstances, shares of a fund may be purchased “in kind” (i.e., in exchange for securities, rather than for cash). The securities tendered as part of an in-kind purchase must be liquid securities that are not restricted as to transfer and have a value that is readily ascertainable as evidenced by a listing on the American Stock Exchange, the NYSE, or NASDAQ. Securities accepted by a fund will be valued, as set forth in the fund’s prospectus, as of the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. The shares of a fund that are issued to the shareholder in exchange for the securities will be determined as of the same time. All dividend, subscription, or other rights that are reflected in the market price of accepted securities at the time of valuation become the property of a fund and must be delivered to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. A fund will not accept securities in exchange for its shares unless such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be held by the fund and satisfy such other conditions as may be imposed by the fund’s investment adviser.
Exchanging Shares of the Funds
Methods to purchase and redeem shares of a fund are set forth in the funds’ prospectuses. An exchange order involves the redemption of all or a portion of the shares of one Schwab Fund or Laudus MarketMasters Fund and the simultaneous purchase of shares of another Schwab Fund or Laudus MarketMasters Fund. Exchange orders must meet the minimum investment and any other requirements of the fund or class purchased. Exchange orders may not be executed between shares of Sweep Investments ® and shares of non-Sweep Investments. Shares of Sweep Investments may be bought and sold automatically pursuant to the terms and conditions of your Schwab account agreement or by direct order as long as you meet the minimums for direct investments. In addition, different exchange policies may apply to Schwab Funds ® that are bought and sold through third-party investment providers and the exchange privilege between Schwab Funds may not be available through third-party investment providers.
The funds and Schwab reserve certain rights with regard to exchanging shares of the funds. These rights include the right to: (i) refuse any purchase or exchange order that may negatively impact a fund’s operations; (ii) refuse orders that appear to be associated with short-term trading activities; and (iii) materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.
Delivery of Shareholder Documents
Typically once a year, an updated prospectus will be mailed to shareholders describing each fund’s investment strategies, risks and shareholder policies. Twice a year, financial reports will be mailed to shareholders describing each fund’s performance and investment holdings. To eliminate duplicate mailings of shareholder documents, each household may receive one copy of these documents, under certain conditions. This practice is commonly called “householding.” If you want to receive multiple copies, you may write or call your fund at the address or telephone number on the front of this SAI. Your instructions will be effective within 30 days of receipt by a fund or other date as communicated by the financial intermediary.
44

 

Table of Contents
Pricing of Shares
Each business day, each fund calculates its share price, or NAV, as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time). This means that NAVs are calculated using the values of a fund’s portfolio securities as of the close of the NYSE. Such values are required to be determined in one of two ways: securities for which market quotations are readily available are required to be valued at current market value; and securities for which market quotations are not readily available or the investment adviser deems them to be unreliable are required to be valued at fair value using procedures approved by the Board. If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extenuating circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, or the NYSE has an unscheduled early closing on a day it has opened for business, the funds reserve the right to treat such day as a business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate their share price as of the normally scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE for that day.
Shareholders of funds that invest in foreign securities should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the funds are closed, the value of some of an underlying fund’s securities may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund. The underlying funds use approved pricing sources to provide values for their portfolio securities. Current market values are generally determined by the approved pricing sources as follows: generally securities traded on exchanges, excluding the NASDAQ National Market System, are valued at the last-quoted sales price on the exchange on which such securities are primarily traded (closing values), or, lacking any sales, at the mean between the bid and ask prices; generally securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the last reported sales price that day, or, if no sales are reported that day, at the mean between the bid and ask prices. Generally, securities listed on the NASDAQ National Market System are valued in accordance with the NASDAQ Official Closing Price. In addition, securities that are primarily traded on foreign exchanges are generally valued at the official closing price or last sales price on the exchange where the securities are primarily traded with these values then translated into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate. Fixed income securities normally are valued based on valuations provided by approved pricing sources. Securities may be fair valued pursuant to procedures approved by the funds’ Board of Trustees when a security is de listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when approved pricing sources do not provide a value for a security, a furnished price appears manifestly incorrect or events occur prior to the close of the NYSE that materially affect the furnished price. The Board of Trustees regularly reviews fair value determinations made by the funds pursuant to the procedures.
In accordance with the 1940 Act, the underlying funds in which the Schwab Target Index Funds invest are valued at their respective net asset values as determined by those funds. The underlying funds that are money market funds may value their portfolio securities based on the value or amortized cost method. The other underlying funds value their portfolio securities based on market quotes if they are readily available.
Taxation
This discussion of federal income tax consequences is based on the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. New legislation, as well as administrative changes or court decisions, may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.
Federal Tax Information for the Funds
It is each fund’s policy to qualify for taxation as a “regulated investment company” (RIC) by meeting the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code. By qualifying as a RIC, each fund expects to eliminate or reduce to a nominal amount the federal income tax to which it is subject. If a fund does not qualify as a RIC under the Code, it will be subject to federal income tax on its net investment income and any net realized capital gains. In addition, each fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a RIC.
Each fund is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes and is not combined with the Trust's other funds. Each fund intends to qualify as a RIC so that it will be relieved of federal income tax on that part of its income that is distributed to shareholders. In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC, a fund must, among other requirements, distribute annually to its shareholders an amount at least equal to the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (generally, net investment income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital losses) and 90% of its net tax exempt income. Among these requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of a fund’s gross income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock or securities or currencies and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership; (ii) at the close of each quarter of a fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of a Fund's assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (iii) at the close of each quarter of a fund’s taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more
45

 

Table of Contents
issuers and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses if the fund owns at least 20% of the voting power of such issuers, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.
Certain master limited partnerships may qualify as “qualified publicly traded partnerships” for purposes of the Subchapter M diversification rules described above. To do so, the master limited partnership must satisfy two requirements during the taxable year. First, the interests of such partnership either must be traded on an established securities market or must be readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof). Second, less than 90% of the partnership’s gross income can consist of dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, or gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock securities or currencies.
The Internal Revenue Code imposes a non-deductible excise tax on RICs that do not distribute in a calendar year (regardless of whether they otherwise have a non-calendar taxable year) an amount equal to 98% of their “ordinary income” (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) for the calendar year plus 98.2% of their net capital gain for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year, plus any undistributed amounts from prior years. The non-deductible excise tax is equal to 4% of the deficiency. For the foregoing purposes, a fund is treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year ending in such calendar year and certain amounts with respect to which estimated taxes are paid in such calendar year. A fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate fund investments to make sufficient distributions to avoid federal excise tax liability at a time when the investment adviser might not otherwise have chosen to do so, and liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the ability of a fund to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a RIC.
If a fund fails to qualify as a RIC for any taxable year, it will be taxable at regular corporate rates. In such an event, all distributions (including capital gains distributions) will be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, subject to the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders and the lower tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income distributed to individuals. The Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a fund as a regulated investment company if it determines such course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.
Although each fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year, each fund will be subject to federal income tax to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. If a fund’s distributions exceed its taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution generally will not be taxable but will reduce the shareholder’s cost basis and result in a higher capital gain or lower capital loss when those shares on which the distribution was received are sold. To the extent that a return of capital distribution exceeds a shareholder's adjusted basis, the distribution will be treated as gain from the sale of shares.
A fund’s transactions in futures contracts, forward contracts, foreign currency exchange transactions, options and certain other investment and hedging activities may be restricted by the Code and are subject to special tax rules. In a given case, these rules may accelerate income to a fund, defer its losses, cause adjustments in the holding periods of a fund’s assets, convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses or otherwise affect the character of a fund’s income. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. Each fund will endeavor to make any available elections pertaining to these transactions in a manner believed to be in the best interest of a fund and its shareholders.
Each fund is required for federal income tax purposes to mark-to-market and recognize as income for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on certain futures contracts as of the end of the year as well as those actually realized during the year. Gain or loss from futures and options contracts on broad-based indexes required to be marked to market will be 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. Application of this rule may alter the timing and character of distributions to shareholders. Each fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, options contracts and swaps to the extent of any unrecognized gains on offsetting positions held by the fund. It is anticipated that any net gain realized from the closing out of futures or options contracts will be considered gain from the sale of securities and therefore will be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% requirement described above. Each fund distributes to shareholders at least annually any net capital gains which have been recognized for federal income tax purposes, including unrealized gains at the end of the fund’s fiscal year on futures or options transactions. Such distributions are combined with distributions of capital gains realized on the fund’s other investments and shareholders are advised on the nature of the distributions.
With respect to investments in zero coupon or other securities which are sold at original issue discount and thus do not make periodic cash interest payments, a fund will be required to include as part of its current income the imputed interest on such obligations even though the fund has not received any corresponding interest payments on such obligations during that period. Because each fund distributes all of its net investment income to its shareholders, a fund may have to sell fund securities to distribute such imputed income which may occur at a time when the adviser would not have chosen to sell such securities and which may result in taxable gain or loss.
46

 

Table of Contents
Federal Income Tax Information for Shareholders
The discussion of federal income taxation presented below supplements the discussion in each fund’s prospectus and only summarizes some of the important federal tax considerations generally affecting shareholders of the funds. Accordingly, prospective investors (particularly those not residing or domiciled in the United States) should consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences of investing in the funds.
Any dividends declared by a fund in October, November or December and paid the following January are treated, for tax purposes, as if they were received by shareholders on December 31 of the year in which they were declared. In general, distributions by a fund of investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains), if any, whether received in cash or additional shares, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. A portion of these distributions may be treated as qualified dividend income (eligible for the reduced rates to individuals as described below) to the extent that a fund receives qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that (i) the shareholder has not held the shares of the fund on which the dividend was paid for more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the shares of the fund become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (and the fund must also satisfy those holding period requirements with respect to the securities it holds that paid the dividends distributed to the shareholder), (ii) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property, or (iii) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. Dividends received by each fund from a REIT or another RIC may be treated as qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are attributable to qualified dividend income received by such REIT or RIC. It is expected that dividends received by a fund from a REIT and distributed to a shareholder generally will be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income.
Distributions from net capital gain (if any) that are reported as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains without regard to the length of time the shareholder has held shares of a fund. However, if you receive a capital gains dividend with respect to fund shares held for six months or less, any loss on the sale or exchange of those shares shall, to the extent of the capital gains dividend, be treated as a long-term capital loss.
The maximum individual rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” and long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the taxpayer’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts.
Under the Regulated Investment Company Modernization Act of 2010, net capital losses incurred by a fund in the taxable years after the effective enactment date, December 22, 2010, will not expire. However, such losses must be utilized prior to the losses incurred in the year preceding enactment. As a result of this ordering rule, pre-enactment capital loss carryforwards may be more likely to expire unused. Post-enactment capital losses arise in fiscal years beginning after the enactment date exclude any elective post-October capital losses deferred during the period from November 1 to the end of a fund’s fiscal year. In addition, post-enactment capital losses that are carried forward will retain their character as either short-term or long-term losses rather than short-term as under previous law.
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount.
For corporate investors in a fund, dividend distributions the fund reports to be from dividends received from qualifying domestic corporations will be eligible for the 70% corporate dividends-received deduction to the extent they would qualify if the fund were a regular corporation. Distributions by a fund also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes, and their treatment under applicable tax laws may differ from the federal income tax treatment.
In general, a sale of shares results in capital gain or loss, and for individual shareholders, is taxable at a federal rate dependent upon the length of time the shares were held. A redemption of a shareholder’s fund shares is normally treated as a sale for tax purposes. Fund shares held for a period of one year or less at the time of such sale or redemption will, for tax purposes, generally result in short-term capital gains or losses, and those held for more than one year will generally result in long-term capital gains or losses.
The maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts.
Gain or loss on the sale or redemption of shares in a fund is measured by the difference between the amount received and the adjusted tax basis of the shares. Shareholders should keep records of investments made (including shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends and distribution) so they can compute the tax basis of their shares.
47

 

Table of Contents
A loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of a fund may be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a sixty-one (61) day period beginning thirty (30) days before and ending thirty (30) days after the date that the shares are disposed of. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired must be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of shares held for six (6) months or less is treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received by the shareholders.
At the beginning of every year, each fund will provide shareholders with a tax reporting statement containing information detailing the estimated tax status of any distributions that the fund paid during the previous calendar year.
Each fund will be required in certain cases to withhold at the applicable withholding rate and remit to the U.S. Treasury the withheld amount of taxable dividends and redemption proceeds paid to any shareholder who (1) fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number certified under penalty of perjury; (2) is subject to withholding by the Internal Revenue Service for failure to properly report all payments of interest or dividends; (3) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is not subject to “backup withholding;” or (4) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s ultimate U.S. tax liability.
Foreign shareholders (i.e., nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates) are generally subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower tax treaty rate) on distributions derived from net investment income and short-term capital gains; provided, however, that U.S. source interest related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally are not subject to U.S. withholding taxes if a fund elects to make reports with respect to such dividends. Distributions to foreign shareholders of such short-term capital gains and long-term capital gains, and any gains from the sale or other disposition of shares of a fund, generally are not subject to U.S. taxation, unless the recipient is an individual who either (1) meets the Code’s definition of “resident alien” or (2) is physically present in the U.S. for 183 days or more per year. Foreign shareholders may also be subject to U.S. estate taxes with respect to shares in a fund. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign shareholder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States. In addition, the tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of a tax treaty may be different than those described above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a portion of the income, if any, derived by a fund from investments in REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) may be classified as “excess inclusion income.” In respect of foreign shareholders, no exemption or reduction in withholding tax will apply to such excess inclusion income.
The funds are required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of dividends and (effective January 1, 2019), redemption proceeds and certain capital gain dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to the funds to enable the funds to determine whether withholding is required.
Certain tax-exempt shareholders, including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, salary deferral arrangements, 401(k)s, and other tax-exempt entities, generally are exempt from federal income taxation except with respect to their unrelated business taxable income (UBTI). Under current law, each fund generally serves to block UBTI from being realized by their tax-exempt shareholders. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the fund where, for example, (i) a fund invests in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs, thereby causing the fund to derive “excess inclusion income,” or (ii) shares in a fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of section 514(b) of the Code. Charitable remainder trusts are subject to special rules and should consult their tax advisors. In addition, tax may be imposed on a fund on the portion of any excess inclusion income allocable to any shareholders that are classified as “disqualified organizations.” There are no restrictions preventing a fund from holding investments in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs, and a fund may do so. The Internal Revenue Service has issued recent guidance with respect to these issues and prospective shareholders, especially charitable remainder trusts, are strongly encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding these issues.
The funds can have income, gains or losses from any distributions or redemptions in the underlying funds. The funds cannot use gains distributed by one underlying fund to offset losses in another underlying fund. Redemptions of shares in an underlying fund, including those resulting from allocation changes, could also cause additional distributable gains to shareholders, a portion of which may be short-term capital gains distributable as ordinary income. Further, a portion of any losses on underlying fund share redemptions may be deferred under the “wash sale” rules. As a result of these factors, the funds’ “fund of funds” structure could affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
Income that a Schwab Target Index Fund receives from sources within various foreign countries may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. If any of these funds has more than 50% of its assets invested in foreign securities at the end of its taxable year, it may elect to “pass through” to its shareholders the ability to take either the foreign tax credit or the deduction for foreign taxes. Pursuant to this election, U.S. shareholders must include in gross income, even though not actually received, their respective pro rata share of foreign taxes, and may either deduct their pro rata share of foreign taxes (but not for alternative minimum tax purposes) or credit the tax against U.S. income taxes, subject to certain limitations described in Code sections 901
48

 

Table of Contents
and 904. A shareholder who does not itemize deductions may not claim a deduction for foreign taxes. It is expected that the Schwab Target Index Funds will not have more than 50% of their assets invested in foreign securities at the close of their taxable years, and therefore will not be permitted to make this election. Each shareholder’s respective pro rata share of foreign taxes a Schwab Target Index Fund pays will, therefore, be netted against its share of the Schwab Target Index Fund’s gross income. To the extent, however, a Schwab Target Index Fund invests in an underlying mutual fund that elects to pass through foreign taxes, the Schwab Target Index Fund will be able to pass through the taxes paid by the underlying mutual fund in a given year, provided that at least 50% of the value of the Schwab Target Index Fund’s total assets is invested in underlying mutual funds at the end of each quarter of such taxable year.
The Schwab Target Index Funds may invest in a non-U.S. corporation, which could be treated as a passive foreign investment company (PFIC) or become a PFIC under the Code. This could result in adverse tax consequences upon the disposition of, or the receipt of “excess distributions” with respect to, such equity investments. To the extent any of these funds do invest in PFICs, they may elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” or mark-to-market its investments in PFICs annually. In either case, these funds may be required to distribute amounts in excess of realized income and gains. To the extent these funds do invest in foreign securities which are determined to be PFIC securities and are required to pay a tax on such investments, a credit for this tax would not be allowed to be passed through to the funds’ shareholders. Therefore, the payment of this tax would reduce a funds’ economic return from its PFIC shares, and excess distributions received with respect to such shares are treated as ordinary income rather than capital gains.
Section 988 of the Code contains special tax rules applicable to certain foreign currency transactions and instruments that may affect the amount, timing and character of income, gain or loss recognized by a fund. Under these rules, foreign exchange gain or loss realized by a fund with respect to foreign currencies and certain futures and options thereon, foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, foreign currency forward contracts, and foreign currency-denominated payables and receivables will generally be treated as ordinary income or loss, although in some cases elections may be available that would alter this treatment. Foreign currency losses could result in distributions of ordinary income being reclassified as a return of capital for tax purposes.
Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC such as the fund are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the state and local tax rules affecting investments in a fund.
49

 

Table of Contents
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
The Charles Schwab Family of Funds
Schwab Investments
Schwab Capital Trust
Schwab Annuity Portfolios
Laudus Trust
Schwab Strategic Trust

PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
AS OF MARCH, 2016

I. INTRODUCTION
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (“CSIM”), as an investment adviser, is generally responsible for voting proxies with respect to the securities held in accounts of investment companies and other clients for which it provides discretionary investment management services. CSIM’s Proxy Committee exercises and documents CSIM’s responsibility with regard to voting of client proxies (the “Proxy Committee”). The Proxy Committee is composed of representatives of CSIM’s Fund Administration, Portfolio Management, and Legal Departments, and chaired by CSIM’s Chief Investment Officer, Equities or his/her delegate. The Proxy Committee reviews and may amend periodically these policies. The policies stated in these Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures (the “Proxy Policies”) pertain to all of CSIM’s clients.
The Boards of Trustees (the “Board”) of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios (“Schwab Funds”), Laudus Trust (“Laudus Funds”) and Schwab Strategic Trust (“Schwab ETFs”; collectively with the Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds, the “Funds”) have delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their respective investment advisory agreements. The Board has adopted these Proxy Policies with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various series of the Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds, and Schwab ETFs. CSIM will present amendments to the Board for approval. However, there may be circumstances where the Proxy Committee deems it advisable to amend these Proxy Policies between regular Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs Board meetings. In such cases, the Board will be asked to ratify any changes at the next regular meeting of the Board.
To assist CSIM in its responsibility for voting proxies and the overall proxy voting process, CSIM has retained Glass Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”) as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. The services provided by Glass Lewis include in-depth research, global issuer analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting and record keeping. CSIM may also retain additional experts in the proxy voting and corporate governance area.
The Proxy Committee has the ultimate responsibility for making the determination of how to vote the shares to seek to maximize the value of that particular holding.
II. PHILOSOPHY
CSIM believes that its role as a fiduciary is of utmost importance. In voting proxy ballots, CSIM’s ultimate objective is to maximize the value of our clients’ investments by protecting the long-term best interests of shareholders. CSIM believes that directors, as shareholders’ elected representatives, are best positioned to oversee the management of companies in which CSIM’s clients invest, thereby promoting and protecting its clients’ long-term interests. Therefore, CSIM will generally support a board of directors’ recommendations unless concerns arise, such as the board’s performance, accountability or management of conflicts of interests.
CSIM invests on behalf of its clients in companies domiciled all over the world. Since corporate governance standards and best practices differ by country and jurisdiction, the market context is taken into account in the analysis of proposals. Furthermore, there are instances where CSIM may determine that voting is not in the best interests of its clients (typically due to costs or to trading restrictions) and will refrain from submitting votes.

1

 

Table of Contents
III. PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
The Proxy Committee receives and reviews Glass Lewis’ written proxy voting policies and procedures (“Glass Lewis’ Proxy Policies”). Positions on proposals are evaluated by the Proxy Committee in the long-term best interests of shareholders. Below is a description of CSIM’s guidelines on key proposals for votes on U.S. and Canadian companies. In other circumstances, CSIM generally will utilize the Glass Lewis’ Proxy Policies (which are posted on the Funds’ website).
A. DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS
i. Directors
As a starting point, CSIM expects the board to be composed of a majority of independent directors and to be responsive to shareholders. CSIM also expects directors that serve on a company’s nominating, compensation or audit committee to be independent.
Factors that may result in a vote against one or more directors:
•   The board is not majority independent
•   Non-independent directors serve on the nominating, compensation or audit committees
•   Director recently failed to attend at least 75% of meetings or serves on an excessive number of publically traded company boards
•   Directors approved executive compensation schemes that appear misaligned with shareholders’ interests
•   Director recently acted in a manner inconsistent with these Proxy Policies or failed to be responsive to concerns of a majority of shareholders
ii. Auditors
CSIM typically supports the ratification of auditors unless CSIM believes that the auditors’ independence may have been compromised.
Factors that may result in a vote against the ratification of auditors:
•   Audit-related fees are less than half of the total fees paid by the company to the audit firm
•  A recent material restatement of annual financial statements
B. BOARD MATTERS
i. Classified Boards
CSIM generally defers to management’s recommendation for classified board proposals unless CSIM has particular concerns regarding the board’s accountability or responsiveness to shareholders.
Factors that may result in a vote supporting a shareholder proposal to de-classify a board:
•   The company did not implement a shareholder proposal that was passed by shareholders at two previous shareholder meetings
•   The company nominated directors for election that did not receive a majority of shareholder support at the previous shareholder meeting
•   The company had material financial statement restatements
•   The company’s board adopted a shareholder rights plan (also known as a “Poison Pill”) during the past year and did not submit it to shareholders for approval
ii. Majority Voting
CSIM generally supports majority voting proposals when they call for plurality voting standards in contested elections.

2

 

Table of Contents
iii. Cumulative Voting
CSIM typically supports the concept of voting rights being proportional to shareholders’ economic stake in the company. Therefore, CSIM will generally not support cumulative voting proposals unless the company has a controlling shareholder or shareholder group and has plurality voting standards.
iv. Proxy Access
CSIM typically does not support proxy access proposals unless CSIM has particular concerns regarding the board’s accountability or responsiveness to shareholders.
Factors that may result in a vote supporting proxy access:
•   The company did not implement a shareholder proposal that was passed by shareholders at two previous shareholder meetings
•   The company nominated directors for election that did not receive a majority of shareholder support at the previous shareholder meeting
•   The company had material financial statement restatements
•   The company’s board adopted a Poison Pill during the past year and did not submit it to shareholders for approval
v. Independent Chair
CSIM believes that the board is typically best positioned to determine its leadership structure. Therefore, CSIM will typically not support proposals requiring an independent chair unless CSIM has concerns regarding the board’s accountability or responsiveness to shareholders.
Factors that may result in a vote supporting a shareholder proposal requiring an independent chair:
•   The company did not implement a shareholder proposal that was passed by shareholders at two previous shareholder meetings
•   The company nominated directors for election that did not receive a majority of shareholder support at the previous shareholder meeting
•   The company had material financial statement restatements
•   The company’s board adopted a Poison Pill during the past year and did not submit it to shareholders for approval
C. COMPENSATION
i. Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation and Frequency
CSIM generally supports advisory votes on executive compensation (also known as “Say-On-Pay”) when the compensation scheme appears aligned with shareholder economic interests and lacks problematic features.
Factors that may result in a vote against Say-On-Pay:
•   Executive compensation is out of line with industry peers considering the company’s performance over time
•   Executive compensation plan includes significant guaranteed bonuses or has a low amount of compensation at risk
•   Executive compensation plan offers excessive perquisites, tax-gross up provisions, or golden parachutes
CSIM typically supports annual advisory votes on executive compensation.
ii. Equity Compensation Plans
CSIM generally supports stock-based compensation plans when they do not overly dilute shareholders by providing participants with excessive awards and lack problematic features.
Factors that may result in a vote against Equity Compensation Plans:

3

 

Table of Contents
•   Plan’s total potential dilution appears excessive
•   Plan’s burn rate appears excessive compared to industry peers
•   Plan allows for the re-pricing of options without shareholder approval
•   Plan has an evergreen feature
iii. Employee Stock Purchase Plans
CSIM supports the concept of broad employee participation in a company’s equity. Therefore, CSIM typically supports employee stock purchase plans when the shares can be purchased at 85% or more of the shares’ market value.
iv. Re-price/Exchange Option Plans
CSIM generally only supports management’s proposals to re-price options when the plan excludes senior management and directors, does not excessively dilute shareholders, and the company has not significantly underperformed its industry peers over time.
D. ANTI-TAKEOVER
i. Shareholder Rights Plans (“Poison Pills”)
Poison Pills constrain a potential acquirer’s ability to buy shares in a company above a certain threshold without the approval of the company’s board of directors. While a Poison Pill may help a company in achieving a higher bid, it may also entrench the incumbent management and board. CSIM believes that shareholders should have the right to approve a Poison Pill within a year of its adoption. CSIM generally votes against Poison Pills that do not have safeguards to protect shareholder interests.
Factors that may result in a vote against Poison Pills:
•   Plan does not expire in a relatively short time horizon
•   Plan does not have a well-crafted permitted bid or qualified offer feature that mandates shareholder votes in certain situations
•   Plan automatically renews without shareholder approval
•   Company’s corporate governance profile
ii. Right to Call Special Meeting
CSIM generally votes against the right of shareholders to call a special meeting unless the threshold to call a special meeting is 25% or more of shares outstanding to avoid wasting corporate resources.
iii. Right to Act by Written Consent
CSIM generally votes against the right of shareholders to act by written consent if the company already offers shareholders the right the call special meetings. CSIM expects appropriate mechanisms for implementation, including that the threshold to call a special meeting is 25% or more of shares outstanding.
iv. Supermajority Voting
CSIM generally supports the concept of simple majority standards to pass proposals.
E. CAPITAL STRUCTURE, MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS
i. Increase in Authorized Common Shares
CSIM typically supports proposals to increase the authorized shares unless the company does not sufficiently justify the need for the use of the proposed shares.

4

 

Table of Contents
ii. Preferred Shares
CSIM generally supports proposals to create a class of preferred shares with specific voting, dividend, conversion and other rights.
iii. Mergers and Acquisitions
CSIM generally supports transactions that appear to maximize shareholder value. In assessing the proposals, CSIM considers the proposed transaction’s strategic rationale, the offer premium, the board’s oversight of the sales process, and other pertinent factors.
F. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL PROPOSALS
Environmental and Social shareholder proposals typically request companies to change their business practices or to enhance their disclosures. CSIM believes that in most instances, the board is best positioned to evaluate the impact of these proposals on the company’s business. Therefore, CSIM generally defers to the board’s recommendation unless the proposal has successfully articulated a demonstrable tangible economic impact on shareholder value.
i. Political Contribution Proposals
CSIM expects the board of directors to have an oversight process for political contributions and lobbying proposals. CSIM generally votes against political contribution shareholder proposals unless there is no evidence of board oversight.
IV. ADMINISTRATION
A. CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS
With respect to proxies of an underlying affiliated Fund, the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of such Fund (i.e., “echo vote”), unless otherwise required by law. When required by law or applicable exemptive order, the Proxy Committee will also “echo vote” proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund or exchange traded fund (“ETF”). For example, certain exemptive orders issued to the Funds by the Securities and Exchange Commission and Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, require the Funds, under certain circumstances, to “echo vote” proxies of registered investment companies that serve as underlying investments of the Funds.
In addition, with respect to holdings of The Charles Schwab Corporation (“CSC”) (ticker symbol: SCHW), the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of CSC (i.e., “echo vote”), unless otherwise required by law.
Other than proxies that will be “echo voted”, proxy issues that present material conflicts of interest between CSIM, and/or any of its affiliates, and CSIM’s clients will be delegated to Glass Lewis to be voted in accordance with CSIM’s Proxy Voting Guidelines.
B. FOREIGN SECURITIES/SHAREBLOCKING
CSIM has arrangements with Glass Lewis for the execution of proxy votes. However, voting proxies with respect to shares of foreign securities may involve significantly greater effort and corresponding cost than voting proxies with respect to domestic securities, due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting. Problems voting foreign proxies may include the following:
•   proxy statements and ballots written in a foreign language;
•   untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings;
•   restrictions of foreigner’s ability to exercise votes;
•   requirements to vote proxies in person;
•   requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate CSIM’s voting instructions.

5

 

Table of Contents
In consideration of the foregoing issues, Glass Lewis uses its best efforts to vote foreign proxies. As part of its ongoing oversight, the Proxy Committee will monitor the voting of foreign proxies to determine whether all reasonable steps are taken to vote foreign proxies. If the Proxy Committee determines that the cost associated with the attempt to vote outweighs the potential benefits clients may derive from voting, the Proxy Committee may decide not to attempt to vote. In addition, certain foreign countries impose restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time before and/or after the shareholder meeting. To avoid these trading restrictions, the Proxy Committee instructs Glass Lewis not to vote such foreign proxies.
C. SECURITIES LENDING
Certain of the Funds enter into securities lending arrangements with lending agents to generate additional revenue for their portfolios. In securities lending arrangements, any voting rights that accompany the loaned securities generally pass to the borrower of the securities, but the lender retains the right to recall a security and may then exercise the security’s voting rights. In order to vote the proxies of securities out on loan, the securities must be recalled prior to the established record date. CSIM will use its best efforts to recall a Fund’s securities on loan and vote such securities’ proxies if (a) the proxy relates to a special meeting of shareholders of the issuer (as opposed to the issuer's annual meeting of shareholders), or (b) the Fund owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the issuer. Further, it is CSIM's policy to use its best efforts to recall securities on loan and vote such securities’ proxies if CSIM determines that the proxies involve a material event affecting the loaned securities. CSIM may utilize third-party service providers to assist it in identifying and evaluating whether an event is material. CSIM may also recall securities on loan and vote such securities’ proxies in its discretion.
D. SUB-ADVISORY RELATIONSHIPS
Where CSIM has delegated day-to-day investment management responsibilities to an investment sub-adviser, CSIM may (but generally does not) delegate proxy voting responsibility to such investment sub-adviser. Each sub-adviser to whom proxy voting responsibility has been delegated will be required to review all proxy solicitation material and to exercise the voting rights associated with the securities it has been allocated in the best interest of each investment company and its shareholders, or other client. Prior to delegating the proxy voting responsibility, CSIM will review each sub-adviser’s proxy voting policy to determine whether it believes that each sub-adviser’s proxy voting policy is generally consistent with the maximization of the value of CSIM’s clients’ investments by protecting the long-term best interest of shareholders.
E. REPORTING AND RECORD RETENTION
CSIM will maintain, or cause Glass Lewis to maintain, records that identify the manner in which proxies have been voted (or not voted) on behalf of CSIM clients. CSIM will comply with all applicable rules and regulations regarding disclosure of its or its clients’ proxy voting records and procedures.
CSIM will retain all proxy voting materials and supporting documentation as required under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

6


Table of Contents
Schwab Capital Trust
PEA No. 160
Part C: Other Information
ITEM 28. EXHIBITS.
(a) Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated November 29, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 81 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on April 28, 2006 (hereinafter referred to as “PEA No. 81”).
   
(b) Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, adopted as of November 16, 2004, are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (b) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 11, 2005 (hereinafter referred to as “PEA No. 70”).
   
(c)(i) Article III, Section 5, Article V, Article VI, Article VIII, Section 4 and Article IX, Sections 1, 5 and 7 of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated November 29, 2005, referenced in Exhibit (a) above, are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a) of PEA No. 81.
   
(c)(ii) Articles 9 and 11 of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, adopted as of November 16, 2004, referenced in Exhibit (b) above, are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (b) of PEA No. 70.
   
(d)(i) Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement between Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (“Investment Adviser” or “CSIM”), dated June 15, 1994, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 5(a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 21 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on December 17, 1997.
   
(d)(ii) Amended Schedule A, dated August 18, 2016, to the Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement between Registrant and the Investment Adviser, dated June 15, 1994, is filed herein as Exhibit (d)(ii).
   
(d)(iii) Amended Schedule B, dated August 18, 2016, to the Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement between Registrant and the Investment Adviser, dated June 15, 1994, is filed herein as Exhibit (d)(iii).
   
(d)(iv) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Investment Adviser and Harris Associates LP (“Harris Associates”), dated January 11, 2002, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(x) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 48 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on May 30, 2002 (hereinafter referred to as “PEA No. 48”).
   
(d)(v) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Investment Adviser and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. (“William Blair”), dated January 31, 2002, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xvii) of PEA No. 48.
   
(d)(vi) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Investment Adviser and Mondrian Investment Partners Limited, dated May 24, 2006, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xiv) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83, filed February 28, 2007.
   
(d)(vii) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Investment Adviser and American Century Investment Management, Inc. (“American Century”), dated June 3, 2010, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(x) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 106 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 25, 2011 (hereinafter referred to as “PEA No. 106”).
   
(d)(viii) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Investment Adviser and Mellon Capital Management Corporation (“Mellon”), dated January 20, 2012, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(x) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 28, 2012.
   
(d)(ix) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Investment Adviser and Wellington Management Company, LLP (“Wellington”), dated October 2, 2012, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xi) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 118, filed October 17, 2012.
   
(d)(x) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Investment Adviser and The Boston Company Asset Management, LLC (“The Boston Company”), dated June 2, 2016, is filed herein as Exhibit (d)(x).
   
(d)(xi) Amendment, dated March 26, 2003, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Investment Adviser and Harris Associates is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xxii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 26, 2004 (hereinafter referred to as “PEA No. 60”).
   

 

ITEM 28. EXHIBITS.
(d)(xii) Amendment, dated March 26, 2003, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Investment Adviser and William Blair is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xxix) of PEA No. 60.
   
(d)(xiii) Amendment, dated July 16, 2010, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Investment Adviser and American Century is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xvi) of PEA No. 106.
   
(d)(xiv) Amendment, dated December 2, 2004, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Investment Adviser and Harris Associates is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xvii) of PEA No. 106.
   
(d)(xv) Amendments, dated December 2, 2004 and April 18, 2005, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Investment Adviser and William Blair are incorporated herein by reference, respectively, to Exhibit (d)(xx) and Exhibit (d)(xxi) of PEA No. 106.
   
(d)(xvi) Amendment dated June 5, 2012, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Registrant, Investment Adviser and American Century, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xix) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on January 13, 2013 (hereinafter referred to as “PEA No. 123”).
   
(d)(xvii) Amendment, dated June 5, 2012, to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Investment Adviser and William Blair is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xxi) of PEA No. 123.
   
(d)(xviii) Expense Limitation Agreement by and between Registrant, Investment Adviser and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (“Schwab”), dated July 1, 2009, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xxi) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 100 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on December 10, 2009 (hereinafter referred to as “PEA No. 100”).
   
(d)(xvix) Amended Schedule A, dated August 18, 2016, to the Expense Limitation Agreement by and between Registrant, Investment Adviser and Schwab is filed herein as Exhibit (d)(xvix).
   
(d)(xx) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and CSIM, dated August 18, 2016, is filed herein as Exhibit (d)(xx).
   
(d)(xxi) Administration Agreement between Registrant and CSIM, dated August 18, 2016, is filed herein as Exhibit (d)(xxi).
   
(d)(xxii) Expense Limitation Agreement among Registrant, Investment Adviser and Schwab, dated August 18, 2016, is filed herein as Exhibit (d)(xxii).
   
(e)(i) Second Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement between Registrant and Schwab, dated December 11, 2015, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (e) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 151 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 24, 2016 (hereinafter referred to as “PEA No. 151”).
   
(e)(ii) Amended Schedule A, dated August 18, 2016, to the Second Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement between Registrant and Schwab, is filed herein as Exhibit (e)(ii).
   
(f) Inapplicable.
   
(g)(i) Custodian Agreement between Registrant and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (“Brown Brothers”), dated April 1, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(i) of PEA No. 123.
   
(g)(ii) Amended Schedule 1, dated August 18, 2016, to the Custodian Services Agreement between Registrant and Brown Brothers is filed herein as Exhibit (g)(ii).
   
(g)(iii) Amended and Restated Master Custodian Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), dated October 17, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(ix) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 27, 2006 (hereinafter referred to as “PEA No. 79”).
   
(h)(i) License Agreement between Registrant and Standard & Poor's is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 32 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on February 26, 1999.
   
(h)(ii) Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), dated July 1, 2009, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(ii) of PEA No. 100.
   
(h)(iii) Form of Amended Schedule A to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and BFDS is filed herein as Exhibit (h)(iii).
   

 

ITEM 28. EXHIBITS.
(h)(iv) Amended and Restated Shareholder Servicing Plan, dated December 11, 2015, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(iv) of PEA No. 151.
   
(h)(v) Amended Schedule A, dated August 18, 2016, to the Amended and Restated Shareholder Servicing Plan, is filed herein as Exhibit (h)(v).
   
(h)(vi) Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement between Registrant and State Street, dated October 1, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(i) of PEA No. 79.
   
(h)(vii) Amended Appendix A, dated August 18, 2016, to Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank is filed herein as Exhibit (h)(vii).
   
(i) Opinion and Consent of Counsel is filed herein as Exhibit (i).
   
(j)(i) Not applicable.
   
(j)(ii) Power of Attorney executed by Walter W. Bettinger, II, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(ii) of PEA No. 151.
   
(j)(iii) Power of Attorney executed by Marie A. Chandoha, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(iii) of PEA No. 151.
   
(j)(iv) Power of Attorney executed by Joseph R. Martinetto, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(iv) of PEA No. 151.
   
(j)(v) Power of Attorney executed by Robert W. Burns, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(v) of PEA No. 151.
   
(j)(vi) Power of Attorney executed by John F. Cogan, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(vi) of PEA No. 151.
   
(j)(vii) Power of Attorney executed by Stephen T. Kochis, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(vii) of PEA No. 151.
   
(j)(viii) Power of Attorney executed by David L. Mahoney, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(viii) of PEA No. 151.
   
(j)(ix) Power of Attorney executed by Kiran M. Patel, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(ix) of PEA No. 151.
   
(j)(x) Power of Attorney executed by Kimberly S. Patmore, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(x) of PEA No. 151.
   
(j)(xi) Power of Attorney executed by Charles A. Ruffel, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(xi) of PEA No. 151.
   
(j)(xii) Power of Attorney executed by Gerald B. Smith, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(xii) of PEA No. 151.
   
(j)(xiii) Power of Attorney executed by Joseph H. Wender, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(xiii) of PEA No. 151.
   
(j)(xiv) Power of Attorney executed by Mark D. Fischer, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (j)(xiv) of PEA No. 151.
   
(k) Inapplicable.
   
(l) Inapplicable.
   
(m) Inapplicable.
   
(n) Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan, adopted on February 28, 1996, amended and restated as of February 28, 2007, December 10, 2009, December 8, 2011 and August 18, 2016, is filed herein as Exhibit (n).
   
(o) Inapplicable.
   
(p)(i) Registrant, Investment Adviser and Schwab Code of Ethics, dated June 14, 2013, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(i) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 130, filed December 17, 2013.
   

 

ITEM 28. EXHIBITS.
(p)(ii) American Century Code of Ethics, dated January 1, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(ii) of PEA No. 151.
   
(p)(iii) Harris Associates Code of Ethics, dated March 9, 2016, is filed herein as Exhibit (p)(iii).
   
(p)(iv) William Blair Code of Ethics, dated July 1, 2015, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(iv) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 150 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 811-07704), electronically filed with the SEC on December 15, 2015 (hereinafter referred to as “PEA No. 150”).
   
(p)(v) Mondrian Code of Ethics, dated February 1, 2016, is filed herein as Exhibit (p)(v).
   
(p)(vi) Mellon Code of Ethics, dated November 17, 2015, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(vi) of PEA No. 150.
   
(p)(vii) Wellington Code of Ethics, dated July 1, 2016, is filed herein as Exhibit (p)(vii).
   
(p)(viii) The Boston Company Code of Ethics, dated November 17, 2015, is filed herein as Exhibit (p)(viii).
ITEM 29.        PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT.
The Board of Trustees of the Registrant is identical to the boards of trustees of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Strategic Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, and Laudus Trust. Each such trust has Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. as its investment adviser. In addition, the officers of the Registrant are also identical to those of each such other trust, with the exception of the Chief Legal Officer and Secretary/Clerk. As a result, the above-named trusts may be deemed to be under common control with the Registrant. Nonetheless, the Registrant takes the position that it is not under common control with such other trusts because the power residing in the respective trusts’ boards and officers arises as a result of an official position with each such trust.
ITEM 30.        INDEMNIFICATION.
Article VIII of Registrant's Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust (Exhibit (a) hereto, which is incorporated by reference) provides in effect that Registrant will indemnify its officers and trustees against all liabilities and expenses, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees reasonably incurred by any such officer or trustee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit, or other proceeding. However, in accordance with Sections 17(h) and 17(i) of the 1940 Act and its own terms, said Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust does not protect any person against any liability to Registrant or its shareholders to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. In any event, Registrant will comply with 1940 Act Releases Nos. 7221 and 11330 respecting the permissible boundaries of indemnification by an investment company of its officers and trustees.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
ITEM 31.        BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER.
Registrant's investment adviser, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation, organized in October 1989 to serve as investment manager to Registrant, also serves as the investment manager to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Strategic Trust, and Laudus Trust, each an open-end management investment company. The principal place of business of the investment adviser is 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105. The only business in which the investment adviser engages is that of investment adviser and administrator to Registrant, The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Schwab Strategic Trust, investment adviser of Laudus Trust and any other investment companies that Schwab may sponsor in the future, and an investment adviser to certain non-investment company clients.
The business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which each director and/or senior or executive officer of the investment adviser (CSIM) is or has been engaged during the past two fiscal years is listed below. The name of any company for

 

which any director and/or senior or executive officer of the investment adviser serves as director, officer, employee, partner or trustee is also listed below.
Name and Position with Adviser   Name of Other Company   Capacity
Walter W. Bettinger, II, Director   The Charles Schwab Corporation   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
    Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
    Schwab Holdings, Inc.   Director
    Charles Schwab Bank   Director
         
Peter B. Crawford, Director   The Charles Schwab Corporation   Executive Vice President – Finance
    Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.   Executive Vice President – Finance
    Schwab Holdings, Inc.   Director
         
Marie Chandoha, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer   Schwab Funds   Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
    Laudus Funds   Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
    Schwab ETFs   Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
    Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds, plc   Director
    Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited   Director
         
Omar Aguilar, Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities and Multi-Asset Strategies   Schwab Funds   Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities
    Laudus Funds   Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities
    Schwab ETFs   Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Equities
         
Brett Wander, Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income   Schwab Funds   Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income
    Laudus Funds   Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income
    Schwab ETFs   Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – Fixed Income
         
David Lekich, Chief Counsel and Senior Vice President   Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.   Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel
    Schwab Funds   Secretary and Chief Legal Officer
    Laudus Funds   Vice President and Assistant Clerk
    Schwab ETFs   Secretary and Chief Legal Officer
         
Michael Hogan, Chief Compliance Officer and Senior Vice President   Schwab Funds   Chief Compliance Officer
    Schwab ETFs   Chief Compliance Officer

 

Name and Position with Adviser   Name of Other Company   Capacity
    Laudus Funds   Chief Compliance Officer
    Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.   Senior Vice President
         
George Pereira, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer   Schwab Funds   Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
    Laudus Funds   Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
    Schwab ETFs   Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
    Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds, plc   Director
    Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited   Director
ITEM 32.        PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS.
(a) Schwab acts as principal underwriter and distributor of Registrant's shares. Schwab also acts as principal underwriter for The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios and may act as such for any other investment company which Schwab may sponsor in the future.
(b) Information with respect to Schwab's directors and officers is as follows:
Name   Position and Offices with the Underwriter   Position and Offices with the Registrant
Charles R. Schwab   Chairman and Director   None
Walter W. Bettinger II   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   Chairman and Trustee
Steven H. Anderson   Executive Vice President, Schwab Retirement Plan Services   None
Ron Carter   Executive Vice President, Operational Services   None
Bernard J. Clark   Executive Vice President and Head of Advisor Services   None
Jonathan M. Craig   Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer   None
Peter B. Crawford   Executive Vice President, Finance   None
David R. Garfield   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   None
G. Andrew Gill   Executive Vice President, Client Solutions   None
Lisa Kidd Hunt   Executive Vice President, International Services and Business Development   None
Terri R. Kallsen   Executive Vice President, Investor Services   None
Mitch Mantua   Executive Vice President, Internal Audit   None
Joseph R. Martinetto   Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director   Trustee
James D. McCool   Executive Vice President, Corporate Initiatives   None
James F. McGuire   Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer   None
Nigel J. Murtagh   Executive Vice President, Corporate Risk   None

 

Name   Position and Offices with the Underwriter   Position and Offices with the Registrant
Martha D. Tuma   Executive Vice President, Human Resources   None
The principal business address of all directors and officers of Schwab is 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105.
(c) None.
ITEM 33.        LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.
All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained pursuant to Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of: Registrant and Registrant's investment adviser and administrator, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105; Registrant's former sub-investment adviser, Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc., 1299 Ocean Avenue, Suite 1100, Santa Monica, California 90401; Registrant's principal underwriter, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105; Registrant's custodian for the Schwab International Index Fund and the Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund, Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 50 Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, Registrant's custodian for the balance of the funds and fund accountant, State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111; and Registrant's transfer agent, Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169.
ITEM 34.        MANAGEMENT SERVICES.
None.
ITEM 35.        UNDERTAKINGS.
Not applicable.


Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for the effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 160 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the 1933 Act and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 160 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the City of Washington in the District of Columbia, on the 17th day of August, 2016.
SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
Registrant
 
Marie A. Chandoha*
Marie A. Chandoha, President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 160 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated this 17th day of August, 2016.
Signature   Title
Walter W. Bettinger II*

Walter W. Bettinger II
  Chairman and Trustee
Marie A. Chandoha*

Marie A. Chandoha
  Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
Joseph R. Martinetto*

Joseph R. Martinetto
  Trustee
Robert W. Burns*

Robert W. Burns
  Trustee
John F. Cogan*

John F. Cogan
  Trustee
Stephen Timothy Kochis*

Stephen Timothy Kochis
  Trustee
David L. Mahoney*

David L. Mahoney
  Trustee
Kiran M. Patel*

Kiran M. Patel
  Trustee
Kimberly S. Patmore*

Kimberly S. Patmore
  Trustee
Charles A. Ruffel*

Charles A. Ruffel
  Trustee
Gerald B. Smith*

Gerald B. Smith
  Trustee
Joseph H. Wender*

Joseph H. Wender
  Trustee

 

Signature   Title
Mark D. Fischer*

Mark D. Fischer
  Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
    
*By: /s/ Douglas P. Dick

Douglas P. Dick, Attorney-in-Fact
Pursuant to Power of Attorney


Table of Contents
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit (d)(ii) Amended Schedule A to the Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement
Exhibit (d)(iii) Amended Schedule B to the Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement
Exhibit (d)(x) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement
Exhibit (d)(xvix) Amended Schedule A to the Expense Limitation Agreement
Exhibit (d)(xx) Investment Advisory Agreement
Exhibit (d)(xxi) Administration Agreement
Exhibit (d)(xxii) Expense Limitation Agreement
Exhibit (e)(ii) Amended Schedule A to the Second Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement
Exhibit (g)(ii) Amended Schedule 1 to the Custodian Services Agreement
Exhibit (h)(iii) Form of Amended Schedule A to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement
Exhibit (h)(v) Amended Schedule A to the Amended and Restated Shareholder Servicing Plan
Exhibit (h)(vii) Amended Appendix A to the Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement
Exhibit (i) Opinion and Consent of Counsel
Exhibit (n) Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan
Exhibit (p)(iii) Harris Associates Code of Ethics
Exhibit (p)(v) Mondrian Code of Ethics
Exhibit (p)(vii) Wellington Code of Ethics
Exhibit (p)(viii) The Boston Company Code of Ethics

AMENDED SCHEDULE A

TO THE INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST AND CHARLES SCHWAB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

Fund

  

Effective Date

Schwab International Index Fund    July 21, 1993
Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund    October 14, 1993
Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio    September 25, 1995
Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio    September 25, 1995
Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio    September 25, 1995
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund    February 28, 1996
Schwab Core Equity Fund    May 21, 1996
Laudus International MarketMasters Fund    September 2, 1996
Schwab Balanced Fund (formerly known as Schwab Viewpoints Fund)    October 13, 1996
Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund    August 3, 1997
Schwab Market Track All Equity Portfolio    April 16, 1998
Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund    October 28, 1998
Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund    April 15, 1999
Health Care Fund    May 15, 2000
Schwab Hedged Equity Fund    August 6, 2002
Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund    May 19, 2003
Schwab Dividend Equity Fund    September 23, 2003
Schwab Target 2010 Fund    May 24, 2005
Schwab Target 2015 Fund    November 12, 2007
Schwab Target 2020 Fund    May 24, 2005
Schwab Target 2025 Fund    November 12, 2007
Schwab Target 2030 Fund    May 24, 2005
Schwab Target 2035 Fund    November 12, 2007
Schwab Target 2040 Fund    May 24, 2005
Schwab Large Cap Growth Fund    May 24, 2005
Schwab Fundamental US Large Company Index Fund    February 28, 2007
Schwab Fundamental US Small Company Index Fund    February 28, 2007


Schwab Fundamental International Large Company Index Fund    February 28, 2007
Schwab Fundamental Emerging Markets Large Company Index Fund    November 12, 2007
Schwab Fundamental International Small Company Index Fund    November 12, 2007
Schwab Monthly Income Fund – Moderate Payout    February 25, 2008
Schwab Monthly Income Fund – Enhanced Payout    February 25, 2008
Schwab Monthly Income Fund – Maximum Payout    February 25, 2008
Schwab International Core Equity Fund    February 25, 2008
Schwab Target 2045 Fund    January 14, 2013
Schwab Target 2050 Fund    January 14, 2013
Schwab Target 2055 Fund    January 14, 2013
Schwab Fundamental Global Real Estate Index Fund    September 3, 2014
Schwab Target 2060 Fund    August 18, 2016

 

Schwab Capital Trust     Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.

/s/ George Pereira

   

/s/ Marie Chandoha

George Pereira

SVP & COO

   

Marie Chandoha

President and Chief Executive Officer

Dated as August 18, 2016

AMENDED SCHEDULE B

TO THE INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

BETWEEN SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST AND

CHARLES SCHWAB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

ADVISORY FEE SCHEDULE

The fees listed below are for services provided under this Agreement

and are to be accrued daily and paid monthly in arrears:

 

Fund

  

Fee

Schwab International Index Fund    Fifteen one-hundredths of one percent (0.15%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund    Fifteen one-hundredths of one percent (0.15%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio    Thirteen one-hundredths of one percent (0.13%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio    Thirteen one-hundredths of one percent (0.13%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio    Thirteen one-hundredths of one percent (0.13%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund    Six one-hundredths of one percent (0.06%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Core Equity Fund    Forty-seven-one-hundreths of one percent (0.47%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Laudus International MarketMasters Fund    One percent and twenty-nine one-hundredths of one percent (1.29%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; one percent and two hundred seventy-five one-thousandths of one percent (1.275%) of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $1 billion; and one percent and twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (1.25%) of such net assets over $1 billion).
Schwab Balanced Fund (formerly known as Schwab Viewpoints Fund)    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund    One percent and seventeen one-hundredths of one percent (1.17%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; one percent and thirteen one-hundredths of one percent (1.13%) of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $1 billion; and one percent and seven one-hundredths of one percent (1.07%) of such net assets over $1 billion).


Fund

  

Fee

Schwab Market Track All Equity Portfolio    Thirteen one-hundredths of one percent (0.13%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund    Six one-hundredths of one percent (0.06%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund    Six one-hundredths of one percent (0.06%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Health Care Fund    Fifty-four one-hundredths of one percent (0.54%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; five hundred fifteen one-thousandths of one percent (0.515%) of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $1 billion; and forty-nine one-hundredths of one percent (0.49%) of such net assets over $1 billion).
Schwab Hedged Equity Fund    One percent and five one-hundredths of one percent (1.05%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund    Eighty-one one-hundredths of one percent (0.81%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Dividend Equity Fund    Sixty-two one-hundredths of one percent (0.62%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Target 2010 Fund    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2015 Fund    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Target 2020 Fund    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Target 2025 Fund    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Target 2030 Fund    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Target 2035 Fund    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Target 2040 Fund    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund    Seventy-Two one-hundredths of one percent (0.72%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Fundamental US Large Company Index Fund    Thirty one-hundredths of one percent (0.30%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; twenty-two one-hundredths of one percent (0.22%) of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $5 billion; twenty one-hundredths of one percent (0.20%) of such net assets over $5 billion but not in excess of $10 billion; eighteen one-hundredths (0.18%) of such net assets over $10 billion.


Fund

  

Fee

Schwab Fundamental US Small Company Index Fund    Thirty one-hundredths of one percent (0.30%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; twenty-two one-hundredths of one percent (0.22%) of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $5 billion; twenty one-hundredths of one percent (0.20%) of such net assets over $5 billion but not in excess of $10 billion; eighteen one-hundredths (0.18%) of such net assets over $10 billion.
Schwab Fundamental International Large Company Index Fund    Thirty one-hundredths of one percent (0.30%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; twenty-two one-hundredths of one percent (0.22%) of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $5 billion; twenty one-hundredths of one percent (0.20%) of such net assets over $5 billion but not in excess of $10 billion; eighteen one-hundredths (0.18%) of such net assets over $10 billion.
Schwab Fundamental Emerging Markets Large Company Index Fund    Fifty one-hundredths of one percent (0.50%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; forty-eight one-hundredths of one percent (0.48%) of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $5 billion; forty-six one-hundredths of one percent (0.46%) of such net assets over $5 billion but not in excess of $10 billion; forty-four one-hundredths (0.44%) of such net assets over $10 billion.
Schwab Fundamental International Small Company Index Fund    Forty one-hundredths of one percent (0.40%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; thirty-eight one-hundredths of one percent (0.38%) of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $5 billion; thirty-six one-hundredths of one percent (0.36%) of such net assets over $5 billion but not in excess of $10 billion; thirty-four one-hundredths (0.34%) of such net assets over $10 billion.
Schwab Monthly Income Fund – Moderate Payout    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Monthly Income Fund – Enhanced Payout    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Monthly Income Fund – Maximum Payout    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab International Core Equity Fund    Fifty-eighty one-hundredths of one percent (0.58%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Target 2045 Fund    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Target 2050 Fund    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Target 2055 Fund    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.


Fund

  

Fee

Schwab Fundamental Index Global Real Estate Fund    Forty one-hundredths of one percent (0.40%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; thirty-eight one-hundredths of one percent (0.38%) of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $5 billion; thirty-six one-hundredths of one percent (0.36%) of such net assets over $5 billion but not in excess of $10 billion; thirty-four one-hundredths (0.34%) of such net assets over $10 billion
Schwab Target 2060 Fund    Zero percent (0%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Schwab Capital Trust    Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
/s/ George Pereira                                                              /s/ Marie Chandoha                                                     

George Pereira

SVP & COO

  

Marie Chandoha

President and Chief Executive Officer

Dated as of August 18, 2016

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made this 2nd day of June, 2016, by and between, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (“CSIM”), and The Boston Company Asset Management, LLC (“Sub-Adviser”).

WHEREAS, Schwab Capital Trust, a Massachusetts business trust (“Company”), is an open-end, management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”), consisting of several series, each having its own investment objective and policies; and

WHEREAS, Company has entered into an Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement with CSIM pursuant to which CSIM acts as investment manager to Company (“Management Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, CSIM, acting with the approval of Company, wishes to retain Sub-Adviser to provide discretionary investment advisory services (“Services”) with respect to a portion of each series identified on Schedule A hereto, as may be amended from time to time, (each a “Fund”) that may be allocated by CSIM for management by the Sub-Adviser from time to time, together with all income earned on those assets and all realized and unrealized capital appreciation related to those assets (for each Fund, the “Managed Assets”), and Sub-Adviser is willing to render the Services.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of mutual covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. APPOINTMENT. CSIM appoints Sub-Adviser to provide the Services for the period and term set forth in this Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (“Agreement”). Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the Services as provided herein.

2. DUTIES OF SUB-ADVISER.

(a) Subject to supervision of the Company, the Board of Trustees (“Trustees”) and CSIM (collectively “Fund Parties”), Sub-Adviser shall be responsible for managing the investment and reinvestment of the Managed Assets and determine in its discretion, the securities and other property to be purchased or sold and the portion of the Managed Assets to be retained in cash, and shall not be responsible for providing investment advice to any other portion of a Fund. In performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, Sub-Adviser shall not consult with any other sub-adviser to a Fund concerning the Managed Assets, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, or any rule, regulation or order thereunder. Sub-Adviser will use same skill and care in providing the Services to each Fund as it utilizes in providing investment advisory services to other fiduciary accounts for which it has investment responsibilities. Sub-Adviser will provide Fund Parties with records concerning Sub-Adviser’s activities that Fund Parties are required to maintain, and regular reports concerning Sub-Adviser’s performance of the Services. CSIM acknowledges that Sub-Adviser may delegate certain operational and administrative functions to third parties in support of the services contemplated herein. Sub-Adviser acknowledges that it shall be responsible and liable for the actions of such third parties to the same extent that it would be liable for its own actions to the CSIM under the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Unless CSIM provides written instructions to the contrary, CSIM will review all proxy solicitation materials and will exercise any voting rights associated with securities comprising the Managed Assets pursuant to its proxy voting policy and guidelines, and Sub-Adviser shall have no duty to vote any proxies associated with securities comprising the Managed Assets.


(c) Sub-Adviser will provide assistance to Company, Charles Schwab & Co, Inc. (“Distributor”) and CSIM (collectively “Schwab Parties”), as may be reasonably requested by such parties, in connection with the offering, sale and marketing of Fund shares. Such assistance will include, without limitation: (i) review of offering, marketing and sales materials; (ii) attendance and participation at internal and external conferences (including in-person, telephonic and video), conventions, road shows and other sales or educational meetings; and (iii) provision of discussion, analysis and commentary and market and performance data for filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and web and other medium based marketing and advertising. Schwab Parties may use the names, trade names, trademarks, service marks, artwork, designs, or other copyrighted materials of Sub-Adviser in connection with the offering, sale and marketing of Fund shares, subject to the written approval of Sub-Adviser, which will not be unreasonably withheld.

(d) Unless CSIM provides written instructions to the contrary, Sub-Adviser will provide assistance in determining, in good faith, the fair value of any securities of the Managed Assets for which market quotations are not readily available in accordance with guidelines and procedures adopted by the Trustees.

(e) Sub-Adviser will discharge the foregoing responsibilities subject to the supervision of Fund Parties, and in compliance with the following: (i) such policies as Fund Parties may from time to time establish, including but not limited to, any guidelines that have been provided by Fund Parties to Sub-Adviser from time to time; (ii) Company’s Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information (“Prospectus and SAI”); (iii) Company’s Declaration of Trust and By-Laws; (iv) 1940 Act; (v) the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“Advisers Act”); (vi) any exemptive or other relief granted by the SEC; (vii) the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”); (viii) the Commodities and Exchange Act (“CEA”); and (ix) any other applicable laws. If a conflict in policies referenced herein occurs, the Prospectus and SAI will control.

(f) Sub-Adviser agrees to perform such duties at its own expense and to provide the office space, furnishings and equipment and the personnel required by it to perform the Services on the terms and for the compensation provided herein. Sub-Adviser will not, however, pay for the cost of securities, commodities, and other investments (including brokerage commissions and other transaction charges, if any) purchased or sold for a Fund.

3. DUTIES OF CSIM. CSIM will continue to have responsibility for all services to be provided to a Fund pursuant to the Management Agreement and will oversee and review Sub-Adviser’s performance of the Services. CSIM will furnish to Sub-Adviser current and complete copies of the Declaration of Trust and By-laws of Company, and the current Prospectus and SAI as those documents may be amended from time to time.

4. CUSTODY. Company will designate one or more custodians to hold the Managed Assets (“Custodian”) in the name of each Fund. Each custodian will be responsible for the custody, receipt and delivery of securities and other assets of a Fund including the Managed Assets, and Sub-Adviser will have no authority, responsibility or obligation with respect to the custody, receipt or delivery of securities or other assets of a Fund. In the event that any cash or securities of a Fund are delivered to Sub-Adviser, Sub-Adviser will promptly deliver the same to the Custodian for the benefit of and in the name of Fund. Sub-Adviser will provide to the Custodian and Fund Accountant on each business day, information relating to all transactions in the Managed Assets and will provide such information to Fund Parties upon request. Sub-Adviser will make all reasonable efforts to notify Custodian and Fund Accountant of all orders to brokers for the Managed Assets by 9:00 am EST on the day following the trade date and will affirm the trade to the Custodian and Fund Accountant before the close of business one business day after the trade date.

 

2


5. PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS.

(a) Sub-Adviser is authorized to select brokers or dealers that will execute the purchases and sales of portfolio securities and other property for a Fund in a manner that implements the policy with respect to brokerage set forth in the Prospectus and SAI, or as Fund Parties may direct from time to time, and in conformity with the federal securities laws.

(b) In effecting transactions for a Fund and selecting brokers or dealers, Sub-Adviser will use its best efforts to seek on behalf of the Fund the best overall terms available. In assessing the best overall terms for any transaction, Sub-Adviser will consider any factors that it deems relevant, including price paid for the security, commission paid for the transaction, clearance, settlement, reputation, financial strength and stability, efficiency of execution and error resolution, block trading and block positioning capabilities, willingness to execute related or unrelated difficult transactions and order of call.

(c) Consistent with any policies established by Fund Parties and in compliance with the Prospectus and SAI and 1940 Act, Sub-Adviser is authorized, in its discretion, to utilize the services of a broker or dealer that provides brokerage or research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

(d) In no instance will Sub-Adviser cause Managed Assets to be purchased from or sold to Distributor, CSIM, Sub-Adviser or any affiliated person of either Company, Distributor, CSIM, or Sub-Adviser (collectively “Related Parties”), except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemptive or other relief granted by the SEC. Sub-Adviser will not execute any transactions with brokers or dealers that are Related Parties without the prior written approval of CSIM.

(e) Consistent with any policies established by Fund Parties, Sub-Adviser may aggregate orders for purchase or sale of Managed Assets with similar orders being made concurrently for other accounts managed by Sub-Adviser, if, in Sub-Adviser’s reasonable judgment, such aggregation will result in an overall economic benefit to Fund, taking into consideration the transaction price, brokerage commission and other expenses. In any single transaction in which purchases or sales of securities of any issuer for the account of a Fund are aggregated with other accounts managed by Sub-Adviser, the actual prices applicable to the transaction will be averaged among the accounts for which the transaction is effected, including the account of the Fund.

6. COMPENSATION OF SUB-ADVISER. For the Services provided and expenses assumed by Sub-Adviser under this Agreement, CSIM will pay to Sub-Adviser compensation at the rate specified in Schedule B, as may be amended from time to time. Such compensation will be paid at the times and on the terms set forth in Schedule B. All rights of compensation under this Agreement for Services performed as of the termination date will survive the termination of this Agreement. Except as otherwise prohibited by law or regulation, Sub-Adviser may, in its discretion, from time to time, waive a portion of its compensation.

7. REPORTS.

(a) Sub-Adviser will provide written quarterly reports to Fund Parties regarding the Managed Assets. CSIM will specify the information to be included in such quarterly reports. Sub-Adviser will make available to Fund Parties any economic, statistical and investment services that Sub-Adviser makes available to its other institutional clients.

(b) Sub-Adviser will promptly communicate to Fund Parties any information relating to transactions in the Managed Assets, as Fund Parties may reasonably request.

 

3


(c) Sub-Adviser will promptly notify Fund Parties of any financial or regulatory condition that is likely to impair the ability of Sub-Adviser to perform the Services. In addition, Sub-Adviser will promptly notify Fund Parties of any intended change in control of Sub-Adviser and of any intended change in portfolio or senior management, as far in advance of such change as possible.

(d) Sub-Adviser will make its officers and employees available to meet with Fund Parties at such times and places as Fund Parties may reasonably request, including at quarterly and special meetings of the Trustees in San Francisco, California.

8. STATUS OF SUB-ADVISER. Sub-Adviser is and will continue to be registered under the Advisers Act. The Services of Sub-Adviser to Company for each Fund are not to be deemed exclusive, and Sub-Adviser is free to render similar services to others so long as its Services to the Fund are not impaired thereby. Sub-Adviser is and will continue to be an independent contractor and, unless otherwise expressly provided or authorized, has no authority to act for or represent Company in any way or otherwise act as agent of Company.

9. CODE OF ETHICS. Sub-Adviser will furnish to Fund Parties a current copy of its code of ethics that complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. Upon written request of CSIM, Sub-Adviser will permit Fund Parties to examine the reports made by Sub-Adviser pursuant to Rule 17j-1 and other records relevant to Sub-Adviser’s code of ethics. Sub-Adviser will provide an annual certification to Fund Parties certifying that there have been no material violations of Sub-Adviser’s code of ethics or, if such violations have occurred, that appropriate actions have been taken in response to such violations.

10. CERTAIN RECORDS.

(a) Sub-Adviser will maintain all books and records with respect to transactions involving the Managed Assets required by subparagraphs (b)(5), (6), (7), (9), (10) and (11) and paragraph (f) of Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act. Sub-Adviser will provide to Fund Parties periodic and special reports, balance sheets, profitability analyses, financial information, and such other information with regard to Sub-Adviser’s affairs, as Fund Parties may reasonably request, including any information requested by Fund Parties to assist the Trustees in evaluating the terms of this Agreement and any renewal thereof under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act.

(b) Sub-Adviser will keep the books and records relating to the Managed Assets required to be maintained by Sub-Adviser under this Agreement and will timely furnish to Fund Parties all information relating to Sub-Adviser’s Services under this Agreement needed by Fund Parties to keep the other books and records of the Company required by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act. Sub-Adviser will also furnish to Fund Parties any other information relating to the Managed Assets that must be filed by Company with the SEC or sent to shareholders under the 1940 Act, and any exemptive or other relief granted by the SEC. Sub-Adviser agrees that all records that it maintains on behalf of Company are property of Company and Sub-Adviser will surrender promptly to Company any of such records upon Fund Parties’ request; provided, however, Sub-Adviser may retain a copy of such records. In addition, Sub-Adviser will preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under 1940 Act any such records as are required to be maintained by it pursuant to this Agreement, and will transfer said records to any successor sub-adviser upon the termination of this Agreement (or, if there is no successor sub-adviser, to CSIM).

11. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF SUB-ADVISER. Sub-Adviser will not be liable for any claims, liabilities, damages, costs or losses (collectively “claims”) arising out of this Agreement, except to the extent such claims arise out of: (a) Sub-Adviser’s negligence, bad faith or willful misfeasance; or (b) Sub-Adviser’s breach of this Agreement. Nothing in this Section 11 will be deemed a waiver or limitation of any obligation or duty that may not by law be waived or limited.

 

4


12. INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) Sub-Adviser will indemnify and hold harmless Fund Parties, their affiliates and their respective employees, officers and directors from and against all claims arising out of this Agreement to the extent such claims arise out of: (i) Sub-Adviser’s negligence, bad faith or willful misfeasance; or (ii) Sub-Adviser’s breach of this Agreement.

(b) CSIM will indemnify and hold harmless Sub-Adviser, its affiliates, and their respective employees, officers and directors from and against all claims arising out of this Agreement, except to the extent such claims arise out of: (i) Sub-Adviser’s negligence, bad faith or willful misfeasance; or (ii) Sub-Adviser’s breach of this Agreement.

13. CONFIDENTIALITY. The Mutual Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement (“Confidentiality Agreement”) previously entered into between the parties is attached hereto as Schedule C and incorporated herein by reference. The Confidentiality Agreement will remain in effect throughout the term of this Agreement, and each party will abide by all of the provisions set forth therein. Upon termination of this Agreement, each party will continue to hold any Confidential Information (as that term is defined in the Confidentiality Agreement) in strict confidence for ten years from the date of termination, except with regard to: (a) trade secrets of either party which will be held in confidence for as long as such information remains a trade secret; and (b) Schwab Customer Information (as that term is defined in the Confidentiality Agreement) which will be held by Sub-Adviser in strict confidence in perpetuity and which will be used by Sub-Adviser only to perform the Services and for no other purpose. In addition, Sub-Adviser will not use any information concerning each Fund’s portfolio holdings, including, without limitation, the names of the portfolio holdings and the values thereof or other Schwab Confidential Information, for purposes of making any decision about whether to purchase or redeem shares of each Fund or to execute other securities transaction except for the respective Fund. In the event any of the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement, the latter will control.

14. PUBLICITY. During and after the term of this Agreement, Sub-Adviser will not make any media release or other public announcement relating to this Agreement without Schwab Parties’ prior written consent. Sub-Adviser will acquire no right to use, and will not use, without Schwab Parties’ prior written consent, with respect to each use, the terms or existence of this Agreement, the names, trade names, trademarks, service marks, artwork, designs, or copyrighted materials of Schwab Parties or their affiliates in any sales or advertising materials, press releases, client lists, presentations, promotions or other publicity related materials or media.

15. DURATION AND TERMINATION.

(a) This Agreement will become effective for each Fund upon its approval by the Trustees and by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund; provided, however, if CSIM obtains exemptive relief from the SEC permitting it to engage a Sub-Adviser without first obtaining approval of the Agreement from a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund involved, the Agreement will become effective upon its approval by the Trustees, without approval by the shareholders. This Agreement will remain in effect until two years from date of each effectiveness, and thereafter, for periods of one year so long as such continuance thereafter is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the vote of a majority of those Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by the Trustees, or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund; provided, however, that if the shareholders of a Fund fail to approve the Agreement as provided herein, Sub-Adviser may continue to serve hereunder in the manner and to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. The foregoing requirement that continuance of this Agreement be “specifically approved at least annually” will be construed in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act.

 

5


(b) This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without cause and without payment of any penalty by Fund Parties by: (i) vote of a majority of the Trustees; (ii) vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund on not more than 60 days’ written notice to the Sub-Adviser; or (iii) CSIM upon 90 days’ written notice to Sub-Adviser. In addition, this Agreement may be terminated, with cause, by CSIM at any time, without payment of any penalty by Fund Parties, upon written notice to Sub-Adviser. As used herein, “with cause” means: (i) any material breach of the Agreement by Sub-Adviser; (ii) any federal or state regulatory violation by Sub-Adviser; and (iii) any material financial or other impairment that in the reasonable judgment of CSIM impairs Sub-Adviser’s ability to perform the Services.

(c) This Agreement may not be terminated by the Sub-Adviser prior to June 5, 2018 unless mutually agreed upon by Sub-Adviser and CSIM. Thereafter, this Agreement may be terminated by the Sub-Adviser at any time, without cause and without payment of any penalty, upon 90 days’ written notice to CSIM.

(d) This Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate in the event of its assignment or in the event of the termination of the Management Agreement.

(e) Any termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof will not affect the obligations or liabilities accrued prior to termination. As used in this Section 15, the terms “assignment”, “interested persons,” and a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” will have the respective meanings set forth in the 1940 Act; subject to such exceptions and other relief as may be granted by the SEC.

16. NOTICE. All notices required or permitted hereunder will be deemed sufficient upon receipt if sent by: (a) hand; (b) registered or certified mail, postage prepaid; (c) overnight courier; or (d) facsimile transmission to the last address furnished by the other party to the party giving notice. At the outset, such notices will be delivered to the following addresses:

 

CSIM:    Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
   211 Main Street
   San Francisco, CA 94105
   Attention: Chief Financial Officer
   Telephone: (415) 677-7400
   Facsimile: (415) 667-8321
Sub-Adviser:    The Boston Company Asset Management, LLC
   One Boston Place
   Boston, MA 02108-4408
   Attn: Relationship Manager
   FAX: (877) 259-8331
   tbcamclientservicesupport@tbcam.com
Copy to:    The Boston Company Asset Management, LLC
   One Boston Place
   Boston, MA 02108-4408
   Attn: Compliance Department
   FAX: 617-722-3928

 

6


17. NONCOMPETE PROVISIONS. Except as set forth in Schedule D, Sub-Adviser is not and will not become a party to any noncompete agreement or other agreement or arrangement that would restrict, limit or otherwise interfere with the ability of Schwab Parties and their affiliates to employ or engage any person or entity, now or in the future, to provide investment advisory or other services.

18. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement will be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.

19. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California and the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of California, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter will control. Any legal action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement will be brought only in the courts of the State of California located in the City and County of San Francisco or in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. Each party will submit to the jurisdiction of such courts and venue in such courts and will waive any claims that such courts lack jurisdiction or are inconvenient forums.

20. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties relating to the Services. Any prior agreements, promises or representations not expressly set forth in this Agreement are of no force and effect. No waiver or modification of this Agreement will be effective unless reduced to writing and signed by the party to be charged. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising on the part of any party hereto of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof.

(b) This Agreement is entered into on behalf of each Fund severally, and not jointly, with the express intention that the provisions contained herein will apply separately with respect to each Fund, as if contained in separate agreements.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 15, this Agreement binds and inures to the benefit of parties, their successors and assigns. This Agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart each of which will be deemed an original and both of which, taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

(d) Company refers to Schwab Capital Trust and its Trustees, as Trustees but not individually or personally, acting under a Declaration of Trust amended and restated November 29, 2005. A copy of the Certificate of Trust of Company is on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Massachusetts. Notice is hereby given that the obligations of Company entered into in the name of or on behalf of Company by any of its Trustees, representatives or agents are made not individually, but in such Company capacities. Such obligations are not binding upon any of the Trustees, shareholders or representatives of Company personally, but bind only the assets of Company belonging to such Fund for the enforcement of any claims against Company.

(e) As used in this Agreement, any references to any laws (including, without limitation, the 1940 Act, Advisers Act, Code and CEA) incorporate the effects of: (i) any amendments to such laws; (ii) any rules or regulations promulgated under such laws; and (iii) any interpretations of such laws, rules or regulations by the applicable regulatory authorities.

(f) Each party agrees to perform such further acts and execute and/or deliver such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.

(g) Sections 11, 12, 13, 15(e), 18, 19, and 20 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any cause whatsoever.

 

7


NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first written above.

 

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Omar Aguilar

Name: Omar Aguilar
Title: Chief Investment Officer - Equities
The Boston Company Asset Management, LLC
By:  

/s/ Bart Grenier

Name: Bart Grenier
Title: Chairman, CEO & CIO

 

8


SCHEDULE A

TO THE

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

CHARLES SCHWAB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

AND

THE BOSTON COMPANY ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC

FUND(S)

Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund

Effective Date of this Schedule A: June 2, 2016

 

9


SCHEDULE B

TO THE

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

CHARLES SCHWAB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

AND

THE BOSTON COMPANY ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC

FEES

Fees will be accrued each day by applying to the Net Asset Value of the Managed Assets at the end of that day, the daily rate, using a 365-day year, equivalent to the applicable fee percentage set forth below (“Company Percentage”). Sub-Adviser represents and warrants that the Company Percentage in the future will be equal to or less than the applicable fee percentage (each a “Third Party Percentage”) payable to Sub-Adviser by any new client whose portfolio is managed by Sub Adviser in a substantially similar manner as the Managed Assets, with substantially similar investment policies, restrictions and service requirements as the Managed Assets, and such other client (i) has a substantially similar business relationship with Sub Adviser and (ii) has assets managed in such portfolio that are equal to or less than the Managed Assets. The following client accounts shall not be considered for purposes of this paragraph: (i) accounts that are managed in a different investment vehicle type (e.g. separate account, bank fund, etc.) than the Managed Assets; (ii) accounts that pay incentive fees (i.e., fees that are based all or in part on the performance of a client’s account); (iii) accounts with fee schedules that are denominated in a currency that is different than the Managed Assets; and (iv) accounts of clients that are affiliates of Sub Adviser.

Fees will be paid within 30 days following the end of each calendar quarter.

COMPANY PERCENTAGE

The Company Percentage will be 64 Basis Points on all Managed Assets.

Effective Date of this Schedule B: June 2, 2016

 

10


SCHEDULE C

TO THE

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

CHARLES SCHWAB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

AND

THE BOSTON COMPANY ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC

MUTUAL CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEEMENT

A true and correct copy of the MUTUAL CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEEMENT is attached hereto.

Effective Date of this Schedule C: April 5, 2016

 

11


C ONFIDENTIALITY AND N ON -D ISCLOSURE A GREEMENT

This Agreement is made effective as of this 5th day of April, 2016 (“Effective Date”) by and between The Boston Company (“Company”), and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (“CSIM”).

WHEREAS, Company and CSIM are considering entering into a business arrangement (“Business Arrangement”); and

WHEREAS, Company and CSIM each desires to review and discuss certain proprietary and confidential information of the other party and its affiliates in connection with analysis of the Business Arrangement (“Analysis”); and

WHEREAS, Company and CSIM each desires that all of its and its affiliates confidential and proprietary information revealed to the other party and its affiliates be subject to the confidentiality and non-disclosure restrictions imposed by this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definition of Confidential Information . The term “Confidential Information” means any information that Disclosing Party (as defined below) discloses in connection with the Analysis or any resulting Business Arrangement, whether in writing, electronically or orally, to Receiving Party (as defined below), whether in tangible or intangible form. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, any information concerning: (a) Disclosing Party’s financial or business plans or operations, such as research or investment activities and plans, marketing or sales plans, pricing or pricing strategies, operational techniques, internal controls, compliance policies, methods of operation, security procedures, strategic plans, Schwab Customer Information (as defined below), and unpublished financial information, including information concerning revenues, profits and profit margins; and (b) the compensation to be paid to Company under the Business Arrangement. In addition, Company will not use any Confidential Information concerning each Fund’s portfolio holdings, including, without limitation, the names of the portfolio holdings and the values thereof or other Schwab Confidential Information, for purposes of making any decision about whether to purchase or redeem shares of each Fund or to execute any securities transaction except for the respective Fund. In the event any of the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement, the latter will control.

2. Definition of Disclosing Party and Receiving Party . The term “Disclosing Party” means the party and its affiliates providing Confidential Information. The term “Receiving Party” means the party and its affiliates receiving Confidential Information. As defined herein, CSIM’s affiliates include, without limitation, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (“Schwab”) and Schwab Capital Trust.

 

12


3. Restrictions on Use . Receiving Party will not use, without the prior written consent of Disclosing Party, any portion of Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose other than to perform the Analysis or to provide the services under any resulting Business Arrangement. Receiving Party will: (a) hold Confidential Information of Disclosing Party in the strictest confidence; (b) exercise no less care with respect to Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information than the level of care exercised with respect to Receiving Party’s Confidential Information; (c) not disclose, without Disclosing Party’s prior written consent, Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to any third party; (d) notify immediately Disclosing Party of any unauthorized disclosure, and cooperate with Disclosing Party to protect all rights in and ownership of the Confidential Information; and (e) restrict dissemination of Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to persons within Receiving Party who are directly involved in the Analysis or in performing the services under any resulting Business Arrangement, and who are bound by confidentiality provisions as stringent as the terms set forth herein.

4. Exceptions . The foregoing Restrictions on Use will not prohibit or limit Receiving Party’s use, disclosure, reproduction or dissemination of any Confidential Information that: (a) is or becomes public domain information or material through no fault or breach on the part of Receiving Party; (b) is already lawfully known (without restriction on disclosure) to Receiving Party prior to the information being disclosed to Receiving Party by Disclosing Party; (c) is or becomes rightfully furnished to Receiving Party without restriction on disclosure by a third person lawfully in possession thereof; (d) is independently developed, by or for Receiving Party, without reference to Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information; and (e) is required to be disclosed by court order, or pursuant to applicable law, regulation or self-regulatory organization rules; provided that Receiving Party notifies Disclosing Party in order that Disclosing Party may have a reasonable opportunity to obtain a protective order or other form of protection against disclosure. It will be presumed that any Confidential Information in the possession of Receiving Party that has been disclosed to it by Disclosing Party is not within any of the exceptions above, and the burden is on Receiving Party to prove otherwise by records and documentation.

5. No License . This Agreement will not be construed as granting or conferring any rights on either party by license or otherwise, expressly or implicitly, with respect to any Confidential Information, Schwab Customer Information, or any invention, discovery or improvement made, conceived or acquired prior to or after the Effective Date.

6. Termination . This Agreement will terminate as follows: (a) If the Parties do not enter into a Business Arrangement, upon termination of this Analysis; or (b) If the Parties do enter into a Business Arrangement, as provided in the written agreement memorializing the Business Arrangement. Upon termination, each party will continue to hold the Confidential Information in strict confidence as set forth herein for ten years from the date of termination, except with regard to (a) trade secrets of Disclosing Party which will be held in confidence for as long as such information remains a trade secret, and (b) Schwab Customer Information (as defined below) which will be held by Company in strict confidence in perpetuity.

 

13


7. Return of Materials . Within ten days of this Agreement’s termination, Receiving Party will: (a) return or destroy, at the option of Disclosing Party, all originals and copies of all documents and materials Receiving Party has received from Disclosing Party containing Confidential Information; (b) deliver or destroy, at the option of Disclosing Party, all originals and copies of all summaries, records, descriptions, modifications, negatives, drawings, adoptions and other documents or materials, whether in writing or in machine-readable form, prepared by Receiving Party or prepared under its direction or at its request from Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information (‘Derivative Material”); and (c) provide a written statement to Disclosing Party certifying that all Confidential Material and all Derivative Material have been delivered to Disclosing Party or destroyed, as requested by Disclosing Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party acknowledges that the Receiving Party shall not be required to return to the Disclosing Party or destroy those copies of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information that (A) reside on the Receiving Party’s backup, disaster recovery or business continuity systems, or (B) that the Receiving Party is obligated by applicable law and/or governmental regulations to retain. The Receiving Party agrees that, following termination, it shall neither retrieve nor use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose other than those specified in clauses (A) and (B) above.

8. Equitable Relief . Each party acknowledges that any breach of this Agreement would cause Disclosing Party irreparable harm for which monetary damages would be inadequate. Accordingly, Disclosing Party will be entitled to seek injunctive or other equitable relief to remedy any threatened or actual breach of this Agreement by Receiving Party, as well as monetary damages.

9. No Commitment . This Agreement will not constitute a commitment by either party to enter into any Business Arrangement with the other party.

10. Definition of Schwab Customer Information . “Schwab Customer Information” means all intentionally or unintentionally disclosed information, however collected, including without limitation, through “cookies”, Web bugs or non-electronic means, pertaining to or identifiable to a Customer (as defined below), including without limitation; (a) name, address, email address, passwords, personal financial information, personal preferences, demographic data, marketing data, data about securities transactions, credit data, or any other identification data; (b) any information that reflects use of or interactions with a Schwab Service (as defined below), including but not limited to, information concerning computer search paths, any profiles created, or general usage data; or (c) any data otherwise submitted in the process of registering for, or during the course of using, a Schwab Service. “Customer” means any (a) customer, (b) prospect, or (c) subscriber or user of any Schwab Service. “Schwab Service” means any service that Schwab makes available to its Customers through Web sites, desktops, email, wireless devices, or from any other communications channel or other medium developed, owned, licensed, operated, hosted, or otherwise controlled by or on behalf of Schwab.

 

14


11. Restrictions on Use of Schwab Customer Information . Without limiting any other warranty or obligation of Company, during the term of this Agreement and thereafter in perpetuity, Company will not gather, store, or use any Schwab Customer Information in any manner, and will not disclose, distribute, sell, share, rent or otherwise transfer any Schwab Customer Information to any third party, except as expressly provided in this Agreement or as Company may be expressly directed in advance in writing by Schwab. Company represents, covenants, and warrants that Company will use Schwab Customer Information only in compliance with: (i) this Agreement or any subsequent Business Arrangement; (ii) Schwab’s privacy policies; and (iii) all applicable laws, policies and regulations (including but not limited to applicable laws, policies and regulations related to spamming, privacy, and consumer protection). Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Schwab and its affiliates (including, without limitation, CSIM and Schwab Capital Trust) from against any and all damages, losses, liabilities, settlements and expenses (including without limitation costs and attorneys’ fees) in connection with any claim or action that arises from an alleged violation of this Agreement. Company will not retain any Schwab Customer Information for any period longer than necessary for Company to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. As soon as Company no longer needs to retain such Schwab Customer Information in order to perform its duties under this Agreement, Company will promptly return or (if so instructed by Schwab or its affiliates) in writing) destroy all originals and copies of such Schwab Customer Information.

12. No Publicity . Company will not announce or disclose the existence of this Agreement, the Analysis, and any subsequent Business Arrangement, or their contents or any discussions relating thereto, to any third party without the prior written consent of CSIM, or except as may be required by law, in which case Company will give CSIM the maximum feasible prior notice of such disclosure.

13. Miscellaneous . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to agreements between residents of California made and to be performed entirely within the State of California. This Agreement will be binding upon, and will inure to the benefit of, the parties and their respective successors and assigns. Any modifications to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by both parties. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the authorized representatives of the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.

 

CHARLES SCHWAB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Omar Aguilar

Name: Omar Aguilar
Title: SVP, CIO-Equities
Telephone: 415-667-7718
Facsimile:                     
Date: 4/7/2016

 

15


THE BOSTON COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Adam Joffe

Name: Adam Joffe
Title: COO
Telephone: 617-722-7570
Facsimile:                     
Date: 4/5/16

 

16


SCHEDULE D

TO THE

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

CHARLES SCHWAB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

AND

THE BOSTON COMPANY ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC

NONCOMPETE PROVISIONS:

Key investment and non-investment employees are subject to the terms and conditions of confidentiality and non-solicitation agreements which include provisions requiring extended notice of resignation or retirement to provide for an orderly transition of duties and responsibilities. Non-solicitation agreements may be in effect for a period of up to one year.

Effective Date of this Schedule D: June 2, 2016

 

17

SCHEDULE A

 

Fund

   Expense Limit  

Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund

     0.99

Schwab Core Equity Fund

     0.75

Schwab Dividend Equity Fund

     0.89

Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund

     1.12

Schwab Hedged Equity Fund

     1.33

Schwab Health Care Fund

     0.82

Schwab Balanced Fund

     0.00

Schwab International Core Equity Fund

     0.86

Schwab Target 2010 Fund

     0.00

Schwab Target 2015 Fund

     0.00

Schwab Target 2020 Fund

     0.00

Schwab Target 2025 Fund

     0.00

Schwab Target 2030 Fund

     0.00

Schwab Target 2035 Fund

     0.00

Schwab Target 2040 Fund

     0.00

Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund

     0.09

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund

     0.17

Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund

     0.09

Schwab International Index Fund

     0.19

Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio

     0.50

Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio –Investor Shares

     0.50

Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio

     0.50

Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio – Investor Shares

     0.50

Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund – Investor Shares    

     1.35


Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund – Select Shares

     1.20

Laudus International MarketMasters Fund – Investor Shares

     1.40

Laudus International MarketMasters Fund – Select Shares

     1.25

Schwab Fundamental U.S. Large Company Index Fund

     0.35

Schwab Fundamental U.S. Small Company Index Fund

     0.35

Schwab Fundamental International Large Company Index Fund

     0.35

Schwab Fundamental International Small Company Index Fund

     0.49

Schwab Fundamental Emerging Markets Large Company Index Fund

     0.49

Schwab Monthly Income Fund – Moderate Payout

     0.00

Schwab Monthly Income Fund – Enhanced Payout

     0.00

Schwab Monthly Income Fund – Maximum Payout

     0.00

International Core Equity Fund

     0.86

Schwab Target 2045 Fund

     0.00

Schwab Target 2050 Fund

     0.00

Schwab Target 2055 Fund

     0.00

Schwab Fundamental Global Real Estate Index Fund

     0.49

Schwab Target 2060 Fund

     0.00

Dated as of August 18, 2016

ADVISORY AGREEMENT

ADVISORY AGREEMENT made as of August 18, 2016 between Schwab Capital Trust (the “Trust”), a Massachusetts business trust registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Adviser”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Board of Trustees (the “Board” or “Trustees”) of the Trust has selected the Adviser to act as investment adviser to the Trust on behalf of the series set forth on Schedule A hereto, which may be amended by the parties pursuant to section 11 of this Agreement to add other series of the Trust (each such series appearing on Schedule A at any time being a “Fund” and all such series at that time being the “Funds” subject to this Agreement at that time), and to provide certain related services, as more fully set forth below, and to perform such services under the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and benefits set forth herein, the Trust and the Adviser do hereby agree as follows:

1. The Adviser’s Services .

(a) Discretionary Investment Management Services . The Adviser shall act as investment adviser with respect to the Funds. In such capacity, the Adviser shall, subject to the supervision of the Board, regularly provide the Funds with investment research, advice and supervision and shall furnish continuously an investment program for the Funds, consistent with the respective investment objectives and policies of each Fund. The Adviser shall determine, from time to time, what securities shall be purchased for the Funds, what securities shall be held or sold by the Funds and what portion of the Funds’ assets shall be held uninvested in cash, subject always to the provisions of the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws and its registration statement on Form N-1A (the “Registration Statement”) under the 1940 Act, and under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), covering Fund shares, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), and to the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Funds, as each of the same shall be from time to time in effect. To carry out such obligations, the Adviser shall exercise full discretion and act for the Funds in the same manner and with the same force and effect as the Funds themselves might or could do with respect to purchases, sales or other transactions, as well as with respect to all other such things necessary or incidental to the furtherance or conduct of such purchases, sales or other transactions. No reference in this Agreement to the Adviser having full discretionary authority over each Fund’s investments shall in any way limit the right of the Board, in its sole discretion, to establish or revise policies in connection with the management of a Fund’s assets or to otherwise exercise its right to control the overall management of a Fund.

 

1


(b) Selection of Sub-Adviser(s) . The Adviser shall have the authority hereunder to select and retain sub-advisers, including an affiliated person (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Adviser, for each of the Funds referenced in Schedule A to perform some or all of the services for which the Adviser is responsible pursuant to this Agreement. The Adviser shall supervise the activities of the sub-adviser(s), and the retention of a sub-adviser by the Adviser shall not relieve the Adviser of its responsibilities under this Agreement. Any such sub-adviser shall be, at all relevant times, registered as an investment adviser with the Commission, not subject to any statutory disqualification, and capable of performing its sub-advisory duties pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement approved by the Trust’s Board and, except as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or by rule or regulation, a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the applicable Fund. The Adviser will compensate the sub-adviser for its services to the Funds.

(c) Compliance . The Adviser agrees to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), the 1933 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, and the respective rules and regulations thereunder, as applicable, as well as with all other applicable federal and state laws, rules, regulations and case law that relate to the services and relationships described hereunder and to the conduct of its business as a registered investment adviser. The Adviser also agrees to comply with the objectives, policies and restrictions set forth in the Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented from time to time, of the Funds, and with any policies, guidelines, instructions and procedures approved by the Board and provided to the Adviser. In selecting each Fund’s portfolio securities and performing the Adviser’s obligations hereunder, the Adviser shall cause the Fund to comply with the diversification and source of income requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for qualification as a regulated investment company. The Adviser shall maintain compliance procedures that it reasonably believes are adequate to ensure its compliance with the foregoing. No supervisory activity undertaken by the Board shall limit the Adviser’s full responsibility for any of the foregoing.

(d) Proxy Voting . The Board has the authority to determine how proxies with respect to securities that are held by the Funds shall be voted, and the Board has initially determined to delegate the authority and responsibility to vote proxies for each Fund’s securities to the Adviser. So long as proxy voting authority for a Fund has been delegated to the Adviser, the Adviser shall exercise its proxy voting responsibilities. The Adviser shall carry out such responsibility in accordance with any instructions that the Board shall provide from time to time, and at all times in a manner consistent with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act and its fiduciary responsibilities to the Trust. The Adviser shall provide periodic reports and keep records relating to proxy voting as the Board may reasonably request or as may be necessary for the Funds to comply with the 1940 Act and other applicable law. Any such delegation of proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser may be revoked or modified by the Board at any time.

 

2


(e) Recordkeeping . The Adviser shall not be responsible for the provision of administrative, bookkeeping or accounting services to the Funds, except as may be otherwise provided or as may be necessary for the Adviser to supply to the Trust or its Board the information required to be supplied under this Agreement.

The Adviser shall maintain separate books and detailed records of all matters pertaining to Fund assets advised by the Adviser required by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act (other than those records being maintained by any administrator, custodian or transfer agent appointed by the Funds) relating to its responsibilities provided hereunder with respect to the Funds, and shall preserve such records for the periods and in a manner prescribed therefore by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act (the “Funds’ Books and Records”). The Funds’ Books and Records shall be available to the Board at any time upon request, shall be delivered to the Trust upon the termination of this Agreement and shall be available without delay during any day the Trust is open for business.

(f) Holdings Information and Pricing . The Adviser shall provide regular reports regarding Fund holdings, and may, on its own initiative, furnish the Trust and its Board from time to time with whatever information the Adviser believes is appropriate for this purpose. The Adviser agrees upon request to provide any pricing information of which the Adviser is aware to the Trust, its Board and/or any Fund pricing agent to assist in the determination of the fair value of any Fund holdings for which market quotations are not readily available or as otherwise required in accordance with the 1940 Act or the Trust’s valuation procedures for the purpose of calculating the Fund net asset value in accordance with procedures and methods established by the Board.

(g) Cooperation with Agents of the Trust . The Adviser agrees to cooperate with and provide reasonable assistance to the Trust, any Trust custodian or foreign sub-custodians, any Trust pricing agents and all other agents and representatives of the Trust, provide such information with respect to the Funds as they may reasonably request from time to time in the performance of their obligations, provide prompt responses to reasonable requests made by such persons and establish appropriate interfaces with each so as to promote the efficient exchange of information and compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

2. Code of Ethics . The Adviser has adopted a written code of ethics that it reasonably believes complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, which it will provide to the Trust. The Adviser shall ensure that its Access Persons (as defined in the Adviser’s Code of Ethics) comply in all material respects with the Adviser’s Code of Ethics, as in effect from time to time. Upon request made from time to time, the Adviser shall provide the Trust with (i) a copy of the Adviser’s current Code of Ethics, as then in effect, and (ii) certification that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by the Adviser’s Code of Ethics as then in effect. Annually, the Adviser shall furnish a written report, which complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1, concerning the Adviser’s Code of Ethics to the Trust. The Adviser shall respond to requests for information from the Trust as to violations of the Code of Ethics by Access Persons and the sanctions imposed by the Adviser.

 

3


3. Information and Reporting . The Adviser shall provide the Trust and its respective officers with such periodic reports concerning the obligations the Adviser has assumed under this Agreement as the Trust may from time to time reasonably request.

(a) Compliance Reports . The Adviser may provide a quarterly report regarding each Fund’s compliance with its investment objectives and policies, applicable law, including, but not limited to the 1940 Act and Subchapter M of the Code, and the Fund’s policies, guidelines or procedures as applicable to the Adviser’s obligations under this Agreement. Upon request, the Adviser shall also provide the officers of the Trust with supporting certifications in connection with such certifications of Fund financial statements and disclosure controls pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended. The Adviser will promptly notify the Trust in the event that (i) the Adviser is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board, or body, involving the affairs of the Trust (excluding class action suits in which a Fund is a member of the plaintiff class by reason of the Fund’s ownership of shares in the defendant) or the compliance by the Adviser with the federal or state securities laws or (ii) a change in control of the Adviser resulting in an “assignment” (as defined in of the 1940 Act) has occurred or is otherwise proposed to occur.

(b) Board and Filings Information . The Adviser will also provide the Trust with any information reasonably requested regarding its management of the Funds required for any meeting of the Board, or for any shareholder report, amended registration statement, proxy statement, prospectus supplement or other report required to be filed by the Trust with the Commission. The Adviser will make its officers and employees available to meet with the Board from time to time on due notice to review its investment management services to the Funds in light of current and prospective economic and market conditions and shall furnish to the Board such information as may reasonably be necessary in order for the Board to evaluate this Agreement or any proposed amendments thereto.

(c) Transaction Information . The Adviser shall furnish to the Trust such information concerning portfolio transactions as may be necessary to enable the Trust or its designated agent to perform such compliance testing on the Funds and the Adviser’s services as the Trust may, in its sole discretion, determine to be appropriate. The provision of such information by the Adviser to the Trust or its designated agent in no way relieves the Adviser of its own responsibilities under this Agreement.

4. Brokerage .

(a) Principal Transactions . In connection with purchases or sales of securities for the account of a Fund, neither the Adviser nor any of its directors, officers or employees will act as a principal or agent or receive any commission except as permitted by the 1940 Act.

 

4


(b) Placement of Orders . The Adviser shall arrange for the placing of all orders for the purchase and sale of securities for a Fund’s account with brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser. In the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, the Adviser is directed at all times to seek for the Fund the best execution and net price available under the circumstances. It is also understood that it is desirable for the Fund that the Adviser have access to brokerage and research services provided by brokers who may execute brokerage transactions at a higher cost to the Fund than may result when allocating brokerage to other brokers, consistent with section 28(e) of the 1934 Act and any Commission staff interpretations thereof. Therefore, the Adviser is authorized to place orders for the purchase and sale of securities for a Fund with such brokers, subject to review by the Board from time to time with respect to the extent and continuation of this practice. It is understood that the services provided by such brokers may be useful to the Adviser in connection with its or its affiliates’ services to other clients.

(c) Aggregated Transactions . On occasions when the Adviser deems the purchase or sale of a security or futures contract to be in the best interest of a Fund as well as other clients of the Adviser, the Adviser may, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulations, aggregate the orders for securities or futures contracts to be sold or purchased. In such event, the Adviser will allocate securities or futures contracts so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, in the manner the Adviser reasonably considers to be equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients under the circumstances.

(d) Affiliated Brokers . The Adviser or any of its affiliates may act as broker in connection with the purchase or sale of securities or other investments for a Fund, subject to: (i) the requirement that the Adviser seek to obtain best execution and price within the policy guidelines determined by the Board and set forth in the Fund’s current prospectus and Statement of Additional Information; (ii) the provisions of the 1940 Act; (iii) the provisions of the Advisers Act; (iv) the provisions of the 1934 Act; and (v) other provisions of applicable law. These brokerage services are not within the scope of the duties of the Adviser under this Agreement. Subject to the requirements of applicable law and any procedures adopted by the Board, the Adviser or its affiliates may receive brokerage commissions, fees or other remuneration from a Fund for these services in addition to the Adviser’s fees for services under this Agreement.

5. Allocation of Charges and Expenses . The Adviser will bear its own costs of providing services hereunder. The Adviser agrees to pay all expenses incurred by the Trust except for shareholder servicing fees, acquired fund fees and expenses, interest, taxes, brokerage and other expenses incurred in placing orders for the purchase and sale of securities and other investment instruments, extraordinary or non-routine expenses, and distribution fees and expenses paid by the Trust under any distribution plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

5


6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Each party represents and warrants to the other party that this Agreement has been duly authorized and executed by such party and, assuming due authorization and execution by the other party, constitutes such party’s legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms. The Adviser further represents and warrants to, and covenants with, the Trust as follows:

(a) Properly Registered . The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, is subject to no statutory disqualification from such registration, and will remain so registered and will avoid such disqualification for the duration of this Agreement. The Adviser is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the 1940 Act from performing the services contemplated by this Agreement, and to the best knowledge of the Adviser, there is no proceeding or investigation that is reasonably likely to result in the Adviser being prohibited from performing the services contemplated by this Agreement. The Adviser agrees to promptly notify the Trust of the occurrence of any event that would disqualify the Adviser from serving as an investment adviser to an investment company. The Adviser is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state law in connection with its investment management operations.

(b) ADV Disclosure . The Adviser has provided the Trust with a copy of its Part I of Form ADV as most recently filed with the Commission and its current Part II of Form ADV. The Adviser will provide the Trust with a current Form ADV at least once per year. The information contained in the Adviser’s Form ADV as amended from time to time is and will remain accurate and complete in all material respects and does not and will not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(c) Fund Disclosure Documents . The Adviser has reviewed and will in the future review, the Registration Statement, and any amendments or supplements thereto, the annual or semi-annual reports to shareholders, and other reports filed with the Commission (collectively the “Disclosure Documents”) and represents and warrants that, with respect to disclosure about the Adviser, the manner in which the Adviser manages the Fund or information relating directly or indirectly to the Adviser, such Disclosure Documents contain or will contain, as of the date thereof, no untrue statement of any material fact and does not or will not omit, as of the date thereof, any statement of material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.

(d) Use Of The Name “Schwab”.  The Adviser has and shall have the right to use the name “Schwab” in connection with its services to the Trust and, subject to the terms set forth in section 7 of this Agreement, the Trust has and shall have the right to use the name “Schwab” in connection with the management and operation of the Funds. The Adviser is not aware of any threatened or existing actions, claims, litigation or proceedings that would adversely effect or prejudice the rights of the Adviser or the Trust to use the name “Schwab”.

 

6


(e) Insurance . The Adviser maintains errors and omissions insurance coverage in an appropriate amount and shall provide prior written notice to the Trust (i) of any material changes in its insurance policies or insurance coverage or (ii) if any material claims will be made on its insurance policies. Furthermore, the Adviser shall upon reasonable request provide the Trust with any information it may reasonably require concerning the amount of or scope of such insurance.

(f) No Detrimental Agreement . The Adviser represents and warrants that it has no arrangement or understanding with any person, other than the Trust, that would influence the decision of the Adviser with respect to its selection of securities for a Fund, and that all selections shall be done in accordance with what is in the best interest of the Fund.

(g) Conflicts . The Adviser shall act honestly, in good faith and in the best interests of the Trust including requiring any of its personnel with knowledge of Fund activities to place the interest of the Fund first, ahead of their own interests, in all personal trading scenarios that may involve a conflict of interest with the Funds, consistent with fiduciary duties under applicable law.

(h) Bring-Down . The representations and warranties in this section 6 shall be deemed to be made not only on the date that this Agreement is executed, but also at the time of delivery of the quarterly compliance report required by section 3(a), whether or not specifically referenced in such report.

7. The Name “Schwab”.   The Adviser grants to the Trust a sublicense to use the name “Schwab” (the “Name”) as part of the name of any Fund. The foregoing authorization by the Adviser to the Trust to use the Name as part of the name of any Fund is not exclusive of the right of the Adviser itself to use, or to authorize others to use, the Name; the Trust acknowledges and agrees that, as between the Trust and the Adviser, the Adviser has the right to use, or authorize others to use, the Name. The Trust shall (1) only use the Name in a manner consistent with uses approved by the Adviser, (2) use its best efforts to maintain the quality of the services offered using the Name and (3) adhere to such other specific quality control standards as the Adviser may from time to time promulgate. At the request of the Adviser, the Trust will: (a) submit to Adviser representative samples of any promotional materials using the Name; and (b) change the name of any Fund within three months of its receipt of the Adviser’s request, or such other shorter time period as may be required under the terms of a settlement agreement or court order, so as to eliminate all reference to the Name and will not thereafter transact any business using the Name in the name of any Fund.

 

7


8. Adviser’s Compensation . The Funds shall pay to the Adviser, as compensation for the Adviser’s services hereunder, a fee, determined as described in Schedule A that is attached hereto and made a part hereof. Such fee shall be computed daily and paid not less than monthly in arrears by the Funds. The method for determining net assets of a Fund for purposes hereof shall be the same as the method for determining net assets for purposes of establishing the offering and redemption prices of Fund shares as described in the Fund’s prospectus. In the event of termination of this Agreement, the fee provided in this section shall be computed on the basis of the period ending on the last business day on which this Agreement is in effect subject to a pro rata adjustment based on the number of calendar days elapsed in the current month as a percentage of the total number of calendar days in such month.

9. Independent Contractor . In the performance of its duties hereunder, the Adviser is and shall be an independent contractor and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein or otherwise authorized in writing, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Trust or any Fund in any way or otherwise be deemed to be an agent of the Trust or any Fund. If any occasion should arise in which the Adviser gives any advice to its clients concerning the shares of a Fund, the Adviser will act solely as investment counsel for such clients and not in any way on behalf of the Fund.

10. No Assignment . This Agreement shall automatically terminate, without payment of penalty in the event of its assignment (as defined in section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act); provided that termination shall not relieve the Adviser of any liability incurred hereunder.

11. Entire Agreement and Amendments.

(a) This Agreement represents the entire agreement among the parties with regard to the investment management matters described herein and may not be added to or changed orally and may not be modified or rescinded except by a writing signed by the parties hereto except as otherwise noted herein and in accordance with the 1940 Act, as applicable.

(b) Any amendment to this Agreement shall become effective with respect to a Fund upon the approval of the Adviser, the Board of the Trust, including a majority of Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested person” of the Trust or the Adviser (as defined in the 1940 Act), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting such approval and, if required under the 1940 Act, a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund.

(c) Any approval, amendment, or termination of this Agreement with respect to a Fund will not require the approval of any other Fund or the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, unless such approval is required by applicable law.

 

8


12. Duration and Termination .

(a) Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this section shall be without payment of any penalty. In the event of termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Adviser shall, immediately upon notice of termination or on such later date as may be specified in such notice, cease all activity on behalf of the Fund and with respect to any of its assets, except as otherwise required by any fiduciary duties of the Adviser under applicable law. In addition, the Adviser shall deliver the Fund Books and Records to the Trust by such means and in accordance with such schedule as the Trust shall direct and shall otherwise cooperate, as reasonably directed by the Trust, in the transition of portfolio asset management to any successor of the Adviser.

(b) This Agreement shall become effective as of the date executed and shall remain in full force and effect continually thereafter, subject to renewal as provided in subparagraph (e), unless terminated automatically as set forth in Section 10 hereof or until terminated as provided in subparagraph (c) (d) or (e).

(c) The Trust may cause this Agreement to terminate either by vote of its Board or, with respect to any Fund, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

(d) The Adviser may at any time terminate this Agreement by not more than sixty (60) days’ nor less than thirty (30) days’ written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Trust.

(e) This Agreement shall automatically terminate two years from the date of its execution unless its renewal is specifically approved at least annually thereafter by (i) a majority vote of the Trustees, including a majority vote of such Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust or the Adviser, at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval; or (ii) the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund; provided, however, that if the continuance of this Agreement is submitted to the shareholders of the Funds for their approval and such shareholders fail to approve such continuance of this Agreement as provided herein, then the Adviser may continue to serve hereunder as to the Funds in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

13. Certain Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement:

(a) The expression “affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the 1940 Act, subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted by the Commission under the 1940 Act or any interpretations of the Commission staff.

(b) The terms “interested persons” and “assignment” shall have their respective meanings set forth in the 1940 Act, subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted by the Commission under the 1940 Act or any interpretations of the Commission staff.

 

9


14. Liability of the Adviser . The Adviser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, the Funds and all affiliated persons thereof (within the meaning of section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act) and all controlling persons thereof (as described in section 15 of the 1933 Act) against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including reasonable legal and other expenses) incurred in any action, suit, proceeding or investigation as and when incurred by any of them by reason of or arising out of willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence, or by reason of or arising out of any violation of law, by the Adviser in the performance of its duties hereunder. The Adviser will not be liable to the Trust or to any Fund, or to any affiliated person or controlling person of any of them, for any loss, claim, damage or liability incurred by any of them in any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, or otherwise, by reason of or arising out of any investment decision, recommendation or other action taken or omitted by the Adviser under this Agreement lawfully, in good faith and in the absence of gross negligence.

15. Enforceability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms or provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

16. Limitation of Liability . The parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that all litigation arising hereunder, whether direct or indirect, and of any and every nature whatsoever, shall be satisfied solely out of the assets of the affected Fund and that no Trustee, officer or employee or holder of shares of beneficial interest of the Fund or the Trust shall be personally liable for any of the foregoing liabilities. The Trust’s Certificate of Trust, as amended from time to time, is on file in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Such Certificate of Trust and the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust describe in detail the respective responsibilities and limitations on liability of such Trustees, officers, employees and holders of shares of beneficial interest.

17. Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of California and the Adviser consents to the jurisdiction of courts, both state or federal, in California, with respect to any dispute under this Agreement.

18. Paragraph Headings . The headings of paragraphs contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience only, form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its construction.

19. Services Not Exclusive. The services of the Adviser to the Trust hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Adviser shall be free to render similar services to others so long as its services hereunder are not impaired thereby.

20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

10


[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON NEXT PAGE]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be signed on their behalf by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST,

on behalf of each Fund listed on Schedule A

By:  

/s/ George M. Pereira

  Name:   George M. Pereira
  Title:   SVP & COO
CHARLES SCHWAB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Marie Chandoha

  Name:   Marie Chandoha
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

12


SCHEDULE A

to the

ADVISORY AGREEMENT

dated as of                      , 2016 between

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST

and

CHARLES SCHWAB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

The Trust will pay to the Adviser as compensation for the Adviser’s services rendered, a fee, computed daily, at an annual rate, based on the average daily net assets of the respective Fund, in accordance the following fee schedule:

 

Fund

   Rate

Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund

   0.08%*

Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund

   0.08%*

Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund

   0.08%*

Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund

   0.08%*

Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund

   0.08%*

Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund

   0.08%*

Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund

   0.08%*

Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund

   0.08%*

Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund

   0.08%*

Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund

   0.08%*

Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund

   0.08%*

 

* The Adviser will pay the operating expenses of the Fund, excluding shareholder servicing fees, acquired fund fees and expenses, interest expense, taxes, any brokerage expenses, and extraordinary or non-routine expenses..

 

A-1

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

THIS ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 18th day of August 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Schwab Capital Trust, a statutory trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”), and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Administrator ”).

WHEREAS, the Company is an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”), consisting of the series funds, (as defined herein), set forth in Schedule I (“ Funds ”), attached hereto;

WHEREAS, the Company on behalf of each Fund has separately appointed the Administrator as its investment adviser; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires the Administrator to provide, and the Administrator is willing to provide, administrative and accounting services to the Company on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the Company and the Administrator hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

 

  1.01 1940 Act ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

  1.02 Adviser ” means Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., (“ CSIM ”) or any other Person acting as an “adviser” to the Company within the meaning of the 1940 Act.

 

  1.03 Board ” means the board of trustees of the Company.

 

  1.04 Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 11.01 of this Agreement.

 

  1.05 Disclosing Party ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 11.01 of this Agreement.

 

  1.06 Distributor ” means a Person that has entered into an agreement with the distribution, marketing and sale of Shares of a Fund.

 

  1.07 Initial Term ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 9.01 of this Agreement.

 

  1.08 Interested Party ” or “ Interested Parties ” means the Administrator, its subsidiaries and its affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, delegates and associates.

 

  1.09 Investments ” shall mean such cash, securities and all other assets and property of whatsoever nature now owned or subsequently acquired by or for the account of the Company or a Fund.

 

1


  1.10 Organizational Documents ” means, as applicable, the articles of incorporation, declaration of trust, certificate of formation, memorandum of association, partnership agreement, bylaws or other similar documentation setting forth the respective rights and obligations of directors, trustees, officers, shareholders and Authorized Participants in the Company.

 

  1.11 Person ” shall mean any natural person, partnership, estate, association, custodian, nominee, limited liability company, corporation, trust or other legal entity.

 

  1.12 Fund ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recital to this Agreement.

 

  1.13 Pricing Sources ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 6.

 

  1.14 Receiving Party ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 11.01, of this Agreement.

 

  1.15 Renewal Term ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 9.01 of this Agreement.

 

  1.16 Services ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01 of this Agreement.

 

  1.17 Shares ” means any unit of beneficial interest in a Fund.

 

  1.18 Unless the context otherwise requires and except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, the term the “ Company ” shall include, as applicable, a sponsor, general partner, trustee or other Person having similar status or performing similar functions, as the case may be, acting on behalf of the Company.

 

  1.19 Company Data ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.04 of this Agreement.

 

  1.20 Company Materials ” means any prospectus, registration statement, statement of additional information, proxy solicitation and tender offer materials, annual or other periodic report of the Company or any advertising, marketing, shareholder communication, or promotional material generated by the Company or its investment adviser from time to time, as appropriate, including all amendments or supplements thereto.

SECTION 2 APPOINTMENT AND CONTROL

 

  2.01

Services . The Company hereby appoints the Administrator to be, and the Administrator agrees to act as, the administrative agent of the Company for the term and subject to the provisions hereof. The Administrator shall perform (and may delegate or sub-contract, as provided below) the services set forth in this Agreement, including the services set forth on Schedule II, which may be amended from time to time in writing by the parties (collectively, the “ Services ”). In performing its duties under this Agreement, the Administrator will act in all material respects in accordance with the Organizational Documents and Company Materials as they may be amended (to the extent that copies of such documents are delivered to the Administrator). In the event that the Company establishes one or more additional Funds with respect to which it wishes to retain the Administrator to act as administrator hereunder, the Company shall notify the

 

2


  Administrator in writing. Upon written acceptance by the Administrator, such Fund shall become subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the existing Funds, except to the extent that such provisions (including those relating to the compensation and expenses payable by the Company and its Funds) may be modified with respect to each additional Fund in writing by the Company and the Administrator at the time of the addition of the Fund.

 

  2.02 Authority . Each of the activities engaged in under the provisions of this Agreement by the Administrator on behalf of the Company shall be subject to the overall direction and control of the Company or any Person authorized to act on the Company’s behalf (including, without limitation, the Company’s Board); provided, however, that the Administrator shall have the general authority to do all acts deemed in the Administrator’s good faith belief to be necessary and proper to perform its obligations under this Agreement. In performing its duties hereunder, the Administrator shall observe and generally comply with the Company Materials, all applicable resolutions and/or directives of the Board of which it has notice, and applicable laws which may from time to time apply to the Services rendered by the Administrator. The Administrator, in such capacity, (i) shall not have or be required to have any authority to supervise the investment or reinvestment of the Shares, underlying securities or other properties which comprise the assets of the Company and (ii) shall not provide any investment advisory services to the Company, and shall have no liability related to the foregoing; provided however, that nothing herein shall preclude CSIM from undertaking any or all such authority or responsibility to provide such services and accept such liability in a separate agreement with the Company.

 

  2.03 Third Parties; Affiliated Persons . The Administrator may delegate to, or sub-contract with, third parties or affiliated person(s) (as defined in Section 2(a)(3)(A)-(C) of the 1940 Act) administrative or other functions it deems necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, all fees and expenses incurred in any delegation or sub-contract shall be paid by CSIM and the Administrator shall remain responsible to the Company for the acts and omissions of such other entities as if such acts or omissions were the acts or omissions of the Administrator. The Company acknowledges that during the term of this Agreement, the services to be performed by the Administrator may be completed by one or more of the Administrator’s affiliated person(s) or third parties located in or outside of the United States of America. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the term “Administrator” as used in this Agreement shall exclude CSIM acting in any capacity with respect to the Company or any Fund other than that of Administrator hereunder and, in particular, shall exclude CSIM acting in its capacity as Adviser.

 

  2.04

Company Data . As between the Company and the Administrator, the Company shall be solely responsible for the accuracy, completeness, and timeliness of all data and other information provided to the Administrator by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, (i) prices, (ii) sufficient transaction supporting documentation, (iii) detailed accounting methodologies with respect to the Company’s Investments as approved by the Company’s auditors and (iv) trade and settlement information from prime brokers and custodians) (collectively, “ Company Data ”). All Company Data shall be provided to the Administrator on a timely basis and in a format and medium reasonably requested by the Administrator from time to time. The Company shall have an ongoing obligation to promptly update all Company Data so that such information remains complete and accurate. All Company Data shall be

 

3


  prepared and maintained, by or on behalf of the Company, in accordance with applicable law, Company Materials and generally acceptable accounting principles. The Administrator shall be entitled to rely on all the Company Data and shall have no liability for any loss, damage or expense incurred by the Company or any other Person to the extent that such loss, damage or expense arises out of or is related to the Company Data that is not timely, current, complete and accurate.

SECTION 3 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

  3.01 The Company represents and warrants to the Administrator that:

 

  3.01.01. it issues and offers shares of a fund that is registered under the 1940 Act as an open-end fund and that issues and redeems its shares at their net asset value;

 

  3.01.02. it has full power, right and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly approved by all requisite actions on its part, and no other proceedings on its part are necessary to approve this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it; this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

 

  3.01.03. as of the close of business on the Effective Date, each Fund set forth in Schedule I has authorized the issuance of an indefinite number of shares and has elected to register an indefinite number of shares in accordance with Rule 24f-2 under the 1940 Act;

 

  3.01.04. it has obtained all consents and given all notices (regulatory or otherwise), made all required regulatory filings and is in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations;

 

  3.01.05. it has a valid engagement with an independent auditor, custodian and distributor and will provide additional information regarding such service providers, including information regarding the terms of its agreement with such service providers, upon request; and

 

  3.01.06. it has notified the Administrator of any and all separate agreements between the Company and any third party that could impact the Administrator’s performance of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  3.02 The Company covenants and agrees with the Administrator that:

 

  3.02.01. it will furnish the Administrator from time to time with complete copies, authenticated or certified, of each of the following:

 

  (a) Copies of the following documents:

 

4


  (1) Copies of the Company’s current Organizational Documents and of any amendments thereto, certified by the proper official of the state in which such document has been filed; and

 

  (2) Certified copies of resolutions of the Board covering the approval of this Agreement, authorization of a specified officer of the Company to execute and deliver this Agreement and authorization for specified officers of the Company to instruct the Administrator.

 

  (b) A list of all the officers of the Company, together with specimen signatures of those officers who are authorized to instruct the Administrator in all matters.

 

  (c) Copies of all Company Materials, including the current prospectus and statement of additional information for the Company.

 

  (d) A list of all issuers the Company is restricted from purchasing.

 

  (e) A list of all affiliated persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company that are broker-dealers.

 

  (f) The identity of the Company’s auditors along with contact information.

 

  (g) The expense budget for each Fund for the current fiscal year.

 

  (h) A list of contact persons (primary, backup and secondary backup) of the Company’s investment adviser and, if applicable, sub-adviser, who can be reached until 6:30 p.m. ET with respect to valuation matters.

 

  (i) Copies of all the Company Data reasonably requested by the Administrator or necessary for the Administrator to perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

       the Company shall promptly provide the Administrator with written notice of any updates of or changes to any of the foregoing documents or information, including an updated written copy of such document or information. Until the Administrator receives such updated information or document, the Administrator shall have no obligation to implement or rely upon such updated information or document.

 

  3.02.02. it shall timely perform or oversee the performance of all obligations identified in this Agreement as obligations of the Company, including, without limitation, providing the Administrator with all the Company Data and Organizational Documents reasonably requested by the Administrator;

 

5


  3.02.03. it will promptly notify the Administrator of any matter which could materially affect the Administrator’s performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, including any amendment to the documents referenced in Section 3.02.01 above;

 

  3.02.04. it will comply in all material respects with all applicable requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ 1933 Act ”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the 1940 Act, and any laws, rules and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction;

 

  3.02.05. it shall be solely responsible for its compliance with applicable investment policies, Company Materials, and any laws and regulations governing the manner in which its assets may be invested, and shall be solely responsible for any losses attributable to non-compliance with Company Materials, and applicable policies, laws and regulations governing the Company, its activities or the duties, actions or omissions of its investment adviser (if other than CSIM); and

 

  3.02.06. it will promptly notify the Administrator of acts, omissions, occurrences and contingencies that would have rendered its representations and warranties hereunder inaccurate.

SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

 

  4.01 The Administrator represents and warrants that:

 

  4.01.01. it has full power, right and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly approved by all requisite action on its part, and no other proceedings on its part are necessary to approve this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it; this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 5 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

  5.01

THE DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR SHALL BE CONFINED TO THOSE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, AND NO IMPLIED DUTIES ARE ASSUMED BY OR MAY BE ASSERTED AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATOR. In the absence of willful misfeasance, gross negligence, bad faith or fraud in the performance of the Services, or reckless disregard of its duties under this Agreement, the Administrator shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in carrying out its duties under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrator shall not be responsible for any breach in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement due to (i) the failure or delay of the

 

6


  Company or its agents (other than CSIM itself) to perform its obligations under this Agreement or (ii) the Administrator’s reliance on the Company Data. Each party shall have the duty to mitigate its damages for which another party may become responsible. As used in this Section 5, the term “ Administrator ” shall include the officers, directors, employees, affiliates and agents of the Administrator as well as that entity itself. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR OTHER NON-DIRECT DAMAGES OF ANY KIND WHETHER SUCH LIABILITY IS PREDICATED ON CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE TRUST IS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.

 

  5.02 The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrator from and against, and the Administrator shall have no liability in connection with, any and all actions, suits and claims, whether groundless or otherwise, and from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, payments, expenses and liabilities (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements) arising directly or indirectly out of: (i) any act or omission of the Administrator in carrying out its duties hereunder or as a result of the Administrator’s reliance upon any instructions, notice or instrument that the Administrator believes is genuine and signed or presented by an authorized Person of the Company; provided that this clause(i) shall not apply if any such loss, damage, cost, charge or expense is caused by or arises from the Administrator’s willful misfeasance, gross negligence, bad faith or fraud in the performance of the Services, or the Administrator’s reckless disregard of its duties under this Agreement; (ii) any violation by the Company or any agent of the Company of any applicable investment policy, law or regulation, (iii) any misstatement or omission in Company Materials or any Company Data; (iv) any breach by the Company of any representation, warranty or agreement contained in this Agreement; (v) any act or omission of the Company, the Company’s other service providers (such as custodians, prime brokers, transfer agents, investment advisers and sub-adviser(s)); (vi) any pricing error caused by the failure of the Company’s investment adviser or sub-adviser to provide a trade ticket or for incorrect information included in any trade ticket; or (vii) any act or omission of the Administrator as a result of the Administrator’s compliance with the Regulations, as defined in Section 12.12, including, but not limited to, returning an investor or Authorized Participant’s investment or restricting the payment of redemption proceeds.

 

  5.03 The Administrator may apply to the Company, the Company’s sponsor or any Person acting on the Company’s behalf at any time for instructions and may consult counsel for the Company or the Company’s sponsor or with accountants, counsel and other experts with respect to any matter arising in connection with the Administrator’s duties hereunder, and the Administrator shall not be liable or accountable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with such instruction or upon the advice of counsel, accountants or other experts. Also, the Administrator shall not be liable for actions taken pursuant to any document which it reasonably believes to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper Person or Persons. The Administrator shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any officer, employee or agent of the Company until receipt of written notice thereof. To the extent that the Administrator consults with Company counsel pursuant to this provision, any such expense shall be borne by the Company.

 

7


  5.04 The Administrator shall have no liability for its reliance on the Company Data or the performance or omissions of unaffiliated third parties such as, by way of example and not limitation, transfer agents, sub-transfer agents, custodians, prime brokers, placement agents, third party marketers, asset data service providers, investment advisers (including, without limitation, the sponsor) or sub-advisers, current or former third party service providers, Pricing Sources, software providers, printers, postal or delivery services, prior administrators, telecommunications providers and processing and settlement services. The Administrator may rely on and shall have no duty to investigate or confirm the accuracy or adequacy of any information provided by any of the foregoing third parties.

 

  5.05 The Administrator shall have no obligation with respect to any laws relating to the distribution, purchase or sale of Shares. Further, the Company assumes full responsibility for the preparation, contents and distribution of its Company Materials and its compliance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

 

  5.06 The indemnification rights hereunder shall include the right to reasonable advances of defense expenses in the event of any pending or threatened legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims, actions or governmental or regulatory investigations or inquiries with respect to which indemnification hereunder may ultimately be merited. If in any case the Company is asked to indemnify or hold the Administrator harmless, the Administrator shall promptly advise the Company of the pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and the Administrator will use all reasonable care to identify and notify the Company promptly concerning any situation which presents or appears likely to present the probability of such a claim for indemnification, but failure to do so shall not affect the rights hereunder.

 

  5.07 The Company shall be entitled to participate at its own expense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought involving any claims subject to this indemnity provision. If the Company elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Company and satisfactory to the Administrator, whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that the Company elects to assume the defense of any suit and retains counsel, the Administrator shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it. If the Company does not elect to assume the defense of a suit, it will reimburse the Administrator for the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the Administrator. None of the parties hereto shall settle or compromise any action, suit, proceeding or claim if such settlement or compromise provides for an admission of liability on the part of the indemnified party without such indemnified party’s written consent.

 

  5.08 The rights afforded to the Administrator under this Section 5 shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to all directors, officers, employees, representatives and other agents of the Administrator and to every Person who controls the Administrator within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act, all of whom are intended beneficiaries of this Section of the Agreement.

 

  5.09 The provisions of this Section 5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

8


SECTION 6 VALUATION

 

       The Administrator is entitled to rely on the price and value information (hereinafter “ Valuation Information ”) provided by brokers and custodians, the Adviser, an underlying fund in which the Company invests, if applicable, and any third-party pricing services selected by the Administrator, the Adviser or the Company (collectively hereinafter referred to as the “ Pricing Sources ”) in order to calculate the Company’s aggregate NAV. The Administrator shall have no obligation to obtain Valuation Information from any sources other than the Pricing Sources. The Administrator shall have no liability or responsibility for the accuracy of the Valuation Information provided by a Pricing Source or the delegate of a Pricing Source and the Company shall indemnify and defend the Administrator against any loss, damages, costs, charges or reasonable counsel fees and expenses in connection with any inaccuracy of such Valuation Information. The Company shall not use Valuation Information for any purpose other than in connection with the Services and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 7 ALLOCATION OF CHARGES AND EXPENSES

 

  7.01 The Administrator . The Administrator shall furnish at its own expense the personnel necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  7.02 Fund Expenses . The Company or the Adviser assumes and shall pay or cause to be paid all expenses of the Company (including any Fund of the Company) not otherwise allocated in this Agreement, including, without limitation, organizational costs; taxes; expenses for legal and auditing services; the expenses of preparing (including typesetting), printing and mailing reports, Company Materials, proxy solicitation and tender offer materials and notices to existing shareholders; all expenses in connection with issuing and redeeming Shares; the costs of Pricing Sources; the costs of escrow and custodial services; the cost of document retention and archival services, the costs of responding to document production requests; the cost of initial and ongoing registration of the shares under Federal and state securities laws; fees and out-of-pocket expenses of Board members; the costs of Board meetings; insurance; interest; brokerage costs; litigation and other extraordinary or nonrecurring expenses; and all fees and charges of service providers to the Company. The Company or the Adviser shall reimburse the Administrator for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including all reasonable charges for printing, financial reporting software/typesetting fees, copying, postage, telephone, and fax charges incurred by the Administrator in the performance of its duties.

SECTION 8 COMPENSATION

 

       The Company shall pay to the Administrator compensation for the services performed and the facilities and personnel provided by the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement, the fees set forth in Schedule III to this Agreement.

SECTION 9 DURATION AND TERMINATION

 

  9.01 Term and Renewal . This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date and shall remain in effect with respect to a Fund for so long as the investment management agreement between CSIM and such Fund remains in effect, unless terminated by any party giving ninety (90) days written notice of termination to the each other party hereto.

 

9


  9.02 Effect of Termination .

 

  9.02.01. The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any rights that may have accrued hereunder to any party hereto prior to such termination.

 

  9.02.02. After termination of this Agreement and upon payment of all accrued fees, reimbursable expenses and other moneys owed to the Administrator, the Administrator shall deliver to the Company, or as it shall direct, all books of account, records, registers, correspondence, documents and assets relating to the affairs of or belonging to the Company in the possession of or under the control of the Administrator or any of its agents or delegates.

 

  9.02.03. In the event any and all accrued fees, reimbursable expenses and other moneys owed to the Administrator hereunder remain unpaid in whole or in part for more than thirty days past due, the Administrator, without further notice, may take any and all actions it deems necessary to collect such amounts due, and any and all of its collection expenses, costs and fees shall be paid by the Company, including, without limitation, administrative costs, attorneys fees, court costs, collection agencies or agents and interest.

 

  9.02.04. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event this Agreement is terminated and for any reason the Administrator, with the written consent of the Company, in fact continues to perform any one or more of the Services contemplated by this Agreement, the pertinent provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation, the provisions dealing with payment of fees and indemnification shall continue in full force and effect. The Administrator shall be entitled to collect from the Company, in addition to the compensation described in Schedule III, the amount of all of the Administrator’s expenses in connection with the Administrator’s activities following such termination, including without limitation, the delivery to the Company and/or designees of the Company’s property, records, instruments and documents.

SECTION 10 CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

  10.01 Non-Exclusive . The services of the Administrator rendered to the Company are not deemed to be exclusive. The Administrator is free to render such services to others. The Administrator shall not be deemed to be affected by notice of, or to be under any duty to disclose to the Company or Person acting on the Company’s behalf, information which has come into its possession or the possession of an Interested Party in the course of or in connection with providing administrative or other services to any other person or in any manner whatsoever other than in the course of carrying out its duties pursuant to this Agreement.

 

10


  10.02 Rights of Interested Parties . Subject to applicable law, nothing herein contained shall prevent:

 

  10.02.01. an Interested Party from buying, holding, disposing of or otherwise dealing in any Shares for its own account or the account of any of its customers or from receiving remuneration in connection therewith, with the same rights which it would have had if the Administrator were not a party to this Agreement; provided, however, that the prices quoted by the Administrator are no more favorable to the Interested Party than to a similarly situated investor in or redeeming holder of Shares;

 

  10.02.02. an Interested Party from buying, holding, disposing of or otherwise dealing in any securities or other investments for its own account or for the account of any of its customers and receiving remuneration in connection therewith, notwithstanding that the same or similar securities or other investments may be held by or for the account of the Company;

 

  10.02.03. an Interested Party from receiving any commission or other remuneration which it may negotiate in connection with any sale or purchase of Shares or Investments effected by it for the account of the Company; provided, however, that the amount of such commission or other remuneration is negotiated at arm’s length; and

 

  10.02.04. an Interested Party from contracting or entering into any financial, banking or other transaction with the Company or from being interested in any such contract or transaction; provided, however, that the terms of such transaction are negotiated at arm’s length.

SECTION 11 CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  11.01 Confidential Information . The Administrator and the Company (in such capacity, the “ Receiving Party ”) acknowledge and agree to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) provided by the Administrator and the Company (in such capacity, the “ Disclosing Party ”) in connection with this Agreement. The Receiving Party shall not disclose or disseminate the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to any Person other than those employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and licensees of the Receiving Party, or with respect to the Administrator as a Receiving Party, to those employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and licensees of any agent or affiliate, who have a need to know it in order to assist the Receiving Party in performing its obligations, or to permit the Receiving Party to exercise its rights under this Agreement. In addition, the Receiving Party (a) shall take all reasonable steps to prevent unauthorized access to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, and (b) shall not use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, or authorize other Persons to use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, for any purposes other than in connection with performing its obligations or exercising its rights hereunder. As used herein, “reasonable steps” means steps that a party takes to protect its own, similarly confidential or proprietary information of a similar nature, which steps shall in no event be less than a reasonable standard of care.

 

11


       The term “ Confidential Information ,” as used herein, shall mean all business strategies, plans and procedures, proprietary information, methodologies, data and trade secrets, and other confidential information and materials (including, without limitation, any non-public personal information as defined in Regulation S-P) of the Disclosing Party, its affiliates, their respective clients or suppliers, or other Persons with whom they do business, that may be obtained by the Receiving Party from any source or that may be developed as a result of this Agreement.

 

  11.02 Exclusions . The provisions of this Section 11 respecting Confidential Information shall not apply to the extent, but only to the extent, that such Confidential Information: (a) is already known to the Receiving Party free of any restriction at the time it is obtained from the Disclosing Party, (b) is subsequently learned from an independent third party free of any restriction and without breach of this Agreement; (c) is or becomes publicly available through no wrongful act of the Receiving Party or any third party; (d) is independently developed by or for the Receiving Party without reference to or use of any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party; or (e) is required to be disclosed pursuant to an applicable law, rule, regulation, government requirement or court order, or the rules of any stock exchange (provided, however, that the Receiving Party shall advise the Disclosing Party of such required disclosure promptly upon learning thereof in order to afford the Disclosing Party a reasonable opportunity to contest, limit and/or assist the Receiving Party in crafting such disclosure).

 

  11.03 Permitted Disclosure . The Receiving Party shall advise its employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and licensees, and shall require its affiliates to advise their employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and licensees, of the Receiving Party’s obligations of confidentiality and non-use under this Section 11 and shall be responsible for ensuring compliance by its and its affiliates’ employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and licensees with such obligations. In addition, the Receiving Party shall require all Persons that are provided access to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, other than the Receiving Party’s accountants and legal counsel, to execute confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements containing provisions substantially similar to those set forth in this Section 11. The Receiving Party shall promptly notify the Disclosing Party in writing upon learning of any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information by such Persons.

 

  11.04 Effect of Termination . Upon the Disclosing Party’s written request following the termination of this Agreement, the Receiving Party promptly shall return to the Disclosing Party, or destroy, all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party provided under or in connection with this Agreement, including all copies, portions and summaries thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, (a) the Receiving Party may retain one copy of each item of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information for purposes of identifying and establishing its rights and obligations under this Agreement, for archival or audit purposes and/or to the extent required by applicable law, and (b) the Administrator shall have no obligation to return or destroy Confidential Information of the Company that resides in saved tapes of Administrator; provided, however, that in either case all such Confidential Information retained by the Receiving Party shall remain subject to the provisions of Section 11 for so long as it is so retained. If requested by the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party shall certify in writing its compliance with the provisions of this paragraph.

 

12


SECTION 12 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

  12.01 Internet Access . Data and information may be made electronically accessible to the Company, its investment adviser and/or sub-adviser(s) and its investors or Authorized Participants through Internet access to one or more web sites provided by the Administrator (“ Web Access ”). As between the Company and Administrator, the Administrator shall own all right, title and interest to such Web Access, including, without limitation, all content, software, interfaces, documentation, data, trade secrets, design concepts, “look and feel” attributes, enhancements, improvements, ideas and inventions and all intellectual property rights inherent in any of the foregoing or appurtenant thereto including all patent rights, copyrights, trademarks, know-how and trade secrets (collectively, the “Proprietary Information”). The Company recognizes that the Proprietary Information is of substantial value to the Administrator and shall not use or disclose the Proprietary Information except as specifically authorized in writing by the Administrator. All Proprietary Information shall be deemed Confidential Information of the Administrator. Use of the Web Access by the Company or its agents or investors will be subject to any additional terms of use set forth on the web site. Unless provided otherwise in such additional terms, the Company shall have a non-exclusive, non-transferable, terminable at-will license to use the Web Access solely in connection with this Agreement. All Web Access and the information (including text, graphics and functionality) on the web sites related to such Web Access is presented “As Is” and “As Available” without express or implied warranties including, but not limited to, implied warranties of non-infringement, merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The Administrator neither warrants that the Web Access will be uninterrupted or error free, nor guarantees the accessibility, reliability, performance, timeliness, sequence, or completeness of information provided on the Web Access.

 

  12.02 Independent Contractor . In making, and performing under, this Agreement, the Administrator shall be deemed to be acting as an independent contractor of the Company and neither the Administrator nor its employees shall be deemed an agent, affiliate, legal representative, joint venturer or partner of the Company. No party is authorized to bind any other party to any obligation, affirmation or commitment with respect to any other Person.

 

  12.03 Assignment; Binding Effect . The Company may not assign, delegate or transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, this Agreement (in whole or in part), or any of the Company’s obligations hereunder, without the prior written consent of the Administrator, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Administrator may assign, delegate or transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to an affiliate of the Administrator or to any person or entity who purchases all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Administrator to which this Agreement relates, provided that such affiliate, person or entity agrees in advance and in writing to be bound by the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each party’s successors and permitted assigns. Any assignment, delegation, or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void and without legal effect.

 

13


  12.04 Agreement for Sole Benefit of the Administrator and the Company . This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Administrator and the Persons identified in Section 5.09 (to the extent set forth therein) and will not be deemed to be for the direct or indirect benefit of either (i) the clients or customers of the Administrator or the Company, (ii) the sponsor, or (iii) any service provider to the Company unaffiliated with the Administrator. The clients or customers of the Administrator or the Company will not be deemed to be third party beneficiaries of this Agreement nor to have any other contractual relationship with the Administrator by reason of this Agreement and each party hereto agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other party from any claims of its clients or customers against the other party including any attendant expenses and attorneys’ fees, based on this Agreement or the services provided hereunder.

 

  12.05 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to any conflict of laws or choice of laws rules or principles thereof. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of California, or any of the provisions of this Agreement, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1933 Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the latter shall control.

 

  12.06 Equitable Relief . Each party agrees that any other party’s violation of the provisions of Section 11 may cause immediate and irreparable harm to the other party for which money damages would not constitute an adequate remedy at law. Therefore, the parties agree that, in the event either party breaches or threatens to breach said provision or covenant, the other party shall have the right to seek an injunction to restrain said breach or threatened breach, without posting any bond or other security.

 

  12.07 Dispute Resolution . Whenever either party desires to institute legal proceedings against the other concerning this Agreement, it shall provide written notice to that effect to such other party. The party providing such notice shall refrain from instituting said legal proceedings for a period of thirty days following the date of provision of such notice. During such period, the parties shall attempt in good faith to amicably resolve their dispute by negotiation among their executive officers. This Section 12.07 shall not prohibit either party from seeking, at any time, equitable relief as permitted under Section 12.06.

 

  12.08

Notice . All notices provided for or permitted under this Agreement (except for correspondence between the parties related to operations in the ordinary course) shall be deemed effective upon receipt, and shall be in writing and (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by commercial overnight courier with written verification of receipt, or (c) sent by certified or registered U.S. mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, to the party to be notified, at the address for such party set forth below. Notices to the Administrator shall be sent to the attention of: President, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., 211 Main St., San Francisco, CA 94105. Notices to the Company shall be sent to the attention of President, Schwab Strategic Trust, 211 Main St., San Francisco, CA 94105.

 

14


  12.09 Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior or contemporaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, letters, proposals, agreements and understandings between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether written or oral. This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a written instrument duly executed by an authorized representative of each of the parties.

 

  12.10 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability in such jurisdiction, without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. If a court of competent jurisdiction declares any provision of this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or area of the provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace the provision with a provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the original intention of the parties, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified.

 

  12.11 Waiver . Any term or provision of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party entitled to the benefit thereof by written instrument executed by such party. No failure of either party hereto to exercise any power or right granted hereunder, or to insist upon strict compliance with any obligation hereunder, and no custom or practice of the parties with regard to the terms of performance hereof, will constitute a waiver of the rights of such party to demand full and exact compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  12.12 Anti-Money Laundering Laws . In connection with performing the Services set forth herein, the Administrator may provide information that the Company may rely upon in connection with the Company’s compliance with applicable laws, policies and regulations aimed at the prevention and detection of money laundering and/or terrorism activities (hereinafter, the “ Regulations ”). The Company and the Administrator agree that the Company shall be responsible for its compliance with all such Regulations. It shall be a condition precedent to providing Services to the Company under this Agreement and the Administrator shall have no liability for non-performance of its obligations under this Agreement unless it is satisfied, in its absolute discretion, that it has sufficient and appropriate information and material to discharge its obligations under the Regulations, and that the performance of such obligations will not violate any Regulations applicable to it. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, the Company acknowledges that the Administrator is authorized to return a shareholder’s Investment in any Fund and take any action necessary to restrict repayment of redemption proceeds to the extent necessary to comply with its obligations pursuant to the Regulations.

 

  12.13 Force Majeure . No breach of any obligation of a party to this Agreement (other than obligations to pay amounts owed) will constitute an event of default or breach to the extent it arises out of a cause, existing or future, that is beyond the control and without negligence of the party otherwise chargeable with breach or default, including without limitation: work action or strike; lockout or other labor dispute; failure of third party systems and software, telecommunication outages; flood; war; riot; theft; act of terrorism, earthquake or natural disaster. Either party desiring to rely upon any of the foregoing as an excuse for default or breach will, when the cause arises, give to the other party prompt notice of the facts which constitute such cause; and, when the cause ceases to exist, give prompt notice thereof to the other party.

 

15


  12.14 Equipment Failures . In the event of equipment failures beyond the Administrator’s control, the Administrator shall take reasonable and prompt steps to minimize service interruptions but shall have no liability with respect thereto. The Administrator shall develop and maintain a plan for recovery from equipment failures which may include contractual arrangements with appropriate parties making reasonable provision for emergency use of electronic data processing equipment to the extent appropriate equipment is available.

 

  12.15 Headings . All Article headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, do not form a part of this Agreement and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

  12.16 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each such counterpart shall be deemed an original, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. This Agreement shall be deemed executed by both parties when any one or more counterparts hereof or thereof, individually or taken together, bears the original facsimile or scanned signatures of each of the parties.

[The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank.]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

CHARLES SCHWAB INVESTMENT       SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
MANAGEMENT, INC.      
By:   

/s/ Marie Chandoha

      By:   

/s/ George M. Pereira

Name:    Marie Chandoha       Name: George M. Pereira
Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer       Title:   

SVP & COO

 

17


SCHEDULE I

Funds

 

Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund

 

18


SCHEDULE II

Services

 

1) Compute yields, total returns, expense ratios, portfolio turnover rates and average dollar-weighted portfolio maturities, as appropriate;

 

2) Track and validate income and expense accruals, analyze and modify expense accrual charges periodically, and process expense disbursements to vendors and service providers;

 

3) Calculate required ordinary income and capital gains distributions, coordinate estimated cash payments, and perform necessary reconciliations with the transfer agent;

 

4) Provide standardized performance reporting data to the Company;

 

5) Provide performance, financial and expense information for registration statements and proxies;

 

6) Communicate net asset values, yield, total returns or other financial data to appropriate third party reporting agencies, and assist in resolution of errors reported by such third party agencies;

 

7) Prepare the Company’s financial statements for review by fund management and independent auditors, manage annual and semi-annual report preparation process, prepare Forms N-SAR, NQ, N-CSR and 24f-2, provide fund performance data for annual report, coordinate printing and delivery of annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, and file Forms N-SAR, N-Q, N-CSR, 24f-2 and annual and semi-annual reports via EDGAR;

 

8) Monitor each Fund’s compliance with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to status as a regulated investment company;

 

9) Prepare and file federal and state tax returns for the Company other than those required to be prepared and filed by the Company’s transfer agent or custodian;

 

10) Provide data for year-end 1099s and supplemental tax letters;

 

11) Provide such reports in connection with quarterly meetings of the Board as the Board may reasonably request;

 

12) Manage the Company’s proxy solicitation process, including evaluating proxy distribution channels, coordinating with outside service provider to distribute proxies, track shareholder responses and tabulate voting results, and managing the proxy solicitation vendor if necessary;

 

13) Provide individuals to serve as officers of the Company, as requested;

 

14) Coordinate with the Company’s counsel on filing of the Company’s registration statements and proxy statements, and coordinate printing and delivery of the Company’s prospectuses and proxy statements;

 

15) Provide consultation to the Company on regulatory matters relating to the operation of the Company as requested and coordinate with the Company’s legal counsel regarding such matters;

 

19


16) Develop policies and procedures relating to the operations of the Company in coordination with legal counsel and the Chief Compliance Officer;

 

17) Act as liaison to legal counsel to the Company and, where applicable, to legal counsel to the Company’s independent trustees;

 

18) Coordinate with the Company counsel in the preparation, review and execution of contracts between the Company and third parties, such as the Company’s investment adviser, transfer agent, and custodian, and record-keepers or shareholder service providers;

 

19) Assist the Company in handling and responding to routine regulatory examinations with respect to records retained or services provided by the Administrator, and coordinate with the Company’s legal counsel in responding to any non-routine regulatory matters with respect to such matters;

 

20) Coordinate as necessary the registration or qualification of Shares with appropriate state securities authorities;

 

21) Manage the preparation for and conducting of Board meetings by (i) coordinating Board book production and distribution process, (ii) subject to review and approval by the Company and its counsel, preparing meeting agendas, (iii) preparing the relevant sections of the Board materials required to be prepared by the Administrator, (iv) assisting to gather and coordinate special materials related to annual contract renewals and approval of rule 12b-1 plans and related agreements for and as directed by the trustees or the Company counsel, (v) attending Board meetings, and (vi) performing such other Board meeting functions as shall be agreed by the parties in writing;

 

22) Cooperate with, and take all reasonable actions in the performance of its duties under this Agreement to ensure that all necessary information is made available to the Company’s independent public accountants in connection with the preparation of any audit or report requested by the Company, including the provision of a conference room at the Administrator’s location if necessary (in this regard, the Company’s independent auditors shall provide the Administrator with reasonable notice of any such audit so that (i) the audit will be completed in a timely fashion and (ii) the Administrator will be able to promptly respond to such information requests without undue disruption of its business);

 

23) Coordinate the distribution of prospectuses, supplements, proxy materials and reports to shareholders, and coordinate the solicitation and tabulation of proxies in connection with any annual or special meetings of shareholders;

 

24) Obtain and maintain fidelity bonds and directors and officers/errors and omissions insurance policies for the Company in accordance with Rules 17g-1 and 17-d-1 under the 1940 Act and file the fidelity bonds and any notices with the SEC as required under the 1940 Act, to the extent such bonds and policies are approved by the Company’s Board;

 

25) Maintain corporate records on behalf of the Company, including, but not limited to, minute books, the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws; and

 

26) Additional Reports and Services.   Upon reasonable notice and as mutually agreed upon, the Administrator may provide additional reports and/or services upon the request of the Company or its investment adviser .

 

20


SCHEDULE III

Fees

None

 

21

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST

EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT

This Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2016, is made and entered into by and between Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (the “Adviser”), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., (“Schwab”), and Schwab Capital Trust (the “Trust”) on behalf of each series of the Trust listed on SCHEDULE A hereto, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time (each a “Fund” and collectively the “Funds”).

WHEREAS, the Trust is a Massachusetts business trust and is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) as an open-end management investment company of the series type, and each Fund is a series of the Trust;

WHEREAS, the Trust on behalf of each Fund and the Adviser have entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement, dated August 18, 2016, as amended, (the “Advisory Agreement”), pursuant to which the Adviser provides investment management services to each Fund for compensation based on the value of the average daily net assets of each Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Adviser have determined that it is appropriate and in the best interest of each Fund and its shareholders to maintain the expenses of each Fund at a level below the level to which each Fund may normally be subject.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. EXPENSE LIMITATION AND WAIVER. Until such time as this agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement, Schwab and the Adviser agree that, to the extent that ordinary operating expenses incurred by a Fund in any fiscal year, including but not limited to investment advisory and administration fees of the Adviser and including amounts payable pursuant to any plan adopted in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, shareholder servicing fees, sub-accounting fees and acquired fund fees and expenses (but excluding nonrecurring account fees, fees on portfolio transactions such as exchange fees, dividends and interest on securities sold short, fees and expenses of pooled investment vehicles that are held by a Fund, interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and other non-routine expenses or extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of such Fund’s business) (the “Fund Operating Expenses”), exceed the Expense Limit for each class of the Fund as set forth on SCHEDULE A, such excess amount will be the liability of Schwab and the Adviser.

2. CALCULATION. Each month, the Fund Operating Expenses for each class of the Fund shall be calculated based on Fund Operating Expenses for each day of that month, and then totaled for such month and annualized. If the annualized Fund Operating Expenses for any month of a class of the Fund exceed the Expense Limit, the Adviser shall waive or reduce its advisory fee due and payable for such month.

3. YEAR-END ADJUSTMENT. If necessary, on or before the last day of the first month of the Trust’s fiscal year, an adjustment payment shall be made by the appropriate party in order that the actual Fund Operating Expenses of each Fund for the prior fiscal year do not exceed the Expense Limit for each class of the Fund as set forth on SCHEDULE A.

4. TERM AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to each Fund until such time as the Adviser ceases to be the investment adviser to such fund. Nevertheless, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust or the Adviser, without payment of any penalty, upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other parties at their principal place of business; provided that, in the case of termination by the Adviser, such action shall be authorized by the Trust’s Board of Trustees.


5. CAPTIONS. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference and in no other way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

6. INTERPRETATION. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require the Trust or the Funds to take any action contrary to the Trust’s Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, each as in effect from time to time, or any applicable statutory or regulatory requirement, including without limitation any requirements under the 1940 Act, to which it is subject or by which it is bound, or to relieve or deprive the Trust’s Board of Trustees of its responsibility for or control of the conduct of the affairs of the Trust or the Funds.

7. DEFINITIONS. Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Agreement having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from the terms and provisions of the Advisory Agreement or the 1940 Act, shall have the same meaning as and be resolved by reference to such Advisory Agreement or the 1940 Act.

8. AMENDMENT. This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument signed by each of the parties hereto. SCHEDULE A may not be amended to increase a Fund’s Expense Limit unless such amendment is authorized by the Trust’s Board of Trustees. Other amendments to SCHEDULE A will be presented to the Trust’s Board of Trustees for ratification annually.

A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust, as amended, is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the Trust as Trustees and not individually, and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Trust.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed by their

respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

Schwab Capital Trust, On

behalf of the Funds

    Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.     Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.
By:  

/s/ George Pereira

      By:   

/s/ Marie Chandoha

    By:   

/s/ John Sturiale

Name: George Pereira

   

Name: Marie Chandoha

   

Name: John Sturiale

Title:   SVP & COO

   

Title:   President & CEO

   

Title:   SVP


SCHEDULE A

 

Fund

  

Expense Limit

Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund

  

Institutional Shares – 0.08%

 

Investor Shares – 0.13%

Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund

  

Institutional Shares – 0.08%

 

Investor Shares – 0.13%

Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund

  

Institutional Shares – 0.08%

 

Investor Shares – 0.13%

Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund

  

Institutional Shares – 0.08%

 

Investor Shares – 0.13%

Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund

  

Institutional Shares – 0.08%

 

Investor Shares – 0.13%

Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund

  

Institutional Shares – 0.08%

 

Investor Shares – 0.13%

Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund

  

Institutional Shares – 0.08%

 

Investor Shares – 0.13%

Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund

  

Institutional Shares – 0.08%

 

Investor Shares – 0.13%

Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund

  

Institutional Shares – 0.08%

 

Investor Shares – 0.13%

Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund

  

Institutional Shares – 0.08%

 

Investor Shares – 0.13%

Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund

  

Institutional Shares – 0.08%

 

Investor Shares – 0.13%

Dated as of August 18, 2016

SCHEDULE A

TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST AND CHARLES SCHWAB & CO., INC.

 

Fund

  

Effective Date

Schwab International Index Fund    July 21, 1993
Schwab Small–Cap Index Fund    October 14, 1993
Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio (formerly known as Schwab Asset Director–High Growth Fund)    September 25, 1995
Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio (formerly known as Schwab Asset Director–Balanced Growth Fund)    September 25, 1995
Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio (formerly known as Schwab Asset Director–Conservative Growth Fund)    September 25, 1995
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund    February 28, 1996
Schwab Core Equity Fund (formerly known as Schwab Analytics Fund)    May 21, 1996
Laudus International MarketMasters Fund (formerly known as Schwab International MarketMasters Fund, Schwab MarketManager International Portfolio and Schwab OneSource Portfolios–International)    September 2, 1996
Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund (formerly known as Schwab U.S. MarketMasters Fund, Schwab MarketManager Growth Portfolio and Schwab OneSource Portfolios–Growth Allocation)    October 13, 1996
Schwab Balanced Fund (formerly known as Schwab Viewpoints Fund, Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund, Schwab Balanced MarketMasters Fund, Schwab MarketManager Balanced Portfolio and Schwab OneSource Portfolios–Balanced Allocation)    October 13, 1996
Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund (formerly known as Schwab Small–Cap MarketMasters Fund, Schwab MarketManager Small Cap Portfolio and Schwab OneSource Portfolios–Small Company)    August 3, 1997
Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund (formerly known as Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund)    October 28, 1998
Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund    April 15, 1999
Schwab Health Care Fund (formerly known as Health Care Focus Fund)    May 15, 2000
Schwab Hedged Equity Fund    August 6, 2002
Schwab Small–Cap Equity Fund    May 19, 2003
Schwab Dividend Equity Fund    September 23, 2003
Schwab Premier Equity Fund    November 16, 2004
Schwab Target 2010 Fund    May 24, 2005
Schwab Target 2015 Fund    November 12, 2007
Schwab Target 2020 Fund    May 24, 2005
Schwab Target 2025 Fund    November 12, 2007
Schwab Target 2030 Fund    May 24, 2005
Schwab Target 2035 Fund    November 12, 2007
Schwab Target 2040 Fund    May 24, 2005


Schwab Retirement Income Fund

   May 24, 2005

Schwab Large Cap Growth Fund

   August 9, 2005

Schwab Fundamental US Large Company Index Fund

   February 28, 2007

Schwab Fundamental US Small-Mid Company Index Fund

   February 28, 2007

Schwab Fundamental International Large Company Index Fund

   February 28, 2007

Schwab Fundamental Emerging Markets Index Fund

   November 12, 2007

Schwab Fundamental International Small-Mid Company Index Fund

   November 12, 2007

Schwab Monthly Income Fund - Moderate Payout

   February 25, 2008

Schwab Monthly Income Fund - Enhanced Payout

   February 25, 2008

Schwab Monthly Income Fund - Maximum Payout

   February 25, 2008

Schwab International Core Equity Fund

   February 25, 2008

Schwab Target 2045 Fund

   January 14, 2013

Schwab Target 2050 Fund

   January 14, 2013

Schwab Target 2055 Fund

   January 14, 2013

Schwab Fundamental Global Real Estate Index Fund

   September 3, 2014

Schwab Target 2060 Fund

   August 18, 2016

Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund

   August 18, 2016

Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund

   August 18, 2016

Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund

   August 18, 2016

Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund

   August 18, 2016

Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund

   August 18, 2016

Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund

   August 18, 2016

Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund

   August 18, 2016

Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund

   August 18, 2016

Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund

   August 18, 2016

Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund

   August 18, 2016

Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund

   August 18, 2016

 

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST

   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO., INC.

By   /s/ George Pereira     By   /s/ John Sturiale

Name: George Pereira

   

Name: John Sturiale

Title:   Sr. Vice President & Chief Operating Officer

   

Title:   Senior Vice President

Dated as of August 18, 2016

SCHEDULE 1

CUSTODIAN SERVICES AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST

SCHWAB ANNUITY PORTFOLIOS

SCHWAB INVESTMENTS

AND

BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.

Dated as of August 18, 2016

The following is a list of the Funds/Portfolios for which the Custodian shall serve under a Custodian Agreement dated 4/1/2007 (the “Agreement”)

SCHWAB DIVIDEND EQUITY FUND

SCHWAB FUNDAMENTAL EMERGING MARKETS LARGE COMPANY INDEX FUND

SCHWAB FUNDAMENTAL INTERNATIONAL LARGE COMPANY INDEX FUND

SCHWAB FUNDAMENTAL INTERNATIONAL SMALL COMPANY INDEX FUND

SCHWAB GLOBAL REAL ESTATE FUND- SCHWAB GRE ASIAN PACIFIC

SCHWAB GLOBAL REAL ESTATE FUND — FEEDER

SCHWAB HEALTH CARE FUND

SCHWAB INTERNATIONAL INDEX FUND

SCHWAB LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND

SCHWAB MARKETTRACK ALL EQUITY PORTFOLIO

SCHWAB MARKETTRACK BALANCED PORTFOLIO

SCHWAB MARKETTRACK CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO

SCHWAB MARKETTRACK GROWTH PORTFOLIO

SCHWAB MARKETTRACK GROWTH PORTFOLIO II

SCHWAB S&P 500 INDEX FUND

SCHWAB S&P 500 INDEX PORTFOLIO

SCHWAB SMALL-CAP EQUITY FUND

SCHWAB SMALL-CAP INDEX FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2010 FUND


SCHWAB TARGET 2015 FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2020 FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2025 FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2030 FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2035 FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2040 FUND

SCHWAB TOTAL STOCK MARKET INDEX FUND

SCHWAB VIT BALANCED PORTFOLIO

SCHWAB VIT BALANCED WITH GROWTH PORTFOLIO

SCHWAB VIT GROWTH PORTFOLIO

SCHWAB TARGET 2045 FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2050 FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2055 FUND

SCHWAB FUNDAMENTAL GLOBAL REAL ESTATE INDEX FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2060 FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2010 INDEX FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2015 INDEX FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2020 INDEX FUND


SCHWAB TARGET 2025 INDEX FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2030 INDEX FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2035 INDEX FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2040 INDEX FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2045 INDEX FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2050 INDEX FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2055 INDEX FUND

SCHWAB TARGET 2060 INDEX FUND


IN WITNESSTH WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Schedule 1 to be executed in its name and on behalf of each such Fund/Portfolio.

 

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
SCHWAB ANNUITY PORTFOLIOS
SCHWAB INVESTMENTS
By:  

/s/ George Pereira

Name:   George Pereira
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth Prickett

Name:   Elizabeth Prickett
Title:   Managing Director

FORM OF

[                     ], 2016

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

2 Heritage Drive, 4 th Floor

North Quincy, Massachusetts 02171

Attention: Legal Department

 

RE: Schwab Capital Trust (the “ Fund ”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between us, dated as of July 1, 2009 (the “ Agreement ”). Pursuant to the Agreement, this letter is to provide notice of the creation of the following additional Funds, as defined in the Agreement:

Schwab Target 2060 Fund

Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund (collectively, “Target Funds”)

In accordance with the Additional Funds provision of Section 17 of the Agreement, we request that you act as Transfer Agent with respect to each additional fund. A current Schedule A to the Agreement is attached hereto. In connection with such request, the undersigned, on behalf of the Fund and the additional funds, hereby confirms to you, as of the date hereof, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 of the Agreement.

Please indicate your acceptance of the foregoing by executing two copies of this letter, returning one to the Fund and retaining one copy for your records.

Very truly yours,

 

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
On behalf of the Target Funds
By:  

 

  Name:   George Pereira
  Title:   Senior Vice President & Chief Operating Officer


Accepted:

 

BOSTON FINANCIAL DATA SERVICES, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


SCHEDULE A

LIST OF FUNDS

As of [             ], 2016

THE CHARLES SCHWAB FAMILY OF FUNDS

Schwab Money Market Fund

Schwab Value Advantage Money Fund

Schwab Value Advantage Money Fund-Institutional Prime Shares

Schwab Retirement Advantage Money Fund

Schwab Investor Money Fund

Schwab Government Money Fund

Schwab U.S. Treasury Money Fund

Schwab Municipal Money Fund

Schwab California Municipal Money Fund

Schwab New York Municipal Money Fund ( formerly Schwab New York AMT Tax-Free Money Fund )

Schwab AMT Tax-Free Money Fund (formerly Florida Muni Money Fund)

Schwab Massachusetts Municipal Money Fund ( formerly Schwab Massachusetts AMT Tax-Free Money Fund )

Schwab Pennsylvania Municipal Money Fund

Schwab New Jersey Municipal Money Fund ( formerly Schwab New Jersey AMT Tax-Free Money Fund )

Schwab Cash Reserves

Schwab Advisor Cash Reserves

Schwab Treasury Obligations Money Fund

Schwab Variable Share Price Money Fund

SCHWAB INVESTMENTS

Schwab 1000 Index Fund

Schwab Short-Term Bond Market Fund

Schwab Total Bond Market Fund

Schwab GNMA Fund

Schwab Tax-Free Bond Fund

Schwab California Tax-Free Bond Fund

Schwab Treasury Inflation Protected Securities Index Fund ( formerly Schwab Inflation Protected Fund )

Schwab Global Real Estate Fund

Schwab Intermediate-Term Bond Fund ( formerly Schwab Premier Income Fund)

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST

Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Fund

Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio

Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio

Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio

Schwab Balanced Fund ( formerly Schwab Viewpoints Fund )

Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund

Laudus International MarketMasters Fund

Schwab Core Equity Fund

Schwab Hedged Equity Fund

Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund

Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund

Schwab Small Cap Index Fund

Schwab International Index Fund


SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST (continued)

Schwab Health Care Fund

Schwab Small Cap Equity Fund

Schwab Dividend Equity Fund

Schwab Target 2010 Fund

Schwab Target 2015 Fund

Schwab Target 2020 Fund

Schwab Target 2025 Fund

Schwab Target 2030 Fund

Schwab Target 2035 Fund

Schwab Target 2040 Fund

Schwab Large Cap Growth Fund

Schwab Fundamental US Small Company Index Fund

Schwab Fundamental US Large Company Index Fund

Schwab Fundamental International Large Company Index Fund

Schwab Fundamental Emerging Markets Large Company Index Fund

Schwab Fundamental International Small Company Index Fund

Schwab Monthly Income Fund—Moderate Payout

Schwab Monthly Income Fund—Enhanced Payout

Schwab Monthly Income Fund—Maximum Payout

Schwab International Core Equity Fund

Schwab Target 2045 Fund

Schwab Target 2050 Fund

Schwab Target 2055 Fund

Schwab Fundamental Global Real Estate Index Fund

Schwab Target 2060 Fund

Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund

SCHWAB ANNUITY PORTFOLIOS

Schwab Government Money Market Portfolio (formerly Schwab Money Market Portfolio)

Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio II

Schwab S&P 500 Index Portfolio

Schwab VIT Balanced Portfolio

Schwab VIT Balanced with Growth Portfolio

Schwab VIT Growth Portfolio

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST

SCHWAB INVESTMENTS

Schedule A

to the Amended and Restated Shareholder Servicing Plan

dated August 18, 2016

Schwab Capital Trust

 

Fund

  

Shareholder Service Fee

Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Core Equity Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Dividend Equity Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Hedged Equity Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Health Care Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Balanced Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab International Core Equity Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2010 Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2015 Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2020 Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2025 Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2030 Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2035 Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2040 Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets


Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of two one-hundredths of one percent (0.02%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of two one-hundredths of one percent (0.02%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of two one-hundredths of one percent (0.02%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab International Index Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of two one-hundredths of one percent (0.02%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio –Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund – Select Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty one-hundredths of one percent (0.20%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Laudus International MarketMasters Fund – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Laudus International MarketMasters Fund – Select Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty one-hundredths of one percent (0.20%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Fundamental U.S. Large Company Index Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of ten one-hundredths of one percent (0.10%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Fundamental U.S. Small Company Index Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of ten one-hundredths of one percent (0.10%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Fundamental International Large Company Index Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of ten one-hundredths of one percent (0.10%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Fundamental Emerging Markets Large Company Index Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of ten one-hundredths of one percent (0.10%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Fundamental International Small Company Index Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of ten one-hundredths of one percent (0.10%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets


Schwab Monthly Income Fund – Moderate Payout    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Monthly Income Fund – Enhanced Payout    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Monthly Income Fund – Maximum Payout    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2045 Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2050 Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2055 Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Fundamental Global Real Estate Index Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of ten one-hundredths of one percent (0.10%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2060 Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of five one-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund – Institutional Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of five one-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund – Institutional Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of five one-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund – Institutional Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of five one-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund – Institutional Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of five one-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund – Institutional Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of five one-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund – Institutional Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of five one-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets


Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund – Institutional Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of five one-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund – Institutional Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of five one-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund – Institutional Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of five one-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund – Institutional Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund – Investor Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of five one-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund – Institutional Shares    An annual fee, payable monthly, of zero percent (0.00%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets

Schwab Investments

 

Fund

  

Shareholder Service Fee

Schwab Short-Term Bond Market Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Total Bond Market Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab GNMA Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Treasury Inflation Protected Securities Index Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Intermediate-Term Bond Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Tax-Free Bond Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab California Tax-Free Bond Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab 1000 Index Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of ten one-hundredths of one percent (0.10%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets
Schwab Global Real Estate Fund    An annual fee, payable monthly, of twenty-five one-hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets

August 5, 2016

State Street Bank and Trust Company

One Lincoln Street

Boston, MA 02111

Attention: Steven C. Bennett, Vice President and Senior Counsel

 

RE: Schwab Capital Trust

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement between us dated as of October 1, 2005, as amended and supplemented (the “ Agreement ”). Pursuant to the Agreement, this letter is to provide notice of:

 

(1) creation of Schwab Target 2060 Fund (“Target 2060 Fund”); and

 

(2) creation of Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund, Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund and Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund (“Target Index Funds”)

In accordance with Section 11.6 of the Agreement, we request that you act as Accounting Agent with respect to the Target 2060 Fund and the Target Index Funds. A revised Appendix A to the Agreement is attached hereto. In connection with such request, we hereby confirm to you, as of the date hereof, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4(b) of the Agreement.

Please indicate your acceptance of the foregoing by executing two copies of this letter, returning one to us and retaining one copy for your records.

Very truly yours,

 

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
By:  

/s/ George Pereira

Name:   George Pereira
Title:   Chief Operating Officer & Sr. Vice President
Accepted:
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Andrew Erickson

Name:   Andrew Erickson
Title:   Executive Vice President


APPENDIX A

(Effective August 18, 2016)

TO

MASTER FUND ACCOUNTING AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANIES AND PORTFOLIOS THREOF, IF ANY

THE CHARLES SCHWAB FAMILY OF FUNDS

Schwab Money Market Fund

Schwab Value Advantage Money Fund

Schwab Retirement Advantage Money Fund

Schwab Investor Money Fund

Schwab Government Money Fund

Schwab U.S. Treasury Money Fund

Schwab Municipal Money Fund

Schwab California Municipal Money Fund

Schwab New York Municipal Money Fund ( formerly Schwab New York AMT Tax-Free Money Fund )

Schwab AMT Tax-Free Money Fund

Schwab Massachusetts Municipal Money Fund ( formerly Schwab Massachusetts AMT Tax-Free Money Fund )

Schwab Pennsylvania Municipal Money Fund

Schwab New Jersey Municipal Money Fund ( formerly Schwab New Jersey AMT Tax-Free Money Fund )

Schwab Cash Reserves

Schwab Advisor Cash Reserves

Schwab Treasury Obligations Money Fund

Schwab Variable Share Price Money Fund

Schwab Retirement Government Money Fund

SCHWAB INVESTMENTS

Schwab 1000 Index Fund

Schwab Short-Term Bond Market Fund

Schwab Total Bond Market Fund

Schwab GNMA Fund

Schwab Tax-Free Bond Fund

Schwab California Tax-Free Bond Fund

Schwab Treasury Inflation Protected Securities Index Fund ( formerly Schwab Treasury Inflation Protected Securities Fund )

Schwab Intermediate-Term Bond Fund ( formerly Schwab Premier Income Fund )

Schwab Global Real Estate Fund

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST

Schwab International Index Fund

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund

Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio

Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio

Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio

Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio

Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund

Schwab Dividend Equity Fund

Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund

Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund

Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund

Schwab Health Care Fund

Schwab Target 2010 Fund

Schwab Target 2015 Fund

Schwab Target 2020 Fund

Schwab Target 2025 Fund

Schwab Target 2030 Fund


Schwab Target 2035 Fund

Schwab Target 2040 Fund

Schwab Target 2045 Fund

Schwab Target 2050 Fund

Schwab Target 2055 Fund

Schwab Target 2060 Fund

Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund

Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund

Schwab Core Equity Fund

Schwab Hedged Equity Fund

Laudus International MarketMasters Fund

Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund

Schwab Balanced Fund

Schwab Fundamental US Small Company Index Fund

Schwab Fundamental US Large Company Index Fund

Schwab Fundamental International Large Company Index Fund

Schwab Fundamental Emerging Markets Large Company Index Fund

Schwab Fundamental International Small Company Index Fund

Schwab Monthly Income Fund - Moderate Payout

Schwab Monthly Income Fund - Enhanced Payout

Schwab Monthly Income Fund - Maximum Payout

Schwab International Core Equity Fund

Schwab Fundamental Global Real Estate Index Fund

SCHWAB ANNUITY PORTFOLIOS

Schwab Government Money Market Portfolio (formerly Schwab Money Market Portfolio)

Schwab S&P 500 Index Portfolio

Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio II

Schwab VIT Balanced Portfolio

Schwab VIT Balanced with Growth Portfolio

Schwab VIT Growth Portfolio

SCHWAB STRATEGIC TRUST

Schwab U.S. Broad Market ETF

Schwab U.S. Large-Cap ETF

Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Growth ETF

Schwab U.S. Large-Cap Value ETF

Schwab U.S. Small-Cap ETF

Schwab International Equity ETF

Schwab International Small-Cap Equity ETF

Schwab Emerging Markets Equity ETF

Schwab U.S. TIPS ETF

Schwab Short-Term U.S. Treasury ETF

Schwab Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury ETF

Schwab U.S. REIT ETF

Schwab U.S. Mid-Cap ETF

Schwab U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

Schwab U.S. Dividend Equity ETF


Schwab Fundamental U.S. Broad Market Index ETF

Schwab Fundamental U.S. Large Company Index ETF

Schwab Fundamental U.S. Small Company Index ETF

Schwab Fundamental International Large Company Index ETF

Schwab Fundamental International Small Company Index ETF

Schwab Fundamental Emerging Markets Large Company Index ETF

LOGO   

1900 K Street, NW

Washington, DC 20006

+1 202 261 3300 Main

+1 202 261 3333 Fax

www.dechert.com

 

August 17, 2016

Schwab Capital Trust

211 Main Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel for Schwab Capital Trust (the “Trust”), a trust duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, in connection with Post-Effective Amendment No. 160 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A, together with all Exhibits thereto (the “Registration Statement”), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”), and Amendment No. 161 to the Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. We have examined such governmental and corporate certificates and records as we deemed necessary to render this opinion and we are familiar with the Trust’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust and its Amended and Restated Bylaws, each as amended to date.

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the shares proposed to be sold pursuant to the Registration Statement, when paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement, will be legally and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and to the use of our name in the Trust’s Registration Statement to be dated on or about August 18, 2016 and in any revised or amended versions thereof. In giving such consent, however, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Dechert LLP

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST

AMENDED AND RESTATED MULTIPLE CLASS PLAN

This document amends and restates the MULTIPLE CLASS PLAN (the “Plan”) of SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Trust”), first adopted on February 28, 1996 pursuant to Rule 18f-3(d) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and later amended and restated effective February 28, 2007, December 10, 2009 and December 8, 2011. The Plan is applicable to the Trust’s investment portfolio(s) identified on Schedule A hereto, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time (each a “Fund”, and collectively, the “Funds”). This amended and restated plan is effective as of August 18, 2016.

WHEREAS, it is desirable to enable the Trust to have flexibility in meeting the investment and shareholder servicing needs of its current and future investors; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board of Trustees”), including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as such term is defined by the 1940 Act, mindful of the requirements imposed by Rule 18f-3(d) under the 1940 Act, has determined to adopt this Plan to enable the Trust to provide appropriate services to shareholders of the Funds;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Trust designates the Plan as follows:

1.  Designation of Classes . Each Fund listed in “Group I” on Schedule A may offer its units of beneficial interest (“Shares”) in the following two classes: Investor Shares and Select Shares. Each Fund listed in “Group II” on Schedule A may offer its shares in the following two classes: Investor Shares and Institutional Shares. Each class of Shares may be referred to herein individually as, a “Class”, and collectively, the “Classes”.

2.  Eligible Purchasers : Institutional Shares are available to institutional investors as described in the Trust’s current registration statement on Form N-1A (the “Registration Statement”). Investor Shares and Select Shares are available to individual and institutional investors as described in the Trust’s Registration Statement.

3.  Minimum Transaction Requirements . The minimum initial investment and minimum account balance requirements (if any) applicable to the Select Shares, Investor Shares and Institutional Shares shall be as determined from time to time by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (“CSIM”) and set forth in the Trust’s Registration Statement. These minimums may be waived for certain investors and for trustees, officers and employees of Schwab.

4.  Shareholder Services Specific to Each Class . Regular assistance through shareholder services ( e.g. the placement of purchase and redemption orders and exchange requests for Fund Shares) shall be offered with respect to the Investor Shares and Select Shares. The costs and expenses attributable to servicing shareholders of each Class, as set forth on Schedule A hereto and in the Shareholder Service Agreement and schedules, dated July 1, 2009, between the Trust and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., shall be based upon the actual services rendered to each Class.

5.  Exchange Privilege and Conversion . Shares of each Class shall be exchangeable for shares of any fund of the Trust or of Schwab Investments or of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, including all classes of shares of such funds, provided that the minimum investment and any other eligibility requirements of the fund or class of the fund for which the shares are exchanged are satisfied. Shares of each Class shall be convertible into each other, either at the option of the Fund or the Shareholders, provided, that the Shareholder satisfies the requirements to invest in the Class into which such Shares of a Class are to be converted.

 

Page 1 of 5


In the event a Shareholder no longer meets the eligibility requirements for investment in a Class of Shares, a Fund may convert the shareholder into a Class of Shares for which such Shareholder does meet the eligibility requirements. Any such conversion will be preceded by written notice to the Shareholder, and will occur at the respective net asset values of the Classes without imposition of any sales load, fee or other charge. If the Shareholder meets the eligibility requirements for more than one other Class of Shares, then such Shareholder’s shares will be converted into shares of the Class of Shares having the lowest total operating expenses for which such Shareholder meets the eligibility requirements.

If a Shareholder in any Class of shares no longer meets the eligibility requirements, a Fund may cash out the investor’s remaining account balance. Any such cash out will be preceded by written notice to the investor and will be subject to the Fund’s normal redemption fees, if any.

To the extent permitted by law and the extent permitted by the Trust’s Declaration of Trust, the Trust may combine the Classes of any Fund provided that such combination will occur at the respective net asset values of the Classes without imposition of any sales load, fee or other charge.

6.  Allocation of Expenses . All of a Class’s expenses relating to its distribution and shareholder services arrangement (each arrangement for shareholder services or distribution, or both, shall be separate and different arrangement for each Class) shall be borne exclusively by such Class. At the Board of Trustees’ discretion, each Class may pay a different share of other expenses, not including advisory or custodial fees or other expenses related to the management of the Fund’s assets, if the expenses are actually incurred in a different amount by that particular Class, or if that particular Class receives services of a different kind or to a different degree than the other Classes. All other expenses, including: (i) advisory or custodial fees or other expenses related to the management of the Fund’s assets, or (ii) costs of implementing this Plan, shall be allocated to each Class based on the relative net asset value of that Class in relation to the net asset value of the Fund. If, in the future, new classes are added to a Fund, any costs of implementing this Plan for the new classes shall be allocated to each of the classes of the Fund then in existence before the addition of the new class structure and shall not be charged to the new classes. Such allocation shall be based on the relative net asset value of the classes of the Fund then in existence before the addition of the new class structure in relation to the net asset value of the Fund.

7.  Voting Rights . Each Share of a Class entitles the shareholder of record to one vote for each full share held and a fractional vote for each fractional share held. Each Fund will vote separately on matters relating solely to that Fund. Each Class of a Fund shall have exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to that Class, and shall have separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class. However, all Fund shareholders will have equal voting rights on matters that affect all Fund shareholders equally.

8.  Distributions.  The amount of dividends payable on each Class will be calculated pro rata on the basis of net asset value per share. Dividends declared will be paid as determined by the Trust’s Board of Trustees in its discretion. Capital gains will be distributed to each Class in accordance with Rule 18f-3.

9.  Termination and Amendment . This Plan may be terminated or materially amended at any time by vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, as such term is defined by the 1940 Act. Any non-material amendment of this Plan may be made by CSIM.

10.  Schwab Capital Trust and the Board of Trustees . The names “Schwab Capital Trust” and “Board of Trustees” refer respectively to the Trust created and the Trustees, as Trustees but not individually or personally, acting from time to time under a Declaration of Trust, to which reference is hereby made and a copy of which is on file at the office of the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and elsewhere as required by law, and to any and all amendments thereto so filed or hereafter filed. The obligations of Schwab

 

Page 2 of 5


Capital Trust entered into in the name or on behalf thereof by any of the Trustees, representatives or agents are made not individually, but in such capacities, and are not binding upon any of the Trustees, Shareholders or representatives of the Trust personally, but bind only the assets of the Trust, and all persons dealing with any series and/or class of Shares of the Trust must look solely to the assets of the Trust belonging to such series and/or class for the enforcement of any claims against the Trust.

 

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
By:  

/s/ Marie Chandoha

  Marie Chandoha
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Dated as of August 18, 2016

 

Page 3 of 5


SCHEDULE A TO THE

MULTIPLE CLASS PLAN OF

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST

 

Name of Fund and Class

   Shareholder Service Fee (as a
percentage of average daily net
assets of the Fund Class)
 

Group I:

  

Laudus International MarketMasters Fund - Investor Shares - Investor Shares

     0.25

Laudus International MarketMasters Fund - Select Shares - Select Shares

     0.20

Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund - Investor Shares - Investor Shares

     0.25

Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund - Select Shares - Select Shares

     0.20

Group II:

  

Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund – Investor Shares

     0.05

Schwab Target 2010 Index Fund – Institutional Shares

     0.00

Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund – Investor Shares

     0.05

Schwab Target 2015 Index Fund – Institutional Shares

     0.00

Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund – Investor Shares

     0.05

Schwab Target 2020 Index Fund – Institutional Shares

     0.00

Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund – Investor Shares

     0.05

Schwab Target 2025 Index Fund – Institutional Shares

     0.00

Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund – Investor Shares

     0.05

 

Page 4 of 5


Schwab Target 2030 Index Fund – Institutional Shares

     0.00

Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund – Investor Shares

     0.05

Schwab Target 2035 Index Fund – Institutional Shares

     0.00

Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund – Investor Shares

     0.05

Schwab Target 2040 Index Fund – Institutional Shares

     0.00

Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund – Investor Shares

     0.05

Schwab Target 2045 Index Fund – Institutional Shares

     0.00

Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund – Investor Shares

     0.05

Schwab Target 2050 Index Fund – Institutional Shares

     0.00

Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund – Investor Shares

     0.05

Schwab Target 2055 Index Fund – Institutional Shares

     0.00

Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund – Investor Shares

     0.05

Schwab Target 2060 Index Fund – Institutional Shares

     0.00

 

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
By:  

/s/ Marie Chandoha

  Marie Chandoha
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Dated as of August 18, 2016

 

Page 5 of 5

Harris Associates L.P., Harris Associates Securities L.P. and Harris Associates Investment Trust

Code of Ethics and Statement on Insider Trading

As Amended, Effective as of March 9, 2016

 

I. DEFINITIONS

 

  A. Firm or Harris. The term “Firm” or “Harris” shall include Harris Associates L.P. (“HALP”) and Harris Associates Securities L.P. (“HASLP”).

 

  B. Trust. The term “Trust” shall mean Harris Associates Investment Trust, including any series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust (each, a “Fund”).

 

  C. Employee. The term “Employee” shall include any person employed by the Firm, whether on a full or part-time basis and all partners, officers, shareholders and directors (other than Non-Access Directors (as defined below)) of the Firm.

 

  D. Access Person. The term “Access Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17j-1(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and rules thereunder (the “Act”) and Section 204A-1(e)(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”). Accordingly, Access Person means any director, officer, general partner, or Advisory Person (as defined below) of the Trust or HALP, but shall not include (1) any trustee of the Trust who is not an “interested person” of the Trust; (2) any trustee of the Trust who is designated an “interested person”, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, but is not a director, officer, general partner or Advisory Person of HALP, HASLP or Harris Associates, Inc.; and (3) in the case of HALP, shall not include any Non-Access Director.

 

  E. Advisory Person. The term “Advisory Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17j-1(a)(2) of the Act. Accordingly, Advisory Person means any Employee of the Firm, who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities (as defined below) by a Client (as defined below), or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to purchases and sales. For the purpose of this Code, each Employee of the Firm with an office at the Firm’s principal place of business shall be deemed to be an Advisory Person.

 

  F. Persons Subject to this Code. Each Employee is subject to this Code. In addition, Non-Access Directors are subject to the following provisions of this Code: II.A, II.B, II.C.i, II.J, and III (except for III.B.3 (i), (ii) and (iv) and the last sentence of III.B.4).

 

  G. Covered Security. The term “Covered Security” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Act 1 , including any right to acquire such security, except that it shall not include

 

1 Sec. 2(a)(36) “Security” means any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, pre-

 

1


securities which are direct obligations of the Government of the United States or any other country, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term debt instruments (including repurchase agreements), and shares issued by open-end investment companies other than Reportable Funds (defined below). In addition, all exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), whether registered as open-end management companies or unit investment trusts, shall be treated as Covered Securities for reporting purposes only.

 

  H. Reportable Fund. The term “Reportable Fund” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 204A-1(e)(9) of the Advisers Act. Reportable Fund means any investment company registered under the Act that is advised or sub-advised or distributed by the Firm or any affiliated company (e.g. Natixis Asset Management Advisers, Loomis Sayles). Reportable Funds include, for example, open-ended investment companies and closed-end funds 2 . A current list of Reportable Funds is maintained on the Compliance page of the Firm’s intranet site.

 

  I. Beneficial Interest or Ownership. The term “beneficial interest or ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and rules thereunder, which includes any interest in which a person, directly or indirectly, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest. A pecuniary interest is the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from any transaction. Each person will be assumed to have a pecuniary interest, and therefore, beneficial interest or ownership, in all securities held by that person, that person’s spouse or live-in/domestic partner who shares your household and combines his or her financial resources in a manner similar to that of married persons, all members of that person’s immediate family and adults sharing the same household with that person (other than mere roommates) and all minor children of that person and in all accounts subject to their direct or indirect influence or control and/or through which they obtain the substantial equivalent of ownership, such as trusts in which they are a trustee or beneficiary, partnerships in which they are the general partner, corporations in which they are a controlling shareholder or any other similar arrangement. Any questions an Employee may have about whether an interest in a security or an account constitutes beneficial interest or ownership should be directed to the Firm’s General Counsel or Compliance Department. Examples of beneficial interest or ownership are attached as Appendix A.

 

organization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security,” or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.

2   Reportable Funds that are money market funds are not subject to the Code’s reporting requirements (see Section II.G – Procedures to Implement Trading Restrictions and Reporting Obligations).

 

2


  J. Client. The term “Client” shall mean any client of HALP, including any Fund.

 

  K. Non-Access Director. The term “Non-Access Director” shall mean any person who is a Director of Harris Associates, Inc., the corporate general partner of HALP and HASLP, but who is not an officer or employee of any of HALP, HASLP or Harris Associates, Inc. and who meets all of the following conditions:

 

  i. He or she, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, does not make, participate in or obtain information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a registered investment company, and whose functions do not relate to the making of recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales;

 

  ii. He or she does not have access to nonpublic information regarding any Firm clients’ purchases or sales of securities (other than information contained in standard account statements or reports that the Firm may furnish to such person in his or her capacity as a client of the Firm), or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund; and

 

  iii. He or she is not involved in making securities recommendations to Firm clients, and does not have access to such recommendations that are nonpublic (other than information contained in standard account statements or reports that the Firm may furnish to such person in his or her capacity as a client of the Firm).

 

II. CODE OF ETHICS

 

  A. GENERAL STATEMENT

Harris seeks to foster a reputation for integrity and professionalism. That reputation is a vital business asset. The confidence and trust placed in us by investors in mutual funds and clients with accounts advised by the Firm is something that is highly valued and must be protected. The Firm owes a fiduciary duty to its advisory clients, and the fundamental principle of the Firm is that at all times the interests of its Clients come first. As a result, any activity which creates even the suspicion of misuse of material non-public information by the Firm or any of its Employees, which gives rise to or appears to give rise to any breach of fiduciary duty owed to any Client, or which creates any actual or potential conflict of interest between any Client and the Firm or any of its Employees or even the appearance of any conflict of interest must be avoided and is prohibited.

The Investment Company Act and rules make it illegal for any person covered by the Code, directly or indirectly, in connection with the purchase or sale of a security held or to be acquired by the Trust to:

 

  i.) employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud the Trust;

 

3


  ii.) make any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of circumstances under which they are made, not misleading or in any way mislead the Trust regarding a material fact;

 

  iii.) engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Trust; or

 

  iv.) engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Trust.

The restrictions on personal securities transactions contained in this Code are intended to help the Firm monitor for compliance with these prohibitions.

Additionally, the federal securities laws require that an investment adviser maintain a record of every transaction in any Covered Security and Reportable Fund in which an Access Person acquires any direct or indirect beneficial interest or ownership, except any transaction in an account in which the Access Person has no direct or indirect control or influence.

To attempt to ensure that each Person Subject to this Code satisfies this Code and these record keeping obligations, the Firm has developed the following rules relating to personal securities trading, outside employment, personal investments with external investment managers and confidentiality.

The General Counsel, President, and Chief Compliance Officer, acting in concert, have the authority to grant written waivers of the provisions of this Code in appropriate instances. However, the Firm expects that waivers will be granted only in rare instances, and some provisions of the Code that are mandated by the Act or the Advisers Act cannot be waived.

The Firm expects all Access Persons to comply with the spirit of the Code as well as the specific rules contained in the Code. Any violations of the Code must be reported promptly to the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  B. COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS

More generally, Firm personnel and Non-Access Directors are required to comply with applicable federal securities laws at all times. Examples of applicable federal securities laws include:

 

  i.) the Securities Act of 1933, Securities Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and SEC rules thereunder;

 

  ii.) the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and SEC rules thereunder;

 

  iii.) the Investment Company Act of 1940 and SEC rules thereunder;

 

4


  iv.) Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (privacy and security of client non-public information); and

 

  v.) the Bank Secrecy Act, as it applies to mutual funds and investment advisers, and SEC and Department of the Treasury rules thereunder.

 

  C. RESTRICTIONS ON EMPLOYEE TRADING

No trading activity by an Employee in any security in which an Employee has any beneficial interest or ownership which is also the subject of a Client portfolio purchase or sale shall disadvantage or appear to disadvantage such Client transaction. Further, the following specific restrictions apply to all trading activity for Advisory Persons:

 

  i.) Any transaction in a security in anticipation of client orders (“frontrunning”) is prohibited,

 

  ii.) Any transaction in a security which is the subject of approval by one of the Firm’s stock selection groups for addition to an approved list is prohibited until the tenth business day following the dissemination of that recommendation, or any longer period specified in this Code,

 

  iii.) Any transaction in a security which the Advisory Person knows or has reason to believe is being purchased or sold or considered for purchase or sale 3 by any investment company advised by the Firm is prohibited until the transaction by such investment company has been completed or consideration of such transaction has been abandoned, 4

 

  iv.) Any transaction in a security on the same day or within two business days after any Client, including a registered investment company, advised by the Firm has a pending or actual transaction is prohibited. If an Advisory Person places a same day order for such security prior to the Client placing an order, the Employee’s order will be canceled,

 

 

3   A security is “being considered for purchase or sale”; the earlier of, when a recommendation to purchase or sell has been made and communicated or the security is placed on the research project list and, with respect to the person making the recommendation, when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation.
4   Among the clients of the Firm are private investment partnerships (“partnerships”) in which various Employees of the Firm have equity interests. This trading prohibition shall not restrict purchases or sales for the accounts of such partnerships provided that the Trust and such accounts are treated fairly and equitably in connection with such purchases and sales.

 

 

5


  v.) Any transaction involving options 5 , single stock futures, or other derivatives relating to any security on the Firm’s approved and project lists, or which are held by any investment company or other client account advised by the Firm that appears to evade the restrictions of the Code is prohibited, and

 

  vi.) Any acquisition of an equity security in an initial public offering is prohibited.

Additionally, no Employee of the Firm shall knowingly sell to or purchase from the Funds or the Trust any security or other property except, in the case of the Funds, securities issued by the Funds. Neither shall the Firm, HASL nor any Employee share in the profits or losses in any account of a customer carried by the Firm or HASL or any other FINRA member, except to the extent provided for by Rule 205-3 of the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 and/or NASD Rule 2330 and/or FINRA Rule 2150, as applicable.

 

  D. PRIVATE PLACEMENTS AND INVESTMENTS WITH EXTERNAL MONEY MANAGERS.

No Advisory Person or Access Person shall acquire any security or interest in a private placement or commit initial capital to any account for which such person has any beneficial interest (other than non-affiliated mutual funds where the account is held directly at such fund) with an external investment manager without the prior written approval of the Firm’s President and Chief Compliance Officer. For purposes of this Code, “private placement” shall mean any limited offering that is generally not available to the public, including unregistered investment pool vehicles (e.g., hedge funds, commodity pools), Rule 144A securities, limited partnerships, etc.

In deciding whether to grant approval, consideration will be given to whether the investment is consistent with the Firm’s investment philosophy and guidelines and should be offered to Clients, and whether the investment creates an actual conflict or the appearance of a conflict of interest. An Advisory Person who has acquired a security in a private placement must disclose that investment to the Firm’s President and Chief Compliance Officer if such Advisory Person later participates in the consideration of that issuer for inclusion on any list of securities approved for purchase by Firm clients.

 

  E. ADDITIONAL RESTRICTION ON FUND MANAGERS OF INVESTMENT COMPANY ACCOUNTS.

Any Access Person who is a fund manager of any registered investment company that is advised or subadvised by the Firm is prohibited from buying or selling a security for an account in which he or she has a beneficial interest within fifteen calendar days before and after the investment company that he/she manages trades in that security. Any profits realized on trades within the proscribed periods shall be required to be disgorged. 6 Any losses realized on trades within the proscribed periods shall be borne by the fund manager if it was the manager’s actions which caused the violation.

 

5   The only form of equity option trading that is permitted is writing covered calls on equity securities that are not held in clients’ accounts or on the Firm’s approved or project lists. Index option trading is permitted subject to having an approved option agreement on file with Pershing prior to trading.
6   Any profits disgorged shall be taken as gains in Harris’s error account at Pershing.

 

6


  F. CERTAIN ACCOUNTS EXEMPT FROM REQUIREMENTS OF CODE.

Any account (including open-end investment companies and limited partnerships) for which the Firm acts as investment adviser or general partner shall be managed in accordance with the Firm’s trading procedures for a Client account. Any such account shall be exempt from the provisions of Sections C and E of Part II of this Code if: (1) the account has been seeded by affiliated persons of the firm and is being managed in anticipation of investments by persons not affiliated with the Firm; or (2) unaffiliated persons of the Firm are also invested in the account; or (3) the account is operated as a model portfolio in contemplation of management of client accounts in the same or a similar strategy.

 

  G. PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT TRADING RESTRICTIONS AND REPORTING OBLIGATIONS.

 

  1. Trading through Harris’ Trading Desk.

All Advisory Persons who have personal accounts that hold or can hold Covered Securities are required to maintain such accounts at Pershing LLC (“Pershing”), the Firm’s prime broker. All transactions in Covered Securities in which an Advisory Person has any beneficial interest or ownership, or in any accounts in which an Advisory Person has discretion, other than fee paying accounts that are professionally managed on a discretionary basis, must be pre-approved through the Firm’s automated personal trading system.

Transactions at brokers or banks other than Pershing are not permitted except in unusual circumstances and then only after the Advisory Person has: (i) provided a request in writing to his/her Supervisor and the Chief Compliance Officer prior to opening or placing an initial order in an account with such other broker or bank, (ii) obtained the written approval of his/her Supervisor and the Chief Compliance Officer prior to opening or placing an initial order in such account, (iii) provided such other broker or bank with a written notice of the Advisory Person’s affiliation with Harris and request that copies of confirmations and statements be sent to the Firm’s Compliance Department, and provide a report to the Firm that includes the name of the broker or bank with whom the account was established, the date the account was established, and the date the report is submitted. A copy of such written notice and request should also be provided to his/her Supervisor and the Compliance Department.

Reportable Funds in which an Advisory Person has any beneficial interest or ownership may be held in a Pershing account, an approved outside brokerage account, directly with the Fund or through the Firm’s profit sharing and savings plan, and are subject to the reporting requirements described in Section II.G.6 below. Reportable Fund transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan, or in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control, do not need to be reported.

 

7


Even after an Advisory Person has obtained approval to open a non-discretionary account at a bank or broker to execute Covered Securities transactions, the Advisory Person must acquire approval through the automated personal trading system. The Advisory Person must promptly present Compliance with a confirmation reflecting the details of the transaction and clearly indicating that the transaction has been completed. Non-Pershing discretionary account transactions do not need to be presented to Trading for review and approval. Compliance will review these statements upon their receipt.

 

  2. Monitoring of Trades.

Transactions for an account of an Advisory Person that are executed through the Firm’s trading desk are to be monitored by Compliance and reviewed and approved by the Chief Compliance Officer (or such party to whom he or she delegates). These transactions are non-discretionary transactions and may not be executed if they are in conflict with Harris’ discretionary orders.

The Firm’s Compliance Department will access Advisory Person trade information online from Pershing (including the title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number of each Covered Security or Reportable Fund involved, the date of the transaction, the interest rate and maturity rate (if applicable), the number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security or Reportable Fund involved, the nature of the transaction (i.e. buy/sell), the price at which the transaction was effected, the name of the broker or bank through which the transaction was effected, and the date on which the report is submitted).

Transactions at brokers other than Pershing are to be monitored by the Compliance Department. To accomplish this, all Access Persons shall submit to the Compliance Department within thirty days after the month end in which any transaction occurred a report which includes the title and exchange ticker or CUSIP number of the Covered Security or Reportable Fund, the date of the transaction, the interest rate and maturity rate (if applicable), the number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security or Reportable Fund involved, the nature of the transaction (i.e. buy/sell), the price at which the transaction was effected, the name of the broker or bank through which the transaction was effected and the date on which the report is submitted. This requirement may be satisfied by having the broker or bank send the Firm duplicate copies of confirmations and statements, provided that such confirmations and statements contain all of the information otherwise required to be provided in the report. The Compliance Department will maintain copies of all such transaction reports.

 

  3. Cancellation of Trades.

Any transaction for an account of an Access Person is subject to cancellation or reversal if it is determined by either the President or the CCO (or such party to whom he or she delegates) that the transaction is or was in conflict with or appeared to be in conflict with any Client transaction or any of the trading restrictions of this Code. Cancellations or reversals of transactions may be required after an extended period past the settlement date. A trader may also prevent the execution of orders for an Advisory Person’s account if it appears that the trade may have to be canceled or reversed.

 

8


Client transactions include transactions for any investment company managed by the Firm, any other discretionary advisory clients or any other accounts managed or advised by Employees of the Firm for a fee.

The determination that a transaction of an Access Person may conflict with a Client transaction will be subjective and individualized and may include questions about timely and adequate dissemination of information, availability of bids and offers, as well as many other factors deemed pertinent for that transaction or series of transactions. It is possible that a cancellation or reversal of a transaction could be costly to an Access Person or his/her family. Therefore, great care is required to adhere to the Firm’s trading restrictions and avoid conflicts or the appearance of conflicts.

 

  4. Participation in Dividend Reinvestment Plans and Systematic Purchase Plans.

Advisory Persons may purchase Covered Securities through dividend reinvestment plans or systematic purchase plans without processing such transactions through the Firm’s automated personal trading system. Purchases are permitted only after the Advisory Person has: (i) provided notice in writing to his/her Supervisor and the Compliance Department prior to opening an account or placing an initial purchase, and (ii) obtained the written approval of his/her Supervisor and the Compliance Department prior to opening an account or placing an initial purchase. Notice and approval shall not be required in connection with purchase of shares or units of ETFs. Even after the Advisory Person has obtained approval to invest in such a plan, the Advisory Person must provide the Compliance Department with duplicate copies of statements within thirty days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such report or statements must contain all of the information required to be reported with respect to transactions in Covered Securities under II(F)(2) above. The Compliance Department will maintain copies of all such transaction reports.

 

9


  5. Reporting All Other Securities Transactions.

Because the obligations of an investment adviser to maintain records of Employee’s personal securities transactions is broader than the type of transactions discussed above in this Section, all Employees have the following additional reporting obligations. Any transaction in a Covered Security not required to be placed through the Firm’s automated personal trading system in which an Employee has any beneficial interest or ownership (such as, real estate or oil and gas limited partnership interests and other privately placed securities and funds) must be reported to the Compliance Department. This report must be submitted within thirty days after the end of each calendar quarter and include: the title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, price, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security involved, the date and nature of the transaction (i.e. buy/sell), the name of the broker or bank used, if any, interest rate and maturity, if applicable, and the date on which the report is submitted. This report may be in any form, including a copy of a confirmation or monthly statement. However, no report is necessary for any transaction in an account in which the Employee has no control or influence.

 

  6. Initial, Quarterly and Annual Reporting Requirements.

Each Access Person shall initially disclose in writing to the Compliance Department within ten days of becoming an Access Person, and annually thereafter, within forty-five days after each calendar year-end, the title and exchange ticker or CUSIP number, type of security, number of shares and principal amount of all Covered Securities and Reportable Funds beneficially owned by such Access Person, and the date the Access Person submits the report, with information as of a date that is no more than forty-five days from the date of becoming a Access Person, or as of the preceding December 31 for annual reporting, and the name of the broker or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which he or she has beneficial ownership of any security. An Access Person need not make an Initial or Annual Report for Covered Securities held in any account over which the Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control.

Additionally, each Access Person shall submit quarterly transaction reports and responses to quarterly questionnaires no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter.

 

  H. CONFIDENTIALITY & OBLIGATIONS OF EMPLOYEES

During the period of employment with the Firm an Employee will have access to certain “confidential information” concerning the Firm and its clients. This information is a valuable asset and the sole property of the Firm and may not be misappropriated and used outside of the Firm by an Employee or former Employee. “Confidential Information”, defined as all information not publicly available about the business of the Firm, may include, but is not limited to, Client and prospect names and records, research, trading and portfolio information and systems, information concerning externally managed entities or accounts which have been considered or made on behalf of fee paying clients, and the financial records of the Firm and/or its Employees. In order to protect the interests of the Firm, an Employee or ex-Employee shall not, without the express written consent of the Firm’s President, disclose directly or indirectly

 

10


confidential information to anyone outside of the Firm. An Employee should be extremely careful to avoid inadvertent disclosures and to exercise maximum effort to keep confidential information confidential. Any questions concerning the confidentiality of information should be directed to the Chief Compliance Officer or the General Counsel. An abuse of the Firm’s policy of confidentiality could subject an Employee to immediate disciplinary action that may include dismissal from the Firm. Nothing in this Code is intended to prevent an Employee from reporting a violation of applicable laws or regulations to an appropriate regulatory authority.

 

  I. OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT, ASSOCIATIONS AND BUSINESS ACTIVITIES 7

 

  1. Outside Employment and Associations.

Harris requires that all Advisory Persons make their positions with the Firm their primary employment. Except in the case of business entities managed or sponsored by the Firm, it is Harris’s policy not to permit Advisory Persons to hold outside positions of authority, including that of being an officer, partner, director or employee, in another business entity. The approval of Harris, and in some cases the approval of FINRA, is required before any Advisory Person may hold any outside position with any business organization, regardless of whether such position is compensated or not. Any exception to this policy must be approved in writing by the Firm’s President or his or her designee and the Advisory Person’s Supervisor, and a copy of such approval is maintained by the Compliance Department. Any change in the status of such approved position immediately must be reported in writing to the Compliance Department and the Advisory Person’s Supervisor. Any income or compensation received by an Advisory Person for serving in such position must be paid in full to the Firm, unless a waiver is granted by the Firm’s President. Under no circumstance may an Advisory Person represent or suggest that Harris has approved or recommended the business activities of the outside organization or any person associated with it.

Certain types of associations with non-business entities—charitable or volunteer organizations where the Advisory Person does not hold a position of authority (e.g., is not a member of the board or senior management), and the activity is voluntary in nature (e.g., Boy or Girl Scouts leader, Parent/Teacher Association), or involve random and infrequent participation in industry associations or marketing focus groups where an honorarium is paid, and other similarly situated positions are exempted from this section’s restrictions and reporting.

 

7   As used in this section, the terms “business entity” and “business organization” include nonprofits such as charities, foundations, religious and arts organizations, universities, and other similar types of entities.

 

11


  2. Outside Business Activities.

To further avoid actual or potential conflicts of interest and to maintain impartial investment advice, and equally important, the appearance of impartial investment advice, each Advisory Person must disclose in writing to the Compliance Department any special relationships and/or investments or business activities that they or their families have which could influence the investment activities of the Firm. If an Employee has any questions about any activities and the need for disclosure, the Employee should be cautious and direct any questions to the Firm’s General Counsel or Compliance Department.

 

  J. Certification of Compliance by Access Persons.

In addition to new-hire training on the Code, each Access Person will receive annual training over certain aspects of the Code. The Firm shall distribute the Code to each Employee and Non-Access Director upon inception of employment and whenever the Code is amended, but no less frequently than annually. Each Access Person and Non-Access Director is required to certify in writing annually that (i) he or she has read and understands the Code, (ii) recognizes that he or she is subject to the Code, and, in the case of Access Persons, (iii) he or she has disclosed or reported all Personal Securities Transactions required to be disclosed or reported under the Code.

Each Access Person who has not engaged in any personal securities transactions during the preceding year for which a report was required to be filed pursuant to the Code shall include a certification to that effect in his or her annual certification.

 

  K. Annual Report to the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

HALP, as the adviser to the Trust, shall prepare an annual report to the board of trustees of the Trust that:

 

  i.) summarizes existing procedures concerning personal investing and any changes in those procedures during the past year;

 

  ii.) describes issues that arose during the previous year under the Code or procedures concerning personal investing, including but not limited to information about material violations of the Code and sanctions imposed;

 

  iii.) certifies to the board that the Trust, the Trust’s adviser (HALP), and the Trust’s principal distributor (HASLP) have adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent their Investment Personnel and Access Persons from violating the Code; and

 

  iv.) identifies any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon experience under the Code, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.

 

12


III. POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING

 

  A. BACKGROUND

Trading securities while in possession of material, nonpublic information or improperly communicating that information to others may expose you to stringent penalties. Criminal sanctions may include a fine of up to $1,000,000 and/or ten years imprisonment. The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) can recover the profits gained or losses avoided through the violative trading, obtain a penalty of up to three times the illicit windfall and issue an order permanently barring you from the securities industry. Finally, you may be sued by investors seeking to recover damages for insider trading violations.

Regardless of whether a government inquiry occurs, Harris views seriously any violation of this Policy Statement. Such violations constitute grounds for disciplinary sanctions, including dismissal.

The law of insider trading is unsettled; an individual legitimately may be uncertain about the application of the Policy Statement in a particular circumstance. Often, a single question can forestall disciplinary action or complex legal problems. You should direct any questions relating to the Policy Statement to the General Counsel, the Chief Compliance Officer or, in their absence, their respective deputies. You also must notify the General Counsel, the Chief Compliance Officer or, in their absence, their respective deputies immediately if you have any reason to believe that a violation of the Policy Statement has occurred or is about to occur.

 

  B. POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING

No person to whom this Policy Statement applies may trade, either personally or on behalf of others (such as Clients), while in possession of material, nonpublic information; nor may such persons communicate material, nonpublic information to others in violation of the law. This Policy Statement is drafted broadly; it will be applied and interpreted in a similar manner. This Policy Statement applies to securities trading and information handling by all Access Persons (including their spouse or domestic/live-in partner, minor children and adult members of their households).

The section below reviews principles important to this Policy Statement.

 

  1. What is Material Information?

Information is “material” when there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions. Generally, this is information whose disclosure will have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities. No simple “bright line” test exists to determine when information is material; assessments of materiality involve a highly fact-specific inquiry. For this reason, you should direct any questions about whether information is material to the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer, or, in their absence, the President of Harris.

 

13


Material information often relates to a company’s results and operations including, for example, dividend changes, earnings results, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems, and extraordinary management developments.

Material information also may relate to the market for a company’s securities. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell securities may, in some contexts, be deemed material. Similarly, prepublication information regarding reports in the financial press also may be deemed material.

 

  2. What is Nonpublic Information?

Information is “nonpublic” until it has been disseminated broadly to investors in the marketplace. Tangible evidence of such dissemination is the best indication that the information is public. For example, information is public after it has become available to the general public through a public filing with the SEC or some other governmental agency, the Dow Jones “tape” or the WALL STREET JOURNAL or some other publication of general circulation, and after sufficient time has passed so that the information has been disseminated widely.

 

  3. Identifying Inside Information

Before executing any trade for yourself or others, including Clients, you must determine whether you have access to material, nonpublic information. If you think that you might have access to material, nonpublic information, you should take the following steps:

 

  i.) Immediately alert the Trading Department to restrict trading in the security. No reason or explanation should be given to the Trading Department for the restriction.

 

  ii.) Report the information and proposed trade immediately to the General Counsel or the Chief Compliance Officer, or in their absence, the President of Harris.

 

  iii.) Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others, including Clients.

 

  iv.) Do not communicate the information inside or outside Harris other than to the above individuals.

 

14


  v.) After the above individuals have reviewed the issue, the Firm will determine whether the information is material and nonpublic and, if so, what action(s) the Firm should take.

 

  4. Contacts with Public Companies

For Harris, contacts with public companies represent an important part of our research efforts. Harris may make investment decisions on the basis of the Firm’s conclusions formed through such contacts and analysis of publicly-available information. Difficult legal issues arise, however, when, in the course of these contacts, an Access Person becomes aware of material, nonpublic information. This could happen, for example, if a company’s Chief Financial Officer prematurely discloses quarterly results to an analyst or an investor relations representative makes a selective disclosure of adverse news to a handful of investors. In such situations, Harris must make a judgment as to its further conduct. To protect yourself, Clients and the Firm, you should contact the General Counsel the Chief Compliance Officer or, in their absence, the President of the Firm immediately if you believe that you may have received material, nonpublic information.

 

  5. Tender Offers

Tender offers represent a particular concern in the law of insider trading for two reasons. First, tender offer activity often produces extraordinary gyrations in the price of the target company’s securities. Trading during this time period is more likely to attract regulatory attention (and produces a disproportionate percentage of insider trading cases). Second, the SEC has adopted a rule which expressly forbids trading and “tipping” while in possession of material, nonpublic information regarding a tender offer received from the tender offeror, the target company or anyone acting on behalf of either. Employees should exercise particular caution any time they become aware of nonpublic information relating to a tender offer.

 

  C. PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT THE POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING

 

  1. Personal Securities Trading

The restrictions on Employee trading and procedures to implement those restrictions and the Firm’s reporting obligations, which are set forth in Section II above and in the Procedures for Personal Trading by Employees, constitute the same procedures to implement this Policy Statement. Review those procedures carefully and direct any questions about their scope or applicability to the General Counsel or the Compliance Department.

 

  2. Restrictions on Disclosures

Harris Employees shall not disclose any nonpublic information (whether or not it is material) relating to Harris or its securities transactions to any person outside Harris (unless such disclosure has been authorized by Harris). Material, nonpublic information may not be

 

15


communicated to anyone, including persons within Harris, except as provided in Section III(B)(3) above. Such information must be secured. For example, access to files containing material, nonpublic information and computer files containing such information should be restricted, and conversations containing such information, if appropriate at all, should be conducted in private.

 

IV. RETENTION OF RECORDS

The Compliance Department or the Secretary of the Trust will maintain the records listed below for a period of five years. Such records shall be maintained at the Firm’s principal place of business in an easily accessible place:

 

  i.) a list of all persons subject to the Code during that period;

 

  ii.) receipts signed by all persons subject to the Code acknowledging receipt of copies of the Code and acknowledging that they are subject to it;

 

  iii.) a copy of each Code of Ethics that has been in effect at any time during the period;

 

  iv.) a copy of each report filed pursuant to the Code and a record of any known violations and actions taken as a result thereof during the period as well as a record of all persons responsible for reviewing these reports; and

 

  v.) a copy of any decision and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of Limited Offerings.

 

16


ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS AND STATEMENT ON

INSIDER TRADING

Code of Ethics .

Harris Associates L.P. (“HALP”), Harris Associates Securities L.P. (“HASLP”) and Harris Associates Investment Trust (the “Trust”) have adopted a written Code of Ethics and Statement on Insider Trading (the “Code”) and Procedures for Personal Trading by Employees to avoid potential conflicts of interest by HALP and HASLP personnel and to govern the use and handling of material non-public information. A copy of the Code and Procedures for Personal Trading by Employees is attached to this acknowledgement. As a condition of your continued employment with HALP and HASLP, and/or the retention of your position, if any, as an officer of the Trust or a member of the board of HALP’s general partner, you are required to read, understand and abide by the Code and Procedures for Personal Trading by Employees.

Compliance Program .

The Code requires that all personnel (other than Non-Access Directors) furnish to the Compliance Department information regarding any investment account in which you have a “beneficial interest.” You are also required to furnish to the Compliance Department copies of your monthly or quarterly account statements, or other documents, showing all purchases or sales of securities in any such account, or which are effected by you or for your benefit, or the benefit of any member of your household. Additionally, you are required to furnish a report of your personal securities holdings within ten calendar days of commencement of your employment with HALP or HASLP and annually thereafter. These requirements apply to any investment account, such as an account at a brokerage house, trust account at a bank, custodial account or similar types of accounts.

This compliance program also requires that employees report any contact with any securities issuer, government or its personnel, or others, that, in the usual course of business, might involve material non-public financial information. The Code requires that employees bring to the attention of the General Counsel any information they receive from any source, which might be material non-public information.

Any questions concerning the Code or Procedures for Personal Trading by Employees should be directed to the General Counsel or the Compliance Department.

I affirm that I have received new-hire training covering certain key aspects of the Code and Procedures for Personal Trading by Employees from Compliance, and have read and understand the Code and Procedures for Personal Trading by Employees. I agree to the terms and conditions set forth in the Code and Procedures for Personal Trading by Employees.

If I am acting in the capacity as a contractor, consultant, temporary employee or intern to Harris, I acknowledge that all references to “employee” in the Code and Procedures for Personal Trading by Employees shall be construed to mean “agent”. My agreement and affirmation are made in the capacity as an agent, and not as an employee of Harris, and are not intended to impact my status as an independent contractor.

 

Signature    

 

Date

  

 

1


ANNUAL AFFIRMATION OF COMPLIANCE

FOR ACCESS PERSONS AND NON-ACCESS DIRECTORS

I affirm that:

 

1. I have received annual training pertaining to certain aspects of the Code of Ethics and Statement of Insider Trading (the “Code”) and Procedures for Personal Trading by Employees, and have again read and, to the best of my knowledge, have complied with provisions of the Code and Procedures for Personal Trading by Employees that pertain to me during the past year.

 

2. I have provided to the Compliance Department the names and addresses of each investment account that I have with any firm, including, but not limited to, broker-dealers, banks and others. (List of known accounts attached.) (Access Persons only)

 

3. I have provided to the Compliance Department copies of account statements or other reports showing each and every transaction in any security in which I have a beneficial interest, as defined in the Code, during the most recently ended calendar year

or

during the most recent calendar year there were no transactions in any security in which I had a beneficial interest required to be reported pursuant to the Code. (Access Persons only)

 

4. I have provided to the Compliance Department a report of my personal securities holdings as of the end of the most recent calendar year, including all required information for each security in which I have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership. (Access Persons only)

 

5. With respect to the activities conducted at Harris, I am unaware of any violations of applicable laws or regulations that have not otherwise been reported to the Chief Compliance Officer or an appropriate regulatory authority.

 

6. If I am acting in the capacity as a contractor, consultant, temporary employee or intern at Harris, I acknowledge that any reference to “employee” in the Code shall be construed to mean “agent”. My agreement and affirmation made herein are made in the capacity as an agent, and not as an employee of Harris, and are not intended to impact my independent contractor status.

 

Signature    

 

Date

  

 

1


APPENDIX A

Examples of Beneficial Interest

For purposes of the Code, you will be deemed to have a beneficial interest in a security if you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security. Examples of beneficial ownership under this definition include:

 

    securities you own, no matter how they are registered, and including securities held for you by others (for example, by a custodian or broker, or by a relative, executor or administrator) or that you have pledged to another (as security for a loan, for example);

 

    securities held by a trust of which you are a beneficiary (except that, if your interest is a remainder interest and you do not have or participate in investment control of trust assets, you will not be deemed to have a beneficial interest in securities held by the trust);

 

    securities held by you as trustee or co-trustee, where either you or any member of your immediate family ( i.e. , spouse, domestic/live-in partner, children or descendants, stepchildren, parents and their ancestors, and stepparents, in each case treating a legal adoption as blood relationship) has a beneficial interest (using these rules) in the trust.

 

    securities held by a trust of which you are the settlor, if you have the power to revoke the trust without obtaining the consent of all the beneficiaries and have or participate in investment control;

 

    securities held by any partnership in which you are a general partner, to the extent of your interest in partnership capital or profits;

 

    securities held by a personal holding company controlled by you alone or jointly with others;

 

    securities held by (i) your spouse or domestic/live-in partner, unless legally separated, or you and your spouse or domestic/live-in partner jointly, or (ii) your minor children or any immediate family member of you or your spouse or domestic/live-in partner (including an adult relative), directly or through a trust, who is sharing your home, even if the securities were not received from you and the income from the securities is not actually used for the maintenance of your household; or

 

    securities you have the right to acquire (for example, through the exercise of a derivative security), even if the right is not presently exercisable, or securities as to which, through any other type of arrangement, you obtain benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership.

 

1


APPENDIX A

You will not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities in the following situations:

 

    securities held by a limited partnership in which you do not have a controlling interest and do not have or share investment control over the partnership’s portfolio; and

 

    securities held by a foundation of which you are a trustee and donor, provided that the beneficiaries are exclusively charitable and you have no right to revoke the gift.

These examples are not exclusive. There are other circumstances in which you may be deemed to have a beneficial interest in a security. Any questions about whether you have a beneficial interest should be directed to the General Counsel or Compliance Department.

 

2

CODE OF ETHICS

M ONDRIAN I NVESTMENT P ARTNERS

Code of Ethics

 

LOGO

E FFECTIVE : F EBRUARY 2016


CODE OF ETHICS

 

 

2


CODE OF ETHICS

 

C ONTENTS

 

I NTRODUCTION

     4   

1. P ROHIBITED A CTIVITIES

     5   

2. G IFTS AND E NTERTAINMENT ; C HARITABLE AND P OLITICAL G IVING ; P LACEMENT A GENTS ; B RIBERY

     8   

3. P ERSONAL C ONFLICTS OF I NTEREST

     11   

4. R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS

     12   

5. A DMINISTRATIVE P ROCEDURES

     13   

6. G ENERAL G UIDANCE

     14   

7. I NSIDER T RADING P OLICIES AND P ROCEDURES

     15   

A PPENDIX A – C ODE OF E THICS S UMMARY T ABLE

     16   

A PPENDIX B – R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS T ABLE

     18   

A PPENDIX C – D EFINITIONS

     19   

A PPENDIX D – E XEMPTIONS TO C ODE R ULES

     22   

 

Date   

Version

September 27, 2004    Initial Code of Ethics
February 01, 2005    First Amendments to Code of Ethics
September 01, 2005    Second Amendment to Code of Ethics
January 01, 2007    Third Amendment to Code of Ethics
January 31, 2012    Fourth Amendment to Code of Ethics
February 1, 2016    Fifth Amendment to Code of Ethics

 

3


CODE OF ETHICS

 

I NTRODUCTION

This Code of Ethics (“Code”) covers all employees of Mondrian Investment Partners Limited and Mondrian Investment Partners (U.S.), Inc. (collectively “Mondrian”). The Code includes standards of business conduct that are expected of Mondrian employees, and that reflect Mondrian’s fiduciary duties. The Code requires compliance with applicable U.K. regulations and U.S. federal securities laws, and incorporates procedures to implement such compliance. The responsibility for maintenance and enforcement of the Code lies substantially with the Chief Compliance Officer.

It is the duty of all Mondrian employees, officers and directors to conduct themselves with integrity, and at all times to place the interests of clients first. All personal securities transactions will be conducted consistent with, and in the spirit of, the Code of Ethics and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an individual’s position of trust and responsibility. The fundamental standard of this Code is that personnel should not take any inappropriate advantage of their positions.

Mondrian is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) in the U.K. and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in the U.S. This Code is designed to adhere to the standards of ethical conduct set by both regulators. Furthermore, Rule 17j-1 under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940 and Rule 204A-1 of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Rules”) make it unlawful for certain persons, including any employee, officer or director of an investment adviser, in connection with the purchase or sale by such person of a security held or to be acquired by a client account:

 

  (i) To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud;

 

  (ii) To make any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading;

 

  (iii) To engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit; or

 

  (iv) To engage in any manipulative practice.

The Rules also require investment adviser firms to adopt a written code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to prevent certain persons from engaging in acts in violation of the above standard. Investment adviser firms should also use reasonable diligence and institute procedures reasonably necessary to prevent violations of that code.

Employees must report any violations of the Code promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

4


CODE OF ETHICS

 

1. P ROHIBITED A CTIVITIES

 

I. The following restrictions apply to all Employees. A summary of these requirements is available at Appendix A.

 

  (a) No Employee shall engage in any act, practice or course of conduct, which would violate the provisions of the Rules set forth below.

 

  (b) General Requirement and Exceptions:

No Employee shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Security (please ensure you check the complete definition of Security in Appendix C) which to his/her knowledge is being actively considered for purchase or sale by Mondrian; except that this prohibition shall not apply to:

 

  (i) transactions that have been pre-cleared in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 1- I (f) below;

 

  (ii) purchases or sales that are non-voluntary on the part of either the person or the account;

 

  (iii) purchases which result from a scrip dividend or are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan;

 

  (iv) purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired;

 

  (v) other purchases and sales specifically approved by the Chief Executive Officer, with the advice of the General Counsel and/or the Chief Compliance Officer, and deemed appropriate because of unusual or unforeseen circumstances. A list of any securities excepted will be maintained by the Compliance & Risk Team; and

 

  (vi) purchases or sales made by a third party in a Managed Account, provided that such purchases or sales do not reflect a pattern of conflict.

 

  (vii) sales which result from a compulsory company tender offer. Voluntary decisions require pre-disclosure to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  (viii) purchases or sales in respect of transfers between brokerage accounts, providing it represents a like-for-like amount for example in the case of transferring stocks to a new ISA provider.

 

  (c) 3-Day Rule:

No Employee may execute a buy or sell order for an account in which he or she has beneficial ownership or control until the third trading day following the execution of a Mondrian buy or sell order in that same Security.

 

  (d) Monthly Trading Limits:

No more than twenty (20) Security transactions are permitted per calendar month. This limit is applicable in aggregate to all Security transactions in which the covered person has a beneficial interest.

 

  (e) Disgorgement:

Despite any fault or impropriety, any Employee who executes a buy or sell for an account in which he/ she has beneficial ownership or control either (i) before the third trading day following the execution of a Mondrian order in the same security, or (ii) where deemed necessary, when there are pending orders for a Mondrian transaction as reflected on the open order blotter, shall forfeit any profits made (in the event of purchases) or loss avoided (in the event of sales), whether realised or unrealised, in the period from the date of the personal transaction to the end of the proscribed trading period. Payment of the amount forfeited shall be made by cheque or in cash to a charity of Mondrian’s choice and the payment will be overseen by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

5


CODE OF ETHICS

 

  (f) Preclearance Requirement:

Except for Managed Accounts meeting the provisions of Section 1- I (b)(6) above, each Employee’s personal transactions or transactions for an account in which he/she has beneficial ownership or control must be pre-cleared using the PTA Connect system. The request for preclearance must be submitted prior to entering any orders for personal transactions. Preclearance is generally only valid for 24 hours after the request is authorised and if the order is not executed within the 24 hour period, the preclearance request must be resubmitted. In certain circumstances, where the timing of the trade execution is outside of the control of the Employee, the Chief Compliance Officer may allow an extension to this period. Regardless of preclearance, all transactions remain subject to the provisions of (b), (c), (d) and (e) above.

 

  (g) 60-Day Rule:

Short term trading in Securities resulting in a profit is prohibited. All opening positions must be held for a period of 60 days, in the aggregate, before they can be closed at a profit (see Appendix D for certain exemptions). Any short term trading profits are subject to the disgorgement procedures outlined in (e) above and at the maximum level of profit obtained. The closing of positions at a loss within 60 days is not prohibited.

 

  (h) Initial Public Offerings:

Employees are prohibited from purchasing any initial public offering without the PRIOR written consent of the Chief Compliance Officer. A separate approval process needs to be followed: email request should be made to the Chief Compliance Officer (i.e. not via the PTA Connect system).

 

  (i) Private Placements:

No Employee shall purchase any private placement without express PRIOR written consent by the Chief Compliance Officer. A separate approval process needs to be followed: email request should be made to the Chief Compliance Officer (i.e. not via the PTA Connect system). All private placement holdings are subject to disclosure to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  (j) Brokerage/Trading Account Losses:

No Employee shall operate a brokerage or other trading account(s) with an individual or combined net loss in any Derivative position of more than £25,000 ($40,000). Brokerage or other trading accounts with an individual or combined net loss of more that £20,000 ($30,000) should be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer immediately. In relation to positions covered by assets held separately (i.e. not in the brokerage account which has a net loss position), the Chief Compliance Officer may permit an exemption from this requirement.

 

  (k) Online Chat Rooms:

No Employee shall participate in online discussions related to Securities (e.g. internet discussion boards or chat rooms) by posting or encouraging others to post. This prohibition includes all Securities whether or not held by Mondrian clients. Employees are not prohibited from passively reading such online discussions.

 

  (l) Outside Interests:

Employees require PRIOR written approval from the Chief Compliance Officer before they may serve on the board of directors, board of trustees or similar governing or oversight body of any company (public or private), charity, endowment, foundation or similar organisation.

 

6


CODE OF ETHICS

 

II. The following additional restrictions apply to all Investment Professionals.

 

  (a) Private Placements and Other Unlisted Securities:

Investment Professionals that hold unlisted Securities (normally obtained through a private placement) must receive permission from the Chief Compliance Officer prior to any participation by such person in Mondrian’s consideration of an investment in the same issuer, or any issuer of underlying investments e.g. holdings within a venture capital fund.

 

  (b) 7-Day Blackout Period:

No Named Portfolio Manager of a U.S. Registered Investment Company (“RIC”) may execute a buy or sell order for an account for which he/she has beneficial ownership within seven calendar days before or after that RIC account, trades in that Security.

 

  (c) Disgorgement:

Despite any fault or impropriety, any Investment Professional who executes a personal transaction within seven calendar days before or after a RIC account, for which they are a Named Portfolio Manager, trades in that Security, shall forfeit any profits made (in the event of purchases) or loss avoided (in the event of sales), whether realised or unrealised, in the period from the date of the personal transaction to the end of the prescribed trading period. Payment of the amount forfeited shall be made by cheque or in cash to a charity of Mondrian’s choice and the payment will be overseen by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

7


CODE OF ETHICS

 

2. G IFTS AND E NTERTAINMENT ; C HARITABLE AND P OLITICAL G IVING ; P LACEMENT A GENTS ; B RIBERY

 

I. The following restrictions apply to all Employees.

 

  (a) Gift and Entertainment Receipt:

 

  (i) Employees should not retain Gifts or accept offers of Entertainment valued at over £10 ($15) without obtaining the PRIOR consent of the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  (ii) Where it is not practical to obtain consent (e.g. a client presents a portfolio manager with a Gift during a meeting) it must be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer as soon as possible after receipt. The Chief Compliance Officer will determine if the recipient can retain the Gift. Items of material value will typically be surrendered to the Chief Compliance Officer and they will be included in a Christmas Charity raffle.

 

  (iii) Invitations to attend events (e.g. a broker Christmas party or a sports event) cannot be accepted without obtaining the PRIOR consent of the Chief Compliance Officer. Any applications for approval must be in writing and include a justification for attending the event and a valuation of the Entertainment event provided by the person offering the invite (please use the form on the Compliance & Risk page of the intranet)

 

  (iv) Please see additional guidance in Section 6 below and the guidance notes in the Compliance & Risk page of the intranet for further details.

 

  (b) Gift and Entertainment Giving:

 

  (i) All Gifts and Entertainment to clients, consultants or other business related contacts must be reported (regardless of whether the Employee seeks reimbursement from Mondrian) using the relevant expense reimbursement forms/system.

 

  (ii) Employees may not give Gifts or Entertainment valued in excess of £200 ($300) to clients, consultants or other business related contacts without the prior consent of the Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Executive Officer (where practical).

 

  (iii) Mondrian may from time to time impose limits on the value of gifts or entertainment that individuals can give and that Mondrian Employees, in total, can give to a particular party over a set period of time. These will be separately notified to Employees as and when necessary.

 

  (c) Charitable Giving:

Employees are prohibited from using their personal charitable giving to influence decision makers in a way that could reasonably be seen to benefit Mondrian directly or indirectly (e.g. a Client Services Officer making a large donation to a charity supported by a consultant who may be influential in Mondrian’s appointment or retention by a client would not be permitted). Note that the restrictions with respect to political giving supersede the restrictions with respect to charitable giving (e.g. a nominal gift to a charity at the suggestion of a person running for state political office in the United States would not be permitted). This prohibition also applies to Employees’ spouse or life partner and immediate family members.

 

8


CODE OF ETHICS

 

  (d) Political Giving:

Employees are prohibited from using their personal political giving to influence decision makers in a way that could reasonably be seen to benefit Mondrian directly or indirectly (e.g. a Client Services Officer making a political contribution to a candidate for state elected office who may be influential in Mondrian’s appointment or retention by a client would not be permitted). Laws have been implemented at the U.S. federal, state and local level, which are not always consistent and a violation can result in termination of Mondrian by the client. For example, some jurisdictions have restrictions on the amount that a business may contribute and still be eligible to be a vendor to that jurisdiction. Since donations from Employees can be attributable to Mondrian’s limit, it is important that there be transparency in personal political giving. In addition, a contribution to the campaign of a person that holds state level office but is running for federal level office may violate a state prohibition on contributions.

Specifically, unless approved in advance by the Chief Compliance Officer, Employees are prohibited from making any contribution to any political campaign or political organisation, in the United States, except as set out below. This prohibition also applies to Employees’ spouse or life partner and immediate family members. Contributions include both directly or indirectly, including for example cash, volunteering, in-kind contribution, soliciting, providing a loan, serving as an intermediary, aggregating contributions or contributing to a political action committee. Covered political campaigns include for example, governor, controller, treasurer and trustee of a pension fund.

If approved in advance by the Chief Compliance Officer, Employees are generally permitted to make contributions to a political campaign for an elected office that the Employees may vote for and with respect to United States national or federal level political activities (i.e. House of Representatives, Senate, President, Democratic National Committee and Republican National Committee)

Information regarding personal political giving will be kept confidential by Mondrian and only revealed when required by applicable law, rule or policy.

 

  (e) Placement Agents and Pay-to-Play:

Unless approved in advance by the Chief Compliance Officer, Employees are prohibited from, or causing Mondrian to, directly or indirectly, engage hire, retain, pay, engage or otherwise compensate any third party to act as a placement agent, solicitor, finder, marketer, consultant or broker or other intermediary for the purpose, explicitly or implicitly, of selling or facilitating the sale of any Mondrian service (such as investment advisory services) or security (such as an interest in a Mondrian limited partnership). This prohibition also applies to Employees’ spouse or life partner and immediate family members.

 

  (f) U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 1977:

The U.K. Bribery Act 2010 defines four criminal offences for which penalties include imprisonment and fines:

 

  (i) offering or paying a bribe;

 

  (ii) requesting or receiving a bribe;

 

  (iii) bribing a foreign public official;

 

  (iv) a corporate offence of failing to prevent bribery being undertaken on the corporation’s behalf.

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq. (“FCPA”), was enacted for the purpose of making it unlawful for certain classes of persons and entities to make payments to foreign government officials to assist in obtaining or retaining business. Since 1977, the anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA have applied to all U.S. persons and certain foreign issuers of securities. With the enactment of certain amendments in 1998, the anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA now also apply to foreign firms and persons who cause, directly or through agents, an act in furtherance of such a corrupt payment to take place within the territory of the United States.

 

9


CODE OF ETHICS

 

  (f) U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 1977 (continued):

For clarification, Mondrian prohibits all forms of bribery, regardless of whether of a “foreign public official” or any other individual or organisation.

Any suspicions of bribery being undertaken or received should always be reported immediately to the Chief Compliance Officer. Any failure to comply with this requirement may constitute a serious disciplinary offence and could result in dismissal.

For further details refer to Mondrian’s Anti-Bribery Policy.

 

10


CODE OF ETHICS

 

3. P ERSONAL C ONFLICTS OF I NTEREST

The following restrictions apply to all Employees.

Employees are required to disclose to the Chief Compliance Officer if, to their knowledge, they or their family members (including spouse or life partner and immediate family members) currently or previously have been associated with any client, prospective client, vendor, prospective vendor, trading partner, governmental agency, regulator or other party which may create the appearance of a conflict of interest. Examples where disclosure would be required include:

 

    Employee’s spouse holds elective office

 

    Employee’s brother is a lobbyist

 

    Employee’s adult child is a broker

 

    Employee’s sister is employed by a client

 

    Employee was previously employed by a governmental body

 

11


CODE OF ETHICS

 

4. R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS

 

I. The following reports are required to be made by all Employees:

 

  (a) All personal holdings must be loaded onto PTA Connect no later than 10 days following commencement of employment. A member of the Compliance & Risk Team will provide instructions on system usage.

 

  (b) Disclose brokerage or other trading relationships at employment and at the time of opening any new account. All brokerage accounts should be set-up on PTA Connect by the Employee.

 

  (c) Direct their brokers to supply to the Chief Compliance Officer (or the Philadelphia office Legal team), on a timely basis, duplicate copies of all confirmations and statements for all brokerage or other trading accounts and Managed Accounts (please see below). In the case of a brokerage relationship where a margin account is available (NB: this includes a spread betting account), the broker must supply the Chief Compliance Officer with a monthly statement.

 

  (d) On request, each quarter, no later than the tenth day after the end of the calendar quarter, complete a Personal Security Transaction declaration using PTA Connect.

 

  (e) On request, at year end, provide Annual Holdings reports containing information regarding all personal Securities holdings. This report must be current as of a date no more than 30 days before the report is submitted. The report should be submitted using PTA Connect.

 

  (f) Quarterly Gift and Entertainment, Charitable, Political and Other Giving; Placement Agent and Bribery certifications must be submitted by the end of the month following each calendar quarter end. Certifications are to be submitted using PTA Connect.

For items (d) to (f), reminders will be issued when these are due.

 

  (g) Immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer upon obtaining a 1% interest in a company which Mondrian holds for clients.

 

II. Special Requirements for Managed Accounts:

Managed Accounts require pre-approval through the Chief Compliance Officer prior to starting up the account. The Chief Compliance Officer will consider the following facts and circumstances of the account when approving or denying such requests:

 

    the functions and duties of the Employee;

 

    the trustee or third party manager’s relationship to the Employee (i.e., independent and professional versus friend or relative);

 

    the Employee’s influence or control over the trusts or accounts.

The ongoing reporting requirements for Managed Accounts will be agreed with the Chief Compliance Officer when approval is granted and they will depend on the relative risks associated with the factors listed above e.g. the frequency of the provision of statements and whether or not individual trade confirmations are required.

Trading in Managed Accounts is exempt from preclearance requirements where trades are initiated by the third party manager.

On a sample basis, Compliance will review holdings and transactions of Managed Accounts to identify any activity that may have been prohibited by Mondrian’s Code of Ethics

 

12


CODE OF ETHICS

 

5. A DMINISTRATIVE P ROCEDURES

 

I. The following administrative procedures shall apply.

 

  (a) The Compliance & Risk Team will identify all Employees and will notify them of this classification and their obligations under this Code. The Compliance & Risk Team will also maintain procedures regarding the review of all reports required to be made under the Rules.

 

  (b) The Compliance & Risk Team shall keep records of Employees’ holdings and transaction reports, the names of all Employees for the past five years, and records of decisions approving Employees’ acquisitions of IPO’s and private placements. The Compliance & Risk Team shall maintain copies of the Code of Ethics, records of Code violations and action taken as a result of Code violations, and copies of Employees’ acknowledgements of receipt of the Code. Such records shall be kept by the Compliance & Risk Team for five years in an easily accessible place and for the first two years in Mondrian’s office premises.

 

  (c) The Compliance & Risk Team shall perform periodic reviews of notifications and reports required to be made under the Rules, as part of its annual Compliance Monitoring Programme.

 

  (d) The Compliance & Risk Team shall report to the Chief Compliance Officer any apparent violations of the prohibitions or reporting requirements contained in this Code of Ethics. The Chief Compliance Officer will review the reports made and determine whether or not the Code of Ethics has been violated and shall determine what sanctions, if any, should be imposed in addition to any that may already have been imposed. Breaches of this Code of Ethics are considered to be a serious matter and can lead to disciplinary action, up to and including, dismissal.

 

  (e) Failure to pre-clear a Gift or Entertainment event may result in the recipient being required to refund the provider the full value of the Gift or Entertainment. This is very likely if the Gift or Entertainment would not have been approved if preclearance had been sought.

 

  (f) On a quarterly basis, a summary report of material violations of the Code and the sanctions imposed will be made to the Compliance & Risk Committee (a committee of the Board of Directors of Mondrian Investment Partners Limited). In reviewing this report, the Compliance & Risk Committee will consider if the appropriate sanctions were imposed. When the Compliance & Risk Team finds that a transaction otherwise reportable above could not reasonably be found to have resulted in a fraud, deceit or manipulative practice in violation of the Rules, it may, in its discretion, lodge a written memorandum of such finding in lieu of reporting the transaction.

 

13


CODE OF ETHICS

 

6. G ENERAL G UIDANCE

The following general guidance shall apply.

The value of Gifts and Entertainment should be determined using the following guidelines:

 

    The full value of any entertainment package should be disclosed i.e. if an event includes food and beverages, they must be taken into account. Often the package will be provided by a corporate hospitality provider and there will be a total cost price available from the provider.

 

    Where the value of a Gift or Entertainment is not easily determined, the provider of the Gift or Entertainment will be asked to confirm the cost in writing.

 

    If no independent value is available, a best estimate which errs on the high side should be given. The market value of a gift should be taken into account in making that determination.

 

    The value of any gift received by or given to a spouse or other guest must also be reported (for example if a broker provides an entertainment package and the Mondrian Employee brings their spouse, the value provided to the spouse must also be reported).

Stop-loss arrangements may be put in place to limit exposure to loss in fast moving markets provided that:

 

    details of the stop-loss limit are noted in the comments section of the PTA Connect preclearance request

 

    the stop-loss limit is not adjusted during the life of the derivative position without a new preclearance being sought and approved

Auto-roll of arrangements may be put in place provided that:

 

    details of the auto-roll are noted in the comments section of the PTA Connect preclearance request

 

    the decision to roll the contract is not altered during the life of the derivative position without a new preclearance being sought and approved

 

14


CODE OF ETHICS

 

7. I NSIDER T RADING P OLICIES AND P ROCEDURES

Details of Mondrian’s Insider Trading and Rumours Policies and Procedures can be found in Mondrian’s Market Abuse Policy.

 

15


CODE OF ETHICS

 

A PPENDIX A – C ODE OF E THICS S UMMARY T ABLE

 

Activity

  

Investment
Professionals*

  

Access
Persons*

A.    Blackout Periods   
   1.    Generally trading is prohibited until the third trading day following the execution of a Mondrian trade in that same Security. (see Appendix D for certain exemptions)    x    x
   2.    Trading by the named Portfolio Manager of a U.S. Registered Investment Company (“RIC”) is prohibited for seven calendar days before or after the execution of a trade in that same Security for that RIC.    x   
B.    Preclearance   
   1.    All transactions in Securities, including IPO’s and private placements, must be pre-cleared (see Appendix D for certain exemptions). Preclearance requests should be submitted using PTA Connect. Employees will be notified of approved or denied transactions via email directly from the PTA Connect system. Preclearance is generally only valid for twenty-four hours. Preclearance requests for participation in IPO’s or private placements should be made to the Chief Compliance Officer by e-mail (i.e. they are not handled through the PTA Connect preclearance process).    x    x
C.    Transaction – Monthly Limit   
   1.    No more than twenty (20) Security transactions are permitted per calendar month. This limit is applicable in aggregate to all Security transactions in which the covered person has a beneficial interest.    x    x
D.    Initial Public Offering   
   1.    Purchasing any initial public offering without PRIOR written consent from the Chief Compliance Officer is prohibited.    x    x
E.    Private Placement and Unlisted Securities   
   1.    Purchasing any private placement without PRIOR written consent from the Chief Compliance Officer is prohibited.    x    x
   2.    Investment Professionals that hold unlisted Securities (normally obtained through a private placement) must receive permission from the Chief Compliance Officer prior to their participation in Mondrian’s consideration of an investment in the same issuer, or any issuer of underlying investments e.g. holdings within a venture capital fund.    x   

 

* Applies not only to the Employee but, but also to Connected Persons. Refer to the Appendix C—Definitions for more details. Also note the ‘Control’ definition that covers when Employees, e.g. act in an advisory capacity.

 

16


CODE OF ETHICS

 

Activity

  

Investment
Professionals*

  

Access
Persons*

F.    Ban on Short-Term Trading Profits   
   1.    All positions must be held for a period of 60 days, in aggregate, before they can be closed at a profit. Any short-term trading profits are subject to disgorgement procedures (see Appendix D for certain exemptions).    x    x
G.    Gifts and Entertainment; Charitable and Political Giving; Placement Agents; Bribery
   1.    Receipt of gifts and entertainment valued over £10 ($15) should be precleared or where this is not possible, reported to the CCO as soon as practicable after receipt and a determination will be made as to whether the gift can be retained.    x    x
   2.    All gifts and entertainment provided, regardless of value must be disclosed. Pre-approval, where practical, is required from the CCO for the giving of all gifts and entertainment in excess of £200 ($300) in value. Where not practical, post-approval should be sought from the CCO as soon as possible.    x    x
   3.    Employees are prohibited from using their personal charitable giving to influence decision makers in a way that could reasonably be seen to benefit Mondrian directly or indirectly.    x    x
   4.    Unless approved in advance by the Chief Compliance Officer, Employees are prohibited from making any contribution to any political campaign or political organisation, in the United States.    x    x
   5.    Unless approved in advance by the Chief Compliance Officer, Employees are prohibited from making any payment to any placement agent.    x    x
   6.    Employees are prohibited from offering or paying a bribe, requesting a bribe, or bribing a foreign public official.    x    x
H.    Service as a Director   
   1.    Employees must receive PRIOR written approval from the Chief Compliance Officer before they may serve on the board of directors, board of trustees or similar governing or oversight body of any company (public or private), charity, endowment, foundation or similar organisation.    x    x
I.    Significant Ownership   
   1.    Employees must inform the Chief Compliance Officer before they own 5% or more of the outstanding shares either directly or beneficially of any non-Mondrian group entities (whether public or private).    x    x

 

* Applies not only to the Employee but, but also to Connected Persons. Refer to the Appendix C—Definitions for more details. Also note the ‘Control’ definition that covers when Employees, e.g. act in an advisory capacity.

 

17


CODE OF ETHICS

 

A PPENDIX B – R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS T ABLE

 

Reporting Requirements

  

Investment
Professionals*

  

Access
Persons*

A.    Disclosure of all Personal Holdings
   1.    All personal holdings must be loaded onto PTA Connect within 10 days of employment and reported annually thereafter.    x    x
      A member of the Compliance & Risk Team will initiate the process by creating an account on the system and providing training. Reminders for submission of annual holdings reports will be sent to all Employees.      
B.    Records of Securities Transactions
   1.    Employees must direct their broker(s) to forward confirmations of personal transactions and monthly account statements to the Chief Compliance Officer.    x    x
   2.    Employees are required to complete a Personal Securities Transaction declaration within 10 days of each quarter end using PTA Connect. Reminders for submission of these declarations will be sent to all Employees.    x    x
C.    Periodic Certification of Compliance with Code of Ethics & Market Abuse Policy
   1.    Employees must certify that they have read and understand the Code of Ethics and the Market Abuse Policy, and have complied with all requirements of the Code and Policy. The certification will be completed on PTA Connect.    x    x
      The frequency of these certifications will be determined by the Compliance & Risk Team.      
D.    Quarterly Gifts, Entertainment, Charitable and Political Giving; Placement Agents and Bribery Certification
   1.    Employees must certify that they have:    x    x
     

•     reported all relevant gifts, entertainment and hospitality

     
     

•     not used personal charitable giving to influence a decision in a way that could reasonably be seen to benefit Mondrian, directly or indirectly

     
     

•     not made any contribution to any political campaign or political organisation in the United States

     
     

•     not made any payment to any placement agent

     
     

•     not offered or paid a bribe (in any jurisdiction), requested or received a bribe (in any jurisdiction), or bribed a foreign public official.

     
E.    Violations
   1.    Employees must report any violations of the Code promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer.    x    x

 

* Applies not only to the Employee but, but also to Connected Persons. Refer to the Appendix C—Definitions for more details. Also note the ‘Control’ definition that covers when Employees, e.g. act in an advisory capacity.

 

18


CODE OF ETHICS

 

A PPENDIX C - D EFINITIONS

“Access Person”

means any Mondrian Employee who has access to non-public information regarding clients’ securities transactions or who has access to non-public information regarding a client’s portfolio holdings. This definition includes all Employees who are not Investment Professionals e.g. client services and administrative staff. Those persons deemed to be Access Persons will be notified of this designation.

“Beneficial ownership”

is as defined in Section 16 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder. Generally speaking, a person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in a Security, is a “beneficial owner” of the Security. For example, a person is normally regarded as the beneficial owner of Securities held by members of his or her immediate family sharing the same household. Additionally, ownership of a Derivative constitutes beneficial ownership of the underlying Security itself.

“Broker”

means any entity with which an Employee can establish a trading arrangement to facilitate the execution of a Security transaction including banks, dealers, internet trading facilities and spread betting service providers.

“Chief Compliance Officer”

means the person named as Chief Compliance Officer of Mondrian Investment Partners Limited or his/her alternate.

“Connected Persons”

means a person is connected if they are a member of the Employee’s family (spouse, civil partner, any person with whom the Employee lives as a partner in an enduring family relationship, a child or stepchild of the Employee, a child or step-child of an Employee’s partner (if living with the Employee and under the age of 18), or the Employee’s parents). See also the definition of Control below.

“Control”

means investment discretion in whole or in part of an account regardless of beneficial ownership, such as an account for which a person has power of attorney or authority to effect transactions.

“De minimis transaction”

means a transaction in an investment that is too small from a Conflict of Interest perspective to materially impact Mondrian Clients. A de minimis transaction is one where the trade has a nominal value of less than £1000/$1500 (NB: this does not cover derivative exposure)

“Derivative”

includes futures, options, contracts for differences, spread betting or any other device that provides exposure to profits or losses from any financial instrument or index (NB: this is intended to cover a wide range of financial exposures e.g. it includes interest rates and currencies).

“DRIP”

means an automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan

“Employee”

Means both Investment Professionals and Access Persons (see relevant definitions) and includes temporary staff, whether employed by Mondrian directly, or through an agency, and consultants, as well as permanent members of staff.

 

19


CODE OF ETHICS

 

“Entertainment”

Means attendance at an event (widely defined) given to/by a Mondrian Employee (whether or not including spouse or other guest) by/to a business related contact (whether or not including spouse or other guest) where the host would attend the event with the guest(s). Examples might include:

Meals or other forms of food & drink provided by a business contact (see definition of Meals below)

After a conference the host may invite a Mondrian Employee to attend a sports even or show

Mondrian client services staff entertain a group of client representatives and their spouses to an evening meal and the theatre

“Exchange Traded Fund (“ETF”)”

means a security that tracks an index, a commodity or a basket of assets like an index fund, but trades like a stock on an exchange. ETF’s are considered to be a Security for the purposes of this Code.

“G7”

is a group of seven industrialised nations. The group includes Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, United Kingdom, and United States of America.

“Gift”

means an item of value given to/by a Mondrian Employee (whether or not including spouse or other guest) by/to a business related contact (whether or not including spouse or other guest). Examples might include:

 

    A company that Mondrian is researching gives a product sample to an Investment Professional for their personal use which they keep

 

    A broker gives a Trader a case of wine at Christmas

 

    A Mondrian Client Services Officer gives a client Trustee or a consultant tickets to a sporting event

“High Quality Short-Term Debt Instruments”

means any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by an internationally recognised statistical rating organisation.

“Investment Professional”

means any Employee who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in, the making of investment decisions affecting a client. Investment Professional includes portfolio managers, research analysts and anyone that assists them directly in the execution of their duties e.g. implementation staff and assistant portfolio managers. Secretarial support staff working within the investment teams are not included in this definition.

“Managed Accounts”

means an account that is professionally managed by a third party on a discretionary basis. For clarification purposes, this is intended to cover accounts where the Beneficial Owner’s investment decisions in Securities caught by the Code has been delegated to that third party. For the avoidance of doubt, this does not cover investment in UK unit trusts, US mutual funds, OEICs, or ICVCs, unless such instruments are advised or sub-advised by Mondrian.

“Meals”

means:

 

    evening restaurant meals offered by brokers and other service providers

 

    Invitations of hospitality at the homes of brokers and other service providers

“Mondrian”

means Mondrian Investment Partners Limited and Mondrian Investment Partners (U.S.), Inc.

 

20


CODE OF ETHICS

 

“Named Portfolio Manager”

means the Portfolio Manager(s) named in the RIC Portfolio Managers document maintained on the Compliance & Risk page of the intranet.

“Physical Commodity”

means the actual commodity that is delivered to a futures contract buyer when the expiration of the commodity contract occurs. Metals such as copper, gold, and silver and agricultural products such as cattle, wheat, and soybeans are examples of physical commodities.

“PTA Connect”

means the web-based system used by Mondrian to manage the approval, reporting and record keeping processes associated with personal account trading and Gifts and Entertainment.

“Security”

(Important Note: If you are uncertain as to whether a holding or position falls within the definition of a Security you should assume it is included unless advised otherwise by the Compliance & Risk Team.)

is as set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the US Investment Company Act of 1940 which provides a very broad ranging definition of a security. In addition, the purchase, sale or exercise of a Derivative shall constitute the purchase or sale of the underlying Security or exposure.

The following instruments are excluded:

 

    securities issued or guaranteed by Supranationals and their agencies:

 

    securities issued by a G7 government, and in the case of the government of the United States or any of its federal agencies, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, High Quality Short-term Debt Instruments including repurchase agreements

 

    securities issued by governmental agencies or government guaranteed entities of a G7 country

 

    Unit Investment Trusts (“UIT”)

 

    UK unit trusts

 

    UK open-ended investment companies (OEICs)

 

    European investment company with variable capital (ICVCs)

 

    European undertaking for collective investments in transferable securities (UCITS) (that are not advised or sub-advised by Mondrian

 

    shares of open-end registered investment companies (that are not advised or sub-advised by Mondrian)

 

    Municipal fund securities

 

    US 529 Plans

To help clarify the above exclusions the following instruments are not excluded (and therefore are subject to the restrictions of this Code)

 

    mutual funds, unit investment trusts, OEICs, UCITS, UK unit trusts, of which Mondrian is the adviser and/or sub-adviser. See Appendix A on the Compliance and Risk Page of the Intranet for a list of these Funds

 

    UK registered Investment Trusts

 

    Exchange Traded Funds (“ETF”)

 

    UIT exchange traded funds

 

    UCITS exchange traded funds

“Security being “considered for purchase or sale” or “being purchased or sold””

means when a recommendation to purchase or sell the Security has been made and communicated to the Trading Desk and with respect to the person making the recommendation, when such person seriously considers making, or when such person knows or should know that another person is seriously considering making, such a recommendation.

 

21


CODE OF ETHICS

 

A PPENDIX D – E XEMPTIONS TO C ODE R ULES

The following requirements of this Code do not apply to investments in the Exempted Securities described in B below:

1. Trade Preclearance

2. The three day blackout period rule

3. The 60-day minimum hold rule

Note that the maximum of twenty (20) Security transactions per calendar month rule still applies to transactions in these Exempted Securities.

EXEMPTED SECURITIES

The following instruments are defined as Exempted Securities when used to track or provide exposure to the investments and exposures listed in C below:

Derivatives as defined in Appendix C. “Derivative” shall include futures, options, contracts for differences, spread betting or any other device that provides exposure to profits or losses from any financial instrument or index (NB: this is intended to cover a wide range of financial exposures e.g. it includes interest rates and currencies).

EXEMPTED INVESTMENTS AND EXPOSURES

The following forms of investment and obtaining exposure to underlying assets are exempted from the requirements of the Code listed in A above:

1. Exempted Securities which track or provide exposure to the following indices:

 

    MSCI EAFE

 

    MSCI Emerging Markets

 

    MSCI World

 

    Dow Jones Industrial Average

 

    S&P 500 Index

 

    S&P 100 Index

 

    NASDAQ 100 Index

 

    Russell 2000 Index

 

    EUROTOP 100 Index

 

    Financial Times Stock Exchange (FT-SE) 100 Index

2. Exempted Security positions that pair any of the following currencies:

 

    Sterling

 

    US dollar

 

    Euro

 

    Japanese Yen

3. Exempted Security positions on interest rates.

4. Exempted Security positions which track indices or provide exposure to bonds issued by G7 governments.

5. Exempted Securities which track a physical commodity index or provide exposure to physical commodities e.g. foods, grains, metals & oil

 

22


CODE OF ETHICS

 

DE MINIMIS TRANSACTION EXEMPTION

De minimis transaction (as defined in Appendix C) in any security can be exempted from the Code requirements listed in A above where specifically agreed in advance with the Chief Compliance Officer (or his/her designate).

Please remember that:

 

    All other requirements of the Code of Ethics may still apply including the need to report transactions in these instruments and the maximum loss restriction.

 

    Employees are responsible for ensuring that their PTA Connect accounts reflect all holdings in Securities covered by this Code i.e. you need to update your account to show transactions in the exempted securitie

 

23

LOGO


 

   The reputation of a thousand years may be determined by the conduct of one hour.
   – Ancient proverb
   A message from our CEO

LOGO

 

Brendan J. Swords

Chairman and Chief

Executive Officer

  

Our business is built on a foundation of trust — the trust of our clients, earned over many years. It is our most valuable asset, and if lost, it cannot easily be regained. There are examples across our industry of companies that have lost sight of this lesson, and they serve as strong reminders that our business requires a mindset of eternal vigilance.

 

Each and every one of us has a role to play in sustaining our clients’ trust. We must test every decision we make, no matter how small, against our fiduciary obligations and our high ethical standards. If there is the slightest doubt about whether a decision is in the best interests of our clients, then bring it to someone’s attention — your manager, the Legal and Compliance team, or any of my direct reports. But don’t just let it go. This is what it means to be a fiduciary: complete dedication to conscientious stewardship of client assets.

 

To support this mandate, our Code of Ethics sets out standards for our personal conduct, including personal investing, acceptance of gifts and entertainment, outside activities, and client confidentiality. Please take the time to read the Code, familiarize yourself with the rules, and determine what you need to do to comply with them. Remember, too, that while our Code of Ethics is reviewed and updated regularly, no set of rules can address every possible circumstance. And so I ask you to remain vigilant, exercise good judgment, ask for help when you need it, consider not just the letter but the spirit of the laws that govern our industry, and do your part to safeguard our clients’ trust.

  
  
   Sincerely,
   LOGO
   Brendan J. Swords
   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


Before you get started

The Code of Ethics System is accessible through the intranet under Applications or direct access:

https://fs.wellington.com/adfs/ls//IdpInitiatedSignOn. aspx?loginToRp=ptaconnect.com

Contents

 

Standards of conduct

     1   

Who is subject to the Code of Ethics?

     1   

Personal investing

     2   

Which types of investments and related activities are prohibited?

     2   

Which investment accounts must be reported?

     3   

What are the reporting responsibilities for all personnel?

     5   

What are the preclearance responsibilities for all personnel?

     6   

What are the additional requirements for investment professionals?

     7   

Gifts and entertainment

     8   

Outside activities

     9   

Client confidentiality

     9   

How we enforce our Code of Ethics

     10   

Exceptions from the Code of Ethics

     10   

Closing

     10   


Wellington Management Code of Ethics

 

Standards of conduct

Our standards of conduct are straightforward and essential. Any transaction or activity that violates either of the standards of conduct below is prohibited, regardless of whether it meets the technical rules found elsewhere in the Code of Ethics.

 

1. WE ACT AS FIDUCIARIES TO OUR CLIENTS . Each of us must put our clients’ interests above our own and must not take advantage of our management of clients’ assets for our own benefit. Our firm’s policies and procedures implement these principles with respect to our conduct of the firm’s business. This Code of Ethics implements the same principles with respect to our personal conduct. The procedures set forth in the Code govern specific transactions, but each of us must be mindful at all times that our behavior, including our personal investing activity, must meet our fiduciary obligations to our clients.

 

2. WE ACT WITH INTEGRITY AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH BOTH THE LETTER AND THE SPIRIT OF THE LAW . Our business is highly regulated, and we are committed as a firm to compliance with those regulations. Each of us must also recognize our obligations as individuals to understand and obey the laws that apply to us in the conduct of our duties. They include laws and regulations that apply specifically to investment advisors, as well as more broadly applicable laws ranging from the prohibition against trading on material nonpublic information and other forms of market abuse to anticorruption statutes such as the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act. The firm provides training on their requirements. Each of us must take advantage of these resources to ensure that our own conduct complies with the law.

Who is subject to the Code of Ethics?

Our Code of Ethics applies to all employees of Wellington Management and its affiliates around the world. Its restrictions on personal investing also apply to temporary personnel (including co-ops and interns) and consultants whose tenure with Wellington Management exceeds 90 days and who are deemed by the Chief Compliance Officer to have access to nonpublic investment research, client holdings, or trade information.

All Wellington Management personnel receive a copy of the Code of Ethics (and any amendments) and must certify, upon joining the firm and annually thereafter, that they have read and understood it and have complied with its requirements.

Adherence to the Code of Ethics is a basic condition of employment. Failure to adhere to our Code of Ethics may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

If you have any doubt as to the appropriateness of any activity, believe that you have violated the Code, or become aware of a violation of the Code by another individual, you should consult the manager of the Code of Ethics Team, Chief Compliance Officer, General Counsel, or Chair of the Ethics Committee. You also have the right to report violations of law or regulation directly to relevant governmental agencies. You do not need the firm’s prior authorization to make any such report or disclosures and are not required to notify the firm that you have done so.

General questions regarding our Code of Ethics may be directed to the Code of Ethics Team via email at #Code of Ethics Team or through the Code of Ethics hotline, 617-790-8330 (x68330) .

 

1


Wellington Management Code of Ethics

 

Personal investing

As fiduciaries, each of us must avoid taking personal advantage of our knowledge of investment activity in client accounts. Although our Code of Ethics sets out a number of specific restrictions on personal investing designed to reflect this principle, no set of rules can anticipate every situation. Each of us must adhere to the spirit, and not just the letter, of our Code in meeting this fiduciary obligation to our clients.

WHICH TYPES OF INVESTMENTS AND RELATED ACTIVITIES ARE PROHIBITED?

Our Code of Ethics prohibits the following personal investments and investment-related activities:

 

    Purchasing or selling the following:

 

    Initial public offerings (IPOs) of any securities

 

    Securities of an issuer being bought or sold on behalf of clients until one trading day after such buying or selling is completed or canceled

 

    Securities of an issuer that is the subject of a new, changed, or reissued but unchanged action recommendation from a global industry research or fixed income credit analyst until two business days following issuance or reissuance of the recommendation

 

    Securities of an issuer that is mentioned at the Morning Meeting or the Early Morning Meeting until two business days following the meeting

 

    Securities that are the subject of a firmwide restriction

 

    Single-stock futures

 

    Options with an expiration date that is within 60 calendar days of the transaction date

 

    Securities of broker/dealers (or their affiliates) that the firm has approved for execution of client trades

 

    Securities of any securities market or exchange on which the firm trades on behalf of clients

 

    Purchasing an equity security if your aggregate ownership of the equity security exceeds 0.05% of the total shares outstanding of the issuer

 

    Taking a profit from any trading activity within a 60 calendar day window

 

    Using a derivative instrument to circumvent a restriction in the Code of Ethics

Short-term trading

You are prohibited from profiting from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) of the same or equivalent securities within 60 calendar days. For example, if you buy shares of stock (or options on such shares) and then sell those shares within 60 days at a profit, an exception will be identified and any gain from the transactions must be surrendered. Gains are calculated based on a last in, first out (LIFO) method for purposes of this restriction. This short-term trading rule does not apply to securities exempt from the Code’s preclearance requirements.

 

2


Wellington Management Code of Ethics

 

WHICH INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS MUST BE REPORTED?

You are required to report any investment account over which you exercise investment discretion or from which any of the following individuals enjoy economic benefits: (i) your spouse, domestic partner, or minor children, and (ii) any other dependents living in your household,

AND

that holds or is capable of holding any of the following covered investments:

 

    Shares of stocks, ADRs, or other equity securities (including any security convertible into equity securities)

 

    Bonds or notes (other than sovereign government bonds issued by Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the United Kingdom, or the United States, as well as bankers’ acceptances, CDs, commercial paper, and high-quality, short-term debt instruments)

 

    Interest in a variable annuity product in which the underlying assets are held in a subaccount managed by Wellington Management

 

    Shares of exchange-traded funds (ETFs)

 

    Shares of closed-end funds

 

    Options on securities

 

    Securities futures

 

    Interest in private placement securities (other than Wellington Management sponsored products)

 

    Shares of funds managed by Wellington Management (other than money market funds)

Please see Appendix A for a detailed summary of reporting requirements by security type.

For purposes of the Code of Ethics, these investment accounts are referred to as reportable accounts. Examples of common account types include brokerage accounts, retirement accounts, employee stock compensation plans, and transfer agent accounts. Reportable accounts also include those from which you or an immediate family member may benefit indirectly, such as a family trust or family partnership, and accounts in which you have a joint ownership interest, such as a joint brokerage account.

Please contact the Code of Ethics Team for guidance if you hold any securities in physical certificate form.

Still not sure? Contact us

If you are not sure if a particular account is required to be reported, contact the Code of Ethics Team by email at #Code of Ethics Team or through the Code of Ethics hotline, 617-790-8330 (x68330).

LOGO WEB RESOURCE

Wellington-Managed fund list

An up-to-date list of funds managed by Wellington Management is available through the Code of Ethics System under Documents. Please note that any transactions in Wellington-Managed funds must comply with the funds’ rules on short-term trading of fund shares.

 

3


Wellington Management Code of Ethics

 

Accounts not requiring reporting

You do not need to report the following accounts via the Code of Ethics System since the administrator will provide the Code of Ethics Team with access to relevant holdings and transaction information:

 

    Accounts maintained within the Wellington Retirement and Pension Plan or similar firm-sponsored retirement or benefit plans identified by the Ethics Committee

 

    Accounts maintained directly with Wellington Trust Company or other Wellington Management Sponsored Products

Although these accounts do not need to be reported, your investment activities in these accounts must comply with the standards of conduct embodied in our Code of Ethics.

Managed account exemptions

An account from which you or immediate family members could benefit financially, but over which neither you nor they have any investment discretion or influence (a managed account), may be exempted from the Code of Ethics’ personal investing re-quirements upon written request and approval. An example of a managed account would be a professionally advised account about which you will not be consulted or have any input on specific transactions placed by the investment manager prior to their execution. To request a managed account exemption, you must complete a Managed Account Letter (available online via the Code of Ethics System) and return it the Code of Ethics Team.

LOGO WEB RESOURCE

Managed Account Letter

To request a managed account exemption, complete the Managed Account Letter available through the Code of Ethics System under Documents.

 

4


Wellington Management Code of Ethics

 

WHAT ARE THE REPORTING RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ALL PERSONNEL?

Initial and annual holdings reports

You must disclose all reportable accounts and all covered investments you hold within 10 calendar days after you begin employment at or association with Wellington Management. You will be required to review and update your holdings and securities account information annually thereafter.

Non-volitional transactions include:

Investments made through automatic dividend reinvestment or rebalancing plans and stock purchase plan acquisitions

Transactions that result from corporate actions applicable to all similar security holders (such as splits, tender offers, mergers, and stock dividends)

For initial holdings reports, holdings information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date you became covered by the Code of Ethics. Please note that you cannot make personal trades until you have filed an initial holdings report via the Code of Ethics System on the Intranet.

For subsequent annual reports, holdings information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the report is submitted. Please note that your annual holdings report must account for both volitional and non-volitional transactions.

At the time you file your initial and annual reports, you will be asked to confirm that you have read and understood the Code of Ethics and any amendments.

Duplicate statements and trade confirmations

For each of your reportable accounts, you are required to provide duplicate statements and duplicate trade confirmations to Wellington Management. To arrange for the delivery of duplicate statements and trade confirmations, please contact the Code of Ethics Team for the appropriate form. Return the completed form to the Code of Ethics Team, which will submit it to the brokerage firm on your behalf. If the brokerage firm or other firm from which you currently receive statements is not able to send statements and confirmations directly to Wellington Management, you will be required to submit copies promptly after you receive them, unless you receive an exemption from this requirement under the procedures outlined on page 7.

Quarterly transactions reports

You must submit a quarterly transaction report no later than 30 calendar days after quarter-end via the Code of Ethics System on the Intranet, even if you did not make any personal trades during that quarter. In the reports, you must either confirm that you did not make any personal trades (except for those resulting from non-volitional events) or provide information regarding all volitional transactions in covered investments.

LOGO WEB RESOURCE

How to file reports on the Code of Ethics System

Required reports must be filed electronically via the Code of Ethics System. Please see the Code of Ethics System’s homepage for more details.

 

5


Wellington Management Code of Ethics

 

WHAT ARE THE PRECLEARANCE RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ALL PERSONNEL?

Preclearance of publicly traded securities

You must receive clearance before buying or selling stocks, bonds, options, and most other publicly traded securities in any reportable account. A full list of the categories of publicly traded securities requiring preclearance, and of certain exceptions to this requirement, is included in Appendix A. Transactions in accounts that are not reportable accounts do not require preclearance or reporting.

Preclearance requests must be submitted online via the Code of Ethics System, which is accessible through the Intranet. If clearance is granted, the approval will be effective for a period of 24 hours. If you preclear a transaction and then place a limit order with your broker, that limit order must either be executed or expire at the end of the 24-hour period. If you want to execute the order after the 24-hour period expires, you must resubmit your preclearance request.

If you have questions regarding the preclearance requirements, please refer to the FAQs available on the Code of Ethics System or contact the Code of Ethics Team.

Please note that preclearance approval does not alter your responsibility to ensure that each personal securities transaction complies with the general standards of conduct, the reporting requirements, the restrictions on short-term trading, or the special rules for investment professionals set out in our Code of Ethics.

LOGO WEB RESOURCE

How to file a preclearance request

Preclearance must be obtained using the Code of Ethics System. Once the necessary information is submitted, your preclearance request will be approved or denied within seconds.

Caution on short sales, margin transactions, and options

You may engage in short sales and margin transactions and may purchase or sell options provided you receive preclearance and meet all other applicable requirements under our Code of Ethics (including the additional rules for investment professionals described on page 8). Please note, however, that these types of transactions can have unintended consequences. For example, any sale by your broker to cover a margin call or to buy in a short position will be in violation of the Code unless precleared. Likewise, any volitional sale of securities acquired at the expiration of a long call option will be in violation of the Code unless precleared. You are responsible for ensuring any subsequent volitional actions relating to these types of transactions meet the requirements of the Code.

Preclearance of private placement securities

You cannot invest in securities offered to potential investors in a private placement without first obtaining prior approval. Approval may be granted after a review of the facts and circumstances, including whether:

 

    an investment in the securities is likely to result in future conflicts with client accounts (e.g., upon a future public offering), and

 

    you are being offered the opportunity due to your employment at or association with Wellington Management.

If you have questions regarding whether an investment would be deemed a private placement security under the Code, please refer to the FAQs about private placements available on the Code of Ethics System, or contact the Code of Ethics Team.

 

6


Wellington Management Code of Ethics

 

To request approval, you must submit a Private Placement Approval Form (available online via the Code of Ethics System) to the Code of Ethics Team. Investments in our own privately offered investment vehicles (our Sponsored Products), including collective investment funds and common trust funds maintained by Wellington Trust Company, na, our hedge funds, and our non-US domiciled funds (Wellington Management Portfolios), have been approved under the Code and therefore do not require the submission of a Private Placement Approval Form.

LOGO WEB RESOURCE

Private Placement Approval Form

To request approval for a private placement, complete the Private Placement Approval Form available through the Code of Ethics System under Documents.

WHAT ARE THE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONALS?

If you are a portfolio manager, research analyst, or other investment professional who has portfolio management responsibilities for a client account (e.g., designated portfolio manager, backup portfolio manager, investment team member), or who otherwise has direct authority to make decisions to buy or sell securities in a client account (referred to here as an investment professional), you are required to adhere to additional rules and restrictions on your personal securities transactions. However, as no set of rules can anticipate every situation, you must remember to place our clients’ interests first whenever you transact in securities that are also held in client accounts you manage.

The following provisions of the code are intended to allow investment professionals to make long-term investments in securities. However, you may not be able to sell personal investments for extended periods of time and therefore should consider the liquidity, tax planning, market, and similar risks associated with making personal investments in securities of an issuer that are or may be held in client accounts.

 

    INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL BLACKOUT PERIODS — You cannot buy or sell a security for a period of 14 calendar days before or after any transaction in the same issuer by a client account for which you serve as an investment professional. In addition, You may not sell personal holdings in a security of the same issuer that is held by a client account for which you serve as an investment professional until the later of the following periods: (i)  one calendar year from the date of your last purchase and (ii)  90 calendar days after all of your client accounts liquidate all holdings of the same issuer.

If you anticipate receiving a cash flow or redemption request in a client portfolio that will result in the purchase or sale of securities that you also hold in your personal account, you should take care to avoid transactions in those securities in your personal account in the days leading up to the client transactions. However, unanticipated cash flows and redemptions in client accounts and unexpected market events do occur from time to time, and a personal trade made in the prior 14 days should never prevent you from buying or selling a security in a client account if the trade would be in the client’s best interest. If you find yourself in that situation and need to buy or sell a security in a client account within the 14 calendar days following your personal transaction in a security of the same issuer, you should attempt to notify the Code of Ethics Team (by email at #Code of Ethics Team or through the Code of Ethics hotline, 617-790-8330 [x68330 ]) or your local Compliance Officer in advance of placing the trade. If you are unable to reach any of those individuals and the trade is time sensitive, you should proceed with the client trade and notify the Code of Ethics Team promptly after submitting it.

 

    SHORT SALES BY AN INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL — An investment professional may not personally take a short position in a security of an issuer in which he or she holds a long position in a client account.

 

7


Wellington Management Code of Ethics

 

Gifts and entertainment

Our guiding principle of “client, firm, self” also governs the receipt of gifts and entertainment from clients, consultants, brokers/dealers, research providers, vendors, companies in which we may invest, and others with whom the firm does business. As fiduciaries to our clients, we must always place our clients’ interests first and cannot allow gifts or entertainment opportunities to influence the actions we take on behalf of our clients. In keeping with this standard, you must follow several specific requirements:

ACCEPTING GIFTS — You may only accept gifts of nominal value, which include logoed items, flower arrangements, gift baskets, and food, as well as other gifts with an approximate value of less than US$100 or the local equivalent per year from a single source. You may not accept a gift of cash, including a cash equivalent such as a gift card, regardless of the amount. If you receive a gift that violates the Code, you must return the gift or consult with the Chief Compliance Officer to determine appropriate action under the circumstances.

ACCEPTING BUSINESS MEALS — Business meals are permitted provided that neither the cost nor the frequency is excessive and there is a legitimate business purpose. If the host is a broker/dealer or research provider, the host must be reimbursed for the full amount of your proportionate share of the total cost of the meal if the approximate value of the meal is more than US$100 or the local equivalent.

ACCEPTING ENTERTAINMENT OPPORTUNITIES — The firm recognizes that participation in entertainment opportunities with representatives from organizations with which the firm does business, such as consultants, broker/dealers, research providers, vendors, and companies in which we may invest, can help to further legitimate business interests. However, participation in such entertainment opportunities should be infrequent and is subject to the following conditions:

 

1. A representative of the hosting organization must be present;

 

2. The primary purpose of the event must be to discuss business or to build a business relationship;

 

3. You must receive prior approval from your business manager;

 

4. If the host is a broker/dealer or research provider, the host must be reimbursed for the full amount of the entertainment opportunity; and

 

5. For all other entertainment opportunities, the host must be reimbursed for the full face value of any entertainment ticket(s) if:

 

    the entertainment opportunity requires a ticket with a face value of more than US$200 or the local equivalent, or is a high-profile event (e.g., a major sporting event),

 

    you wish to accept more than one ticket, or

 

    the host has invited numerous Wellington Management representatives.

Business managers must clear their own participation under the circumstances described above with the Chief Compliance Officer or Chair of the Ethics Committee.

Please note that even if you pay for the full face value of a ticket, you may attend the event only if the host is present .

LODGING AND AIR TRAVEL — You may not accept a gift of lodging or air travel in connection with any entertainment opportunity. If you participate in an entertainment opportunity for which lodging or air travel is paid for by the host, you must reimburse the host for the equivalent cost, as determined by Wellington Management’s travel manager.

 

8


Wellington Management Code of Ethics

 

SOLICITING GIFTS, ENTERTAINMENT OPPORTUNITIES, OR CONTRIBUTIONS — In your capacity as an employee of the firm, you may not solicit gifts, entertainment opportunities, or charitable or political contributions for yourself, or on behalf of clients, prospects, or others, from brokers, vendors, clients, or consultants with whom the firm conducts business or from companies in which the firm may invest.

SOURCING ENTERTAINMENT OPPORTUNITIES — You may not request tickets to entertainment events from the firm’s Trading department or any other Wellington Management department, or employee, nor from any broker, vendor, company in which we may invest, or other organization with which the firm conducts business.

Outside activities

While the firm recognizes that you may engage in business or charitable activities in your personal time, you must take steps to avoid conflicts of interest between your private interests and our clients’ interests. As a result, all significant outside business or charitable activities (e.g., additional employment, consulting work, directorships or officerships) must be approved by your business manager and by the Chief Compliance Officer, General Counsel, or Chair of the Ethics Committee prior to the acceptance of such a position (or if you are new, upon joining the firm). Approval will be granted only if it is determined that the activity does not present a significant conflict of interest. Directorships in public companies (or companies reasonably expected to become public companies) will generally not be authorized, while service with charitable organizations generally will be permitted.

LOGO WEB RESOURCE

Outside Business Activities Approval Form

To request approval to participate in activities outside of Wellington Management, complete the Outside Business Activities Approval Form available through the Code of Ethics System under Documents.

Client confidentiality

Any nonpublic information concerning our clients that you acquire in connection with your employment at the firm is confidential. This includes information regarding actual or contemplated investment decisions, portfolio composition, research recommendations, and client interests. You should not discuss client business, including the existence of a client relationship, with outsiders unless it is a necessary part of your job responsibilities.

 

9


Wellington Management Code of Ethics

 

How we enforce our Code of Ethics

Legal and Compliance is responsible for monitoring compliance with the Code of Ethics. Members of Legal and Compliance will periodically request certifications and review holdings and transaction reports for potential violations. They may also request additional information or reports.

It is our collective responsibility to uphold the Code of Ethics. In addition to the formal reporting requirements described in this Code of Ethics, you have a responsibility to report any violations of the Code. If you have any doubt as to the appropriateness of any activity, believe that you have violated the Code, or become aware of a violation of the Code by another individual, you should consult the manager of the Code of Ethics Team, Chief Compliance Officer, General Counsel, or Chair of the Ethics Committee.

Potential violations of the Code of Ethics will be investigated and considered by representatives of Legal and Compliance and/or the Ethics Committee. All violations of the Code of Ethics will be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer. Violations are taken seriously and may result in sanctions or other consequences, including:

 

    a warning

 

    referral to your business manager and/or senior management

 

    reversal of a trade or the return of a gift

 

    disgorgement of profits or of the value of a gift

 

    a limitation or restriction on personal investing

 

    termination of employment

 

    referral to civil or criminal authorities

If you become aware of any potential conflicts of interest that you believe are not addressed by our Code of Ethics or other policies, please contact the Chief Compliance Officer, the General Counsel, or the manager of the Code of Ethics Team.

Exceptions from the Code of Ethics

The Chief Compliance Officer may grant an exception from the Code, including preclearance, other trading restrictions, and certain reporting requirements on a case-by-case basis if it is determined that the proposed conduct involves no opportunity for abuse and does not conflict with client interests. Exceptions are expected to be rare. If you wish to seek an exception, you must submit a written request to the Code of Ethics Team describing the nature of the exception and the reason(s) it is being sought.

Closing

As a firm, we seek excellence in the people we employ, the products and services we offer, the way we meet our ethical and fiduciary responsibilities, and the working environment we create for ourselves. Our Code of Ethics embodies that commitment. Accordingly, each of us must take care that our actions fully meet the high standards of conduct and professional behavior we have adopted. Most importantly, we must all remember “client, firm, self” is our most fundamental guiding principle.

 

10


Wellington Management Code of Ethics

 

APPENDIX A – PART 1

 

No Preclearance or Reporting Required:

Open-end investment funds not managed by Wellington Management 1

Interests in a variable annuity product in which the underlying assets are held in a fund not managed by Wellington Management

Direct obligations of the US government (including obligations issued by GNMA and PEFCO) or the governments of Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, or the United Kingdom

Cash

Money market instruments or other short-term debt instruments rated P-1 or P-2, A-1 or A-2, or their equivalents 2

Bankers’ acceptances, CDs, commercial paper

Wellington Trust Company Pools

Wellington Sponsored Hedge Funds

Securities futures and options on direct obligations of the US government or the governments of Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, or the United Kingdom, and associated derivatives

Options, forwards, and futures on commodities and foreign exchange, and associated derivatives

Transactions in approved managed accounts

Reporting of Securities Transactions Required (no need to preclear and not subject to the 60-day holding period):

Open-end investment funds managed by Wellington Management1 (other than money market funds)

Interests in a variable annuity or insurance product in which the underlying assets are held in a fund managed by Wellington Management

Futures and options on securities indices

ETFs listed in Appendix A – Part 2 and derivatives on these securities

Gifts of securities to you or a reportable account

Gifts of securities from you or a reportable account

Non-volitional transactions (splits, tender offers, mergers, stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, etc.)

Preclearance and Reporting of Securities Transactions Required:

Bonds and notes (other than direct obligations of the US government or the governments of Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, or the United Kingdom, as well as bankers’ acceptances, CDs, commercial paper, and high-quality, short-term debt instruments)

Stock (common and preferred) or other equity securities, including any security convertible into equity securities

Closed-end funds

ETFs not listed in Appendix A – Part 2

American Depositary Receipts

Options on securities (but not their non-volitional exercise or expiration)

Warrants

Rights

Unit investment trusts

Prohibited Investments and Activities:

Initial public offerings (IPOs) of any securities

Single-stock futures

Options expiring within 60 days of purchase

Securities being bought or sold on behalf of clients until one trading day after such buying or selling is completed or canceled

Securities of an issuer that is the subject of a new, changed, or reissued but unchanged action recommendation from a global industry research or fixed income credit analyst until two business days following issuance or reissuance of the recommendation

Securities of an issuer that is mentioned at the Morning Meeting or the Early Morning Meeting until two business days following the meeting

Securities on the firmwide restricted list

Profiting from any short-term (i.e., within 60 days) trading activity

Securities of broker/dealers or their affiliates with which the firm conducts business

Securities of any securities market or exchange on which the firm trades

Using a derivative instrument to circumvent the requirements of the Code of Ethics

Purchasing an equity security if your aggregate ownership of the equity security exceeds 0.05% of the total shares outstanding of the issuer

 

 

This appendix is current as of 1 July 2016, and may be amended at the discretion of the Ethics Committee.

 

1   A list of funds advised or subadvised by Wellington Management (“Wellington-Managed Funds”) is available online via the Code of Ethics System. However, you remain responsible for confirming whether any particular investment represents a Wellington-Managed Fund.
2   If the instrument is unrated, it must be of equivalent duration and comparable quality.

 

11


Wellington Management Code of Ethics

 

APPENDIX A – PART 2

ETFs approved for personal trading without preclearance (but requiring reporting)

All regional/country exchange share listings of ETFs listed are also approved

 

Ticker

 

Name

United States: Equity
AAXJ   ISHARES MSCI ALL COUNTRY ASIA
ACWI   ISHARES MSCI ACWI INDEX FUND
BRF   MARKET VECTORS BRAZIL SMALL-CA
DIA   SPDR DJIA TRUST ETF
DVY   ISHARES DOW JONES SELECT DIVID
ECH   ISHARES MSCI CHILE INVESTABLE
EEB   GUGGENHEIM BRIC ETF
EEM   ISHARES MSCI EMERGING MARKETS
EFA   ISHARES MSCI EAFE INDEX FUND
EFG   ISHARES MSCI EAFE GROWTH INDEX
EFV   ISHARES MSCI EAFE VALUE INDEX
EPI   WISDOMTREE INDIA EARNINGS FUND
EPP   ISHARES MSCI PAC EX-JAPAN FUND
EWA   ISHARES MSCI AUSTRALIA INDEX FUND
EWC   ISHARES MSCI CANADA INDEX FUND
EWG   ISHARES MSCI GERMANY INDEX FUND
EWH   ISHARES MSCI HONG KONG IDX FUND
EWJ   ISHARES MSCI JAPAN IDX FUND
EWM   ISHARES MSCI MALAYSIA IDX FUND
EWS   ISHARES MSCI SINGAPORE INDEX FUND
EWT   ISHARES MSCI TAIWAN INDEX FUND
EWU   ISHARES MSCI UK INDEX FUND
EWY   ISHARES MSCI SOUTH KOREA INDEX
EZU   ISHARES MSCI EMU INDEX FUND
FXI   ISHARES FTSE CHINA 25 INDEX
GDX   MARKET VECTORS GOLD MINERS
GDXJ   MARKET VECTORS JUNIOR GOLD MIN
IBB   ISHARES BIOTECH INDEX FUND
ICF   ISHARES COHEN & STEERS REALTY
IEV   ISHARES S&P EUROPE 350 INX FUND
IGE   ISHARES S&P GSSI NAT RES INDEX
IJH   ISHARES S&P MIDCAP 400 IDX FUND
IJJ   ISHARES S&P MIDCAP 400/VALUE
IJK   ISHARES SP MCAP 400/BARRA GTH
IJR   ISHARES SP SMALLCAP 600 IDX FUND
IJS   ISHARES S&P SMALLCAP 600/BARRA
IJT   ISHARES SP SMCAP 600/BARRA GTH
ILF   ISHARES S&P LATIN AMER 40 INDEX
INP   IPATH MSCI INDIA INDEX ETN
IOO   ISHARES S&P GLOBAL 100 INDEX FUND
IVE   ISHARES SP 500/BARRA VALUE
IVV   ISHARES S&P 500 INDEX FUND
IVW   ISHARES S&P 500/BARRA GRTH INDEX
IWB   ISHARES RUSSELL 1000 INDEX
IWD   ISHARES RUSSELL 1000 VALUE INDEX
IWF   ISHARES RUSSELL 1000 GROWTH
IWM   ISHARES RUSSELL 2000 INDEX
IWN   ISHARES RUSSELL 2000 VALUE
IWO   ISHARES RUSSELL 2000 GROWTH
IWP   ISHARES RUSSELL MIDCAP GROWTH
IWR   ISHARES RUSSELL MIDCAP INDEX FUND
IWS   ISHARES RUSSELL MIDCAP VALUE I
IWV   ISHARES RUSSELL 3000 INDEX
IXC   ISHARES S&P GLOBAL ENERGY SECT
IYR   ISHARES DOW JONES US RE INDEX
IYW   ISHARES DJ US TECH SECTOR INDEX
MDY   SPDR S&P MIDCAP 400 ETF TRUST
MOO   MARKET VECTORS–AGRI
OEF   ISHARES S&P 100 INDEX FUND
PBW   POWERSHARES WILDERHILL CLEAN E
PFF   ISHARES S&P US PREFERRED STOCK
PGX   POWERSHARES PREFERRED PORTFOLI
PHO   POWERSHARES GLOBAL WATER PORTF
QID   PROSHARES ULTRASHORT QQQ
QLD   PROSHARES ULTRA QQQ
QQQ   POWERSHARES QQQTRUST
RSP   RYDEX S&P EQUAL WEIGHT
RSX   MARKET VECTORS RUSSIA ETF
RWM   PROSHARES SHORT RUSS
RWR   SPDR DOW JONES REIT ETF

Ticker

 

Name

RWX   SPDR DJ INTL REAL ESTATE
SCZ   ISHARES MSCI EAFE SMALL CAP INDEX
SDS   PROSHARES ULTRASHORT S&P500
SDY   SPDR DIVIDEND ETF
SH   PROSHARES SHORT S&P500
SKF   PROSHARES ULTRASHORT FINANCIAL
SPY   SPDR S&P 500 ETF TRUST
SRS   PROSHARES ULTRASHORT REAL ESTATE
SSO   PROSHARES ULTRA S&P500
TWM   PROSHARES ULTRASHORT RUSS2000
UWM   PROSHARES ULTRA RUSSELL
UYG   PROSHARES ULTRA FINANCIALS
VB   VANGUARD SMALL-CAP VIPERS
VBK   VANGUARD SMALL-CAP GROWTH VIPE
VBR   VANGUARD SMALL-CAP VALUE VIPER
VEA   VANGUARD MSCI EAFE ETF
VEU   VANGUARD FTSE ALL-WORLD EX-US
VGK   VANGUARD MSCI EURO ETF
VIG   VANGUARD DIVIDEND APPRECIATION
VNQ   VANGUARD REIT VIPERS
VO   VANGUARD MID-CAP VIPERS
VPL   VANGUARD MSCI PACIFIC ETF
VTI   VANGUARD TOTAL STOCK MARKET
VTV   VANGUARD VALUE VIPERS
VUG   VANGUARD GROWTH VIPERS
VV   VANGUARD LARGE-CAP VIPERS
VWO   VANGUARD MSCI EM MAR
VXX   IPATH S&P 500 VIX
XLB   MATERIALS SEL SECTOR SPDR FUND
XLE   ENERGY SELECT SECTOR SPDR FUND
XLF   FINANCIAL SEL SECTOR SPDR FUND
XLI   INDUSTRIAL SELECT SECTOR SPDR
XLK   TECHNOLOGY SELECT SECTOR SPDR
XLP   CONSUMER STAPLES SELECT SPDR
XLU   UTILITIES SELECT SECTOR SPDR
XLV   HEALTH CARE SELECT SECTOR SPDR
XLY   CONSUMER DISCRETIONARY SPDR
XME   SPDR S&P METALS & MINING ETF
XOP   SPDR S&P OIL & GAS EXPL AND PROD
United States: Fixed Income
AGG   ISHARES BARCLAYS AGGREGATE
BIV   VANGUARD INTERMEDIATE-TERM BON
BND   VANGUARD TOTAL BOND MARKET
BOND   PIMCO TOTAL RETURN BOND ETF
BSV   VANGUARD SHORT-TERM BOND ETF
BWX   SPDR BARCLAYS INT TREA BND ETF
BZF   WISDOMTREE DREYFUS BRAZILIAN REAL FUND
CYB   WISDOMTREE DREYFUS CHINESE YUA
ELD   WISDOMTREE EMERGING MARKETS LO
EMB   JPM EMERGING MARKETS BOND ETF
HYG   ISHARES IBOXX $ HIGH YIELD COR
IEF   ISHARES BARCLAYS 7-10 YEAR
IEI   ISHARES BARCLAYS 3-7 YEAR TREAS
JNK   SPDR BARCLAYS HIGH YIELD BOND
LQD   ISHARES IBOXX INVESTMENT GRADE
MBB   ISHARES MBS BOND FUND
MUB   ISHARES S&P NATIONAL MUNICIPAL
PCY   POWERSHARES EM MAR SOV DE PT
PST   PROSHARES ULTRASHORT LEH 7
SHY   ISHARES BARCLAYS 1-3 YEAR TREA
TBF   PROSHARES SHORT 20+ TREASURY
TBT   PROSHARES ULTRASHORT LEHMAN
TIP   ISHARES BARCLAYS TIPS BOND FUND
TLT   ISHARES BARCLAYS 20+ YEAR TREAS
VCSH   VANGUARD SHORT-TERM CORPORATE
United States: Commodity Trusts and ETNs
AMJ   JPMORGAN ALERIAN MLP INDEX ETN
CORN   CORN ETF
COW   IPATH DJ-UBS LIVESTOCK SUBINDX
DBA   POWERSHARES DB AGRICULTURE FUND
DBB   POWERSHARES DB BASE METALS FUND

Ticker

 

Name

DBC   DB COMMODITY INDEX TRACKING FUND
DBE   POWERSHARES DB ENERGY FUND
DBO   POWERSHARES DB OIL FUND
DBP   POWERSHARES DB PRECIOUS METALS
DGZ   POWERSHARES DB GOLD SHORT ETN
DJP   IPATH DJ-UBS COMMIDTY
DNO   UNITED STATES SHORT OIL FUND L
GAZ   IPATH DJ-UBS NAT GAS SUBINDEX
GLD   SPDR GOLD SHARES
GLL   PROSHARES ULTRASHORT GOLD
GSG   ISHARES S&P GSCI COMMODITY INDEX
JJA   IPATH DJ-UBS AGRICULTURE SUBINDEX
JJC   IPATH DJ-UBS COPPER SUBINDEX
JJE   IPATH DJ-UBS ENERGY SUBINDEX
JJG   IPATH DJ-UBS GRAINS SUBINDEX
JJM   IPATH DJ-UBS INDUSTRIAL METALS
JJN   IPATH DJ-UBS NICKEL SUBINDEX
JJS   IPATH DJ-UBS SOFTS SUBINDEX
JJU   IPATH DJ-UBS ALUMINUM SUBINDEX
SGG   IPATH DJ-UBS SUGAR SUBINDEX TR
SLV   ISHARES SILVER TRUST
UCO   PROSHARES ULTRA DJ-UBS CRUDE
UGA   UNITED STATES GASOLINE FUND LP
UGL   PROSHARES ULTRA GOLD
UHN   UNITED STATES HEATING OIL LP
UNG   UNITED STATES NATL GAS FUND LP
USO   UNITED STATES OIL FUND LP
ZSL   PROSHARES ULTRASHORT SILVER
United States: Currency Trusts
DBV   POWERSHARES DB G10 CURRENCY HA
EUO   PROSHARES ULTRASHORT EURO
FXA   CURRENCYSHARES AUD TRUST
FXB   CURRENCYSHARES GBP STERL TRUST
FXC   CURRENCYSHARES CAD
FXE   CURRENCYSHARES EURO TRUST
FXF   CURRENCYSHARES SWISS FRANC
FXM   CURRENCYSHARES MEXICAN PESO
FXS   CURRENCYSHARES SWEDISH KRONA
FXY   CURRENCYSHARES JPY TRUST
UDN   POWERSHARES DB US DOLLAR IND
UUP   POWERSHARES DB US DOL IND BU
YCS   PROSHARES ULTRASHORT YEN
Australia: Equity
STW.AX   SPDR S&P/ASX 200 FUND
England: Equity
EUN LN   ISHARES STOXX EUROPE 50
IEEM LN   ISHARES MSCI EMERGING MARKETS
FXC LN   ISHARES FTSE CHINA25
IJPN LN   ISHARES MSCI JAPAN FUND
ISF LN   ISHARES PLC- ISHARES FTSE 100
IUSA LN   ISHARES S&P 500 INDEX FUND
IWRD LN   ISHARES MSCI WORLD
England: Fixed Income
IEBC LN   ISHARES BARCLAYS CAPITAL EURO
Hong Kong: Equity
2800 HK   TRACKER FD OF HONG KONG
2823 HK   ISHARES FTSE/ XINHUA A50 CHINA
2827 HK   BOCI-PRUDENTIAL – W.I.S.E. - C
2828 HK   HANG SENG INVESTMENT INDEX FUND
2833 HK   HANG SENG INVESTMENT INDEX FUND
Hong Kong: Fixed Income
2821 HK   ABF PAN ASIA BOND INDEX FUND
Japan: Equity
1305 JP   DAIWA ETF – TOPIX
1306 JP   NOMURA ETF – TOPIX
1308 JP   NIKKO ETF – TOPIX
1320 JP   DAIWA ETF – NIKKEI 225
1321 JP   NOMURA ETF – NIKKEI 225
1330 JP   NIKKO ETF – 225

 

 

This appendix is current as of 23 June 2014, and may be amended at the discretion of the Ethics Committee.

 

12


LOGO

LOGO


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CHAIRMAN’S LETTER // 1

DOING WHAT’S RIGHT // 2

HOW TO REPORT A CONCERN // 3

KEY PRINCIPLES OF OUR CODE // 4

WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT OUR

CODE OF CONDUCT // 5-9

Our values // 5

Purpose of our Code // 6

Who must follow this Code? // 6

Waivers of the Code for executive officers // 6

What is expected of employees? // 7

Cooperating with Regulatory Agencies // 8

What is expected of managers // 8

Managing risk as a manager // 8

Responsibility to ask questions and report concerns // 8

What happens when a concern is reported? // 9

Zero tolerance for retaliation // 9

Cooperating with an investigation // 9

RESPECTING OTHERS // 10-13

Mutual respect and professional treatment // 10

Harassment-free environment // 12

Safety and security // 13

Managers’ responsibilities // 13

AVOIDING CONFLICTS // 14-23

Overview // 14

Gifts and entertainment // 15

Outside employment and business dealings // 18

Outside service as a director, officer, general partner, political appointment or elected position // 20

Ownership of an outside business // 21

Fiduciary appointments // 21

Personal investment decisions // 21

Dealing with family and close personal friends // 22

Corporate opportunities // 23

CONDUCTING BUSINESS // 24-27

Fair competition and anti-trust // 24

Anti-corruption and improper payments // 26

Combating financial crime and money laundering // 27

WORKING WITH GOVERNMENTS // 28-29

Your obligations // 28

Basic principles // 29

PROTECTING COMPANY ASSETS // 30-36

Financial integrity // 30

Additional standards for senior financial professionals // 31

Use of company assets // 31

Protecting client and employee records and observing our privacy principles // 32

Records management // 33

Use of computers, systems and corporate information // 33

Inside or proprietary information // 35

SUPPORTING OUR COMMUNITIES // 37-39

Political activities // 37

Investor and media relations // 38

Charitable contributions and corporate sponsorship // 39

Participating in trade associations, conferences and speaking engagements // 39

ADDITIONAL HELP // 40-41

 

 

The Code of Conduct does not alter the terms and conditions of your employment. Rather, it helps each of us to know what must be done to make sure we always Do What’s Right . The most current version of the Code can be found on MySource.

Throughout the Code, references to company policies apply only to global policies that cover all employees and do not include additional policies you must follow that are specific to your location or line of business. The Code is not intended to fully describe the requirements of referenced policies, which can be found in their entirety on MySource.


LOGO

Gerald L. Hassell

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Dear Colleague:

Trust is everything in our business. Our clients and other market participants expect us to conduct business with the highest ethical standards — no exceptions.

Fortunately, our Doing What’s Right program can help you to manage compliance and ethics issues that might arise in the workplace. It’s a simple three-step process that everyone can use to help them make the right call when difficult issues and questions come up.

But, there is one part of the process that still requires a bit more effort and knowledge and that is before any of us can do what’s right, we all have to know what’s right. It can be difficult to understand all the laws and regulations we must comply with and the company policies and procedures we must adhere to.

That’s why we have updated the Code of Conduct to make it easier to read and understand. We have put in everyday language the basics you need to know as you go about your daily work. While it’s not an exhaustive document, the revised Code will certainly give you a clearer understanding of the fundamental concepts that apply across our businesses.

This revised Code will also help you in another important way. Often, the best indication any of us have that something is wrong is our own instinct. If something feels wrong, it may well be. Speak up. Ask questions. Get more information until you are satisfied. The revised Code can help you determine if something is really wrong and if further action is appropriate, such as speaking to your manager, your manager’s manager or someone in Legal, Audit, Compliance, Human Resources, or our Ethics Hot Line or Help Line.

A final, but critical, point — BNY Mellon has zero tolerance for retaliation against anyone who reports a concern or misconduct in good faith, and with the reasonable belief that the information is true. No one has the authority to justify an act of retaliation, and any employee who engages in retaliation will be subject to disciplinary action, which may include dismissal. I want you to never be afraid or reluctant to speak up when appropriate.

So, please take the time to review the Code of Conduct. It’s one of the most important ways to ensure that you’re always Doing What’s Right .

 

LOGO

 

 

1


DOING WHAT’S RIGHT

AT BNY MELLON, “ DOING WHAT’S RIGHT ” MEANS

 

    Contributing to an ethical culture is expected and valued,

 

    Conducting business in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, and in accordance with the highest ethical standards,

 

    Fostering honest, fair and open communication,

 

    Demonstrating respect for our clients, communities and one another,

 

    Being accountable for your own and team actions, and

 

    Being willing to take a stand to correct or prevent any improper activity or business mistake.

HOW TO DO WHAT’S RIGHT

 

    Put company values, policies and procedures into action,

 

    Know the laws and regulations affecting your job duties and follow them,

 

    Take responsibility for talking to someone if you see a problem, and

 

    Ask questions if you are unsure of the right thing to do.

WHEN YOU ARE UNCERTAIN, ASK YOURSELF THESE QUESTIONS

 

    Could the action affect the company’s reputation?

 

    Would it look bad if reported in the media?

 

    Am I uncomfortable taking part in this action or knowing about it?

 

    Is there any question of illegality?

 

    Will the action be questionable with the passage of time?

If the answer to any of these questions is “yes,” ask more questions. Keep asking until you get a satisfactory answer. Talk to your manager, the Compliance and Ethics Department, Legal or Human Resources, or call the Ethics Office before doing anything further. Don’t stop asking until you get the help you need.

IT’S YOUR OBLIGATION TO DO WHAT’S RIGHT .

 

2


HOW TO REPORT A CONCERN

Usually, the best place to start is by talking to your manager. If this makes you uncomfortable, then consider the options below.

Ethics Help Line

(operated by members of the company’s Ethics Office)

 

    United States and Canada: 1-888-635-5662

 

    Europe: 00-800-710-63562

 

    Brazil: 0800-891-3813

 

    Australia: 0011-800-710-63562

 

    Asia: appropriate international access code +800-710-63562 (except Japan)

 

    Japan: appropriate international access code +800-710-6356

 

    All other locations: call collect to 412-236-7519

Please note that your phone call can be anonymous.

E-mail: ethics@bnymellon.com (To remain anonymous, please use the telephone help line for reporting your concern.)

Ethics Hot Line

(operated by EthicsPoint, an independent hot line administrator)

 

    United States and Canada: 1- 866-294-4696

 

    Outside the United States dial the AT&T Direct Access Number for your country and carrier, then 866-294-4696

AT&T Direct Access Numbers by Country/Carrier

 

    United Kingdom: British Telecom 0-800-89-0011; C&W 0-500-89-0011; INTL 0-800-013-0011

 

    India: 000-117

 

    Brazil: 0-800-890-0288

 

    Ireland: 1-800-550-000; Universal International Freephone 00-800-222-55288

 

    Japan: Softbank Telecom 00 663-5111; KDDI 00
539-111

 

    Australia: Telstra 1-800-881-011; Optus 1-800-551-155

 

    Hong Kong: Hong Kong Telephone 800-96-1111; New World Telephone 800-93-2266

 

    Singapore: Sing Tel 800-011-1111; StarHub 800-001-0001

Web Report: http://www.ethicspoint.com (hosted on EthicsPoint’s secure servers and is not part of the company’s web site or intranet).

Please note that all contacts to EthicsPoint can be anonymous.

Incident Reporting

If your concern involves potential criminal or unusual client activity, you must file an Incident Report within 72 hours. In the U.S., you can file an Incident Report using the icon on your PC desktop. In other locations, you should contact your compliance officer for assistance in following country-specific guidelines.

Director’s Mailbox

If your concern involves questionable accounting or auditing matters, you may also report your concern to the Presiding Director of the Board (who is independent of management). You can contact the Presiding Director by sending an e-mail to non-management director@bnymellon.com or by postal mail addressed to:

BNY Mellon Corporation

Church Street Station

PO Box 2164

New York, New York 10008-2164 USA

Attention: Non-Management Director

Please note the postal mail option can be anonymous.

 

 

 

3


KEY PRINCIPLES OF OUR CODE

RESPECTING OTHERS

We are committed to fostering an inclusive workplace where talented people want to stay and develop their careers. Supporting a diverse, engaged workforce allows us to be successful in building trust, empowering teams, serving our clients and outperforming our peers. We give equal employment opportunity to all individuals in compliance with legal requirements and because it’s the right thing to do.

AVOIDING CONFLICTS

We make our business decisions free from conflicting outside influences. Our business decisions are based on our duty to BNY Mellon and our clients, and not driven by any personal interest or gain. We are alert to any potential conflict of interest and ensure we identify and mitigate or eliminate any such conflict.

CONDUCTING BUSINESS

We secure business based on honest competition in the marketplace, which contributes to the success of our company, our clients and our shareholders. We compete in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. We support worldwide efforts to combat financial corruption and financial crime.

WORKING WITH GOVERNMENTS

We follow all requirements that apply to doing business with governments. We recognize that practices that may be acceptable when dealing with a private company that is the client may cause problems or be a violation of law when working with a government.

PROTECTING COMPANY ASSETS

We ensure all entries made in the company’s books and records are complete and accurate, and comply with established accounting and record-keeping procedures. We maintain confidentiality of all forms of data and information entrusted to us, and prevent the misuse of information belonging to the company or any client.

SUPPORTING OUR COMMUNITIES

We take an active part in our communities around the world, both as individuals and as a company. Our long-term success is linked to the strength of the global economy and the strength of our industry. We are honest, fair and transparent in every way that we interact with our communities and the public at large.

 

 

4


 

 

At the foundation of our Code of Conduct are our Values – Client Focus , Integrity , Teamwork and Excellence .

Our values underscore our commitment to be a client-focused, trusted financial institution driven by an empowered global team dedicated to outperforming in every market we serve.

WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT OUR CODE OF CONDUCT

OUR VALUES

Our values provide the framework for our decision-making and guide our business conduct. Incorporating these values into our actions helps us to do what is right and protect the reputation of the company.

 

    Client Focus: Putting the client at the center of all that we do

 

    Integrity: Acting with the highest ethical standards for our company, our employees and our clients

 

    Teamwork: Fostering collaboration and diversity to empower employees to build relationships and deliver insights

 

    Excellence: Setting the standard for leading-edge solutions, innovation and continuous improvement

WHAT OUR VALUES DO:

 

    Explain what we stand for and our shared culture

 

    Span geographies and lines of business

 

    Represent the promises made to our clients, communities, shareholders and each other

 

    Are critical to our success
 

 

5


PURPOSE OF OUR CODE

Today’s global marketplace is filled with a host of new challenges and changes, but one constant guides us — the mandate to meet the highest standards of legal and ethical integrity.

The Code of Conduct is the foundation of our commitment to Doing What’s Right , but it is not intended to describe every law or policy that applies to you. Nor does it address every business situation you may face. You’re expected to use common sense and good judgment, and seek advice when you’re unsure of the proper response to a particular situation.

The Code provides the framework and sets the expectations for business conduct. It clarifies our responsibilities to each other, clients, suppliers, government officials, competitors and the communities we serve. It outlines important legal and ethical issues. Failing to meet these standards could expose our company to serious damage.

WHO MUST FOLLOW THIS CODE?

All employees worldwide who work for BNY Mellon or an entity that is more than 50 percent owned by the company must adhere to the standards in our Code. No employee is exempt from these requirements, regardless of the position you hold, the location of your job or the number of hours you work. If you oversee vendors, consultants or temporary workers, you must supervise their work to ensure their actions are consistent with the key principles in this Code.

WAIVERS OF THE CODE FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Waivers of the Code are not permitted for any executive officer of BNY Mellon, unless the waiver is made by the company’s Board of Directors (or a committee of the Board) and disclosed promptly to shareholders. Individuals who are deemed to be “executive officers” of BNY Mellon will be notified as appropriate.

 

Compliance with the letter and the spirit of our Code of Conduct, laws and regulations, policies and procedures is not optional. It’s how we do business: it’s the embodiment of Doing What’s Right .

 

 

6


 

 

Q & A

Q: I work outside of the U.S. Do U.S. laws apply to me?

A: BNY Mellon does business all over the world, which means that you may be subject to laws of countries other than the one in which you live. You must follow those laws that apply to your business duties, wherever you work. BNY Mellon is the parent of our operating companies and is incorporated in the U.S., so U.S. laws may apply to certain business activities even if they are conducted outside of the U.S. The reverse may also be true — other countries may apply their laws outside of their boundaries. If you have questions about the laws that apply to your business activity, ask your manager or contact the Legal representative who supports your line of business.

WHAT IS EXPECTED OF EMPLOYEES?

You’re responsible for contributing to our culture of Doing What’s Right by knowing the rules that apply to your job. This includes company policies, procedures, laws and regulations governing the country and businesses in which you work. Some lines of business may have more restrictive policies and procedures, and certain countries may have laws that are unique to a location. In these situations, you’re expected to follow the more restrictive rules.

You’re expected to ask your manager if you have questions about performing your job. If you do not get an adequate response, it’s your duty to keep asking until you get a satisfactory answer. You must question any request that does not comply with company policies, laws or regulations, or is inconsistent with our Code of Conduct.

No manager or leader in our company can ask you to violate a law or regulation, or to act in a manner inconsistent with our Code of Conduct. You should challenge any such request and alert appropriate individuals.

Identifying and managing risk is the responsibility of every employee. You’re required to adhere to the established internal controls in your area of responsibility and promptly elevate all risk, compliance and regulatory concerns to your manager.

You’re expected to comply with applicable laws and regulations and follow this Code, including the spirit of its intent. The penalty for violating any provision may be disciplinary action up to and including dismissal. If you violate a criminal law applicable to the company’s business, the matter will be reported to the appropriate authorities.

You are required to use CODE RAP (Code Reports and Permissions) to report or obtain approval for certain activities that are noted throughout the Code of Conduct and various company policies (e.g., gifts, entertainment and certain outside employment or positions). CODE RAP is a web-based system which you can learn more about by visiting MySource, the company’s intranet site. If you need assistance or do not have access to a PC, ask your manager for help.

You’re obligated to comply fully with our Code of Conduct and may be required to certify your compliance with the Code. You will be notified of any required certifications.

 

 

7


 

 

Q & A

Q: What is my role in managing risk?

A: Each employee plays an important role in managing risk when you:

 

    Perform your job with integrity and in compliance with policies, procedures and the law

 

    Adhere to the controls established for your business

 

    Ask questions if instructions are not clear or if you are unsure of the right thing to do

 

    Escalate issues immediately to your manager (e.g., an error, a missed control, wrongdoing or incorrect instructions)

Doing What’s Right means being accountable for your own and your team’s actions, and being willing to take a stand to correct or prevent any improper activity or a business mistake.

COOPERATING WITH REGULATORY AGENCIES

All employees are required to cooperate with regulators. Your communications with regulatory personnel are expected to be responsive, complete and transparent. Any commitments you have made in response to exam findings and any responses to regulatory information requests are to be completed within the agreed time frame. You must notify your manager immediately should situations arise that make it unlikely that you will meet the agreed upon commitments. In addition, your compliance officer should be advised of any delays in meeting regulatory commitments.

WHAT IS EXPECTED OF MANAGERS?

Those who manage or supervise others have a special obligation to set an example in Doing What’s Right . Some of the ways you’re expected to demonstrate this leadership include:

 

    Creating a culture of risk management, compliance and ethics,

 

    Considering risk in all your decision making,

 

    Reinforcing with your staff the importance of early identification and escalation of potential risks to the appropriate managers,

 

    Ensuring employees have the relevant resources to understand their job duties,

 

    Monitoring compliance with the Code of Conduct, company policies and procedures of the employees you supervise,

 

    Fostering an environment in which employees are comfortable raising questions and concerns without fear of retaliation,

 

    Reporting instances of non-compliance to the proper management level,

 

    Taking appropriate disciplinary action for compliance and ethics violations, and

 

    Reviewing the Code of Conduct no less than annually with your staff.

MANAGING RISK AS A MANAGER

As a manager, you must always consider risk in your decision making. You are required to understand fully the risk, compliance and regulatory issues that may impact the areas you serve. You are required to escalate any concerns immediately to the appropriate management level to ensure the requisite attention is given to the matter. In addition, any corrective measures must be implemented timely, thoroughly and in a sustainable manner.

RESPONSIBILITY TO ASK QUESTIONS AND REPORT CONCERNS

You are required to speak up immediately if you have a question or concern about what to do in a certain situation or if you believe someone is doing — or about to do — something that violates the law, company policy or our Code of Conduct. If you have a genuine concern, you must raise it promptly.

 

 

8


 

 

Q & A

Q: Where do I go for help if I’m uncomfortable talking to my management?

A: You can contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line. The contact information is located in the Code of Conduct, on MySource and on the company’s public Internet site.

 

 

Q & A

Q: Can I report a concern anonymously?

A: Yes, you can report your concern to the Ethics Help Line or Ethics Hot Line anonymously if you wish.

If you have a question or concern, your manager is usually a good place to start. Other people you may go to for help or advice are:

 

    Your manager’s manager

 

    Your line of business Compliance officer

 

    Someone in the Human Resources or the Legal department

You must speak up. If your concern is not addressed, raise it through other channels. You can always contact the Ethics Office through the Ethics Help Line or Ethics Hot Line.

You can also visit the Doing What’s Right section of the Compliance and Ethics page on MySource for more information on reporting an issue or incident.

WHAT HAPPENS WHEN A CONCERN IS REPORTED?

When you report a concern to the Ethics Help Line or Ethics Hot Line, your concerns will be taken seriously and investigated fully. Be prepared to give detailed information about your concern. You can choose to be anonymous if you want. Your confidentiality will be protected to the fullest extent possible and every effort will be made to quickly resolve your concern.

These reporting mechanisms are meant to be used only when you have a genuine concern that something is wrong. You will not be provided protection for your own misconduct just because you filed a report or if you knowingly give a false report.

ZERO TOLERANCE FOR RETALIATION

Anyone who reports a concern or reports misconduct in good faith, and with the reasonable belief that the information is true, is demonstrating a commitment to our values and following our Code of Conduct. The company has zero tolerance for acts of retaliation. Zero means zero. No one has the authority to justify an act of retaliation. Any employee who engages in retaliation will be subject to disciplinary action, which may include dismissal.

COOPERATING WITH AN INVESTIGATION

You’re required to cooperate with any investigation into alleged violations of our Code of Conduct, laws, regulations, policies or procedures, and are expected to be truthful and forthcoming during any investigation. This includes situations where you are an involved party, a witness, or are asked to provide information as part of an investigation. Any attempt to withhold information, sabotage or otherwise interfere with an investigation may be subject to any level of disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.

Remember, investigations are confidential company matters. To protect the integrity of the investigation, and to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law (which permits the initiation of communications to, and cooperation with the SEC, FINRA, CFTC and NFA or other governmental or regulatory bodies or officials) you are not allowed to discuss any aspect of an investigation, even the fact that an investigation is being conducted, with other employees or the public.

 

 

9


LOGO


KEY PRINCIPLE: RESPECTING OTHERS

 

RESPECTING OTHERS

We are committed to fostering an inclusive workplace where talented people want to stay and develop their careers. Supporting a diverse, engaged workforce allows us to be successful in building trust, empowering teams, serving our clients and outperforming our peers. We give equal employment opportunity to all individuals in compliance with legal requirements and because it’s the right thing to do.

MUTUAL RESPECT AND PROFESSIONAL TREATMENT

HARASSMENT-FREE ENVIRONMENT

SAFETY AND SECURITY

MANAGERS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

 


KEY PRINCIPLE:

RESPECTING OTHERS

MUTUAL RESPECT AND PROFESSIONAL TREATMENT

One of our values is Teamwork and nothing damages a team more quickly than a lack of mutual respect. For our company to be successful, we all must work together toward common goals. Employees and managers share a mutual responsibility to keep one another informed of any information that may be important to job performance and to understanding the organization. You’re expected to treat your fellow employees professionally — it’s what we owe each other in the workplace.

The company recognizes your right to form personal relationships with those you meet in the workplace; however, you’re expected to use good judgment to ensure your personal relationships do not negatively affect your job performance or interfere with your ability to supervise others. Favoritism, open displays of affection and making business decisions based on emotions or personal relationships are inappropriate.

Situations that involve borrowing money, or making loans between employees, or between one employee and a family member of another employee must be avoided, unless it is of an incidental nature involving a minimal amount of money. Managers should be particularly sensitive to situations involving lending money to those who report to them and avoid these workplace situations.

(Reference: Gifts, Entertainment and Loans from One Employee to Another)

 

 

Q & A

Q: I asked a question in a staff meeting and the response I received was offensive — several people laughed at me and I was mortified. What should I do?

A: The response you received was inappropriate. Healthy communication can only occur in environments where different opinions can be expressed and respectful debate occurs. It’s okay to disagree with a colleague. However, it must be done in a professional and respectful way. Talk to the person who made the remark. If you feel uncomfortable doing so, speak with your manager or Human Resources.

 

 

10


KEY PRINCIPLE: RESPECTING OTHERS

 

Similarly, gifts and entertainment between employees (including family members of another employee) can create conflicts. Company policy places limits on the amounts that are permissible and amounts above those established limits require approval via CODE RAP.

( Reference: Gifts, Entertainment and Loans from One Employee to Another )

Managers must also be aware of situations where family members or close personal friends may also work at BNY Mellon. The company prohibits any work situations where there is a direct reporting relationship between family members. In addition, wherever possible, situations should be avoided that involve family members working in the same business unit at the same location, or family members working in positions where they can jointly control or influence transactions. Senior executives must be aware that there are restrictions on hiring family members. If you encounter such a situation or are aware of one, you should contact Human Resources for guidance.

( Reference: Hiring and Continued Employment of Employees’ Relatives or Individuals Sharing Employees’ Household)

 

11


HARASSMENT-FREE ENVIRONMENT

BNY Mellon will not tolerate any form of harassment or discrimination. Harassment can be verbal, physical or include visual images where the effect creates an offensive atmosphere. It can take many forms and includes jokes, slurs and offensive remarks, whether delivered verbally, graphically or in electronic media, including e-mail.

Harassment also includes disrespectful behavior or remarks that involve a person’s race, color, sex, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, religion, disability, national origin or any other legally protected status. Certain local laws or regulations may provide additional protection for employees, so check with Human Resources or the Legal department in your local area if you have questions.

Some countries have specific laws concerning sexual harassment that include:

 

    Intentional or unintentional, unwelcome sexual advances with or without touching

 

    Coerced sexual acts

 

    Requests or demands for sexual favors

 

    Other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature

Our commitment to a harassment-free environment applies in all work-related settings and activities, whether on or off company premises, and extends to employees’ actions toward clients and vendors.

Harassment of any kind will not be tolerated in the workplace.

 

 

Q & A

Q: A colleague makes comments about my appearance that make me feel uncomfortable. I’ve told my colleague that I don’t like these comments, but they continue and I’m told I’m too sensitive. What am I supposed to do?

A: You should talk to your manager and ask for help. If you do not feel comfortable talking to your manager, talk to Human Resources or call the Ethics Help Line or Ethics Hot Line.

 

 

12


KEY PRINCIPLE: RESPECTING OTHERS

 

SAFETY AND SECURITY

BNY Mellon is committed to establishing and maintaining safe and healthy working conditions at all locations and to complying with laws that pertain to employee workplace safety. Listed below are some of the principles of maintaining a safe and secure workplace:

 

    You must contribute to maintaining a workplace free from aggression. Threats, intimidating behavior or any acts of violence will not be tolerated.

 

    You may not use, possess, sell or transfer illegal drugs on company property. In addition, you won’t be permitted to work if you’re using illegal drugs or impaired by alcohol.

 

    You may not bring weapons onto company property. This includes weapons used for sporting purposes or otherwise legal to possess. Weapons of any kind have no place in the work environment.

 

    You should be alert to individuals who are on company premises without proper authorization. Make sure you observe all physical access rules in your location and report incidents of unauthorized entry to your manager or to security personnel.

( Reference: Company Identification Card Issuance; Display and Use of Company Identification )

 

 

Q & A

Q: I have reason to believe that a colleague is coming to the office intoxicated. What should I do?

A: You should notify your manager immediately. If you’re uncomfortable discussing this with your manager, contact Human Resources.

MANAGERS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

As part of a worldwide financial services organization, managers have a special responsibility to demonstrate our values through their actions. Managers must foster an environment of integrity, honesty and respect. This includes creating a work environment that is free from discrimination, harassment, intimidation or bullying of any kind. This type of behavior will not be tolerated and is inconsistent with our values and the Code of Conduct.

Managers also must ensure that all aspects of the employment relationship are free from bias and that decisions are based upon individual performance and merit.

 

 

13


LOGO


KEY PRINCIPLE: AVOIDING CONFLICTS

 

AVOIDING CONFLICTS

We make our business decisions free from conflicting outside influences. Our business decisions are based on our duty to BNY Mellon and our clients, and not driven by any personal interest or gain. We are alert to any potential conflict of interest and ensure we identify and mitigate or eliminate any such conflict.

GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT

OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT AND BUSINESS DEALINGS

OUTSIDE SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR, OFFICER OR GENERAL PARTNER

OWNERSHIP OF AN OUTSIDE BUSINESS

FIDUCIARY APPOINTMENTS

PERSONAL INVESTMENT DECISIONS

DEALING WITH FAMILY AND CLOSE PERSONAL FRIENDS

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

 

 


    

 

KEY PRINCIPLE:

AVOIDING CONFLICTS

OVERVIEW

The way we conduct our daily business dealings with clients, suppliers, vendors and competitors determines our reputation in the marketplace far more than any other actions we take. Each one of us contributes to BNY Mellon’s reputation. You’re expected always to act in a way that reflects our commitment to integrity and responsible business behavior.

A conflict of interest is any situation where your interests and the company’s interests or the interests of our clients appear to be in opposition. When you’re in such a situation, it may be difficult to objectively fulfill your job duties and your loyalty to the company or to our clients and may be compromised — or appear to be compromised. Every business decision you make should be in the best interests of the company and our clients and not for your own personal gain or benefit. So you may not engage in any activity that creates, or even appears to create, a conflict of interest between you and BNY Mellon or its clients. You should not take any business action, including any loan or guarantee, for your personal benefit, or to benefit a relative or close friend at the expense of the company’s or a client’s best interests.

If you believe you have a conflict of interest, or may be perceived to have such a conflict, you must disclose this to your Compliance Officer or to the Ethics Office. You’re expected to cooperate fully with all efforts to resolve any such conflict. The routine activities on the following pages can give rise to an actual or perceived conflict of interest.

( Reference: Business Conflicts of Interest)

 

 

Even if the conflict does not create an improper action, the appearance of a conflict of interest can be equally damaging to our reputation.

 

 

14


KEY PRINCIPLE: AVOIDING CONFLICTS

 

GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT

Our clients, suppliers and vendors are vital to BNY Mellon’s success. That’s why it’s imperative that these relationships remain objective, fair, transparent and free from conflicts. While business gifts and entertainment can be important to building goodwill, they can also affect the relationship if your ability to exercise sound business judgment becomes blurred. To prevent misunderstandings, it’s recommended that, at the beginning of the business relationship, you discuss with your clients, suppliers and vendors what is permissible under our Code.

Fundamentally, interactions with existing or prospective clients, suppliers and vendors are business relationships that should be treated accordingly. The inappropriate giving or receiving of gifts and entertainment can erode the distinction between a business and a personal relationship. An appropriate benchmark is whether public disclosure of any gift or entertainment you accept or give would embarrass you or damage BNY Mellon’s reputation.

If your judgment begins to be influenced inappropriately by a close relationship with a client, supplier or vendor, then you have crossed the line and you should remove yourself from that relationship.

 

Q & A

Q: My line of business is considering asking a local vendor that we use from time to time to donate small gifts to a local charity. Since we’re not getting anything of value, can we assume this is allowable?

A: No. This is inappropriate. Asking vendors or suppliers to donate gifts, even if nominal in amount and for a charitable purpose, gives the impression that they must honor our request to continue doing business with the company.

The basic principle is that no gift or entertainment may be accepted or provided if it obligates you, or appears to obligate you, to the individual receiving or giving the gift or entertainment. Gifts and entertainment should be defined in the broadest sense to include money, securities, business opportunities, goods, services, discounts on goods or services, entertainment, corporate tickets, company sponsored events, food, drink, and any similar items.

In addition to the rules noted on the next page that apply across the company, certain lines of business may have more restrictive rules and requirements. You are expected to know and follow the more rigorous standards that may apply to your job or your location.

 

 

15


    

 

The following are NOT allowed, regardless of the value:

 

    Accepting or giving anything as a “quid pro quo”, that is for doing something in return for the gift or entertainment,

 

    Accepting or giving cash or cash equivalents (e.g., checks, cash convertible gift certificates or cards, securities and loans),

 

    Accepting or giving a gift or entertainment that violates any law or regulation or brings harm to BNY Mellon’s reputation,

 

    Accepting or giving anything that could be viewed as a bribe, payoff or improper influence,

 

    Accepting or giving a gift or entertainment that violates any standard of conduct for your profession, especially if you hold a license or a certification,

 

    Using your position in any way to obtain anything of value from prospective or existing clients, suppliers, vendors or persons to whom you refer business,

 

    Providing entertainment that is lavish or too frequent for an existing or prospective client, vendor or supplier,

 

    Participating in any entertainment that is inappropriate, sexually oriented or inconsistent with ethical business practices,

 

    Accepting gifts or entertainment from, or giving them to, any vendor or supplier during the selection or sourcing process, whether or not you are the primary relationship manager or involved directly in the negotiation to secure the products or services,

 

    Participating in any action that would cause the other person to violate their own company’s standards for gifts and entertainment, and

 

    Providing gifts or entertainment to an existing or prospective client, supplier or vendor not recorded properly in the company books and records.

 

 

Q & A

Q: I am vacationing in the Caribbean and my client has a home on the island that I’m visiting. She’s been asking me to stay in her home. I’ll make sure we discuss business and I may even be able to get some business referrals from her friends. There won’t be any expense to BNY Mellon. Can I stay in the client’s home?

A: No. Staying in a client’s home is inappropriate. Your client is a business associate, not a personal friend. This type of entertainment could be viewed as improper and could bring harm to the company’s reputation if disclosed to the public. The fact that the company is not paying for any expenses is not relevant. You should thank the client for the kind suggestion, explain our policy and politely decline the offer.

 

 

16


KEY PRINCIPLE: AVOIDING CONFLICTS

 

The following require express pre-approval or reporting via CODE RAP before you proceed. Approval is required whether you’re the recipient of the gift or entertainment, or you’re providing such to a client, vendor or supplier:

 

    Accepting a gift or bequest under a will or trust document of a client of BNY Mellon, regardless of the amount,

 

    Attending special, high-profile events, such as World Cup matches or Super Bowl games, regardless of the stated amount on the tickets,

 

    Giving or receiving any gift or entertainment that exceeds amounts permissible in company policy (entertainment includes meals, refreshments or other accommodations, but should only be considered business entertainment if given in connection with a legitimate business meeting), and

 

    Giving gifts or entertainment to any U.S. government employee/entity (U.S. or non-U.S.)

 

    The laws surrounding gifts or entertainment to government officials are complex, so you should ask your manager for assistance or contact the Anti- Corruption and Government Contracting Unit of Compliance with questions.

The following are usually acceptable, but you should raise questions if you’re in doubt:

 

    Gifts based upon obvious family or long-standing, personal relation-ships (such as those between you and your parents, children, spouse or a childhood friend), where the circumstances make it clear that those relationships are the motivating factor for the gift, rather than the business relationship,

 

 

Q & A

Q: I’m worried about the impression my office is giving to the community. We host what I consider to be lavish parties for prospective clients and some people seem to be constantly “entertaining” clients. Should I be worried?

A: It depends. It could be that your colleagues are engaging in legitimate business entertainment. It’s possible that the entertainment complies with the Code of Conduct and company policies, and you may not have all the facts. You should talk to your manager or the next level of management about your concern. If you’re uncomfortable doing this or you get an unsatisfactory answer, contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line to report your concern.

 

  Gifts of a nominal value (under $200 U.S. or local equivalent), but only if the gift is given in connection with a commonly recognized event or occasion (e.g., holiday, job event such as a promotion or retirement, life event such as a wedding, or a business event such as a conference, sports or cultural event). Even in these situations, you must report the gift or entertainment to your direct manager,

 

    Promotional items of a nominal value, such as pens, calendars, paperweights,

 

    Items with little intrinsic value, such as plaques, certificates and trophies recognizing service and accomplishments for civic, charitable, educational or religious organizations,
 

 

17


    

 

    Discounts or rebates on merchandise or services that do not exceed those available to the general public or available to you as an employee of the company, and

 

    Loans from other financial institutions, so long as they are on customary terms for legally permissible purposes.

If you receive a gift not in compliance with these requirements, you must immediately return the gift to the sender. If appropriate, you should send a letter explaining the company’s policy or your business line’s policies.

( Reference: Gifts, Entertainment and Other Expenses to Commercial Clients, Suppliers or Vendors Policy and Anti-Corruption Policy )

OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT AND BUSINESS DEALINGS

Certain types of outside employment or business dealings may cause a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict. It’s your responsibility to recognize these situations. Any activity that diminishes your ability to perform your job duties objectively, benefits you at the expense of BNY Mellon, competes with any business or service provided by the company, or has the potential to damage our reputation will not be permitted.

Certain types of outside employment or business dealings may not be accepted while employed by BNY Mellon, including:

 

    Employment or association with companies or organizations that prepare, audit or certify statements or documents pertinent to the company’s business,

 

    Employment with clients, competitors, vendors or suppliers that you deal with in the normal course of your job duties, and

 

    Any business relationship with a client, prospect, supplier, vendor or agent of the company (other than normal consumer transactions conducted through ordinary retail sources).

 

 

Q & A

Q: A colleague of mine works part-time for a company that provides office supplies, such as paper and pens, to BNY Mellon. Should I be concerned that his outside employment could be a conflict?

A: It does not seem likely this would be a conflict, so long as your colleague is not involved in the decision making process to purchase supplies from the outside company or approve invoices or payments to the supplier. If you’re concerned, you may want to talk with your manager. In addition, you can always contact your Compliance Officer or the Ethics Office for guidance.

 

 

18


KEY PRINCIPLE: AVOIDING CONFLICTS

 

Certain types of outside employment and business dealings require approval from the company before acceptance. You must seek approval via CODE RAP. Depending upon your job duties or other regulatory requirements, your request may be denied or limits may be placed upon your activities. The following positions require approval:

 

    Employment involving the use of a professional license even if that license is not required for you to perform your current duties (e.g., FINRA, real estate, insurance, certified accountant and attorney),

 

    Employment involving providing tax advice or tax return preparation,

 

    Any type of employment in the financial services industry,

 

    Employment that could compete with the company or divert business opportunities in any way,

 

    Any position that is similar in nature to your present job duties and involves a “knowledge transfer ” to the other organization,

 

    Jobs that adversely affect the quality of your work, distract your attention from your job duties or otherwise influence your judgment when acting on behalf of the company,

 

    Employment of any kind that would negatively impact the company’s financial or professional reputation, and
    Serving as an expert witness, industry arbitrator or other similar litigation support that is unrelated to BNY Mellon, as these activities generally take a significant amount of time and have the potential to create conflicts of interest (e.g., taking a position that is contrary to company policies or procedures or otherwise conflicts with the interests of our clients).

Even if your outside employment is approved or permissible under the Code, you may not solicit employees, clients, vendors or suppliers, nor may you utilize the company’s name, time, property, supplies or equipment. All approvals granted for outside employment expire after one year. Annual re-approval via CODE RAP is required since facts and circumstances may change.

( Reference: Outside Affiliations, Outside Employment, and Certain Outside Compensation )

 

 

19


    

 

OUTSIDE SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR, OFFICER, GENERAL PARTNER, POLITICAL APPOINTMENT OR ELECTED POSITION

You must obtain prior approval before you serve as a board member, officer or general partner of the following:

 

    All for-profit companies, and

 

    Non-profit entities, where any of the following circumstances exist:

 

    There is a client, business or financial relationship between the entity and BNY Mellon, including receiving charitable contributions, grants or foundation money.

 

    The entity is a trade or industry organization (e.g., Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or the Chartered Financial Analyst Institute).

 

    You receive any type of compensation (e.g., cash, securities, goods, services).

 

    You have been asked by BNY Mellon to serve the organization.

 

    The entity is any type of government agency or your position is considered to be a public official (whether elected or appointed).

You may not serve until you have full approval from BNY Mellon as required by policy and documented in CODE RAP. If you are compensated, you may be required to surrender the compensation if there is a potential conflict of interest or you’re serving the outside entity on behalf of BNY Mellon. Annual re-approval via CODE RAP is required as facts and circumstances may change, so you may not be given permission to serve every year.

Even if the service does not require approval, you must notify BNY Mellon of any anticipated negative publicity, and you must follow these guidelines while you serve:

 

    Never attempt to influence or take part in votes or decisions that may lead to the use of a BNY Mellon product, service or other type of benefit to the company; the entity records must reflect that you abstained from such a vote or discussion.

 

    You must ensure the entity conducts its affairs lawfully, ethically, and in accordance with prudent management and financial practices. If you cannot, then you must resign.

( Reference: Accepting Compensation When Serving as a Board Member or Senior Officer of an Outside Entity )

 

 

Q & A

Q: I’ve been asked to sit on the board of a local non-profit group. They use our Wealth Management group to manage their charitable giving program. I don’t have any business dealings with the non-profit group and don’t work in Wealth Management. Do I have to report this?

A: Yes. The non-profit entity is a client of BNY Mellon. It does not matter which line of business has the client relationship, or whether or not you have any business dealings with the group. You must submit a CODE RAP form and receive approval before you agree to serve.

 

 

20


KEY PRINCIPLE: AVOIDING CONFLICTS

 

OWNERSHIP OF AN OUTSIDE BUSINESS

If you own a business (either as a sole proprietor or partial owner), you must seek approval for this ownership via CODE RAP. You’ll be required to provide pertinent details, such as any relationship with BNY Mellon (including employees), any compensation/ payment received, time required and potential conflicts of interest (actual or in appearance). Annual re-approval via CODE RAP is required as facts and circumstances may change.

( Reference: Outside Affiliations, Outside Employment, and Certain Outside Compensation )

FIDUCIARY APPOINTMENTS

Fiduciary appointments are those where you act as a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, assignee, receiver, custodian under a uniform gifts to minors act, investment adviser, or any capacity in which you possess investment discretion on behalf of another or any other similar capacity. In general, you’re strongly discouraged from serving as a fiduciary unless you’re doing so for a family member. All requests to serve as a fiduciary, with the exception of serving for a family member who is not a BNY Mellon client, require approval through CODE RAP.

If there is a client relationship, there may be restrictions or controls placed on your service, or you may be denied the ability to serve in such a fiduciary capacity.

In all situations where you’re acting as a fiduciary, you must follow these guidelines:

    Do not represent that you’re performing the same professional services that are performed by a bank, or that you have access to such services,

 

    Do not accept a fee for acting as a co-fiduciary with a bank, unless you receive approval from the board of directors of that bank, and

 

    Do not permit your appointment to interfere with the time and attention you devote to your BNY Mellon job duties.

PERSONAL INVESTMENT DECISIONS

Your personal investments, and those of certain family members, could lead to conflicts of interest. Therefore, you’re required to comply with the company’s Personal Securities Trading Policy , including adhering to the restrictions placed on trading in BNY Mellon securities and a strict prohibition against insider trading. Certain employees will have additional restrictions placed on their personal investments that may include reporting and pre-clearing various types of securities transactions. You must be familiar with the responsibilities that apply to your job and you’ll be expected to follow those rules.

In addition, if you have (or anyone who reports to you has) responsibility for a client, supplier or vendor relationship as part of your job duties, you must be cautious about potential investments in that business or its securities, particularly for privately held or thinly traded public companies and ensure your full compliance with the Personal Securities Trading Policy .

( Reference: Personal Securities Trading Policy )

 

 

21


    

 

DEALINGS WITH FAMILY AND CLOSE PERSONAL FRIENDS

You should be particularly sensitive to business situations involving family members, household members or close personal friends. In general, a family member or close personal friend should not have any business dealings with you or with anyone who reports to you. This also includes situations where your family members or close personal friends provide an indirect service to a client for whom you have responsibility.

You must disclose any such situation to your manager and your Compliance Officer and cooperate with all efforts to resolve such conflicts.

( Reference: Hiring and Continued Employment of Employees’ Relatives or Individuals Sharing Employees’ Household )

 

 

Q & A

Q: A client of mine is considering hiring my wife as his accountant. I did not make the referral to my client. Is this okay?

A: This situation could cause a conflict of interest, and you should contact your manager and your Compliance Officer immediately. If your wife is acting as your client’s accountant, she may be relying upon information BNY Mellon provides on the client’s account. This is a situation that puts you in a potential conflict of interest, so you may be required to resign from the client’s account if he hires your wife.

 

 

Q: My son works for a consulting company that BNY Mellon routinely hires for software development. My job does not require that I interact with him and I have no influence or input over the decision to hire the consulting company. Is this okay?

A: It doesn’t appear that there are any conflicts of interest with your son working for the consulting company and your job at BNY Mellon. To be certain, discuss this matter with your manager or your Compliance Officer, so that you can be sure there are no conflicts with this situation.

 

 

22


KEY PRINCIPLE: AVOIDING CONFLICTS

 

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

You owe a duty to BNY Mellon to advance its legitimate business interests when the opportunity arises. You and your family members are prohibited from personally benefiting from opportunities discovered through the use of company property or information that you directly or indirectly obtained through your position at BNY Mellon.

Your actions must not compete in any way with businesses the company engages in, and you may neither ask for, nor accept, a business opportunity that may belong to BNY Mellon or could appear to belong to it.

You may not give legal, tax, investment or other professional advice to clients, prospects, vendors or suppliers of the company, unless this activity is part of your regular job responsibilities. You must also be cautious if clients, prospects, suppliers or other employees seek your guidance or your recommendation of a third party professional who provides these services, such as an attorney, accountant, insurance broker, stock broker, or real estate agent.

If you make such a recommendation, you must follow these requirements:

 

    Provide several candidates and ensure you show no favoritism toward any of them

 

    Disclose in writing that the recommendations are in no way sponsored or endorsed by the company

 

    Do not accept any fee (now or in the future), nor may you expect any direct or indirect benefit (e.g., more business from a better relationship) from the recommendation

 

 

All transactions with your clients, suppliers or vendors must be handled strictly on an “arm’s-length basis”, meaning that the terms of all transactions must not even suggest the appearance of a personal advantage.

 

 

23


LOGO

 


KEY PRINCIPLE: CONDUCTING BUSINESS

 

CONDUCTING BUSINESS

We secure business based on honest competition in the marketplace, which contributes to the success of our company, our clients and our shareholders. We compete in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. We support worldwide efforts to combat financial corruption and financial crime.

FAIR COMPETITION AND ANTI-TRUST

ANTI-CORRUPTION AND IMPROPER PAYMENTS

COMBATING FINANCIAL CRIME AND MONEY LAUNDERING

 

 


 

KEY PRINCIPLE:

CONDUCTING BUSINESS

FAIR COMPETITION AND ANTI-TRUST

BNY Mellon is committed to fair dealing with our clients, suppliers, competitors and employees. The company is also committed to open competition as we believe this benefits our clients, the company and the community at large. We compete vigorously but only in full compliance with the laws and regulations of the numerous jurisdictions in which we do business, and in the spirit of honesty and integrity.

All BNY Mellon entities must comply with the various “fair competition” and “fair dealing” laws that exist in many countries and “anti-trust” laws in the U.S. The general purpose of these laws is to protect the markets from anti-competitive activities. Some examples of such anti-competitive activities are those that involve entering into formal or informal agreements, whether written or oral, with competitors regarding:

 

    Fixing prices or terms, or any information that impacts prices or terms,

 

    Allocating markets, sales territories or clients, including sharing marketing plans or strategic documents,

 

    Boycotting or refusing to deal with certain suppliers, vendors or clients (unless required by a law or governing body, such as the Office of Foreign Assets Control), and

 

    Making the use of a product or service from a supplier or vendor conditional upon their use of our services or products.

The principles of fair dealing require us to deal fairly with our clients, suppliers, competitors and employees. Unfair advantage may not be taken through:

 

    Manipulation,

 

    Concealment,

 

    Abuse of privileged information,

 

    Misrepresentation of material facts, or

 

    Any other unfair-dealing practices.

 

 

Q & A

Q: A close friend works for a competitor of BNY Mellon. We sometimes talk about the challenges we have in marketing certain products and bounce ideas off one another. Is this a problem?

A: Yes. You’re discussing confidential information that belongs to the company. You may also be violating anti-trust or anti-competitive laws. Do not talk about these types of matters with your friend, family members or anyone outside of the company.

 

 

24


KEY PRINCIPLE: CONDUCTING BUSINESS

 

The competition and anti-trust laws are many and complex, so if you have any question as to whether a particular activity is legal or in compliance with the spirit of these laws, you should contact a member of the Legal department. The following points reinforce the significance and complexity of these laws:

 

    The laws can vary within the same country or organization. For example, several states within the U.S. have fair competition laws, in addition to the federal anti-trust laws. Likewise, within the EU, individual countries may have laws that apply in addition to EU laws,

 

    The laws of certain countries may apply to conduct that takes place outside of that country (e.g., the U.S. and EU),

 

    Violations of these laws typically carry harsh penalties. Most permit significant monetary penalties for both the company and the individual employee, and some permit convicted individuals to be imprisoned,
    Meetings at professional gatherings, trade associations or conferences are particularly vulnerable to potential violations. If you’re involved in any discussion with a competitor that begins to suggest anti-competitive or anti-trust activity, or gives the appearance of this kind of activity, you must inform the competitor that the discussion must cease. If it does not, you must remove yourself from the group. Immediately report the incident to the Legal department to protect both you and the company, and

 

    Many countries’ competition laws have provisions that make it illegal to monopolize or to abuse a dominant position in a market. You should check with the Legal department if you’re a senior manager of a business and have concern about these issues.

Complying with fair competition and anti-trust laws also means that you may not use information or materials that belong to our competitors. This includes using information that a former employee of a competitor may bring with them to BNY Mellon. We succeed in the marketplace based on our own merits and do not engage in corporate “espionage” or unethical means to gain advantage on the competition. You’re expected to comply fully with the letter and the spirit of all fair competition and anti-trust laws.

 

 

25


 

ANTI-CORRUPTION AND IMPROPER PAYMENTS

Most countries in which we do business have laws that prohibit bribes to governments, their officials and commercial (non-government) clients. The term “officials” can be applied broadly to include officials of political parties, political candidates, employees of governments and employees of government-owned businesses. BNY Mellon employees are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act. You must comply with these laws regardless of the line of business in which you work or your country of residence.

Any attempt to pay or offer money or anything of value to influence the actions or decisions of such officials may result in a violation of the above-referenced laws. Violation of these laws is a serious offense which can lead to significant penalties for the company and for you individually. You’re required to comply fully with the Company’s Anti-Corruption Policy and adhere to all associated rules including the following:

 

    Do not offer or give anything of value (including gifts, meals, entertainment or other benefits) to a U.S. or non-U.S. “official” to obtain or retain business or secure any improper advantage.

Note in particular that “things of value” may include jobs or internships or offers thereof. Company Policies require that any and all candidates for employment (whether permanent, limited duration or as an intern) proceed through the formal HR recruiting process. You must not engage in informal recruiting, hiring or hiring discussions outside of the formal HR recruiting process. In addition, “things of value” may also include consulting, contractor or temporary work assignments at BNY Mellon, whether or not a third party employment staffing agency is involved. You must adhere to all internal controls applicable to such arrangements.

 

    Do not agree to hire or exert any influence in the hiring of any client or potential client or any relative or other person in whom the client or potential client may be interested,

 

    Do not accept or present anything if it obligates you, or appears to obligate you and ensure that all hospitality, entertainment and gifts are in accordance with applicable corporate policies and preceded by all required internal approvals,

 

    Do not attempt to avoid laws by making payments through third parties: be cautious when selecting or dealing with agents or other third-party providers,

 

    Never make any payment that you do not record on company books and records, or make misleading accounting entries,

 

    Seek guidance when circumstances are unclear or you’re asked to make or approve a payment or take any other action that makes you uncomfortable, and

 

    Report any observations of others engaging in any behavior that you believe is improper.

( Reference: Anti-Corruption Policy )

 

 

26


KEY PRINCIPLE: CONDUCTING BUSINESS

 

COMBATING FINANCIAL CRIME AND MONEY LAUNDERING

Money laundering is the process by which individuals or entities attempt to conceal unlawful funds or otherwise make the source of the funds appear legitimate. As a member of the financial services community, you have a special obligation to support law enforcement throughout the world to combat various types of financial crime, such as attempts to launder money for criminal activity and finance terrorist operations. You’re expected to comply fully with all anti-money laundering laws and only conduct business with reputable clients involved in legitimate business activities that use funds derived from lawful purposes.

It is critical to the health of the company that every employee adheres to the company’s strict “know-your-customer” policies.

In addition to our global policies, individual lines of business have detailed policies and procedures that address unique requirements and circumstances. You’re expected to know those procedures and follow them. Ask your manager for guidance. Knowing your customer means following established customer identification protocols for your business line, validating that the individual or entity, and the source of their funds, is legitimate.

Failing to detect suspicious transactions or doing business with any person or entity involved in criminal or terrorist activities puts

 

Q & A

Q: A longtime client started a new company that purchases medical equipment for a facility in the Middle East. The payments are made via wire transfers from an account of another company she owns in the Cayman Islands. The bank account of the Cayman Island company is located in a European country. Should I be concerned?

A: Yes. Transferring funds to or from countries unrelated to the transaction, or transfers that are complex or illogical is a significant red flag. You’re obligated to file an Incident Report no later than 72 hours from the time you identify the activity as suspicious.

the company and you at serious risk. Accordingly, the company will not tolerate any circumstance where an individual or business unit circumvents anti-money laundering policies or procedures or fails to report suspicious activity. No amount of revenue and no client relationship are worth the risk of doing business with those involved in criminal or terrorist activity. If you suspect or detect any suspicious activity, you must file an Incident Report as soon as possible, and no later than 72 hours after detection. No manager or executive has the authority to suppress such reports.

( References: Global Anti-Money Laundering/Know-Your-Customer Policy; Anti-Money Laundering Training Policy; Policy on Identifying, Investigating, and Reporting Fraud, Money Laundering etc. )

 

 

27


LOGO

 


KEY PRINCIPLE: WORKING WITH GOVERNMENTS

 

WORKING WITH GOVERNMENTS

We follow all requirements that apply to doing business with governments. We recognize that practices that may be acceptable when dealing with a private company that is the client may cause problems or be a violation of law when working with a government.

YOUR OBLIGATIONS

BASIC PRINCIPLES

 

 


KEY PRINCIPLE:

WORKING WITH GOVERNMENTS

YOUR OBLIGATIONS

BNY Mellon conducts business with national and local governments and with government-owned entities. While you must always follow the standard of Doing What’s Right with any client, you should be aware that there are special rules when doing business with a government. Some practices that are acceptable when a private company is your client, such as nominal gifts or entertainment, may cause problems, or in some cases be a violation of law, when working with governments.

If you’re involved in any part of the process of providing services to a government entity, you have a special obligation to follow the basic principles in this section of the Code. These principles also apply in circumstances where you may be supervising the work of third parties in support of a government client (e.g., consultants, contractors, temporary workers or suppliers).

If you’re a manager or recruiter who has responsibility for hiring decisions, you may have additional, unique requirements. For example, certain jurisdictions, such as the U.S., have laws concerning employment discussions and the hiring of former government officials and their family members or lobbyists. Check with your local Human Resources representative or the Legal department in such circumstances to be sure you’re following requirements of the law.

 

 

Q & A

Q: I have clients in a country where some businesses have been “nationalized” and are now owned and run by the state. Are the people I deal with in these circumstances considered to be officials of the government?

A: You should assume the answer is yes. The laws can be complicated, so contact the Legal department for guidance.

 

 

Q: I’m hosting a dinner for a few of the larger clients in my region. One of the clients I was going to invite is the representative for the account we manage for the State of New Jersey. Do I have to notify anyone?

A: Yes. You may not proceed until you’ve received approval via CODE RAP from the Anti-Corruption and Government Contracting Unit of Compliance.

 

 

28


KEY PRINCIPLE: WORKING WITH GOVERNMENTS

 

BASIC PRINCIPLES

    Know the restrictions or limitations on presenting and receiving hospitality.

 

    Do not offer or accept gifts to or from representatives of governments that do not comply with company policies,

 

    Never accept or offer anything of value meant to induce or influence government employees or officials as this gives the appearance of a bribe, and

 

    Don’t “tip” government officials or offer “inducement” payments.

 

    Do not accept or present anything if it obligates you, or appears to obligate you.

 

    Observe a “higher standard of care.”

 

    Never destroy or steal government property,

 

    Don’t make false or fictitious statements, or represent that agreements have been met if they haven’t,

 

    Don’t deviate from contract requirements without prior approval from the government, and

 

    Never issue invoices or charges that are inaccurate, incorrect or unauthorized.
    Cooperate with government investigations and audits.

 

    Don’t avoid, contravene or otherwise interfere with any government investigation or audit, and

 

    Don’t destroy or alter any company documents (whether electronic or paper) in anticipation of a request for those documents from the government.

It’s important to note that in addition to the basic principles above, if your client is a U.S. federal, state or local government, there are very specific legal requirements and company policies that you must follow. These obligations apply to all businesses that deal with U.S. federal, state or local entities or officials, regardless of the location or the line of business providing the service, even in locations outside the U.S.

( References: Doing Business with the Government; Government Contracts; Gifts,   Entertainment and Payments to Governments )

 

 

 

29


LOGO


KEY PRINCIPLE: PROTECTING COMPANY ASSETS

 

PROTECTING COMPANY ASSETS

We ensure all entries made in the company’s books and records are complete and accurate, and comply with established accounting and record-keeping procedures. We maintain confidentiality of all forms of data and information entrusted to us, and prevent the misuse of information belonging to the company or any client.

FINANCIAL INTEGRITY

ADDITIONAL STANDARDS FOR SENIOR FINANCIAL PROFESSIONALS

USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

PROTECTING CLIENT AND EMPLOYEE RECORDS AND OBSERVING OUR PRIVACY PRINCIPLES

RECORDS MANAGEMENT

USE OF COMPUTERS, SYSTEMS AND CORPORATE INFORMATION

INSIDE OR PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

 

 


KEY PRINCIPLE:

PROTECTING COMPANY ASSETS

FINANCIAL INTEGRITY

BNY Mellon is committed to keeping honest, accurate and transparent books and records. You’re expected to follow established accounting and recordkeeping rules, and to measure and report financial performance honestly. Investors count on us to provide accurate information so they can make decisions about our company. All business records must be clear, truthful and accurate, and follow generally accepted accounting principles and laws.

You may not have any secret agreement or side arrangements with anyone — a client, another employee or their family member, or a supplier, vendor or agent of the company.

The financial condition of the company reflects records and accounting entries supported by virtually every employee. Business books and records also include documents many employees create, such as expense diaries and time sheets.

Falsifying any document can impact the financial condition of the company. As a public company, BNY Mellon is required to file reports with government agencies and make certain public statements. Many people and entities use these statements, including:

 

    Accountants — to calculate taxes and other government fees,

 

    Investors — to make decisions about buying or selling our securities, and

 

    Regulatory agencies — to monitor and enforce our compliance with government regulations.

You’re expected to maintain accurate and complete records at all times. Financial integrity is fundamental to our success, and falsification or misrepresentation of any company books, records or reports will not be tolerated.

 

 

Q & A

Q: I think a co-worker is submitting reports that indicate she worked overtime that she did not actually work. I don’t want to get anyone in trouble, so what should I do?

A: Reporting hours not worked is a form of theft. This is a serious issue and may be a violation of law. You must report your concern to your manager or Human Resources. If you’re uncomfortable raising this issue with your manager, file an Incident Report or contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line to report your concern.

 

 

30


KEY PRINCIPLE: PROTECTING COMPANY ASSETS

 

 

ADDITIONAL STANDARDS FOR SENIOR FINANCIAL PROFESSIONALS

If you’re responsible for the accuracy of the company’s financial filings with regulators, you have a higher duty to ensure your behavior follows the most stringent standards of personal and professional conduct. This includes the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Company Controller, and such other individuals as determined by the General Counsel. Individuals in this group must adhere to the following additional standards:

 

    Disclose to the General Counsel and Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer any material    transaction or relationship that could reasonably be expected to be a conflict of interest,

 

    Provide stakeholders with information that is accurate, complete, objective, fair, relevant,    timely and understandable, including information in filings and submissions to the US Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory bodies,

 

    Act in good faith, responsibly, with due care, competence and diligence, without misrepresenting material facts or allowing your independent judgment to be compromised,

 

    Never mislead or improperly influence any authorized audit or interfere with any auditor engaged in the performance of an internal or independent review of the company’s system of internal controls, financial statements or accounting books and records, and

 

    Promptly report any possible violation of the company’s Code of Conduct to the General Counsel and Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer.

 

USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

Company assets include, but are not limited to, company funds, equipment, facilities, supplies, postal and electronic mail, and any type of company-owned information. It also includes your time and the time of those with whom you work — you’re expected to use your time at work responsibly. Company assets are to be used for legitimate business purposes and not for your personal gain. You’re expected to use good judgment to ensure that assets are not misused or wasted.

The company’s name and brand is a vital asset. To ensure that we maintain the integrity and value of the brand, it is imperative to adhere to the brand guidelines when using the name, logo or any reference to the brand. Details about the brand and brand guidelines are listed at the Brand Center site on MySource.

In addition to keeping within brand guidelines to ensure that the name and brand are used appropriately, the following is another important principle to protect these assets. You should not imply, directly or indirectly, any company sponsorship, unless you have prior and proper approval. This includes refraining from using the company’s name to endorse a client, supplier, vendor or any third party without the approval of Corporate Marketing. You may not proceed with any such use of the company’s name or endorsement without first receiving approval through CODE RAP.

( Reference: Use of the Company’s Name in Advertising or Endorsements of Customers and Others )

Careless, wasteful, inefficient or inappropriate use of any company assets is irresponsible and inconsistent with our Code of Conduct. Any type of theft, fraud or embezzlement will not be tolerated.

 

 

31


PROTECTING CLIENT AND EMPLOYEE RECORDS AND OBSERVING OUR PRIVACY PRINCIPLES

The company is responsible for ensuring the privacy, confidentiality and controlled access to all client and employee information. All of our stakeholders expect us to collect, maintain, use, disseminate and dispose of information only as necessary to carry out responsibilities or as authorized by law.

Nearly every employee in the company has access to private information, so you’re expected to adhere to the following key principles concerning privacy:

 

    Collection of client and employee information must be controlled. This means that the collection of such information must be permitted under law and only for a legitimate business purpose.

 

    Storage and transport of all forms of collected client and employee information must be controlled and safeguarded. This means that information collected must be maintained in a secured environment, transported by approved vendors and access provided only to those who need to view the information to perform their job duties.

 

    Use of client and employee information must be controlled. If the law or company policy provides that the client or employee be given a right to “opt-out” of certain uses of information, then you must respect that right.

 

    Disposal of client and employee information must be controlled. You should only retain information for the time period necessary to deliver the service or product and in compliance with applicable retention periods. When it’s necessary to dispose of information (regardless of the media on which the information is stored) you must do so in a manner appropriate to the sensitivity of the information.

 

    Any compromise of client or employee information must be reported. If you’re aware of or suspect that client or employee information has been lost, stolen, missing, misplaced or misdirected, or that there’s been unauthorized access to information, you must immediately report the matter through the company’s incident reporting process.

Know how to protect records and make sure to follow company policies at all times. The loss of any protected data can be extremely harmful to the company financially and damage our reputation.

( Reference: Information Privacy Policy, Corporate Information Protection Policy )

 

 

Q & A

Q: As part of my group’s job duties, we’re able to view the accounts of wealthy clients. I overheard one of my colleagues talking to his brother on the phone about the balance in a client’s account that happens to be a very prominent sports figure. I don’t think this is right, but what should I do?

A: You’re correct in being concerned. Your colleague had no right to disclose personal information about a client to anyone who has no legitimate business need for the information. File an Incident Report or contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line to report your concern.

 

 

32


KEY PRINCIPLE: PROTECTING COMPANY ASSETS

 

GLOBAL RECORDS MANAGEMENT PROGRAM

You must follow company and local policies for retention, management and destruction of records. If there’s an investigation, or if litigation is pending or anticipated, certain records may need to be retained beyond established destruction periods. In most cases you’ll be notified of the need to retain documents by the Legal department, if appropriate.

Records should be defined in the broadest sense — meaning that they include any information created or received that has been recorded on any medium or captured in reproducible form. Records also include any document that is intentionally retained and managed as final evidence of a business unit’s activities, events or transactions, or for operational, legal, regulatory or historical purposes.

The media and formats of records take many forms, including:

 

    Papers, e-mails, instant messages, other electronically maintained documents,

 

    Microfilms, photographs and reproductions,

 

    Voice, text and audio tapes,

 

    Magnetic tapes, floppy and hard disks, optical disks and drawings, and

 

    Any other media, regardless of physical form or characteristics that have been made or received in the transaction of business activities.

( Reference: Records Management Program )

USE OF COMPUTERS, SYSTEMS AND CORPORATE INFORMATION

As an employee, you have access to the company’s computers, systems and corporate information to do your job. This access means you also have the obligation to use these systems responsibly and follow company policies to protect information and systems.

Electronic systems include, but are not limited to:

 

    Personal computers (including e-mail and instant messages) and computer networks,

 

    Telephones, cell phones, voice mail, pagers and fax machines, and

 

    Other communications devices, such as PDAs (e.g. Blackberry, iPad, etc.)

Never send sensitive or confidential data over the Internet or over phone systems without following established company policies to protect such information.

You should have no expectation of privacy when you use these systems. You’re given access only to conduct legitimate company business and you’re expected to use them in a professional and responsible manner. The company reserves the right to intercept, monitor and record your communication on these systems in accordance with the law.

You’re expected to protect the security of these systems and follow company policies concerning access and proper use (such as maintaining passwords). In rare cases, where there is a necessary and legitimate business reason, you may disclose your password to another employee who has the right to access the information associated with your password; however, you must file a CODE RAP report immediately and observe all necessary steps to restore the confidentiality of your password.

 

 

33


You’re permitted to use the company’s systems, but only if you follow these rules:

 

    Messages you create should be professional and appropriate for business communication, including those created via e-mail or instant messaging.

 

    Never engage in communication that may be considered offensive, derogatory, obscene, vulgar, harassing or threatening (e.g., inappropriate jokes, sexual comments or images, comments that may offend, including those based upon gender, race, age, religious belief, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability or any other basis defined by law).

 

    Do not distribute copyrighted or licensed materials improperly.

 

    Do not transmit chain letters, advertisements or solicitations (unless they’re specifically authorized by the company).

 

    Never view or download inappropriate materials.

The occasional use of company systems for personal purposes is acceptable, but you’re expected to use good judgment. Keep personal use to a minimum. Personal use of these systems is a privilege, not a right. Use them wisely and in a manner that would not damage the company’s reputation.

( References: Electronic Mail Policy; Corporate Information Protection Policy )

 

 

Q & A

Q: My co-worker sometimes sends sensitive client data via the Internet to a vendor we use to help solve problems. I’m concerned because I don’t think this information is protected properly. He says it’s okay because the vendor is authorized to receive the data and the problems that need to be resolved are time-sensitive. Should I be worried?

A: Yes. This is a serious matter, and you must talk to your manager immediately. Your co-worker could be putting clients and BNY Mellon at great risk. If you don’t raise your concern, you may be as responsible as your co-worker for violating company policies. If you’re uncomfortable raising this issue with your manager, file an Incident Report or contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line to report your concern.

 

 

34


KEY PRINCIPLE: PROTECTING COMPANY ASSETS

 

INSIDE OR PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

As an employee, you may have knowledge about the company’s businesses or possess confidential information about the private or business affairs of our existing, prospective or former clients, suppliers, vendors and employees. You should assume all such information is confidential and privileged and hold it in the strictest confidence. Confidential information includes all non-public information that may be of use to competitors, or harmful to the company or its clients, if disclosed.

It is never appropriate to use such information for personal gain or pass it on to anyone outside the company who is not expressly authorized to receive such information. Other employees who do not need the information to perform their job duties do not have a right to it. You’re expected to protect all such information and failure to do so will not be tolerated.

If you’re uncertain about whether you have inside or proprietary information, you should treat the information as if it were and check with your manager or a representative from the Legal department. The following list contains examples of “inside” or “proprietary” information.

INSIDE INFORMATION

Inside information is material non-public information relating to any company, including BNY Mellon, whose securities trade in a public market. Information is deemed to be material if a reasonable investor would likely consider it important when deciding to buy or sell securities of the company, or if the information would influence the market price of those securities.

 

Q & A

Q: I discovered that an investor in one of our funds has requested to withdraw a significant amount of money from the fund. I manage a client’s money and he has an investment in the same fund. To protect my client’s interest, I want to pull his money out of the fund because its performance will likely drop. Even though the withdrawal is not yet known by the public, is this okay because I have a fiduciary duty to my client and I’m not benefiting personally by trading on behalf of my client?

A: No. You’re in possession of material non-public information and you may not trade the securities of that fund. Your duty to comply with securities laws supersedes any duty you have to your client. You should immediately contact the Legal department to discuss this situation.

If you’re in possession of material non-public information about BNY Mellon or any other company, you may not trade the securities of that company for yourself or for others, including clients. Nearly all countries and jurisdictions have strict securities laws that make you, the company and any person with whom you share the information, legally responsible for misusing inside information. The company’s Securities Firewalls Policy provides instructions on the proper handling of inside information and the company will not tolerate any violation of this policy. Certain employees have significant restrictions placed on their trading in BNY Mellon securities or the securities of other companies. You must know the restrictions relative to your job and follow company policies and applicable securities laws.

 

 

35


PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

Proprietary information includes business plans, client lists (prospective and existing), marketing strategies, any method of doing business, product development plans, pricing plans, analytical models or methods, computer software and related documentation and source code, databases, inventions, ideas, and works of authorship. Any information, inventions, models, methods, ideas, software, works or materials that you create as part of your job responsibilities or on company time, or that you create using information or resources available to you because of your employment by the company, or that relate to the business of the company, belong to the company exclusively and are considered proprietary information.

Proprietary information also includes business contracts, invoices, statements of work, requests for investment or proposal, and other similar documents. Any information related to a client, supplier or vendor financial information (including internal assessments of such), or credit ratings or opinions is considered proprietary. You should also assume all information related to client trades, non-public portfolio holdings and research reports are proprietary. The same is true regarding reports or communications issued by internal auditors, external regulators or accountants, consultants or any other third-party agent or examiner.

Company-produced policies, procedures or other similar work materials are proprietary and, while they may be shared with other employees, they cannot be shared with anyone outside of the company without prior consent of the policy owner and legal counsel.

( References: Securities Firewalls, Personal Securities Trading Policy, Ownership and Protection of Intellectual Property )

 

 

Your obligation to protect inside or proprietary information extends beyond the period of your employment with the company. The information you use during your employment belongs to the company and you may not take or use this information after you leave the company.

 

 

36


LOGO


KEY PRINCIPLE: SUPPORTING OUR COMMUNITIES

 

SUPPORTING OUR COMMUNITIES

We take an active part in our communities around the world, both as individuals and as a company. Our long-term success is linked to the strength of the global economy and the strength of our industry. We are honest, fair and transparent in every way we interact with our communities and the public at large.

POLITICAL ACTIVITIES

INVESTOR AND MEDIA RELATIONS

CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS AND CORPORATE SPONSORSHIP

PARTICIPATING IN TRADE ASSOCIATIONS, CONFERENCES AND SPEAKING ENGAGEMENTS

 


KEY PRINCIPLE:

SUPPORTING OUR COMMUNITIES

POLITICAL ACTIVITIES

PERSONAL POLITICAL ACTIVITY

BNY Mellon encourages you to keep informed of political issues and candidates and to take an active interest in political affairs. However, if you do participate in any political activity, you must follow these rules:

 

    Never act as a representative of the company unless you have written permission from the Chief Executive Officer, the General Counsel, and the Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer of the company.

 

    Your activities should be on your own time, with your own resources. You may not use company time, equipment, facilities, supplies, clerical support, advertising or any other company resources.

 

    You may not use company funds for any political activity, and you will not be reimbursed or compensated in any way for a political contribution.

 

    Your political activities may not affect your objectivity or ability to perform your job duties.

 

    You may not solicit the participation of employees, clients, suppliers, vendors or any other party with whom the company does business.

 

    You may be required to pre-clear personal political contributions made by you, and in some cases, your family members.

( Reference: Political Contributions Policy )

LOBBYING

Lobbying is generally defined as any activity that attempts to influence the passage or defeat of legislation. Lobbying activities are broad and may cover certain “grass roots” activities where groups of people, such as company employees, are contacted to encourage them to call public officials for the purpose of influencing legislation. Lobbying is prevalent in the U.S. and is gaining influence within the EU and other locations.

If you are engaged in lobbying, there may be disclosure requirements and restrictions on certain activities. If your job duties include any of the following activities, you must contact Marketing & Corporate Affairs or the Legal department for guidance:

 

Q & A

Q: An outside attorney with whom I work from time to time on company business cannot attend an exclusive fundraiser for a high-level political candidate. He offered me his ticket. The event is to be held at a very wealthy person’s home in my community and this will be a great way to solicit business. The company is not paying for the ticket and the fundraiser will be on my own time. May I attend?

A: Only if you have the written approval of the Chief Executive Officer, the General Counsel and the Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer. Your attendance at this event is indirectly related to your job and may give the appearance that you’re acting as a representative of the company or that the company sponsors the political candidate. It does not matter that BNY Mellon did not purchase the event ticket or that you’re going on your own time. To the public, your attendance is connected to the company. So you may not go without obtaining proper authorization prior to the event.

 

 

37


KEY PRINCIPLE: SUPPORTING OUR COMMUNITIES

 

    Government contract sales or marketing

 

    Efforts to influence legislation or administrative actions, such as accompanying trade associations in meetings with government officials concerning legislation

 

    Meeting with legislators, regulators or their staffs regarding legislation

Lobbying does not include situations where a government agency is seeking public comment on proposed regulations.

( Reference: Procurement Lobbying )

CORPORATE POLITICAL ACTIVITIES

The laws of many countries, including the U.S., set strict limits on political contributions made by corporations. Contributions are defined broadly to include any form of money, purchase of tickets, use of company personnel or facilities, or payment for services. BNY Mellon will make contributions only as permissible by law, such as those through company-approved political action committees.

 

 

Q & A

Q: I have been asked to provide a statement about BNY Mellon’s experience with a vendor’s product that we use. The vendor wants to use my quote on their website or in other marketing materials. Is this okay?

A: It depends. Before agreeing to any such arrangement, you should contact Corporate Communications. BNY Mellon carefully protects its reputation by being highly selective in providing such endorsements. Do not proceed until you have the approval of your manager and Corporate Communications.

 

INVESTOR AND MEDIA RELATIONS

INVESTOR RELATIONS

All contacts with institutional shareholders or securities analysts about the company must be made through the Investor Relations group of the Finance department. You must not hold informal or formal discussions with such individuals or groups, unless you are specifically authorized to do so. Even if you are authorized, you cannot provide special access or treatment to shareholders or analysts. All investors must have equal access to honest and accurate information.

MEDIA RELATIONS

Corporate Communications must approve all contacts with the media, including speeches, testimonials or other public statements made on behalf of the company or about its business. You may not respond to any request for interviews, comments or information from any television channel, radio station, newspaper, magazine or trade publication, either on or off the record, unless you have express authorization from Corporate Communications.

If you are contacted or interviewed about matters unrelated to your job or to the company, you may not identify BNY Mellon as your employer, and you may not make comments about BNY Mellon.

( Reference: Inquiries from the Media, Financial Analysts, and Securities Holders; Use of the Company’s Name in Advertising or Endorsements of Customers and Others )

 

 

38


CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS AND CORPORATE SPONSORSHIP

The company encourages you to take part in charitable, educational, fraternal or other civic affairs, as long as you follow these basic rules:

 

    Your activities may not interfere or in any way conflict with your job duties or with company business.

 

    You may not make any gifts or contributions to charities or other entities in the name of, or on behalf of, the company.

 

    You may not imply the company’s sponsorship for or support of any    outside event or organization without the approval of the most senior executive of your line of business.

 

    You may not use your position for the purpose of soliciting business or contributions for any other entity.

 

    You must be cautious in the use of company letterhead, facilities or    even your business card so that there is no implied or presumed corporate support for non-company business.

From time to time the company may agree to sponsor certain charitable events. In these situations, it may be proper to use company letterhead, facilities or other resources (such as employees’ time or company funds). Ask your manager if you’re unclear whether or not the event in question is considered to be company sponsored.

( Reference: Use of the Company’s Name in Advertising or Endorsements of Customers and Others )

PARTICIPATING IN TRADE ASSOCIATIONS, CONFERENCES AND SPEAKING ENGAGEMENTS

You may participate in trade association meetings and conferences. However, you must be mindful that these situations often include contact with competitors. You must follow the rules related to fair competition and anti-trust referenced in this Code and company policies.

In addition, meetings where a client, vendor or supplier pays for your attendance should be rare and only occur when it is legally allowed, in compliance with company policy and pre-approval has been obtained via CODE RAP.

If you perform public speaking or writing services on behalf of BNY Mellon, any form of compensation, accommodations or gift that you or any of your immediate family members receive must be reported through CODE RAP. Remember, any materials that you may use must not contain any confidential or proprietary information. The materials must be approved by the Legal Department and the appropriate level of management that has the topical subject matter expertise.

( Reference: Outside Affiliations, Outside Employment, and Certain Outside Compensation )

 

 

39


ADDITIONAL HELP

This section contains additional questions and answers about the requirements of our Code. Remember, ignorance or a lack of understanding is not an excuse for violating the Code. The company has established many resources to help deal with questions you may have regarding compliance with the Code. You’re expected to take advantage of these resources.

 

Q: A friend of mine is running for political office and I would like to help her out with her campaign. Can I do this?

A: Yes. Your personal support is your personal business. Just make sure that you do not use company assets, including company time or its name to advance the campaign. In addition, be aware that certain political contributions must be reported and/or pre-cleared.

Q: I was leaving the office and a journalist asked me if I could answer a few questions. I told him no and left the car park, but I felt bad about not talking to him. Should I have answered his questions?

A: Not at that time. You did the right thing by saying no. You should contact Corporate Communications and tell them of the request. They will determine whether it will be all right for you to talk to the media. If you receive a future request, suggest the journalist contact Corporate Communications directly.

Q: I am running for the local school board and I want to use the office copier to make copies of my campaign flyer. Is that okay?

A: No. Company property and equipment may not be used for a political purpose without authorization from Marketing & Corporate Affairs. Running for any public office is considered to be a political purpose. Accepting any political appointment or running for office requires approval via CODE RAP.

Q: To thank a client of mine, I want to give him tickets to attend a local football match. He mentioned that his company does not permit this type of entertainment, but I know he would love to go to the match. If he doesn’t care about his own company’s policy, can I give him the tickets?

A: No. If you know that giving him the tickets will violate his own company’s policy, do not give the gift. Just as we want clients to respect our limits on gifts, we must do the same.

Q: One of the vendors we’re considering for an assignment offered to take me to a local golf course to play a round and have dinner. He wants to talk about his company’s proposal so that we can make a more informed decision. We’ll be talking about business, and there won’t be much money spent on a round of golf and a modest dinner. Is this okay?

A: No. You’re evaluating vendors to provide a service. It’s always inappropriate to receive or give entertainment when the company is in the middle of a selection process.

Q: One of my vendors offered to send me to a conference at no cost to BNY Mellon. Can I accept the invitation?

A: No. Accepting a free trip from a vendor is never permissible. If you’re interested in attending the conference, speak to your manager. Most costs associated with your attendance at the conference must be paid by your department. You’ll be required to file a CODE RAP form if your manager agrees it’s appropriate to attend the conference and you’re requesting permission to permit the vendor to pay for part of your conference attendance.

 

 

40


Q: We’re entitled to a large payment from a government client if we certify that we’ve met all service level agreements on time. We’re not sure whether a few very minor items have been completed, but they’re not that important to the service. It’s close to the end of the quarter and we’d like to realize the payment. Is it okay to send the invoice and certify that the agreements have all been met now?

A: No. You cannot submit the invoice and certification until you’re certain that all requirements of the agreement have been met. Submission of an incorrect certification could subject the company, and you, to criminal penalties, so it is vitally important that any certification submitted to the government be completely accurate.

Q: A colleague called while on vacation requesting that I check her e-mail to see if she received an item she was expecting. She gave me her logon identification and password, requesting that I call her back with the information. Can I do this?

A: No. Passwords and other login credentials must be kept confidential and cannot be used by, or shared with, fellow employees. In rare instances when there is a business need that requires you to share your password, you’re required to file a CODE RAP form immediately afterward.

Q: I would like to take a part-time job working for my brother’s recycling business. His business has no relationship with the company and the work I’ll be doing for him is not at all similar to what I do in my job here at the company. Can I do this and do I have to file any forms?

A: Yes you may, as long as the time you spend there does not interfere with your job at the company and you don’t use any company equipment or supplies. You don’t need to file a CODE RAP form, since you’re not the sole proprietor or partial owner of the business. However, if you work in certain lines of business (such as a broker dealer), you may need to notify Compliance. Check with your manager or Compliance officer if you’re uncertain.

Q: I observed a colleague in our supply area filling up a box full of pens, paper and other items. I asked her what she was doing, and she told me that her son’s school was short on supplies, so she was trying to help out. She said our company can afford the supplies more than her son’s school and that it was the right thing to do. I am friendly with my colleague and I don’t want to get her in trouble. What should I do?

A: Your colleague is stealing from the company and you must file an Incident Report. The supplies purchased by our company are to be used for business needs only. Your colleague had no right to take these supplies for any purpose, even if it seems like a good cause.

 

 

REMEMBER

All BNY Mellon employees are expected to follow the Code of Conduct, even if they disagree with its contents.

If faced with a situation in which you’re unsure of the correct action to take, contact your manager, an Ethics Officer, Compliance Officer, Legal Representative or Human Resources Business Partner for help. There are many resources at your disposal to help you. Don’t hesitate to use them and Do What’s Right !

 

41


LOGO

 

© 2015 The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation. All rights reserved.      PE-1199         11/2015